Mice rheitts Hy, ten otte’ santa Oe ae ete " ae dhe | i Sree Wik faladet # th dns I s he! att baad r sheet vidigigt Allene slisarilafie ty if shad 41 ait ot 48h dhahatte'(ai Matha a mH an Wit witha ? Pilly fetseyialels aie Lena aber “supe ha ni ahahaha Lt a te phat +h | ith 19 at ty f ry 1 vi) " tf bY Ke d th ¢ {a' lata vata 'et wails Phar at obaliat visite Testy 4 Sst pied y iV ae seat iea i eal alba a tly Wer \ + 1 ae he oath Ha lal taal a: ahedl Metadata disigiadaity nny ashe Me Saatedi ty a At abc a _ tie alate aby ana pet 3 L4 a nv tte 8 Jedi tedtd was) ihn Oe {etal ‘ : ast Ea ws if) d ‘itd t me iia # steal 1 wi Wage eal shay anit ai Ca katte adhe kates ee eaaiists edie manele aate aie { Hal at i dadale lel alae 4 i odad eb fee vA Seasnrhaiaait a Prieta ere yaa dale tatenal dy tl ak ewe Wiis + deadbeat Tai), hacrexisie! tate sasial qhaihed atl eae a" . i i \ : ghaiods } 7 LI side tanh ae edattyraltelt iat or oh HH vasii tai Wits re 4 eltaee eth! nee abeeatyt iat att faa hatyers! Ha We nti ee mat ee adi Ean ‘" bea “iby iho hit et tit at 0 nehaniauanit = nae aM at id le ine bight a a pe rant a ri Hits seule Itraaa Nahas ba a et iy eit ae ie pore Hee ae mh itt a Pate - att ie 4) i re patel ey aby 4 yt ; ig titatl ate a be ion ig Hs vA re We isin i ti 4 Hiei i hy He i } ap iM taht 4 i ith Hianaty mi vale we Nye i leit ih it ie Ne arvate ei 2 “pea ibbhad bbe be pre fee ati feete rape prwrton > Hebets seat rab eiccscenese! prrevtaneity reg! 1 at dap be) Se pebble oe iis ne ghz ieteuceasee as ioherstanenas toh Ap yby etatas Hess sere ree acaticiah seu? care sibel nae sons eh Bitte i ifs i a ie ae : Z sale it i 2 = site alg aye Aang e i ea ataataly bey yi, hiked { ane i) aif id a fh atuent * a y by aii it Sint! At r) Mt in ili ae isd bit i ae i oo i tires ica tie eae iss tas ah oe a anh iee fmt ladatiea maint it Hae beaten Beith esasesataeus sp tegad 1 Mea i i site bhaiates sei aay Be sends ‘gies ty neni iia yrbhet ad i coe phate Hite) tae SS "8 i ibe Bete ese yea re it ce atten an ay it acing sie ate iY ” En i ‘ - ae i > 4% Fak a ‘all q : a ; iy ot on, ‘ i 4 7 4 l 2 oe.) As ; Ly . 2 e THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF TITE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIT LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTI’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL IH{STORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C, L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.1.S. VOL. XIII.—SEVENTH SERIES. ———eeee - - LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ; BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN ;: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1904, “Omnes res creat sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitiz felicitatis humanz :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zestimata ; & yeré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linna£vs. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”—Brucxner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. Seis Wun» ene ae He svi van inp wens Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adyenturer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, ALERE § YFLAMMAM. 2! Museum. S65, 42 -_ CONTENTS OF VOL, XIII. [SEVENTH SERIES. ] NUMBER LXXIIlI. Page I. The Prototheca of the Madreporaria, with Special Reference to the Genera Calostylis, Li ds., and Moseleya,Quelch. By Henry M. Beensnp, MA; Cantabi, B.S: *(Plate Ty) ee Sie all II. Some Parasitic Bees. By T. D. A. CocKERELL..........05 33 II. Description of a new Genus of Frogs of the Family Dysco- phide, and List of the Genera and Species of that Family. By G) AShbOvEENGEE, H.i.oo "(Plate FR yo. 2.05 Oe. ee eee oes aig 42 IV. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— I. Introduction. By Epwarp B. Povutton, D.Sc., M.A., F.RS., ee CE les BEBO rs wintry he Alas rare ire y aia c Viste 45 II. On a new Stridulating-organ in Scorpions discovered by W. J. Burchell in Brazil in 1828. By R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S. GE Tn Gee EW ofa te aerators ssineievintas a «.dciine a anateees . 56 V. Notes on Depastrum cyathiforme, Gosse. By E.S. Russet, EA ey Wal tain Sather ee cin a Sania. Wile g's = ode ae ovs.si nish 62 VI. On a new Genus of Spiders from Bounty Island, with Remarks on a Species from New Zealand. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.ZS. .. 65 VI. On new Forms of Anomalurus and Sciurus from Tropical Aiea (Ey ELAR Ory SCHWANN Fe nayecins cgiideis ote encedds'coess 70 VIII. On new Species of Lycenide from Sierra Leone. By D. GATOR oye s acs ar esse cereeerteseterseciccnencccstecseetes 73 New Books :—Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs in» the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. III. By KuGene W. Oates and Capt. SaviLE G. Rer.—The Geological Structure of Monzoni and Fassa. By Marte M, Oeitvie Gorpon, D.Sc., | 100 eee cr OUR LT MORO ORE rect oee Cof mmr 76,77 A Correction to “Notes on some Meduse from Japan,” by R. Kipkpatwicks FZ.505 5 v.0c. vcedr thes Wea A er Seer ere 80 1V CONTENTS. NUMBER LXXIV. Page TX. Notes on Mantide in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, with Descriptions of new Species. By Wim. Kiney WL Si BS... 2.0. uos ence ee cere toll X. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— III. Rhipidoeérides et Malacodermes recueilles par W. J. Burchell dans ses voyages en Afrique australe (1810-1815) et au Brésil (1825-1830) ; avec la description de quatre espéces nouvelles’ Mo ara). gst hee seen 89 XI. Rhynchotal Notes—XX. By W. L. Disrant............ 108 XII. A Contribution to the Characteristic of Corals of the Group Rugosa. dy. Prof. N. YaAKovaaer yds aac terpiee ss sess sven ee 114 XIII. On the Distribution of Marine Animals. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, ANISD) |, MMO eS, Whores ERE SEAR UR ecco lok Le LOS bs eee ke 17 XIV. Descriptions of new Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. By Sorel ESOP RINGO ME TLS In sorte AG ac) a wae Gus SEE Caen Peouea een 130 XV. On some Fishes from the Lakes of the Cameroon Mountain. By Dr tawan Lownpaec, CMU.) de. 6). 9 8. 0. RR 185 XVI. Descriptions of new Species of Lycenide from Borneo and New Guinea. By Hamitton H. Drucs, F.Z.S., F.E.S. ........ 140 XVII. Two new Mammals from South America, By OLpFIELD BIO MIGAS 2ohac, Joes cols mo ie eft tahs cede laa efayayaheate Mepe cies ees 142 XVIII. On the Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. By Ke CMAN, DISC: 5 cee eens ss cena s Se cla oot e teem nee eee 144 New Books :—Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. The Cretaceous Rocks of Britam. Vol. II. The Lower and Middle Chalk of England. By A. J. Juxxs- Browne, B.A., F.G.8. With Contributions by Witi1aMm Hitt, F.G.8.—A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray LankesTerR, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. Part I. Introduction Gnd PrOpezod, Ge sic sjcwioe 4 y «cewek Nee «Wj ee cutee Bs 158, 159 NUMBER LXXV, XIX. A Synopsis of the Suborders and Families of Teleostean Fishes, Wy G, A. BouLENGEn, MSs, 2... .5 162s ato ke ween 161 XX. On a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. John Graham at Yunnan Fu. By C. Tarr Ruean, B.A. XXI. Rhynchotal Notes —XXI, By W. L. Disranr XXII. New Bats from British East Africa collected by Mrs. Hinde, and from the Cameroons by Mr. G. L. Bates. By OLDFIELD Tuomas. 206 CONTENTS. Vv Page XXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Aculeate and Parasitic Hymenoptera from Northern India. By P. CamERon 211 oree eee eee XXIV. Preliminary Note on certain Points in the Anatomy of Eryx and other Borde, partly indicative of their Basal Position among the Ophidia. By Frank KE. Bepparp, M.A., F.RS. .... 238 XXYV. Description of a new Genus of Spatangoids. By F. Aborgoriped aril & gh: Of (paws: Reis: aera Tors 3 eee ek See a XXVI. Description of a new Barbus from Cameroon. By G. A. Boupiaasany WS Ws 29 nou tire ae cect. Peed ele clon alas Blok orale 237 XXVII. Notes on the Structure of the Teeth of some Poisonous Snakes found in Travancore. By R. SaunKARA NARAYANA PILLAY. 238 Onituary Nobies s Wr WIELEAne BRAN CIS, shen ss, 5 caretip crates: om = os 239 NUMBER LXXVI, XXVIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera Hete- rocera from Tropical South America, By HERBERT Druce, ee On Ceee osha ag hal oft Ppetmaehs a) mor diated cr viay er seo Ciacehas Pell ang ey ola.) ¥ 0s 241 XXIX. New Forms of Saimiri, Saccopteryx, Balantiopteryx, and Thrichomys from the Neotropical Region. By OLprirtp THomas. 250 XXX. Descriptions of new or little-known Fishes from Mexico and British Honduras. By C. Tats Rea@an, B.A. .............. 255 XXXI. Descriptions of Holocentrum osculum, Poey, and of a new Fish of the Genus Centropomus. By C. Tare REGAN, B.A. ...... 259 XXXII. Descriptions of Two new Genera of Frogs of the Family Ranide trom Cameroon. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. ........ 261 XXXII. Rhynchotal Notes—-XXII. By W.L. Distant .... XXXIV. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Chetodon from the New Hebrides. By C. Tats Reean, B.A. efia! pues ja ie ¥l4 (se ov, ple XXXYV. On some new Species of Hymenoptera from Northern Beidteia, Es yg re 3 WMEGRON onc ta aon sah inode nin Ao sig entddepataales coals 277 XXXVI. An undescribed Genus of Coretde from Borneo. By eye PS ARNTIT ot cnc ee itaet eet Aaa eke ea, RAT Ae Cae f 303 XXXVII. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J, Bur- chell in Brazil, 1825-1880. By Cora B. Sanprrs, of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford. (Plate VI.)............ 305 XXXVI. Note on an undescribed Weasel from the Atlas Mountains, and on the Occurrence of a Weasel in the Azores. By Gis Hed Baran ERM ROY 505 a waves ajers at m,s) ein heiesivnich a olaes wide SR 323 New Bovk :—Report on the Sea Fisheries and Fishing Industries of the Thames Estuary. Prepared by Dr. JAMES MvRIE .... 3265 Proceedings of the Geological Society .......... : 326—828 @ er ee orate (0.8 vi CONTENTS. NUMBER LXXVII. Page XXXIX. The Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. By C. Tarr Reean, BA. (Plate VIED” testes Abony ee ae santo icles OW Shae 329 XL. Rhynchotal Notes—XXIII. By W. L. Distanr ........ 349 XLJ. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Bur- chell in Brazil, 1825-1850. By Cora B. SanpErs, of (lady Marcoretstlall “Oxtord:: 0, ss petits nee uia oicatens 506 XLII. Notes on Phasmide in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, with Descriptions of new Species —No.d. Sy WW. Karey, WS. BORIS... 2)-.e sae eee 372 XLII. On the Genus Ortmannia, Rathb., and the Mutations of Pertam wAbyids;: “yeh, Ms, SsOUVAER. @ 0)... S dis « Index 6 6 0 0 88 b 8 6. 6 Oe © 60) 86 6 B60 6 6 6 «e606 0 0 0) O 6 60) 6) 00 0) 986 0 6 Bee e 2 6.6 476 PALE le II. III. lV. WV: VI VII. PLATES IN VOL. XIIL Prototheca of the Madreporaria. Colpoglossus Brooksii. Map: W. J. Burchell’s Travels in Brazil. Stridulating-organ in Scorpions. Depastrum cyathiforme. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera from Brazil. Phylogeny of the Teleostomi, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] A oii cetedoccuce er litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim yitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, ef mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia suceo.” N. Parthenii Giannettusi, Bel, 1, No. 73. JANUARY 1904. I.— The Prototheca of the Madreporaria, with Special Reference to the Geneva Calostylis, Linds., and Moseleya, Quelch. By Henry M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S. [Plate I.] THE task I have set myself is to sketch what appears to have been the leading features in the evolution of the Madrepo- rarian skeleton. ‘The researches on which the arguments are based have been almost entirely limited to the skeleton, not because the importance of a close study of the soft parts is not recognized, but because, for the attainment of accurate results, the widest possible survey of homologous structures is indispensable. ‘This condition can never be supplied by the soft parts. ‘They can at the most be studied in a few recent specimens, whereas the vast majority of the forms presented by the Madreporarian system are fossil. Further, let me add in passing that I do not believe that the study of the individual development of a few living forms can by itself establish anything certain about the past history of the group, for the simple reason that we cannot tell whether any special Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 1 2 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the developmental feature is a repetition of some ancient con- dition or a recent adaptation*. As I have already often maintained, lines of phylogenetic growth can only be satis- factorily established by the discovery of connected series of variations, morphologically and chronologically arranged. The skeleton alone can supply us with such series, and that of the corals probably with a more complete series of forms, extending from the Paleozoic era to the present day, than will ever be obtained of any other animal group. Whether, there- fore, the skeleton be of great or of little importance in itself in the morphology of the corals, it alone supplies us with what we want—a continuous series of homologous structures. On this account alone, then, when our aim is taken into account, we are obliged to confine our attention to the skeleton. As a matter of fact, the skeleton is of paramount importance in the coral organism. There is a sameness in all the soft parts which limits their morphological importance in any comparative study. Their chief variations may, for practical purposes, be said to be repetitions of the variations of the skeleton which they secrete. ‘The skeleton is, par excellence, the chief structural feature of the coral, its relation to the soft parts being extremely simple. It is, as we now know, thanks to the researches of von Koch, Heider, Fowler, Bourne, Ortmann, and Miss Ogilvie, an excretion of the basal parts of the outer wall of the body, and hence morphologically it is external to the organism. At times very complicated, it is an organ of protection and support for the body of the polyp, or, in colony formation, for the colonies of polyps, the polyps themselves, thus protected, having, as arule, remained simple and primitive. ‘The corals, indeed, present us with a group of organisms still primitive enough to illustrate the fact that, of the earliest morphological modifications of the living matter, skeletal formations were the most pronounced. This is strikingly exemplified by the Foraminifera and Radiolaria, in which there is a wealth of skeletal formations with little or no visible variation of the soft matter. Again, in the sponges the skeletal variations far outrun those of the soft parts. ‘The same is true of the stony corals. In what follows, therefore, I shall make no detailed refer- ence to the soft parts or to the excellent work which is being done with their help by Dr. Duerden towards the elucidation * N. Guldberg and Nansen, “On the Development and Structure of the Whale,” Bergens Museum, 1894, p. 89; also Sedgwick, Proc. Fourth International Congress of Zoology, 1898, p. 74. Prototheca of the Madreporaria. 3 of the same problem as that which here interests us. I shall confine myself solely to showing how some of the chief transformations of the skeleton can be linked into series and how, in a few cases, the causes which led to those transforma- tions are apparent. We are justified in hoping that the conclusions obtained from the continued studies of the soft parts on the one hand and of the skeleton on the other will ultimately coincide. I wish to make it specially clear that only a few of the lines of modification can be dealt with, but those few, being some of the earliest, are, I believe, the most fundamental and important for the elucidation of all the later transformations of the coral skeleton. To deal with the whole of these latter would be to write a complete systematic account of the stony corals. This is the aim of the great catalogue now being prepared and published by order of the Trustees of the British Museum, and must be a work of years *. The researches of the writer in reference to this work so far hardly entitle him to speak with confidence on any other of the larger divisions than the Perforata; no other has as yet been systematically dealt with by him, at least in the thorough manner required for a British Museum Catalogue. It would not, however, have been possible to discover the morphology of these highly specialized Perforate forms without a study of and constant reference backwards to earlier and simpler types. In this way certain lines along which the stony corals have travelled, viz., those leading from the most primitive to the most specialized, have been growing clearer. * The last attempt to deal with the whole of the coral system in the ‘ Hist. Nat. des Coralliaires’ of Milne-Kdwards and Haime, completed in 1860 by Milne-Edwards alone, was founded on comparatively small collections and written at a time when the relations between the skeleton and the polyps were not understood. The excellence of the results which were nevertheless obtained is, on the one hand, a tribute to the genius of the great French naturalists, and, on the other, a witness to the compa- rative unimportance of the polyp, morphologically, as compared with the skeleton. aa The new catalogue projected by the authorities of the British Museum, and rendered necessary by the immense increase in the collections due especially to the sending out of scientific expeditions, was started in 1876, but was interrupted by the death of Dr, Briiggemann, who was engaged for the purpose. After fourteen years Mr. George Brook undertook the work, but again death intervened soon after the first volume was published in 1893. Two years were again lost, when the present writer was appointed to continue the work. There are now four volumes published, and the fifth is rapidly approaching completion. Each volume is practi- cally a monograph of one, or at the most two, genera, and, like the earlier attempt of Milne-Edwards and Haime, it now describes the fossil as well as the recent forms. 4 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the The following pages sum up the principal conclusions he has arrived at. The most important stage to establish in an evolutionary history is the first, or that which we may consider as the first, inasmuch as from it all the modifications we wish to compare can be deduced. ‘The first stage in the evolution of the coral skeleton was first dimly recognized by me in the minute saucer-shaped cups of young Madreporidan colonies— so young as to consist only of a parent calicle and one or two daughters. In none of the Madreporids have I yet found the earliest stage in which the cup containing the parent alone was cup-shaped. Such astage, however, may be legitimately assumed. The discovery of such colonies made three points clear to me :— 1. The parent calicle of a colony rises out of a basal cap— the PROTOTHECA *. 2. This prototheca is not a composite structure, but a morphological unit, the rim of which can be bent up, flattened completely down, and indefinitely expanded in any direction as a film, from the upper surface of which, as originally from within the cup, the coral skeleton arises. 3. This film is the EPITHEGA fF. These conclusions received complete confirmation from a study of the Paleozoic form, Kavosites and of its modern descendant Alveopora. I have already described and figured the prototheca of the latter genus}. Its rim, as shown in the figures referred to, does not usually flatten down, but grows upwards and outwards to form the irregular film-like invest- ments characteristic of the colonies of this genus. In both cases—that is, in Madreporide and Favositide alike—it was easy to see the bars of the intracalicular skeleton rising directly out of the wall of the cup as internal projections from its surface; this point is of importance, because von Koch, whose developmental researches also revealed to him the prototheca, was led by what he saw to regard it as a composite structure consisting of a basal portion (‘‘ Basal- * Lindstrom suggested the word “ initium” for the earliest cup-like skeleton ; the term “‘ prototheca” was suggested to me in conversation by my friend Prof. Jetfrey Bell. t The fact that the skeletal elements rise from the surface of the pee ‘was pointed out by Martin Duncan in 1884 (Journ. Linn. Soc., ool. xvii. p. 861) as indicating the importance of that element of the coral skeleton. { Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxyi. 1898, p. 495, pl. xxxiii. Prototheca of the Madreporaria. 5 platte,” sole) and of a peripheral portion (epitheca). This appears, however, now to have been a too literal rendering of the facts of his observations, for no one who had seen several of these epithecal saucers of different sizes and with edges turned up to different heights at different curves, and the skeletal bars springing indifferently from the sides and the base, could possibly divide it into a basal and a peripheral portion. Besides, in a young saucer-shaped colony it is obvious that the turned-down side (the ‘ epitheca”’) of the parent becomes the “‘basal plate” of the daughter, and in this successive flattening down of the rim we can see the explanation of the characteristic wrinkled appearance of the supporting epitheca of so many horizontally expanding corals, whether single or compound. Each furrow represents a pause in the outward growth long enough to allow the rim of the widening saucer- shaped epitheca to grow upwards a short distance. The next period of growth carries it downwards and outwards again. ‘This process has been actually seen by Lacaze- Duthiers * in the development of Balanophyllia regia. This writer observed three attempts of the basal secretion of the Jarva to turn up to form a cup or “ envelope calicinale,” but they were always futile; the septa overran them and the edge was flattened down again and continued as a_ basal secretion icjo Fl. . fre, 10): Before continuing with the history of this prototheea—that is, with our account of some of its earliest modifications—it will strengthen our argument to mention a few instances in which earlier writers have come near to recognizing this identity of the prototheca with the epitheca. As we might expect, such an identification would be more probable in relation to Paleozoic forms, in which the primitive cup remained longest in evidence and had not become so distorted and masked as it is in the majority of the modern forms. Milne-Edwards f, in describing the Paleozoic genus Za- phrentis, which, from its appearance in time, might have been expected to have retained the prototheca, says that it is completely surrounded by an epitheca. Nicholson could not distinguish the epitheca of these same corals from the wall. Miss Ogilvie ${ declared that in Zaphrentis the epitheca “supplied the primitive base and periphery in one,” and again that the primitive wall of corals was epithecate ; and * Arch. Zool. expérimentale, (3) vol. v. 1897, pp. 179-183 & 280, pl. x. figs. 19-24. ; tt + ‘Les Coralliaires,’ iii. p. 385 (1860). { Phil. Trans. 1896, p. 820 &e. 6 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the again the same writer recognized the wall of Zaphrentis as “euthecate,” which means that the persistent prototheca in these early corals is the eutheca or true primitive wall of Heider and Ortmann, as compared with which all other thecze are secondary. ‘To this last opinion we shall return. Mention should also surely be made of Ludwig *, who, so long ago as 1866, attempted to found a classification upon his recognition of the prototheca as the primitive shell (“ Gehiiuse ”’) of the coral polyp. But beyond the interest attaching to the fact that he thus emphasized the importance of the prototheca in Madreporarian morphology his work has no value, for he was led astray in his further analysis by a fancied analogy with the shell of the mollusk. In the present paper, then, we start again from the recog- nition of the prototheca, but this time, avoiding Ludwig’s mistake, we shall try to analyze some of the actual modifica- tions which this primitive coral skeleton has undergone in the progress of its evolution. So far from being as simple as Ludwig appears to have assumed it to be, it isa task of considerable complexity to follow and of no small difficulty to describe. This paper, indeed, was begun five years ago, and has been frequently rewritten. As I have shown, those parts of the coral skeleton called epitheca must for the future be referred to the rim of the prototheca. This seems simple and clear now, but in the past the epitheca has been the stumbling-block of coral morphology. It has been this for the very reason that it waited for the discovery of the prototheca betore there was any possibility of its elucidation, The fact of the confusion in the prevailing views as to what the epitheca is is familiar to every coral student. For instance, Prof. Gregory, of Melbourne, after all his years of work at corals, characteristically summed up his despair of ever making anything out of it by declaring that “there was no part of the coral skeleton over which more time had been wasted” ft. This attitude and that which is taken in this paper are poles asunder. Between these two, authors and text-books hover. None are so bold as Prof. Gregory, yet none have succeeded in formulating an intelligible doctrine. We may here state that there is ample excuse for this confusion, for even now that we know that the epitheca, as it occurs in the majority of specimens, is only an extension of the rim of the original cup, still in each case the problem as * ‘Paleeontographica,’ vol. xiv. } Paleontol. Indica, ser. 1x. vol. ii. p. 11 (1900). Prototheca of the Madrepora rid. 7 to how this can be requires unravelling. It may, for in- stance, be the rim extended indefinitely and continuously as a chalky film round a colony (e. g. Alveop ora), or, again, it may be discontinuous and represent the separate rims of an aggregation of corals, each with its own cup, as in so many Paleozoic forms. In this case it depends upon the way in which the corals are aggregated whether the rims are easy or difficult to recognize. Add to these difficulties the fact that apparently any part of the surface of a polyp may dis down and secrete a calcareous film* which is purely adventitious and has no morphological significance, and it is obvious that until we had a key to its elucidation the epitheca could not fail to be a source of bewilderment. Diagram 1 (PI, I.) shows the three earliest growth periods of a primitive Madreporarian skeleton. All that we see is a deep cup with three tabular floors. ‘The process is explained in diagram 2, in which we see three cups progressively modifying their shapes. The lowest of these is the prototheca in the strict sense of the word}, bat it is advisable to apply the term to all simple repetitions with free edges. Fig. 2 is so far diagrammatic, inasmuch as with cups of this shape it is impossible to say how far the rim of each cup extended before the soft parts of the base of the polyp became detached from the base of its prototheca, Cases, however, do occur in which the change in the shape of the new thece was rapid, and for this and also for other reasons the rims of the separate * The formation of calcareous films somewhat irregularly over the skin of corals is hardly to be wondered at. The prototheca was but the primitive secretion of the basal portion of the polyp, forming a protective cup into which the animal could retract the oral and exposed end of its body. Above the rim of this cup calcareous secretions were not usual, otherwise they would have interfered with the process of retraction, but the power of secreting them was not lost. Indeed, some forms actually secreted lids, which, when the polyps retracted, closed down over the prototheca (Calceola, Goniophyllum). A histological difference between these secondary films and true epitheca may sometimes be noticed. The former may be built up of separate plates, each of which starts round some point of the skeleton and grows by concentric increments. + The prototheca is here drawn quite diagrammatically. Figure 8, after Lacaze-Duthiers, is one of the best figures from life. My own figures, already referred to, of a young WWiavha tinal ha SCOPES fe cites s 3,588 4 8h9 2 ye a di 14 PAVOUIG ast h.eett fb wip ate omaAs ae | 3 PS Wed (rl OR Be mere 138 s ont 6 | 4 Waar. 95 7 oO” or © set a Ga Travelling. ...:..-++-. 179, ee aoetilakis mi SERRE A omen tt decay: ae ah 9 18 i ore ee EE ES PES ABmapel LUGS ots. clase» ates cs i it 3 2 22 y 92 | ONO GaL fo osc eco on i 20} 5 15 Travelling (Tucantins) . 110. a Sot 1 13 2 pe ee i) ae. 6. 29 Gg ee ee Para ©) (ete lela: 'e ie n)0) 6) 86's 0) a) © 10. 2. 304 8 0 POW BEO e acteany dover evap) My) te asievarhe iu 15 Burchell landed at Dover on March 24th, 1830, and reached his home in Fulham on the following day. The journey originally planned by Burchell was far more extensive. Thus he wrote to Sir William Hooker from Rio (July 8th, 1826) :— “. . . It is at least my wish to visit the city of S. Paulo, and thence by land through the provinces of Goyaz, Cuyaba, and Matto Grosso into Peru, having the city of Luzco as my principal object; and after doing in Peru as much as my time (for my family prefer my being in England) and slender means will allow me to do, I should wish to proceed by land to Arequipa, Potosi, Salta, &c., &c., to Buenos Ayres, and thence to my home at Fulham. . .” A letter nearly two years later to the same friend explains the change. It is dated from Goyaz, April 25, 1828 :— Ak 52 Prof, E. B. Poulton—The Collections “. . Thave kept my original plan always in view, and had advanced thus far on my way to Peru &c. when letters from Fulham overtook me, stating that my dear father’s health, from the infirmities natural to his age, was gradually declining, and that it was his wish and that of the rest of the family that I should return directly to England. Whatever regret I may feel at thus relinquishing my American travels, and whatever disappointment I may experience from a prema- ture return, I have no hesitation whatever in preferring filial duty to science and the gratification of my own inclinations. I have therefore greatly altered my plans, and instead of ending this journey at Beunos Ayres, shall, Deo volente, end it at Paré, where I shall embark for England.” Burchell was not destined to see his father again, for Matthew Burchell died soon after this letter was written, on July 12, 1828. An excellent brief account of the Brazilian journey is given in a letter to Sir William Hooker, written from Burchell’s home at Churchfield House, Fulham. Much of it is printed in ‘ Hooker’s Botanical Miscellany’ (vol. ii. 1831, pp. 128- 133). The original letter, together with the others which have been made use of on the present occasion, are preserved in the Herbarium of the Royal Gardens at Kew. The letter is dated Nov. 1, 1830 :— “TY left England in March 1825, passed two months at Lisbon and in the vicinity : landed at Rio de Janeiroin July, where | continued making collections in botany, entomology, and geology, &c., till Sept. 1826, during which period I visited a part of Minas Geraés. While at Rio I made some drawings of landscape, among which was a panorama taken from a hill in the middle of the city ; many astronomical, philosophical, and geodetical observations. I finally quitted Rio in Sept. 1826, and proceeded by sea to Santos, where I remained three months, and then proceeded and took up my station in a solitary hut in the midst of forests at the foot of the great range of mountains, for the purpose of exploring them at leisure. My next station or headquarters was at the city of 8. Paulo, nearly under the tropic of Capricorn, where I remained about seven months, extending my excursions in various directions. Having there purchased a troop of mules and engaged the requisite muleteers, I travelled northward, and finally took up my station at the city of Goyaz, being the first and only Englishman who has entered that province. There I passed the rainy season of 1827 and made large collections, being detained there nine months, owing chiefly to the difficulty of finding the means of conveyance for my of William John Burchell. 3 On baggage. At length, resuming the road and still continuing Northward, I reached in November 1828 Porto-Real, on the great river Tucantins. Here I remained till the proper season for embarking, and, descending the stream, at all times rendered dangerous by numerous rocky falls, rapids, and whirlpools, I made considerable collections on ground over which no scientific traveller had ever passed. I completed a survey of the whole length of this voyage, fixed by numerous astronomical observations. Finally, I arrived at the city of Para in June 1829, and, while’ waiting till February for a convenient opportunity of embarking for England, added largely to my collections both in zoology and botany. Of this city I made a panorama, which, with that of Rio, L hope perhaps to succeed in getting engraved, together with my landscapes &c. Of insects I found from 16 to 20 thousand specimens (at a guess). Of birds I shot and preserved 362 species. In the other classes a proportionally smaller number. I am not aware of any part of my collections being lost, though I daily lament my inability to unpack them for want of room in the house. The space I require is large, and I have some hesitation in building on bishop’s land, unless it were possible to enfranchise it. I fear I shall lose much time before I am comfortably settled: nothing is more dis- tressing to me than thus to be forced to delay my labours in arranging my collections and rendering them useful to science. You, who are so great an example of industry, complain also of overwhelming collections, and feel the necessity of manual help. But I have nowhere beheld an herbarium so large as my own; and, added to this, I cannot bring my mind to abandon any branch of natural history for the sake of giving more time and attention to any one in particular ; although I know this is wrong and can never lead to perfection in any. Still the contemplation of the whole system of created objects is so fascinating that it is very difficfult to] turn away from all but a few.” These latter sentences, together with the considerations mentioned on pages 47, 48, help us to understand Barchell’s unproductive later years. Living secluded in the midst of his vast collections, he wandered from one point to another without the stimulus to work out any one part thoroughly which contact with his brother naturalists would have supplied. Furthermore, he belonged to that class of men, much rarer now than formerly, who value and gloat over collections as collec- tions. His letters, even to his most intimate friends, such as Sir William Hooker, as well as many records preserved in his note-books, show that he jealously watched over the material 54 Prof. E. B. Poulton—The Collections of his collections, and indicate that he suffered much anxiety on this account. His will, which was proved for probate at under £4000, also shows that he was right in the contention that he could not afford to employ assistance in the skilled mechanical work which was required, while his almost too- scrupulous care and attention to detail must have consumed an immense amount of his time. Sir William Hooker had evidently urged him to employ a curator or librarian, for Burchell’s letter of June 25th, 1835, contains the following passage :—“ After the consumption of so much of my property by my travels and the disinterested pursuit of science all the rest of my life, the obtaining of assistance by payment is quite out of the question.” Similar advice had been given and answered in the same sense five years before. The degree of D.C.L. Honoris Causa was conferred upon Burchell by the University of Oxford on May 8th, 1834. Daubeny, the Professor of Botany, had given his inaugural address on May Ist, and the first lecture of his first course (on Vegetable Physiology) was delivered on May 8th. It seems probable that Burchell came to Oxford in order to be present, and that the occasion was selected for the conferment of the degree. There is no doubt that Burchell expected a government pension and that he bitterly resented what he regarded as un- deserved neglect. Hence, to the other causes which operated to prevent productive work, we must add the brooding melancholy and the bitterness of a disappointed man, the * man with a grievance. It is probable that he freely communicated his tdeas on this subject to his friend Swainson, and that the attack on the government for neglect of Burchell was a result of their intimacy. ‘These severe criticisms may be seen in Swainson’s article quoted on page 45. The same article is probably responsible for exaggerated statements, which have been con- stantly repeated, as to the condition of his collections and the assertion that they were never unpacked. It was probably an extreme way of indicating the injury which science was receiving because Burchell remained unassisted. But it was ceitainly exaggerated. In the note-books at Oxford there is the record of the different dates at which he accomplished the setting of the various groups of Brazilian insects. More- over, the beautifully written labels which nearly all specimens possess are very different from the hasty but distinctly legible notes made in the field. Many specimens still retain both labels, but generally the older ones have been discarded. ‘J’o this grievance was added the further sense of failure in of William John Burchell, 55 that others were continually gaining credit for work which he had done but had not published. Thus he wrote to Sir William Hooker on Sept. 3, 1832 :— “I am vexed almost to death at all my fine collections being thus shut up from me while [ am daily losing portions of the only reward a traveller has—that of his discoveries. I trust that [in] future my work will make more show, at least to the world.” A few years later the same kind friend seems to have made a great and probably a final effort to induce Burchell to publish his results. Burchell’s reply is dated June 25th, 1835 :— “From the manner in which you express yourself with regard to my botanical collections you appear to be under very erroneous impressions, for to say that I ‘ w7l/ not publish’ is quite the opposite to what has ever been my intention, and the almost only pleasure I had in my travels to alleviate the excessive toil of forming them was the anticipating of the gratification of publishing them at my return to Kurope, and of obtaining the satisfaction of being useful to science, and of securing the honor [spelt thus, according to his custom] due to my discoveries; and if I have been, and still am being, robbed of those honors by others, who, having less on their hands than I have, can run the publishing race with more expedition, I feel most sensibly the injury I sustain. Many circumstances have unfortunately concurred hitherto to tie up my hands, but I do and shall ever look to Natural History as a most delightful and congenial employment for my future rears.” : Probably owing to the combination of causes set forth above and their deepening effect as years went on, Burchell became more and more of a recluse, and kept his collections more and more from the sight of other naturalists. The climax was reached when he refused the request of his old friend to allow his son, Sir Joseph Hooker, to see the collec- tion of St. Helena plants, in order to help in the production of a work upon the flora of that island. Towards the end of his life Burchell must have come to realize that his methods could lead to nothing. He committed suicide on March 23rd, 1863, in his eightieth year. It is stated by C. J. Feret, in ‘ Fulham Old and New’ (London, 1900), that he “ shot himself under the large cedar tree in front of Churchfield House. The wound not proving fatal, he terminated his existence by hanging himself in a small out-house at the back.” Burchell’s collections were not specially mentioned in his 56 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new will (dated March 2, 1841). Upon his death in 1863 they came into the possession of his sister, Miss Anna Burchell, who offered the whole of them to the University of Oxford in the following year upon the condition “ that separate rooms shall be set apart for them, and that the whole be put ont, set up, and systematically arranged, and be called ‘The Burchell Collection’ or presented to the Museum by Wm. J. Burchell, Esq., D.C.L.” The Delegates of the Museum were unable to accept these conditions. A few months later Miss Burchell wrote (April 8, 1865) concerning “ the collec- tions in Zoclogy and Entomology,” “ I am still desirons, in accordance with what I believe to have been his [Dr. Bur- chell’s] wish, of presenting the same to the University of Oxford.” The only condition was “that the Collections should be distinguished as those of my late Brother.” This offer was gratefully accepted, and in a few weeks the collec- tions arrived. About the same time the immense Herbarium was offered by Miss Burchell to the Linnean Society, which was unable to accept it. A little later it was presented to the National Collection at Kew. In drawing up this brief account of Burchell, as a preface to the description of his collections, I desire above all to acknowledge the kind help I have received from Miss Cora B. Sanders in the study of Burchell’s manuscript at Kew and Oxford, and of his collections in the Hope Department. It has been already mentioned that the map forming Plate IIT. is en- tirely due to Miss Sanders’sresearches. I have also received the kindest assistance and encouragement from Sir Joseph Hooker and also the authorities of the Royal Gardens at Kew. The Delegates of the Oxford University Museum have kindly given me access to their correspondence and minute-books. II. Ona new Stridulating-organ in Scorpions discovered by W. J. Burchell in Brazil in 1828. By R. J. Pocock, i ZS, [Plate IV.] Ur to the present time stridulating-organs are known with certainty to exist in three genera of scorpions, namely, the Oriental genus Palamneus, the tropical African and Arabian genus Pandinus, and the South-African Opisthophthalmus, all belonging to the family Pandinidz. ‘The certainty in these cases lies in the fact that in both Palamneus and Opisthophthalmus the hearing of the sound preceded the anatomical investigation which led to the discovery of the organ, and that in the species of Pandinus an organ exists Stridulating-organ in Scorpions. 57 exactly similar in structure to that of Palamneus, although the rasp and the vibratile bristles occur upon different segments of the chele and legs of the first pair in the two genera. What is believed to be a stridulating-organ has also been found in certain South-African species of the genus Parabuthus, which belongs to a totally different family, namely, the Buthidz. Unfortunately in this instance there is no proof, based upon human perception of the sound emitted by the living animal, that the function of the organ described has been correctly interpreted. The tenability of the suppo- sition, however, is justified by the structure of the organ and by the distinctly audible stridulation it can be made to yield, when the appropriate movements, all capable of being per- formed by the animal itself, are induced by artificial means on a freshly killed or alcohol-preserved specimen. In the Pandinide the stridulating-organs have been deve- loped in connexion with the anterior appendages. In Opisth- ophthalmus it consists of large foliaceous bristles on the inner (preaxial) surface of the basal segment of the cheli- cere, and the sound given out by the rubbing of these appendages together is in many cases supplemented by the sound produced by the catching of certain short, erect, stiff bristles on the dorsal side of this segment against the anterior edge of the carapace as the appendages are forcibly withdrawn beneath it. In Pandinus and Palamneus it lies between the basal segments of the appendages of the third and fourth pairs, commonly called the chelz and first pair of legs, and consists of a finely papillate area and an area beset with short erect bristles exactly like those that are found upon the upperside of the basal segment of the cheliceree in Oposthophthalmus *. In Parabuthus what is supposed to be a stridulating-organ is totally different both in structure and position. It is a finely granular or transversely ridged area upon the dorsal side of the first and second segments of the tail, possibly also upon that of the last tergal plate of the abdomen, and the stridulation above mentioned can be artificially produced by scraping the point of the sting over the roughened field in question T. A fairly similar but less differentiated system of granules, probably subserving the same end, is found upon the first segment of the tail in certain black North-African species of Buthus, namely, the Egyptian B. bicolor and the Algerian B. eneas f. * See Pocock, Nat. Science, ix. pp. 17-25 (1896). + Pocock, Proc. Zool. Soc., March 1902, pp. 222-224. { Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. p. 374 (1902), 58 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Apart from the legs, which are almost immovably welded by their basal segments to the sternal surface of the body, the chelicera, chele, and tail are, with one exception, the only organs in a scorpion susceptible of vigorous and rapid movement. ‘The one exception is the pectines. It is in connexion with these appendages that the stridulating-organ now to be described has been discovered *. In the course of a recent study of Burchell’s manuscript ‘ Note-book of Brazilian Insects &c.,’ Professor Poulton found the following record under the date December 3rd, 1828 :— “1274, Scorpio of a light redish [thus] brown. Legs and claws pale. Several of these were caught in my house. I found one feeding on a large blatta which it held close to its mouth with its claws. ‘ Lacrdia.’ Makes a noise between a hiss and a whistle, v. J. 81. 12. 28, with its pectiniform appendages.” The word “ Lacrdia’’ evidently represents the native name of the species. Burchell always made a point of ob- taining such names whenever possible, and took the greatest pains in writing them clearly and inserting accents. The reference “ v. J. 31. 12. 28” apparently alludes to a Brazilian journal which has unfortunately not been found, It certainly did not reach either Oxford or Kew. At once appreciating the interest and importance of the last sentence of the note, Prof. Poulton arranged for the collection to be searched for a scorpion bearing the number 1274. The specimen was soon found by Mr. W. Holland, and Prof. Poulton brought it to the Natural History Museum and asked me to determine it and to examine the pectines, to discover if possible the nature and situation of the stridulating- organ. ‘This I undertook with the greatest pleasure, and with the result that the accuracy of Burchell’s observation was substantiated to the full. The specimen is a male and belongs to the Brazilian species that I described last year as Rhopalurus Borelli. Although dried, it is sufficiently well preserved to preclude all likelihood of error on this point ; but without the relaxation or removal of the pectines the structure of the stridulating-organ could not be investigated. ‘The examination necessary for this * Reference may here be made to the suggestion of Landois (‘ Tierr- stimmen,’ pp. 22-23, 1874), that the pectines might be capable of emitting sounds by friction. ‘This idea, however, was not supported by facts, and, except that the guess has now been verified, it is on a par with Wood- Mason’s view that the prehensile teeth on the digits of the chele in Buthide might also be used for this purpose (Proc. Ent. Soc. London, 1877, p. Xix). Stridulating-organ tn Scorpions. 59 purpose therefore was carried out upon the three spirit- reserved examples the Museum possesses, namely, the type, an adult female, an immature specimen of the same sex, and an adult but badly preserved male. Although only described seven months ago, this species has been known to me for ten years. Briefly told, its history and that of its allies is as follows :—In 1893 * I pointed out that two American species of Buthide identified with the Scorpio junceus of Herbst and Tityus agamemnon of C. Koch differ from their allies in the structure of the pectines and of the first sternal plate of the abdomen. The pectines are unusually broad in their proximal half, and the overlying area of the sternal plate is depressed, the grooves which ordinarily pass forwards and inwards from the inner extre- mity of the stigma being exceptionally deep and lying nearer to the middle line, so that they define a narrow, smooth, tri- angular area, standing at a higher level than the depressed lateral portion already mentioned. On the strength of these structural features the genus [Heteroctenus was established for these two species. It was also stated that Heteroctenus junceus differs from the form then referred to H. agamemnon in having the depressed area smooth instead of closely and finely but distinctly granular. Subsequently, as a result of the publication of Dr. Kraepelin’s monograph + on the scor- pions, it was found that these two species can scarcely be separated generically from the species described as Rhopalurus laticauda by Thorell and R. princeps by Karsch. Further- more, the description given by Kraepelin, presumably from an examination of the type of 7%tyuws agamemnon, proved my previous determination of agamemnon to be erroneous. I[ therefore redescribed the species so determined under the new name Borelliit, and at the same time attempted to show that the five species under discussion—namely, junceus, lati- cauda, princeps, agamemnon, and orellii—possess certain characters in common of sufficient systematic value to justify their separation from the series forming the genus Centru- roides, with which Kraepelin associated them, and to demand their recognition as a distinct genus for which the name Ehopalurus is available §. The significance of the depressed sternal areas and of the expanded pectines in &, Borellit and L. junceus was always * Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 393. + Das ‘Nerr., Scorpiones et Pedipalpi, pp. 94-95 (1899). t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. p. 376 (1902). § Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arachn, Scorp. p. 37 (1902). 60 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new a puzzle, and would probably have remained unsolved, so far at least as I was concerned, had it not been for Burchell’s until now unpublished discovery of three-quarters of a century ago. Probably the absence of the granules on the depressed sternal area in F. junceus, suggesting as it did the secondary importance of their association with the sternal depressions and with the pectinal expansions in R. Boreddi’, coupled with the flexibility, comparative softness, and known sexual physiological significance of the pectines in these and all other scorpions, combined to conceal the true construction, which, thanks to Burchell’s observation, is now known to be assignable to the features in question. How, then, is the sound described by Burchell as ‘‘ between a hiss and a whistle’’ produced? Without doubt by sweeping the pectines across the granular field on the overlying sternal plate (Pl. IV. fig. 2). When one of these organs is turned over it may be noticed that the teeth opposabie to the granular area are not parallel-sided, as is normally the case in scorpions; the distal edge is sinuous, presenting towards the apex of the tooth a very decided bulge, which shows up as a slightly thickened area as it catches and reflects the light. When examined under a half-inch objective, or even a lower power, practically the entire face of the tooth, and especially the bulging area, is seen to be covered with a multitude of fine striz lying parallel to the longitudinal axis of the tooth (PIV. fig. 3). That the structural modifications of the teeth above described are directly connected with the depression and granulation of the sternum is shown by the absence of such modifications in the teeth at the distal end of the series which lie beyond the granular area and sweep clear of it with the movement of the pecten. No doubt the expansion of the shaft of the pecten in its proximal half is correlated with an increase in the size of its muscles and of the surfaces to which they are attached to add force to the sweep of the organ. Except for the apparent absence of the granules, the sternal depressions in L. junceus closely resemble those of A. Bo- rellit. I originally described these depressions as smooth ; this is only true relatively speaking. No granulation is visible under a lens of low power, and no roughness is per- ceptible with a pin-point ; but when scrutinized with a half- inch objective the entire surface of the depression is seen to be exceedingly minutely shagreened, so minutely as to suggest that the sound emitted must be much finer than that which the organ in &. Borellii gives out. Nor is this all the Stridulating-organ in Scorpions. 61 difference between the two species. ‘The pectines in R. junceus are expanded exactly as in &. Borellii, and the distal edges of the teeth bulge in almost precisely the same way, but the differentiation of the striae is carried to a greater extreme. Along the edge of each tooth there is a distinct series of small tubercular elevations, which are largest where they cross the thickened bulging area, becoming smaller both above and below it. These elevations are very distinctly striated, and the strive appear to be practically restricted to them (PI. IV. fig. 4). In R. laticauda, Thor., the granules on the sternite are relatively as coarse as in ft. Borellit, but the area is less depressed and less sharply differentiated both in front and towards the middle line than in that species. Also the poste- rior surfaces of the pectinal teeth are less visibly striated and the distal edges of those opposable to the granular area are straight and without the characteristic bulge so noticeable in R. Borellii and R. junceus. In all these features the organ in R. laticauda is less specialized than in the two species just mentioned. The remaining species of Rhopalurus are unknown to me. Those who have had the opportunity of seeing and describing R. princeps have made no mention of any structural peculi- arities in the pectines or in the first abdominal sternum. According to Kraepelin, who has seen the typical examples, however, this species is nearly related to R&R. laticaudu. Hence it is permissible to suppose that it also possesses a stridulating-organ similar in its general features to the stridu- lator of that species. In the case of 2. agamemnon the last- mentioned author states that the pectines are expanded and the sternum grooved and depressed as in 2. junceus, but that the sternum differs from that of 2. gunceus in being distinctly granular on the median triangular area. This peculiarity, in which &. agamemnon holds a unique position in the genus, suggests that the median area in question constitutes an integral part of the stridulating-organ. Whether the de- pressed areas are granular or shagreened, or neither, is at present unknown. Two other important facts connected with Burchell’s observation remain to be mentioned. ‘The first is the discovery of stridulating-scorpions in America: those in which sounding- organs are known or supposed to exist have hitherto been recorded from the Mediterranean, Oriental, and Ethiopian regions. The second is the announcement of the exact locality of R. Borellit. FR. princeps occurs in Hayti, R.junceus 62 - Mr. E.S. Russell on Depastrum cyathiforme. in Cuba*, R. laticauda in Venezuela and Colombia, whereas the only examples of 2. agamemnon and R. Borellit hitherto known are labelled “ Brazil,’ without further particulars. Thanks, however, to Burchell, we are now aware that R. Borellit is found in the Province of Goyaz, in the upper valley of the Rio Tocantins or that of at least one of its tributaries. Burchell was at Porto Real (now Porto Nacional) when he made his note on specimen no. 1274. Burchell’s collection also contains another specimen of the same species (a female) bearing a label “ Body and legs redish. Between the boxes at our station at Sape. 15. 10. 28.” Referring to the Index we find that Burchell gives “S? Brigida” as his locality on Oct. 15, 1828. Sapé is mentioned on Oct. 14. The position is between Caval- canti, his resting-place on Sept. 30th, and Conceigio, which he reached on Oct. 18th, but apparently much nearer to the latter. A glance at Plate III. will show the positions of these two localities of &. Borellit. So far as the function of the organ in these American Buthidee is concerned, it need only be said that since it is equally well developed in both sexes, and occurs also in immature forms, there is no reason to suppose that it has any sexual significance. Hence, like the stridulating-organs of other scorpions and of the spiders of the family Aviculariide, its significance must be regarded as purely aposematic. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Rhopalurus Borellit, Poc., 9, nat. size; drawn from typical example. Fig. 2. Ditto. Ventral surface of anterior extremity of abdomen and of posterior extremity of cephalothorax, to show the granular areas on the first abdominal sternite, the pecten of the left side being removed. Fig. 3. Ditto. Piece of the pecten seen from its dorsal side, to show the finely ridged stridulating area. Fig. 4. Rhopalurus junceus (Herbst). Ditto. V.—WNotes on Depastrum cyathiforme, Grosse. By E. 8. Russet. [Plate V.] M. Sars, in 1846, was the first to describe and figure this interesting little Lucernarian. He discovered it near Bergen and described it under the name of Lucernaria cyathiformis * There are specimens in the British Museum labelled “ Mexico ” and “Brazil.” These localities, however, require confirmation, Mr. E. 8. Russell on Depastrum cyathiforme. 63 as follows :— Semipollicaris, stipite disco circulari, repando sese affigente; corpore cyathiformi, margine dilatata, repanda circulari, integra (s. non in radios divisa) tentaculifera, ten- taculis sepissime in fasciculis 8 fere continuis, ad marginem corporis dispositis; organis generationis 8, binis approxi-. matis ’’ (Faun. lit. Norveg. no. 1, p. 26, tab. i. figs. 8-13). Shortly afterwards it was found in great abundance by Mr. David Landsborough, Jun., at Southend, Arran, and also by Dr. Landsborough at Corriegils, Arran. The specimens were identified by Mr. Joshua Alder as Lucernaria cyathiformis, Sars, and he sent a drawing to Mr. George Johnston, who, on the strength of this drawing, incorporated the species in his ‘ Hist. of Brit. Zoophytes,’ vol. i. p. 475 (London, 1847). Gosse (Synopsis Brit. Actiniz, 1858) then founded the genus Depastrum for specimens which he found at Weymouth, which he regarded as identical with the Lucernaria cyathi- formis of Sars. Next year some small specimens were found by Allman (Rep. Brit. Assoc. Aberdeen, 1859) in the Orkney Isles, which seem to have been immature specimens of Depastrum cyathiforme, Gosse. It does not appear to have been recorded at any other locality until found by Beaumont at Port Erin, Isle of Man (‘ Fauna of Liverpool Bay,’ iv. : Liverpool, 1895). He mentions also a specimen from Plymouth. In the month of July 1903 I rediscovered Depastrum on the shore at West Bennan, Southend, Arran; and in August, while at the Millport Biological Station, near the Lion Rock, Millport, and also near the old castle on the east side of Little Cumbrae. The animal seems to have a wide distribution, and I have no doubt that a careful search would reveal its presence in many localities from which it is hitherto unrecorded. I found Depastrum in large numbers under stones at about half-tide, and also farther out. It adheres very firmly to the underside or occasionally round the edges of fairly large stones, so firmly that it has to be scraped off with a knife. It is very local in its distribution, but generally abundant where it does occur, though at one locality in Little Cumbrae I found only a few scattered individuals, It is difficult to account for its local distribution, but in my experience it is never found in muddy localities nor in spots where there is much decaying seaweed. It occurs well up the beach, and appears to be quite a hardy form. In Arran my largest specimens were got near low-water mark, but at Cumbrae large specimens occurred more plentifully halfway 64 Mr. E. S. Russell on Depastrum cyathiforme. up the beach. In its natural conditions it is almost always pendent, being incapable of supporting itself with stalk extended and erect, on the upperside of a stone. When watched carefully in confinement it is seen to turn the widely expanded bell-like umbrella in different directions, as if searching for food. It appears to be quite incapable of refixing itself after having been dislodged from its resting- lace. The stalk is very contractile, as is also the rim of the umbrella. Four muscles, which extend up the teenioles (Pl. V., ¢m.), are the agents for contracting the stalk, while the margin is contracted by a circular muscle (cm.) which passes round outside the insertion of the tentacles, and in contracting pulls the margin well over the tentacles, leaving only a hole in the centre, through which the tips of some of the tentacles appear. I may here remark that it is only in partly contracted individuals that several rows of tentacles are seen; in fully expanded adult individuals there do not appear to be more than two rows. Haeckel, in his diagnosis of this species (‘System der Medusen’), describes it as having the tentacles in several rows. Furthermore, none of my specimens reach the dimensions noted by Haeckel (8-10 mm. for length of stalk, length of umbrella, and breadth of umbrella), the largest I have seen having a stalk only 7 mm. long, while the usual size of good-sized specimens is 4 mm. for length of stalk, 6 mm, for height of bell, and 5-6 mm, for breadth of same. ‘These specimens seemed mature, having well-developed gonads. . There appear to be two forms of the species among my specimens—one as figured, the other with a much sharper distinction between stalk and umbrella, and with the breadth of the umbrella as great as, or even greater than, the height of the umbrella. ‘This latter seems to be the typical form, for Haeckel describes the umbrella as being almost as high as broad. ‘The measurements of a medium-sized individual of this latter form are:—Lenegth of stalk 3 mm.; height of uinbrella 4 mm; breadth of umbrella 4°8 mm. The smallest specimen I possess measures respectively 1 mm., L'l mm., and 1:4 mm. The sexes are distinct, but, so far as I can make out, indis- tinguishable in external appearance. ‘lhe gonads are typically in four double rows, but I have a specimen with only three gonads and three lobes to the manubrium. Indeed, the animal is very variable, especially as regards the number of fascicles of secondary tentacles. The ova and spermatozoa are very minute and very numerous. I attempted five times On a new Spider from Bounty Island. 65 in August to fertilize artificially, but failed each time, chiefly, I believe, on account of the immaturity of the spermatozoa. In the stomach of Depastrum I have noted the remains of a small crustacean (probably a Copepod). When kept in confinement unattached to a stone they sometimes void a floccular mass, along with one or two phacelle, which looks like a portion of the stomach epithelium. ‘The tentacles also are apt to slough off. It is very difficult to kill them well expanded, but I have obtained good results by carefully narcotizing with 30 °/, alcohol. VI.—On a new Genus of Spiders from Bounty Island, with Remarks on a Species from New Zealand. By H. R. Hoae, M.A., F.Z.S. Proressor CHARLES CHILTON, of Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand, kindly sent me recently some spiders obtained by Mr. L. Cockayne from the islands lying to the east and south-east of the New Zealand coast. Among these were some specimens found on the guano deposits of Bounty Island, situated about 9 degrees east of Dunedin (170° 30’ East longitude), between the better-known Anti- podes and Chatham Islands. The spiders belong to the family Agalenide, and the well- developed colulus, front spinnerets close together, inner margin of the falx-sheath toothed and sloping, with fringe of incurved bristles on the outer, the upright maxille, and square lip show them to belong to M. Simon’s group Cybzeeze. Allied to the genus Lmmenomma, Sim.*, this species differs too materially to be included therein, so that 1 have formed a new genus to receive it. PACIFICANA, gen. nov. Differs from Hmmenomma in having the cephalic part of the cephalothorax convex and wide in front instead of not convex and slightly attenuate. The thoracic fovea quite short and shallow instead of long and deep. Rear row of eyes so recurved as to form an area as long as broad instead of about one half as long as broad. ‘Two teeth on inferior * The single species for which M. Simon formed his genus Emme- nomma was found on the islands adjacent to Cape Horn (about 67° W. long). The two localities are therefore separated by over 120 degrees of longitude. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 5 66 Mr. H. R. Hoge on a margin of falx-sheath instead of three; three on superior margin, About five pectinations on superior tarsal claws instead of about nine. The trochanters of all four pairs of legs are slightly but clearly hollowed on the underside. This, with the mandibular fringe and shape of lip and maxille, breaks down the last quotable distinction between the Agalenidz, Pisauridx, and Lycoside. Pacificana Cockaynt, sp. n. Yynt, The colour of the cephalothorax is dark brown, the cephalic part being bounded by a pale yellow marginal stripe. A similar pale yellow area extends round the thoracic part almost to the margin, where there is again a narrow streak of brown. The mandibles are dark brown. Lip and maxille paler brown, yellow on the outer edges of the latter. Sternum pale brown on each side, with a longitudinal central yellow streak. ‘The legs and palpi are yellow, with brown rings, one near the anterior end of the femur, one on the patella, two on the tibia, two on the metatarsus, one at the anterior end of the tarsus. In the front pair the whole of the tarsus and metatarsus is brown. ‘The abdomen on the upperside has a series of transverse scolloped stripes yellow and black alter- nately. The underside is greyish yellow. ‘The shape of the cephalothoraz is a long oval, truncate at the slightly narrowed anterior end. The cephalic part is considerably raised above the thoracic; a short, shallow, longitudinai fovea extends from behind the cephalic part to, but not down, the rear slope. The pattern of the eyes is quite unique. The front laterals are large, one and a half diameters apart, and one third of their diameter from the margin of the clypeus. Four small intermediate eyes one fourth of the diameter of the above are situated between them at the corners of a trapezium, the rear pair, their diameter apart, slightly above the line joining the upper edges of the laterals; the lower pair, rather farther apart, are below the line touching the lower part of the laterals. The lateral eyes of the rear row, rather more than their diameter apart, are about three fifths the diameter of the front laterals and the diameter of the latter away from their own median. 'The small front median eyes are their diameter from the margin of the clypeus. The mandibles are nearly twice as long as the front patella, much kneed at the base, and taper to the anterior end, the fangs being rather long, slightly curved, smooth for the first half and striated longitudinally the second. ‘Tie new Spider from Bounty Island. 67 falx-sheath is sloping and has two teeth on the inner margin near the upper end. There are three teeth below the fringe of bristles on the outer margin, the middle one being the largest. The maxille are upright, convex, rounded in front, and broadest near the anterior end. The dp longer than broad, on a narrowed base, is rounded at the sides and broadly truncate in front. Pacificana Cockaynt. a, eyes, X 10; 4, spider, nat. size; c, epigyne, x 10. The sternum is nearly twice as long as broad, truncate in front, and running to a point posteriorly. The abdomen is oval, sparsely covered with short fine hairs, The spinnerets two-jointed, tapering, the second joint quite short. ‘The inferior pair close together, the colulus broad and long. The legs are moderately stout, the metatarsal and tarsal joints tapering to a rather fine point. The superior tarsal claws have about five pectinations at the basal end only, the 5% 68 Mr. H. R. Hogg on a inferior claw being smooth. At the anterior end of the meta- tarsi is a ring of short incurved spines and four pairs of spines on the underside of the front two pairs. The tarsi are without spines. There is a longitudinal seam along the front side of the cox, and the chitinous margin of the trochanters is slightly hollowed on the underside, the species in this respect, as in the mandibular fringe, approaching the Lycoside. The measurements ( @) in millimetres are as follows :— Long. Broad. Cephalothorax.... 95 34 in front. 5 Abdomen neeiicr: 12 63 Mandibles ...... 4 Tr. & Pat. & Metat. Coxe. fem. tib. & tars. MUS satone et reluiele winters ] 3 7 8 ig = 25 2 92 62 64 es = 2c 3 2 6. 52 62 = 193 4 22 ff 8 7 = 242 Palpi: co eho eee OF. Wea hb 2h Se ayes cle There are one male (unfortunately wanting a moult) and four females. From Wanganui, North Island of New Zealand, Mr. W. Gray was so good as to send me two small pieces of moss- covered bark, each a few inches square. On my first examina- tion I could see no reason of adequate interest to account for their having been sent so long a journey by post. It was only after careful search that I found the lids of no less than five nests of a little Migas spider, apparently that first described by L. Koch, M. paradoxus. The doors of the nests fitted so closely, and, although com- posed of woven felt, so exactly resembled the adjoining bark and lichen as to be quite invisible on a casual inspection. The occupant of one nest had come out and was unhappily crushed, but the other four nests contained live females, one in each. The nests are little silken sacs wedged between interstices of the bark, about ? inch in depth and inch across the opening. In the collection made by the ‘Challenger’ expedition, recently returned to the British Museum (Natural History) after a prolonged absence, is another specimen from Wellington, evidently the same. Spider from New Zealand. 69 The legs in all the specimens are rather longer in propor- tion to the cephalothorax than the measurements given by L. Koch, but they agree closely otherwise with. his description of his type specimen from Auckland, and I have no reason to doubt their being the same, more especially as the legs are normally carried closely bent up and are not easy to measure. As in all this group, the tarsi and metatarsi of the front two pairs of legs are flattened and abnormally short. The metatarsi are furnished with a double row of stout curved spines on the underside (in my paper, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, 11. p. 229, by a misprint this character is ascribed to metatarsus iv.). The superior tarsal claws have one long pectination, with a few uneven rugations on either side. The front row of eyes is straight, the rear row is slightly recurved, Migas paradoxus, L. Koch. a, eyes, X 10; 4, profile, nat. size, The cephalothorax and mandibles are yellow-brown; sternum, lip, and maxillee yellow ; abdomen black and rather - rugose above, dark yellowish grey below. The space in front of the genital aperture and spinnerets yellow. The strongly recurved cephalic fovea and rather profuse bespining of lip and maxille (in female) are marked features. I append measurements (in mm.) of one of Mr. Gray’s specimens, apparently adult, andof the still larger ‘Challenger’ specimen :— Specimen from nest (W. Gray). Long. Broad. Cephalothorax.... 33 25 in front. 91 Ly a PAU COMIGN cipicn ssf oi0 4 3 Mandibles ....+. 3 hor’, 2 vert’, 70 Mr. H. Schwann on new Forms of Tr. & Pat. & Metat. Coxe. fem. tib, & tars. MSGS. aii a as tale Hea 13 3 a 2 103 2 18 pa ee eh EST 3 1 1 92 —— gL 4, 13 1 2 pee a Palpion ss... Aenea 13 22 3 1 == 2 ‘ Challenger’ Expedition specimen. Long. Broad. Cephalothorax.... 45 33 in front. 42 Abdomen........ 6 4t Mandibles ...... hor’, 33 vert’. Tr. & Pat. & Metat. Coxe. fem. tib. & tars. LUIS SG Heart roo, tr is 2 5 4} 3 = 143 2, cae woe: or. Tr ne 3. 12 33 31 2 = ae 4. 2 et Ome aaa MPP ats hn ates lassievecass lz 3 23 1 83 Migas distinctus, Cambr., from the South Island, described as having a pattern of yellow spots on the back and having more widely separated eyes, will no doubt be distinct from the above; but Mr. Goyen’s Migas Sandageri, from Moko- hinou Islands, near Auckland, now that we know he means recurved by bent forward, would seem from his description to agree exactly with IM. paradowus of L. Koch. Mr. Goyen found the nests of M. distinctus in clay-banks; those of M. paradoxus and M. Sandageri are on the trunks of trees. It is interesting to note that M. Simon has found the nests of the allied South-African Moggridgea to be built both in the ground and on bark. VII.—On new Forms of Anomalurus and Sciurus from Tropical Africa. By HAROLD SCHWANN. AN examination of some of the more recent African accessions to the British Museum collection which I have been enabled to make with Mr. Thomas’s permission shows that the following forms require description. Anomalurus Beecroftt argenteus, subsp. n. General colour above silvery grey, more or less suffused with yellowish towards the middle line; basal portion of the Anomalurus and Sciurus from Tropical Africa. (i: hairs on the flanks darker than those on the body, producing an indistinct dark patch on the edge of the membrane; general colour of uader surface dirty grey; throat strongly suffused with “ orange-rufous,”’ passing into pinkish buff on the stomach and hind limbs; head silvery grey, cheeks and lower jaw silvery white, a white patch on the crown between the ears and a white band running along the shoulders; under- part of forearms and sides of stomach dirty white ; outer edge of membrane on upper surface behind forearms covered with stiff black hairs extending backwards for about 14 inches ; tail dirty grey. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body about 385 mm.; tail 139; hind foot . (s. u.) 41, Skull: greatest breadth 86; length of upper tooth- series 12°5. Hab, Abutschi, River Niger, about 150 miles from the coast. Diy. eM, no, 2. 12 10. 7. Collected: Web. 1902 by A. J. Braham, Esq. This subspecies differs very considerably from the type of Anomalurus Beecrofti from Fernando Po described by Fraser both in general colour and skull-measurements. ‘The latter, however, in this group are so variable, even among members of the same species, as to be of little value. As an example two adult specimens, both undoubtedly Anomalurus Beecroft?, differed by as much as 1°5 mm. in the length of the upper tooth-series. In colour A. B. argenteus differs from Anoma- lurus Beecrofti in being of a light silvery grey on its upper surface instead of ‘ yellowish grey.’ It is also much less suffused with rufous on its under surface. Sciurus rufobrachiatus ruwenzori, subsp. n. Allied to S. kenie, Neum.*, but with a certain amount of fulvous on its muzzle and feet and a pure white streak on the under surface. General colour above ‘ olivaceous,” the hairs brown, speckled with “ochraceous,” without the marked rufous suffusion found in S. nyanse. Base of the hairs “ slate- grey.” Length of the underfur about 15 mm. and of the long hairs 25 mm. Under surface “creamy buff,” not sharply detined, gradually passing into the “ olivaceous” of the sides. Middle line of under surface with a sharply defined white streak about 4 inch broad extending from the inter- ramia to the inguinal region, its hairs white to their bases. * SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 176. 72 On new Forms of Anomalurus and Sciurus. Top of muzzle dull fulvous, passing into “ olivaceous’’ on the crown. Cheeks and upper surfaces of the feet and fore- arms grizzled yellowish. Hairs of tail annulated with black and buffy yellow. Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :— Hind foot (s. u.) 51 mm. Skull: greatest length 52; basilar length 40°5; greatest breadth 29°5 ; length of upper tooth-series 9. Hab. Wimi Valley, Ruwenzori. Alt. 2400 m. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 95. 3. 5. 2. Collected 6th July, 1894, by G. F. Scott Hlliot, Esq. In colour this subspecies is intermediate between S. r. ny- anse and 8. kenie, having less fulvous on the muzzle and limbs than the former and more than the latter. Sciurus rufobrachiatus pasha, subsp. n. Fur hardly so thick or so long as that of S. 7. nyanse ; length of long hairs on back about 21 mm. and of underfur 11. General colour above dark brownish, rather warmer than Ridgway’s “ bistre” ; base of the hairs slaty black. Flanks distinctly lighter than back; base of hairs “ slate-grey.” Under surface very thinly covered with creamy-white hairs, interspersed with a few black ones. Difference in colour between flanks and belly unusually conspicuous, with the line of demarcation well defined. An indistinct white patch on throat and chest, hardly constituting a streak. Top of muzzle and round orbits dull orange-buff. Fore and hind feet and outer side of forearms rich ‘ ochraceous rufous.” Underside of thighs and lower limbs sparsely covered with whitish-buffy hairs. ‘Tail like back for its basal two inches, the remainder annulated with black and dirty white. Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :— Head and body 249 mm.; tail 234; hind foot (s. u.) 49. Skull: greatest length (c.) 50; basilar length 39; greatest breadth 31°5 ; length of upper tooth-series 10. Hab. Bellima, Monbuttu. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 87. 12. 1. 31. Collected 13th July, 1883, and presented by Dr. Emin Pasha. This subspecies, allied to 8. r. nyanse, is more strongly suffused with rufous on the back and base of tail, while it is of a much lighter colour on the feet and belly. 8. kaffensis, O. Neumann *, from the other side of the Nile, differs by “ die schéne rostfarbene”’ annulation of the caudal hairs. It may be mentioned that an allied form from Southern Nigeria * Op. cit. p. 57. On new Lycenide from Sierra Leone. 73 is also remarkable for the almost naked condition of its under surface, but is distinguishable by the absence of any rufous colour on the limbs. The four members of the 8. rufobrachiatus group found in Central and Central East Africa may be distinguished as follows :— A. Fulvous or reddish on muzzle and feet. a, A marked white streak along under surface .... 8. 7, rutvenzorit. 6. No white streak along under surface. a', Underside of forearms and thighs deep rufous colour ; belly well haired, dull buffy ...... Sir. nyanse. b'. Underside of thighs with no rufous suffusion ; belly thinly covered with whitish-grey hairs. S. 7. pasha. B. No fulvous colouring on feet or muzzle ........ .. SS. kenie. VIII.— On new Species of Lycenide from Sierra Leone. By D. Cator. I FEEL pretty sure that the Pseuderesie here described are not the only new ones that I have lately discovered, but I await further material, which I hope to find before very long. They need a deal of hunting, as their haunts are in shady places and they are most difficult to capture on the winge— firstly, because of their sombre colouring on the underside and the small amount of colour above, so that they can be seen only at intervals whilst flying; and, secondly, because if not taken at the first attempt they will not probably give another opportunity, as they easily take fright. If, however, they can be seen at rest they can easily be caught if they are not too high up, but they need much looking for; they rest on twigs and creepers bare of leaves, but, excepting one or two species, seem to be distinctly uncommon. Pseuderesia Bakeriana, sp. n. 3 .— Upperside. Fore wings black, outer margin faintly scalloped, inner margin up to beyond vein 1 orange from near the base to beyond the middle: hind wings orange, with very broad black posterior borders decreasing rapidly towards costa. Underside. Both wings greyish black, hind wings rather the paler of the two: fore wings with red irrorations on the costa, a squarish red patch on the costa beyond the cell, which is confluent with the red irroration up to the 74 Mr. D. Cator on new posterior margin and which broadly occupies the whole of that margin; in this marginal red irroration is a short black macular stripe, lower part of cell and below vein 4 to inner margin spotless and paler: hind wings with three interrupted irregular transverse reddish stripes, bordering the third a broad blackish band, edged exteriorly by a band of fine reddish irrorations, beyond which is another dark band, followed again by fine reddish irrorations to the margin; fringes white, intersected with blackish. ?. Upperside. Both wings orange: fore wings distinctly more rounded than in male; costal edge, base, cell and rather beyond irregularly black, apex very broadly, outer margin broadly black: hind wings like the male. Underside. Fore wings (with outline of pattern as above) orange, fading into yellowish on the inner margin ; costa blackish, three dark spots in the cell and one larger beyond it ; apex very broadly finely irrorated with reddish on a blackish ground ; outer margin similarly irrorated, but less broadly: hind wings like the male, but paler and without reddish. Exp. wings, ¢ 31-33, 9 30-32 mm. I have much pleasure in naming this after my friend Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, who has assisted me so much in working out my captures. Found so far in March, April, May, and October, but probably flies from October to May, which covers the dry season in Sierra Leone. Pseuderesia nigra, sp. n. 3 .—Upperside. Both wings entirely black, with white fringes tessellated with black. Underside. Fore wings black, shading into dark greyish on the inner margin; traces of three black spots in the cell, with a red one between the second and third; apex darkly spotted, in front of which is an oblique row of four red spots, two being below the apex and two on the posterior margin: hind wings grey, of a peculiar texture, the wing having the appearance of having been denuded of scales, with various black and red spots; the base of the wing is suffused with red, with a small black spot palely encircled below the costal vein near the base; in the cell are two black spots, palely edged, the small one at the base and the other large, directly below which is another large black one; on the costa is a large black patch reaching to the upper angle of the cell, beyond and touching which is a red irregular spot; transverse stripe from apex to inner margin very decided, composed of a black-spotted stripe edged externally by an equally decided red-spotted stripe, the two Lycenidee from Sterra Leone. 75 central spots in each being confluent and very large, margin spotted with a black Junular stripe; the ground has a suffusion of red beyond and below the cell; all the red spots are very bright, approaching vermilion. 2? .—Upperside. Both wings bright ochreous: fore wings with costa broadly dark brown, very broadly dark brown from the end of the cell and tapering down the posterior margin to the anal angle; cell with three spots in it and several below; ground-colour suffused with brown below the cell almost to the inner margin; fringes brown, intersected with white: hind wings with costa broadly brown, posterior margin very broadly dark brown, increasing in width from the apex to the inner margin, base suffused with brown ; fringes intersected with white. Underside. Fore wings pale orange, base suffused with blackish ; costa blackish, cell with three spots, increasing in size, and one below the cell touching the second and third cell-spots ; apex as in the male, but the oblique orange spots are preceded by a very broad blackish band: hind wings ochreous grey, with pattern as in the male, only the red spots are replaced by orange ones. Exp. wings, ¢ 34, 2 30 mm. This species may prove to be a subspecies of P. vardegata, S. & K., but it is a beautiful and striking form. Besides the types described above, I have one male with a small orange patch on the upperside of the fore wing. Caught in February and April. Pseuderesia fusca, sp. n. 3.—Upperside. Fore wings black, with white fringes intersected with black: hind wings black, with an orange- coloured costa increasing in width from the base to below the apex on the outer margin ; fringes whitish, intersected finely with black. Underside. Fore wings dark grey, with a small black dash closing the cell and asmall black spot at the origin of vein 2; beyond the cell a curved transverse row of small blackish spots, followed by a similar more obscure submarginal row: hind wings ochreous brown, witha small dark spot near the base below the costal vein, followed by three small oblique dark spots—one below the costa, one closing the cell, and one below the cell; beyond the cell is a transverse, fine, inter- rupted, blackish macular stripe from the costa to the internal vein, beyond which is the rather obscure posterior marginal row of blackish dots ; margin finely dark. 9 —Upperside. Both wings black: fore wings with a broad orange-yellow patch a third from the base on the inner margin to near the outer angle, extending obliquely across 76 Bibliographical Notices. the wing to above vein 4, where it suddenly narrows and is inversely oblique to the costa : hind wings like those of the male, but not so dark. Underside. Ochreous grey, inner marginal area of fore wings yellowish ; pattern as in the male, but rather more distinct, owing to the lighter ground-colour. Exp. wings, g¢ 27-29, 2 26-28 mm. Liptena albicans, sp. n. Upperside. Both wings white: fore wings with the costal half slightly tinged with cream-colour ; costa finely blackish (rather wider near the base), apical area rather broadly dark grey to black at extreme apex: hind wings with fringe cream- coloured. Underside. Both wings whitish, slightly cream- coloured: fore wings have costa to costal vein pale orange- yellow, continued finely to the apex; on the costa close to the apex are three dark dots or lines, which, however, are not always present; outer margin orange-yellow, edged internally finely with black, intersected at the veins as far as vein 3, the fringe of this part also being black, inner marginal area pure white: hind wings with the posterior margin very finely cream-coloured, edged internally by a fine black line; fringes whitish. Exp. wings 29-31 mm. This species is near L. decipiens, Kirby, but the underside of the wings has no trace of any marginal band at all. It very often flies high among the trees, settling occasionally, and not, as arule, moving faraway. Found in March, April, and June. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. Lit. By Kueenr W. Oares and Capt. Savite G. Rem. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees of the British Museum. 1903. TE present volume contains brief descriptions of the eggs of 907 species, ranging from the Parrots to the Bulbuls (Pycnonotide). Though the greater part of the book had been written by Mr. Oates, he was, owing to protracted ill-health, obliged to relin- quish the work, a fact which we must all deplore. The Museum, however, is fortunate in having secured the services of Capt. Savile ‘eid for the completion of the remaining volumes. Bibliographical Notices. 77 No change has been made in the method of treatment, which, as we have already remarked, seems to us wanting in fulness and to miss a great opportunity for suggestive generalizations. Perchance Capt. Reid may be induced to give us a general summary on the study of oology in the last volume. Nowhere is the need for such a summary so well exemplified as in the case of the treatment of the eggs of the Common Cuckoo. This volume is illustrated by ten coloured plates, remarkable for their extreme beauty. The selection of the figures has obviously been most carefully made. The Geological Structure of Monzoni and Fassa. By Marre M. Oertvie Gorpoy, D.Sc., Ph.D. 1902-03[1903]. 8yvo. 180 pages, with 14 photographs, 33 figures, 4 geological sections (black and white), 8 geological sections (coloured), 1 table of stratigraphical succession, 1 coloured geological map, and 1 reference contour and fault map. Edinburgh: Turnbull and Speers. London: Simpkin, Marshall, & Co. Tis memoir is a ‘Special Part” of Vol. viii. of the ‘ Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society,’ published in 1903. The date of “* 1902” on the titlepage refers to the year when it was reud before the Royal Society, as stated in the Prefatory Note. According to the generally aecepted bibliographical and nomenclatorial rules only the date of publication can be taken for the chronological status of a book. An abstract having been printed elsewhere, the Royal Society, by its rules, could not itself print the paper. The Alpine Range, as a whole, is well known as a region that has been subjected to repeated movements ; and, indeed, it cannot be positively said that the cracks in the rocks and their displacemeuts are even now in a state of absolute equilibrium. In the South Tyrol the elevated areas of Triassic strata, rugged and precipitous, are characterized by more or less isolated, rudely columnar or sharply peaked mountains, which have long been objects of wonder to the tourist and of study to the Geologist. To the former it has attractions in its picturesque aspects; but, if his reflections reach farther and deeper than the common notions of mystery and romance among the bizarre cliffs, peaks, and gorges, he may well desire to know the ‘‘ why and wherefore ” of their real history and outcome. This country has for a long time been carefully examined by many Continental Geologists, to whose published observations and de- scriptions Miss Ogilvie (afterwards Mrs. Ogilvie Gordon) has referred in several papers. Attention had, however, been especially drawn to the fossils of Saint Cassian &c. Difficulties, however, were found in determining the relationships of the strata and the fossils. Of late years the lady-student above mentioned directed her energies to the elucidation of the doubts and difficulties which seemed hitherto to be beyond solution. Aided and guided especially by the advice of Baron yon Richthofen among her Continental and of a Bibliographical Notices. Professor Lapworth among her British friends, Mrs. Ogilvie Gordon, D.Sc., Ph.D., entered more fully into her projected work in the Tyrol. After hard field-work, making important contributions to our know- ledge of Alpine Geology, both as to the arrangement of strata and the occurrence of fossils, she completed in 1901 the excellent geological map which accompanies the paper before us. This brilliant and solid geological work has been steadily continued and improved by the same lady, asshown by hercontributions to scientific periodicals *, with elaborate and trustworthy descriptions of the region in explana- tion of its complex structure. In these researches Dr. Ogilvie Gordon has always kept in touch with the Continental Geologists working at the same problems. The Triassic masses in this region consist largely of Dolomites ; and these are said by the Author to be isolated by faults. Folded by many successive creeping movements of the Earth’s crust, inter- sected by slip-faults and thrust-faults, they have also suffered much by local subsidences, and by repeated cross-faultings, with shear- planes and their crush-breccias. The outlines of the mountains in some places have been likened to that of upraised coral-reefs; and, if really such, the dolomite condition would not be strange, for it is known that corals become dolomitized. Careful scrutiny, however, detects fossiliferous strati- fication in some of the dolomite masses, but whether due to shells or to beds (not reefs) of Coral on bases of calciferous Algals is not settled. : Both volcanic and deep-seated igneous rock-matter play important parts in the make-up and physical character of the country. The igneous magma has come up to the fissures of weakness in the various rocks, either to spread out on the top or to lose itself in the cross- cracks or in the side-planes and cleavage-lines. They take the Geologist far afield in his science in finding and explaining the origin, material, age, and mode of passage of the different veins, dykes, and sills. Some of the intrusions appear to have been of an age previous to the Triassic, some to have been contemporaneous with it, and some decidedly to be of later (Tertiary) date. The following is given in a Table opposite page 19, in this ‘* Special Part ” of vol. viii. Trans, Geol. Soc. Edinburgh [1903], as the succes- sion of the Triassic formations in the South Tyrol :— Uprrr TrIAs. About 370 métres, | Dachstein Limestone or Dolomite. 320 métres, in the vicinity of { Raibl Marls, &. 50 métres. Fassa. * Especially the ‘Geological Magazine,’ 1892, pp. 145, 147, and 381, 382; Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. 1893, pp. 1-77; Geol. Mag. 1894, pp. 1-10 and 50-60; Q. J. G.8. vol. lv. 1899, pp. 563-634; Geol. Mag. 1902, pp. 809-317 ; and, lastly, Trans. Edinb. Geol. Soc. 1903, vol. viii. “Special Part,” pp. 1-179. Bibliographical Notices. 79 (Schlern Dolomite or Dolomitie Limestone (including at | the base the Clpit Limestone). 350 meétres. Mivprez Trias. } Cassian Marls. Ge mateas About 510 metres. } Wengen Shales, Tuffs, &e. f° in | Buchenstein Limestones. 20-40 métres. | Mendola Limestone or Dolomite. 40-60 métres. ( Passage-beds. Crinoid Limestone, Oolites, and Rauch- wackes. 60-90 metres. | Upper Werfen Marls and marly Limestone. Naticella costata zone. 100-160 métres. Lower Trias. Blue shales and marls. 35 métres. About 500 métres. 4 Micaceous layers or Rauchwackes. 25 métres. (maximum ). Lower Werfen. Redand grey marls and shales. Pseudo- monotis Clarai zone. 130 métres. Lingula tenuissima zone. 20 métres. Poikilitie marls and limestone. Natica gregaria zone, 40 métres. Bellerophon Limestone, gypsum, &e. : PpRMIAN. As yps . isos 70 anstees Gréden Sandstones, Quartzites, or Breccias. hace “| Quartz-porphyry. It is indicated also in this Table :—That the Schlern, Cassian, and Wengen beds are equivalent to Salomon’s “ Marmolite Limestone.” That the Mendola limestone and the Passage-beds are equivalent to Salomon’s ‘‘ Alpiner Muschelkalk.” That “the Passage-beds are the age-equivalent of the uppermost horizons of the ‘ Myophoria beds ’ or ‘Reichenhall Limestone’ in the North Tyrol and Bavaria-Roth horizon with salt, gypsum, &c.” The Upper Werfen is equivalent to Richthofen’s “‘Campil Strata” and the Lower Werfen to his “ Seisser Strata.” The numerous fossils collected by the Author in the field, except the Wengen-Cassian fossils of Sella Pass (pages 26-28) were almost all from the Werfen series, and were identified for her by Dr. Broili, of Munich. The igneous rocks received great attention from the Author in the field and have been carefully described, from her preparations, by Mr. Gibb, of Aberdeen; and to indicate the important part played by them in nature and described in this Memoir, we may with advantage quote the following from pages 29-30 :— : “This paper therefore confirms the conclusion I previously formed when I investigated Enneberg and Buchenstein, viz., that the copious flows of augite- porphyrite, regarded as extrusive were in reality ¢mtrusive, and had been intruded pre-eminently into fault-planes and lines or horizons of weakness and crust-deformation. The previous investigators of Fassa Valley failed to recognise the presence of the innumerable crush-planes with extremely low hade, and the branch-connection of many of them with leading cross-faults, and consequently overlooked the correlation of the igneous invasions with pre- existent deformational structures. “ As the presence of igneous rock undergoing consolidation amidst the Triassic succession only served to still farther accentuate and concentrate the differential strains at special horizons of the crust, during the Tertiary movements the same crush-zones were again and again the seat of crush-movements, and were invaded afresh by molten material. In the immediate vicinity of the larger igneous masses, the sedimentary deposits tended to subside; thus the local 80 Miscellaneous. horizontal crust-strains increased in intensity. During protracted periods of crush and deformation, the earlier intrusions suffered, together with the original thrust-masses and downslip-slices. They were cleaved and faulted, locally altered, sheared or fragmented just as their sedimentary roof and floor. Later dykes and veins ramified in them and in the environing sediments, and the direction of these later dykes often gives valuable evidence of the local horizontal crust-strains associated with continued local subsidences.” And at pages 13-14 of the Introduction it is conclusively stated that “Jn the Fassa and Monzoni district there are the same evidences as in the Sella country of cross-folding and cross-thrusting. But now I furnish a mass of new evidence to show how greatly extended in time these movements were, how extremely complex their deformational effects, and how essentially the history of intermittent intercalations of igneous material was knit up with a long history of local subsidences taking place within the Periadriatice region of the Alps and producing effects which inevitably interfered with the movements of Alpine distribution.” MISCELLANEOUS. A Correction to “ Notes on some Meduse from Japan.” By R. Kirxparrick, F.Z.8. In a short paper entitled “ Notes on some Medusee from Japan,” published in the ‘ Annals’ for December 1903, I gave an account (p. 616) of a Medusa which I thought belonged to an undescribed genus and species, and to which I applied the names ‘“ Gono- meandrus chrysostephanus.” This Medusa, however, was described and figured by Tilesius in 1818 (Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, 1818, tom. vi. p. 554, pl. xviii.) under the name Medusa saltatriv (from Nagasaki). Haeckel (‘ System der Medusen,’ Zweiter Nachtrag, p. 636) places Tilesius’s species under Polyorchis, though he had, in manuscript, referred it to a new genus, Spirocodon. In 1886 Goette (Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1886, xxxix. p. 832) refers this species to the genus Spirocodon, Haeckel, and places the latter in a new subfamily, Sprrocodontide, between the subfamilies Polyorchide and Berenicide of the family Cannotide. I am much indebted to Mr. E. T. Browne for suggesting that the specimen described by me was the Medusa saltatriv of Tilesius and for calling my attention to the above-mentioned references to the literature on the subject. As there has been no figure of Sptrocodon saltatriv since the “ Jeidliche Abbildung” published by Tilesius in 1818, I trust that the carefully drawn figures of Mr. Highley, published in connexion with my notes, will prove of interest. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 74. FEBRUARY 1904. IX.—WNotes on Mantide in the Collection of the British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, with Descrip- tions of new Species. By W. EF. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S. ‘THE undescribed species of Mantidze in the National Collec- tion are not very numerous ; but I here describe a series of interesting forms in advance of my ‘ Catalogue of Orthoptera.’ It is proposed to include the Gressorial Orthoptera (Forficu- lidee, Hemimeride, Blattidee, Mantide, and Phasmide) in the first volume, leaving the Saltatorial groups (Gryllide, Phasgo- nuridz, and Locustide) to be included in the second volume, Mantide. EREMIAPHILIND. Genus THEOPOMPA, Stal. Theopompa Westwoodi, sp. n. Exp. al. 75-102 mm. Female.—Head pink, mouth-parts paler; eyes and ocelli very prominent; a strong transverse ridge on the face just below the antenne. Prothorax dark reddish brown above, sides and under surface paler; an angular projection on each side in front, though the prothorax attains its greatest width further back, at about one third of its length, after which it narrows Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 6 82 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Mantidee zn the gradually towards the extremity. Sides of mesothorax above and upper surface of metathorax and abdomen mostly black, or interalary spaces and base of abdomen pruinose blue; the under surface, the extreme tip of the abdomen, and the appendages pale. Front legs bone-colour or pale flesh-colour, with most of the spines tipped with black ; coxee conspicuously pale and marked with two small black spots above; femora with the outer side longitudinally excavated and strongly granulated on the basal half, and edged below towards the tip with three strong spines; the inner surface edged with numerous spines ; ridged in the middle and longitudinally excavated above ; below the ridge a long black basal blotch runs nearly to the middle; beyond this the ridge is marked with an interrupted black line, and there is another rounded black blotch below it before the extremity. Middle and hind legs flesh-colour, spotted with darker. Tegmina hyaline, with pink nervures on the costal and internal areas and on the disk ; otherwise pink, varied with darker at the base, below the anterior radial, and along the other principal nervures ; there are about six oblong spots on the basal third of the anterior radial, which is branched at its extremity ; the upper branch of the posterior radial forms a short wide fork at the extremity, most distinct on the right side. Wings brownish hyaline, darker towards the costa at the base, and the costal and apical areas varied with lighter and darker spaces ; the branches of the anterior ulnar vein long. The male is much smaller than the female and less pink, with the basal half of the wings brownish. Hab. Ashanti; Tamsoo, Gold Coast. Allied to ZY. heterochroa, Gerst., but larger, the wings lighter, more uniform in colour, and differently veined. Genus HUMBERTIELLA, Sauss. Humbertiella ocularis. Q. Humbertiella ocularis, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 16 (1872). Exp. al. 46 mm. Male.—Body and legs reddish above, testaceous beneath. Head and prothorax more or less varied with black above ; legs spotted and streaked with black above, the black and testaceous markings forming long alternate streaks on the middle and hind tibie and tarsi. Tegmina of a slightly yellowish hyaline; a row of oblong black spots along the mediastinal nervure, the rest (except Collection of the British Museum. 83 the costal and internal areas) marked all over with round brown spots along the nervures. Wings brownish hyaline, with obsolete brown spots towards the tips. Hab. Borneo. Resembles H. indica, Sauss., g, but in that species the spots are much smaller, linear, and do not extend to the wings, and the abdomen is much darker above. It must also much resemble the male of H. ceylonica, Sauss. Humbertiella (?) Brunnert, sp. n. Entella Brunnert, Fruhstorfer, MS. 6 .—Long. corp. 21, exp. al. 25 mm. ? .—Long. corp. 25, exp. al. 28 mm. Clay-colour, more or less mottled with light brown; head and pronotum without conspicuous elevations ; pronotum with the shoulders rounded off, but otherwise with the outline nearly as in LH. indica. Tegmina reddish, with yellowish nervures, frequently expanded, especially in the female, into indistinct spots; the subcostal nervure with a black line more or less broken into long spots. A large somewhat ill-defined pale stigma, bordered before and behind with blackish; the anal area and nearly the half of the lower and outer border almost trans- parent. Wings dark orange towards the base in the male, more reddish towards the costa ; a broad smoky-brown border, intersected by white transverse nervures ; above the fold the border is narrower, darker, and slightly edged with hyaline at the extreme apex of the wing. The female differs in the basal part of the wing being bright yellow, with no reddish shade. Hab. Lombok. This curious species seems to me to be more nearly related to Humbertiella than to Entella or to Hapalomantis, to which Westwood refers a Bornean species (H. semirufula), the female of which (Rev. Mant. pl. i. fig. 1) appears to be nearly related to our Humbertiella Brunneri, except that the extre- mity of the pronotum is distinctly narrowed in the figure. Genus PYRGOMANTIS, Gerst. Pyrgomantis Jonesi, sp. n. Long. corp. 45, exp. al. 55 mm. Male.—Yellowish brown or light brown (perhaps green during life); tegmina and wings with the costal area yellowish ; smoky brown towards the base, with the transverse 84 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Mantidee in the nervures mostly white below the middle ; outer part of wings and tegmina smoky hyaline. Hab. South Nigeria (Dr. S. A. Jones). Resembles P. singularis, Gerst. (which I cannot distinguish from P. nasuta, Thunb. & Sauss.), but easily recognizable by the coloured wings and by the protuberance on the head, which is broader and more obtuse. CH@RADODINZE. Genus Cua@rADODIS, Gerv. Cheradodis squilla. Cheradodis squilla, Sauss. Mitth. schweiz. ent. Ges. iii. p. 72 (1871) ; Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxi. p. 18, pl. iv. figs. 8, 3. a (1871). Hab. Ceylon. The insects figured by Westwood as C. squilla agree with C. cancellata, Fabr., as identified by Wood-Mason, and not with the former species. Manrin2. Genus HAPALOPEZA, Stal. FTapalopeza maculata, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 mm. Yellowish green (probably green during life) ; face with two round black spots below the ocelli, and two larger ones on the vertex ; behind these, two, wider apart, being just within the eyes, and between these are two other small reddish spots, and low down on the occiput are two more black spots. Antenne black, with the first and third joints pale. Pro- notum greenish in the middle and reddish on the sides, with four large black spots, two on the widest part and two before these. Legs greenish, the knees, tips of spines, and tips of tibize and tarsi darker ; front femora with two small reddish or brownish marks on the basal half. Tegmina subhyaline, strongly iridescent, with the subcostal nervure reddish; the other nervures mostly brown. Hab. Ceylon (EL. E. Green). Allied to H. tigrina, Westw., which is possibly not distinct from H. nitens, Sauss. Some specimens of HH. maculata are more reddish and uniform in colour than that described, with the spots on the head much smaller and less distinct; but the four large spots on the pronotum and the two small spots on the front femora seem to be always constant. Collection of the British Museum. 85 Genus CARVILIA, Stal. Carvilia costalis, sp. n. Mantis cincta, var, a, Gerst. Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iii, (2) pp. 14, 15 (1873). Long. corp. 52, exp. al. 50 mm. Female.—Tawny brown; head with the base of the labrum black, and a black oval transverse depression, on the lower edge of which the two upper ocelli stand; head transverse, twice as broad as the front of the prothorax. Prothorax half as long again as the meso- and metathorax taken together ; suddenly expanded above the anterior coxa, the frontal lobe carinated and granulated above, and the whole length of the prothorax set with rather small teeth on the sides. Abdomen expanded, colour darker than the rest of the body. Front legs testaceous; coxe granulated and denticulated behind, and edged in front with a row of about 15 small teeth, of which 4 or 5 are larger than the others, and are black beneath, except at the tips. Coxe marked with three blackish bands above, and below with a spot at the base, and a large dusky space before the extremity. Femora with 3 strong teeth on the upper edge and about 12 on the lower, the latter black beneath. ‘Tibise with about 14 spines, those towards the extremity black at the tips, and the terminal spine wholly black ; on the upper and outer surface the femora are marked with three blackish bands. All the tarsi blackish ; middle and hind legs otherwise dull reddish, with no distinct markings. Tegmina blue-black, with traces of a pale transverse band across the centre ; costal area yellowish, and the apex and hind margin tawny brown; hind wings blue-black, -the margins paler, and the costa narrowly reddish. Hab. Abyssinia. Gerstaecker may be right in treating this insect as a variety of his M. cincta, but it is very different in appearance from the typical form of that species. Genus SPHENDALE, Stal. Sphendale xanthoptera. Mantis xanthoptera, Oliv. Enc. Méth. vii. p. 637. n. 61 (1792). Mantis ochroptera, Licht. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 29. n. 29 (1802). Mantis nympha, Stoll, Spectres, Mantes, p. 19, pl. i. fig. 22 (1813). The locality of Stoll’s specimen is given as Negapatam. 86 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Mantide in the A female from Nepal, fairly agreeing with his figure, was ticketed Mantis obscura, Fabr., by Bates; but the type of the latter species is a male, and came from “ Equatorial Africa” (probably Sierra Leone). Sphendale robusta, sp. n. Thespis robusta, Bates, MS. Long. corp. 63, prothor. 17, exp. al. 39 mm. Female.—Brown, front legs slightly marbled with black ; tegmina unicolorous, except the internal area, which is blue- black, except at the base; wings with the costal area yellowish, with a black spot in the middle; otherwise light violet-brown, with white cross-nervures. Hab. Nepal. Closely allied to S. xanthoptera, Oliv., but the front coxe and the sides of the prothorax are much more finely denticu- lated, the prothorax is slightly and the abdomen considerably broader, and the tegmina and wings are much more uniform in colour. Genus PHotina, Burm. Photina gracilipes, n. n. Cardioptera reticulata, Sauss. Mém. Mex., Mant. p. 196 (1871), nec Burm. Hab. Para {?). Saussure has enumerated two species under the name of Cardioptera reticulata, and Westwood has renamed Bur- meister’s species Mantis Burmeisteri (Rev. Mant. p.15). But in such a case it is the second species, not the first, which requires another name. Genus Leprocona, Gerst. Leptocola gracillima. Leptocola gracillima, Gerst. Mitth. Ver. Neu-Vorpommern, xiv. p. 92 (1888). Euchomena Stanleyana, Westw. Rey. Mant. p. 33 (1889). This curious species occurs in various parts of Western Africa, from the Cameroons to the Congo. Collection of the British Museum. 87 Varinz. Genus Hrererocuara, Westw. (Are. Ent. i. p. 161, pl. xli., 1845.) Heterocheta orientalis, sp. n. Long. corp. 115, long. pronot. 50, exp. al. 120 mm. General colour reddish grey ; head deeply concave in front, semicircular, the vertex forming a narrow transverse carina, at least in the female, and the eyes curving outwards and forwards, very large, and ending in a large conical spine. Pronotum narrowed in front and strongly granulated, carinated, laterally serrated before the enlargement above the coxe, which is moderate, and bordered by a narrow rounded ridge. Hind part of prothorax with a middle carina and distinctly raised at the extremity. Front coxe minutely serrated above and very strongly and irregularly dentated below, but more strongly in the female than in the male. ‘Two teeth near the base and one before the extremity are the largest. Middle and hind femora with small dentated lobes at the extremity beneath. Tegmina varied with reddish, and subhyaline grey, the reddish colour increasing and becoming more uniform towards the extremity ; inner margin hyaline. Wings on the costal area almost hyaline, with transverse dark spots ; apex yellow, preceded by a large steel-blue blotch. The rest of the wing is clear subhyaline yellow, divided by narrow undulating steel-blue bands in the male, which are broader and anasto- mose in the female. Hab. Uuitpoldhette, East Africa (¢); German Kast Africa (?); British Kast Africa (immature ¢). It is probably this species to which Gerstaecker alludes (Mitth. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. xiv. p. 94, 1883) as a variety of the very distinct West-African H. tenuipes, Westw. Genus PSEUDOCH&TA, nov. Allied to Heterocheta, Westw.; eyes shorter, obtusely conical, and ending in a blunt point instead of a long spine ; ocelli very prominent; middle and hind femora with rounded denticulated lateral lobes ; cerci jointed and laminated. 88 On Mantide in the British Museum. Pseudocheta Strachant, sp. n. Long. corp. 114, prothor. 36, cercorum 8, exp. al. 103 mm. Female.—Body and legs shining fawn-colour, the latter indistinctly mottled with darker; prothorax with the dorsal carina well marked; laterally denticulated throughout and slightly expanded above the front coxe ; front coxe slightly curved, attenuated beyond the middle, and slightly expanded again before the extremity ; dorsal and lateral carinz finely denticulated, the front lateral carina with about 6 mode- rately large teeth ; front femora half as long again, attenuated and distinctly curved beyond the middle, with long pale spines tipped with black, and the lower carina denticulated to the base; front tibia slender, not more than half as long as the femora, with only 6 spines on the outer carina, including the terminal one, but with a great number of curving spines on the inner carina, gradually increasing in length, and termi- nating in an immense curving hook about two fifths as long as the tibie. First joint of the tarsi slender, curved, about half as long as the tibia and two fifths longer than the remaining joints of thetarsi. Middle femora and tibiz rather short (especially the femora) and attenuated in the middle ; all the carine very finely denticulated ; femora with an inner and tibie with an outer terminal spine. Hind femora and tibie long, rather slender, of nearly equal length, and all the carine very finely denticulated ; femora with an inner terminal spine, tibie with an inner and outer one. Tegmina subhyaline, clouded with fawn-colour on the costal half; wings subhyaline, clouded with pink along the costa, below which are several rows of light brown and sub- hyaline blotches, and towards the centre the wing is orna- mented with large irregular spots and bands of lighter yellow and steel-blue. Abdominal lamine slightly narrowed at the base, otherwise uniformly broad, and obtuse at the ends. Hab. Lagos (Dr. Strachan). This very interesting species has a strong superficial resemblance to Heterocheta orientalis from Hast Africa, described above. On Malacodermata from South Africa and Brazil. 89 X.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.O.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. III. Rhipidocérides et Malacodermes recueillis par W. J. Burchell dans ses voyages en Afrique australe (1810- 1815) et au Brésil (1825-1830) ; avec la description de quatre espéces nouvelles. Par J. BOURGEOIS. I HAVE added to Mons. Bourgeois’ memoir all the observations and data I can find recorded in Burchell’s manuscript notes. Such additions are placed between square brackets. The numbers by which the specimens are brought into relation with the present series of papers are printed in heavy type, to distinguish them from Burchell’s reference numbers.— K. B. Pouuton, Dec. 9, 1903, Oxford. RHIPIDOCERID i. RHIPIDOCERA, Latr. 1. marginata, Kirby, 1 3 .—Brésil. [No. 215. Sept. 15,1825, Rio. Burchell went for an excur- sion on this day “along the Aqueduct (from Sta. Theresa to the ridge above the valley of Laranjeiros),”’ but the words in his “ Notes of Brazilian insects’ probably indicate that he captured the insect in the house at Rio. “ Lampyris. Non lucet. Caught in my room; perhaps brought in with the plants.’’] MALACODERMATA. Lycide. Lycus, Fabr. Lycus in sp. 2. ampliatus, Fahr., 1 g .—Afrique australe. [The specimen is numbered 82. The corresponding number in Burchell’s manuscript “ Catalogus systematicus Insectorum in Itinere per Africam australem extratropicam ”’ proves that the insect was captured on March 12, 1814, “in plantis”’ at Wagenbooms River, north of Plettenberg Bay. Burchell was in much uncertainty as to the determination of the species. He gives thenames “rostratus g, Fab.,” with an inverted query, 90 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata “7, palliatus ex verb. Lichtens[tein].” He also added the word “new” in pencil, and suggested the specific name “ seutatus, B.,” underlining it according to his custom, The specimen was also examined by Dr. W. E. Leach, of the British Museum, as is proved by a paper in his handwriting, dated by Burchell Nov. 28, 1818. This manuscript, which is bound into the “ Catalogus,” is a letter and list of the numbers upon over one hundred forms of Burchell’s South- African insects, with determinations or such statements as “new,” “ unknown,” “ not described,” ‘‘ to be examined,” &e. The letter speaks of other lists to follow “next week,” but no more have yet been found. A postscript says “ Do send me on Monday by post your names for the new species ”’ [see above, pp. 48, 49]. In nearly fifty cases such suggested names were written by Burchell in Leach’s list. No. 82 is stated to be “new or not described,” and the name “ scutatus” is written opposite to the number here as in the “ Catalogus.” “1 Duplicate L.” indicates that one specimen was given to Leach for the British Museum. ‘The letters “?8. L.” in the “ Catalogus”’ indicate that Burchell thought, but was not sure, that the species 82 also occurred at Sierra Leone, to use his own words, “ according to a small collection sent to the Horticultural Society, and which I saw at the Linnean Society, 2. 8. 22.” There are three other references to no. 82 in Burchell’s handwriting :— (1) A series of notes headed ‘ The following notes are the result of a collation of the whole of my African collection of insects, with the Banksian Cabinet (now belonging to the Linnean Society), the greatest part of which is named in the handwriting of Fabricius. 1823 to 1824” ; and then, appa- rently added later, “but I fear some labels had been misplaced.” In this list we find “82. Lycus rostratus é. Specimina Banksiana sunt pauld minora.” (2) Another undated collation headed “ The following Notes are the result of a collation of all my African insects with the figures in Olivier’s ‘ Entomologie.’”’ Here we find “ 82. Lycus latissimus.”’ (3) The third reference is on a single sheet in Burchell’s handwriting, headed “ Remarks on my African Insects by Mr. Wm. McLeay, 1 April, 1824.” McLeay’s opinion, as recorded by Burchell, was “ all the Lycd are distinct species.” | 3. palliatus, F., var. pallulatus, Dalm., 1 ¢.—Afrique austr. [No. 81. Nov. 18, 1813, Uitenhage, Cape Colony. | from South Africa and Brazil. 91 Chlamydolycus, Bourg. 4-9. Burchelli, sp. n.,3 8,3 9 .—Afrique australe. [All captured at Uitenhage, Cape Colony, Nov. 18, 1813.]} 3. Breviter ovatus, fere opacus, supra ochraceus, thoracis disco (limbo antico excepto), elytrorum regione scutellari, macula magna laterali ad expansionem elytrorum, sutura trienteque apicali nigris; subtus niger, nitidiusculus, abdominis lateribus ochraceis ; rostro breviore quam in LZ. elevato; prothorace trans- verso, subtrapeziformi, basi longitudine fere duplo latiore, apicem versus parum attenuato, antice subrotundato, lateribus medio paululum coarctatis, medio longitudinaliter sat profunde sulcato, angulis posticis extus vix productis, apice retusis; elytris in dimidio anteriori singulatim in expansionem magnam, supra con- cavatam et valde reflexam, infra autem conyexam et declivem rotundato-dilatatis, dein ad apicem singulatim rotundatis, fortiter reticulatis, intervallis reticuli grosse rugoso-punctatis, costis 2 parum eleyatis instructis ; abdominis segmento penultimo postice in medio paululum triangulariter inciso, ultimo (8°) elongato- triangulari, bivalvato, omnino nigro; pedibus nigris, trochanteri- bus femorumque basi (tertii paris preecipue) plus minusve rufes- centibus. Long. 10-13 mill.; lat. max. thorac. 24-4 mill.; lat. max. elytr. 8-11 mill. ; 2. A mare differt elytris subparallelis, expansione elytrorum ad laminam elongatam, angustissimam, immaculatam redacta ; abdo- minis segmento ultimo (7°) semilunato, integro. Long. 10-14 mill. ; lat. 6-8 mill. Trés voisin de LZ. Poulton’, Bourg. (Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1902, p. 739); en différe surtout par la taille moindre, le rostre un peu plus court, le milieu de l’abdomen noir dans les deux sexes (chez Poultont § Vabdomen est entiérement ocracé) et par expansion humérale de la 2? & peine marquée, réduite & une lame trés peu saillante et allongée, d’ot résultent, dans ce sexe, des élytres presque paralléles. [The females are numbered 78 [7], 79 [8], and 80 [9]. The numbers in brackets are those of the specimens in the present paper. No. 78 was submitted to Leach and marked “not described,” the name oblongus, B., being suggested by Burchell both here and in the “ Catalogus,” where ‘ new ”’ is written in pencil. In the Banksian Collation Burchell wrote opposite 78-80 “ LZ. proboscidens? [Fab.] qui figuram habet elytrorum apice majus angustatam.” In the Olivier Collation the same name is given to no. 80. The “Catalogus”’ men- tions ‘5 duplicates” and a single “ L.,” indicating that one specimen was given to the British Museum. 92 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata The males are numbered 86 [4] and 87 [5], and one bears the date 18. 11. 13 [6] without a number. No information is to be found concerning these three specimens, except the locality and date and the fact that there were “4 duplic. L.”] Merolycus, Bourg. 10, 11. rostratus, L., 2 ¢.—Afr. austr. [Uitenhage, Cape Colony, Jan. 16, 1814. ] 12. , var. pyriformis, Murray, 1 g.—Afr. austr. [Burchell’s no. 85 captured at the same date and locality as 10 and 11. “ Mares gaudent elytris latioribus.x—Fcem. an- gustiorib. Vix volantem vidi. Hab. in floribus ” (Catalogus). In the Banksian Collation Burchell wrote ‘ 85. Lycus. Similis colore forma Lyco rostrato qui tamen abunde differt rostro, et elytris paulo majoribus.’’] CALOPTERON, Guér.-Mén. 13. tropicum, L. (fasciatum, F.), var. humeris immaculatis, ?.—Brésil. [Porto Real (now Porto Nacional), March 3, 1829.] Le type de Vespéce a les élytres tachées de jaune aux épaules et parait plus spécialement répandu en Guyane; j’en al vu cependant plusieurs exemplaires du Brésil. 14-17. brasiliense, Cast. (stnuaticolle, Luc.). Color. typic.: elytris fusco-nigris, macula humerali magna fasciaque lata transversa pone medium flavis ; abdominis segmentis primis medio flavo-maculatis (Bourg. Comptes Rend. Soe. ent: Belo, 1879; p..xv). 1 513, 9). [The male [14] bears the number 808, indicating capture, Oct. 22, 1825, on the excursion from Rio into Minas Geraés. The detailed locality is given as “‘ In a Roca (about 4 miles S.S.W. of the house of Discoberto) on the road towards Nepomucena.” The single specimen captured is named “ Lycus.” The dates and localities of the other specimens are respectively :—[15] Feb. 9, 1826, by the River Pacaqué, Organ Mountains; [16] Feb. 21, 1826, Organ Mountains ; and [17] Jan.15, 1827, Cubatio, “ given by Thomas Smith.’’] 18, 19. 5 Maks cet elytris flavis, fascia dorsali interrupta apiceque late nigrescentibus (Bourg. loc. supr. cit. p. xvi). 2 ?.—Brésil, Cubatao. [18. Dec. 8, 1826. “ Cubat&o, at the Rio das Pedras at from South Africa and Brazil. 93 the Citio (where I resided) at the foot of the ascent up the great range of mountains.” 19. Jan. 15, 1827. ‘ At Rio das Pedras and Cubatio.”’] 20. brasiliense, var. y: elytris fusco-nigris, fascia transversa obsoleta, sepius interrupta pone medium flava, humeris vix flavescentibus ; abdomine omnino nigro (Bourg. loc. supr. cit. p. xvi). 1 ?.—Brésil. [Nov. 2, 1825. Excursion into Minas Geraés, “ at Fran- cisco Manoel’s.”’] 21. serratum, L., 1 2 .—Brésil. [The specimen bears the date ‘2?. 6. 29.” On June 2, 1829, Burchell was at “Sitio das Pedras,” on the Rio Tocantins, a little above Paré.] 22. limbatum, F., var. affine, Luc. (nec Taschenb.), 1 9? .— Brésil, Cubatao. [Dec. 8, 1826. See no. 18.] 23. sexvittatum, Taschenb., Giebel’s Zeits. 1874, p.96. 1 ¢@. —Brésil, Organ Mountains. [Feb. 15, 1826. ‘ Along the road 14 mile S. of the house.” Hvidently near the River Pacaqué in the Organ Mountains. | CELETES, Newm. 24. Burchelli, sp. n., 1 ¢ .—Brésil, Cubatio. $. Elongatus, subparallelus, sat’ dense tenuiter pubescens, vix nitidus ; capite brunneo, mandibulis palpisque testaceis, oculis maximis, valde prominentibus, nigris ; fronte concavata; antennis brunneis, articulo secundo minimo, transverso, testaceo, sequenti- bus, a tertio inde, flabellum compressum, articulum ipsum longi- tudine multo superantem, a basi emittentibus, ultimo compresso, elongato-elliptico, preecedente duplo longiori ; prothorace trapezi- formi, parum transverso, antice attenuato, medio longitudinaliter carinato, ochraceo-flavo, disco fuscescente, margine antico medio angulato-lobato et utrinque sinuato, lateribus sat coarctatis, an gulis anticis bene distinctis, posticis extrorsum valde productis, apice subacutis ; scutello subquadrato ; elytris basi latitudine thoracis, apicem versus paululum dilatatis, subparallelis, brunneis, humeris fasciaque transversa mediana ad marginem dilatata ochraceo-flayis, 4-costatis, costis 2 et 4 multo elevatioribus, intervallis costarum a 94 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata clathris transversis quadrato-areolatis; corpore subtus brunneo, trochanteribus femorumque summa basi genubusque flavescentibus. Long. 6 mill. ; lat. 2 mill. [Captured at 10 p.m. on Dec. 18, 1826, between the “‘ Middle Part of the ascent up the” Sierra da Cubatao and the “ Upper Part” of the same ascent. | PLATEROS, Bourg. 25. aptcalis, Germ., 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés, near Nepo- mucena. [Nov. 8-6, 1825. See above, page 45. On 3rd and 4th at Francisco Manoel’s, 5th at Jofio Alfonso’s, 6th at Capitéo Leite’s. ‘On the 3rd took a stroll up the hill to a Roca and got many insects.” “4th.... ascended the hill into the forest northward of our Rancho and took insects, till wet through in a thunder shower. In the evening caught some insects by the candle.” 26. variicostatus, sp. n., 1 ¢.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. Subparallelus, supra fere planatus, subopacus, tenuissime pubescens, nigro-fuscus, prothorace antice et lateraliter sat late flavo-mar- ginato, trapeziformi, basi longitudine paullo latiore, antice sub- rotundato, basi utrinque sinuato, lateribus fere rectis, angulis anticis sat bene distinctis, posticis extrorsum versus paulum pro- longatis, subacutis, disco postice longitudinaliter canaliculato, antice carinulato; elytris 9-costatis, costis ineequalibus, alternis (presertim 4, 6 et 8) magis elevatis, sexta a medio inde attenuata, intervallis costarum a clathris transversis punctato-areolatis ; corpore subtus nitidiusculo, tenuiter pubescente, fusco, trochan- teribus femorumque summa basi rufescentibus; abdominis seg- mento ultimo ogivali (2 ). Long. 7 mill.; lat. 23 mill. Hspéce voisine de P. tnequal’s, Bourg. (Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1899, p. 99), mais de coloration différente. fOct. 238, 1825. “ Lampyris.” At Discoberto, Minas Geraés. | Lampyridide. Hyas, Cast. 27. Sp.?, 1 2? .—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [Oct. 21, 1825. “ Lampyris.” “In a rossa at Disco- berto and along a channel (on the margin of the forest) which conducts water to the house.” | from South Africa and Brazil. 95 CLADODES, Solier. 28. lamellicornis, Mots., 1 ¢.—Brésil, Rio. [Jan. 1, 1826. ‘ Catéte and Prdia de Flaméngo.] ARTHRA, Cast. 29. maledicta, Ern. Oliv., Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1888, p. 79 (lateralis, Cast., nec Guér.-Ménev.). 1 ¢.—Brésil, Cubatio, [Dec. 9, 1826. ‘“ At Rio das Pédras ; in the Forest.’’] Lucrpora, Cast. 30. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [‘‘ Lampyris.” Oct. 25, 1825. “ At Discoberto, near Joao Pedro’s house.” ] 31. Sp. ?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [“ Lampyris.” Oct. 16, 1825. On the previous day Burchell was “at the Discoberto do Antonio Velho.”’] PHOTINUS, Cast. 32. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [“ Lampyris.” Oct. 16, 1825. See no. 31.] 33. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Organ Mountains. [Feb. 12, 1826. ‘ By the River Pacaqué.’’] 34. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, 8. Paulo. [June 19, 1827. ] 35, 36. Sp.?, 2 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [‘‘ Lampyris.” Oct. 18, 1825. On Oct. 12 Burchell was at Parabfva.] CRATOMORPHUS, Mots. 37-40. giganteus, Drury, 4 ex.—Brésil, Cubatio, [1826 [87], Dec. 6, “ at Mr. Eric Smith’s sitio at Rio das Pédras”; [88] 7 p.m. Dec. 7th, probably the same locality ; [39, 40] Dec. 10, ‘‘ Rio das Pédras,” 2 examples.] 96 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata 41. ? concolor, Perty, 1 ex.—Brésil, Pard. [Jan. 25, 1830.] ASPIDOSOMA, Cast. 49-52. lineatum, Schonh., 11 ex., dont l’un avec la mention . ) . ? . a 5] la . manuscrite: “ luce intermittente.’’—Brésil. [The dates and localities of the specimens are as follows :— 42, 48. Dec. 29, 1825 (2 examples). From Rio de Janeiro to Catombi, Barra Vermélha, and Rio Comprido, 44, Jan. 26,1826. Riode J. “A botanical and entomo- logical excursion to the Barra Vermélha, Morro de Ladeira, and Catombi.”’ 45. April 19, 1829. Porto Redl (now Porto Nacional). 46. June 18 Para. 47. Aug. 21, _ Para, 8. José. AG 2Sept, Lye - ip [ arsenal). 49. Sept. 2, _,, > *S (between 8S. José and 50: Sept. 19, , 51. Nov. 14, : ‘ i 52. Jan. 11, 1830. Pard. ‘ Luce intermittente.”’] 53. ? cassideuwm, Mots., 1 ex.—Brésil. [Pard, Jan. 21, 1830, 9 p.m] 54. ? impressipenne, Mots., 1 ex.—Brésil. [Feb. 11, 1826. Organ Mountains, “ in a walk to the Ipé trees.’ | 55. Sp.?—Brésil. (Santos, Sept. 28, 1826, 7 P.M.] 56-61. roseiceps, Bourg., Revue d’Entom. 1884, p. 286 (décrit par erreur de Nouvelle-Calédonie).—Brésil, 6 ex. (56. Jan. 1,1826. Rio. Catéte and Préia de Flaméngo. 57. Sept. 20, 1826. Sdntos. In the Forest above the Monastery of 8. Bento. “ Lampyris: the common sort flying in the evenings: and its larva, also giving fits of light.” One of these larves [57 A] captured by Burchell on the same day, Sept. 20, is also in the collection. 58, 59, 60. Sept. 28, 1826, 7 P.M. (8 examples). Sdntos. 61. Nov. 26, 1826. Sdntos. from South Africa and Brazil. 97 57 a. Cette larve rappelle, par sa forme générale, celle de P Aspidosoma candelarium, Reiche, décrite et figurée par Goureau dans les ‘ Annales de la Société entomologique de France,’ 1845, pl. 7. ii. figs. 1-6; mais elle en différe (autant, du moins, qu’il est permis d’en juger sur un exem- plaire piqué et déja vieux) par le premier arceau thoracique un peu plus allongé et plus atténué en avant, ainsi que par les 2° et 3° plus grands, sensiblement plus longs que les suivants. Les tubercules stigmatiféres des cétés des segments abdominaux ne sont pas saillants comme dans la figure citée ci- dessus, mais cela tient sans doute a |’état de dessication de cette larve. Quant aux pattes, elles sont conformées de méme, frangées de quelques soies a leur bord interne et terminées par un double crochet.—Long. 9 mill.; larg. max. 22 mill.] 62. Sp. ?—Brésil. [Rio, aqueduct. March 12, 1826.] 63. Sp. ?—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [Oct. 25, 1825. At Discoberto, near Joao Pedro’s house. « Lampyris?”?| Lampyris, L. 64-66. Sp. ?, 3 ¢.—Afrique australe. ZL. conspicue, Gyll., vicinus, sed scutello abdomineque flavis. [No. 88 [66], “13 Duplic. LL,” was captured at 7.30 P.M. on Oct. 6, 1814, at Nowsakamma River, Mossel Bay. ‘‘Abdominis pars alba lucem reddit. v. J.” (Catalogus). The reference is evidently to an undiscovered Journal of South-African travel. Leach considered the species new, and Burchell suggested the name ulig¢naria, B., for it, but in his Banksian Collation doubtfully sets it down as “ Lampyris marginata 3.” No. 92 [64], “6. Dupl. L L,” was captured at 8 P.M. on Oct. 3, 1814, at Sylvan Station, north of Georgetown. Leach considered it as possibly the same form as that figured by Olivier (“pl. i. f. 562”), and Burchell suggested the name “ sylvatica, B.”’ In his Olivier Collation Burchell noted the same resemblance as follows :—“92. Lampyris mauri- tanica quoad figuram (Genus 28, Tab. 1. fig. 54) sed fig. 5a est valde diversa.” The third specimen [65] bears only the date 3. 10. 14 (when Burchell was at “ Sylvan Station”’), with the figure 7 and an imperfect letter, which probably indicates P.[M.].] lad Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. q 98 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata AMYTHETES, Illig. 67-71. apicalis, Germ., 5 ¢.—Brésil, Rio de J. [Sept. 15, 1825. Along the Aqueduct (from Sta. Therésa to the ridge above the valley of Laranjeiros). Five specimens are mentioned in the “ notes,” with the following remarks :— “ Lampyris (Lycus). Antenne uno latere latissime pectinate nigre. LElytr. rufescentia, apicibus nigris. Hx sylvaticis herbosis. Noctu valde lucens.’’| 72. Sp.?, 1 ¢.—Brésil, Para. [ Dec. 15, 1829, 12 P.m. ] MEGALOPHTHALMUS, Gray. 13-78. piiliniformis, sp. n.,6 ¢.—Brésil, Pard. 3. Oblongus, pallide fusco-griseus, flavido pubescens ; capite fusco, mandibulis palpisque testaceis; oculis nigris; anternis articulo primo flavo, sequentibus infuscatis, ramulis pallidis, immaculatis ; prothorace rugoso-punctato, transverso, trapezoidali, margine antico leviter rotundato, lateribus fere rectis, subparallelis, basi sat profunde bisinuata, angulis posticis leviter productis, disco infuscato, levissime carinulato, pone medium tuberculis 2 sat elevatis, glabris, nitidiusculis notato; elytris basi paulo dilutiori- bus, rugoso-punctatis, singulatim 3-costatis, costa prima pone medium evanescente; pectore flavo, abdomine nigro, segmentis yentralibus 5 et 6 albido-cereis ; pedibus pallide fuscis. Long. 5 mill. Voisin de Md. obscurus, Ern, Oliv. (Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. 1895, p. 146), dont il différe surtout par la premiére céte élytrale abrégée postérieurement. Je lui conserve le nom inédit sous lequel l’avait désigné Westwood. (73. Dec. 28, 1829. Pardé. This specimen bears a label in the handwriting of Professor Westwood, “ piiliniformis, Westw., sp. nov.” 74, 75, 76. Jan. 11,1830,8 p.m. Paré (3 examples) ; two of these bear the number ‘ 1454,” a reference number of which the meaning was contained in an ‘‘ 8v° (long) red-coloured volume” which did not reach Oxford. ‘This red vol. has not been found, J. O. W.” is appended in pencil by Prof. Westwood to Burchell’s allusion to it. The last entry in the ‘‘ Brazilian notes” deals with the number 1345, for March 18th, 1829; so that the missing volume contains Burchell’s recorded observations between this date and Feb. 10th, 1830, from South Africa and Brazil, 99 the day he sailed from Paré. The localities are fortunately preserved in the “ Index.” (7. Jan. 13, 1830, 8 p.m. “1454.” Pard. 78. Jan. 24, 1830. “1454.” Pard.] Lucroua, Cast. 79-82. Sp.?,4 g.—Afrique australe. L. caffre, Bohem., similis, sed major, pronoto dense reticulato-punctato, medio longitudinaliter late nigro-fasciato. [Three specimens bear Burchell’s nos. 89 [80], 90 [81], 91 [82], and were considered by Burchell to be the same as no. 88, viz. no. 66 of the present paper. They were captured with no. 88 at 7.30 P.M. on Oct. 6, 1814, at Nowsakamma River. The possibility of the accidental transposition of labels must, however, be bornein mind. The fourth specimen bears the no. 93 [79], and was captured at 8 P.M. Sept. 2 and 26, 1814, at Sylvan Station. ‘“* Vespere ad lucernam volabat. Elytra antenne oculi et pedes nigra. Relique partes pallide flave. 1 Duplic.” Catalogus. The Banksian Collation contains the note “93. Lamp. aff. Lamp. flabellico in statura et forma, cui thorax fusco-niger.”’] Puoturis, Le Conte. 83. masta, Germ., 1 9 —Brésil, Minas Geraés. [Oct. 28, 1825. In the Forest on the West and on the East side of 8. Joao de Népomucéna. ] 84, 85. fruticola, Mots., 2 ex.—Brésil, Rio de J. [84. March 16, 1826. In the upper part of the valley of Catombi, and along the road therice to Rio Comprido and Matto Porcos. 85. April 9, 1826. ‘‘Lampyris. About the middle of twilight, these begin to fly in great numbers about meadows and bushy places; they are not seen for more than about an hour.” | 86, 87. lineola, Blanch., 2 ex.—Brésil. (86. Dec. 9, 1826, 8 p.m. At Rio das Pedrds; in the Forest, Cubatao. 87. March 2, 1829. Porto Real (Nacional). The speci- mens are numbered 1334. The following notes refer to them :— “1334. Lampyris. “Probably the same species as 1330 ri 100 Mons. J. Bourgeois on Malacodermata [see below]. It is common here, in certain nights or states of the weather, and perhaps at least foretels fair weather for that night. Its light is at intervals, and only (as in all the genus) when flying. When taken it emits and withdraws its light much more rapidly; as [it] seems as if the effect of breathing, whereas in flying the light and dark intervals are both much longer (abt 5 seconds more or less). 2. 3. [29].” Burchell had captured what he took to be the larva of P. lineola on March 1, 1829, in his garden at Porto Real. The following note refers to it. The specimen itself has not been found. “©1330. Larva of (Lampyris?). Caught in the garden crawling on the ground at night, and detected by means of a small spot of light at the head; but on being touched it instantly emitted a much stronger light from every part or joint of the abdomen which previously was quite dark. The light proceeded only from the underpart: tlie back was dark at all times. 138.2 The sudden increase of light which follows disturbance strongly supports A. R. Wallace’s interpretation of the luminosity of glow-worms as aposematic. | 88. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. Sat magna, elon- gato-elliptica, prothorace flavo, elytris fusco-nigris, an- guste (quadrante apicali excepto) albido-limbatis. [Oct. 26, 1825. At Discoberto; near Jo&o Pedro’s house. “& Lampyris.”’| Cantharidide. CHAULIOGNATHUS, Hentz. 89-91. fallax, Germ., var., 3 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. (89. Oct. 22, 1825. “ Ina Roea (about 4 miles 8.8. W. of the house of Discoberto) on the road towards Nepomucena. Lampyrts.” 90. Oct. 30, 1825. (In the forest) on the N.E. side of the arraial of SAo Joao de Népomucéna. 91. Nov. 3-6, 1825. See no. 25, p. 94.] 92. Sp.?,1 ¢.—Brésil, S. Paulo. [Feb. 2, 1827.] 93. Sp.?, 1 ¢.—Brésil, Porto Real (Nacional). [Jan. 11, 1829. “ Staphylinus. Caught on the ground from South Africa and Brazil. 101 at the back door, probably where it was attracted by animal substances.” This label may have been accidentally trans- posed. | | 94. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Porto Real. [Feb.8, 1829. Boracao. ] 95. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [Nov. 3-6, 1825. See no. 25, p. 94.] 96. Sp. ?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Organ Mountains. [Feb. 18, 1826, 9 P.M ] CANTHARIS, L. 97, 98. wirddescens, F., 2 ex.—Afr. australe. Le Catalogue de Miinich indique par erreur viridescens, F., comme synonyme de smaragdula, F., espéce brésilienne qui a avec Ja premicre une certaine analogie de coloration, mais en est néanmoins bien distincte. [ Both these specimens bear a V, of which the meaning is as follows, in Burchell’s words :—“ Sent to me by Villet as Cape Insects, and were received at Fulham during my absence in Brazil” (Catalogus). | 99. divitiata, F., Syst. Eleuth. i. 1801, p. 302, 1 ex.—Afr. australe. (Omis au Catalogue de Miinich.) [No. 95. Captured Dec. 27, 1813, between Bethelsdorp and Uitenhage, Cape Colony, “in mimosa vtt [?].”’ Burchell puts only Telephorus in the Catalogus. In the Olivier Collation we find “95. Telephorus?? similis Lampyro vittate.” | 100. Sp.?, 1 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. [Oct. 28, 1825. See no. 83, p. 99.] 101, 102. Sp.?, 2 ex.—Brésil. (101. Feb. 12, 1826. Organ Mountains. By the River Pacaqué. 102. Nov. 8, 1828, 10 p.m. Cérrego Raiz. Between Chapada and Porto Real (Nacional).] Discopon, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleop. iii. 2, p. 78. 103, 104. ccnctus, Cast., 2 ex.—Brésil, Minas Geraés. (103. Oct. 23, 1825. Discoberto. Lampyris.” 104. Nov. 1, 1825. Near Nepomucena. | 102. On Malacodermata from South Africa and Brazil. 105. Sp.?—Brésil, Cubatéio. [Foot of Sierra, Dec. 14, 1826, 9 P.M.] 106. Sp. ?—Brésil, Organ Mountains. [Feb. 12, 1826. By the River Pacaqué.] 107. Sp. ?—Brésil [Minas Geraés. Oct. 16, 1825. At Discoberto on 15th.] 108, 109. Sp.?, 2 ex.—Brésil [Organ Mountains. Feb. 12, 1826. River Pacaqué.] DAIPHRON, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Coleop. iii. 2, p. 66. 110. Sp.?—Brésil [Minas Geraés. Oct. 14, 1825. At Parahiba on 12th. Discobertoon 15th. “ Lampyris.’’] Melyridide. Hepystius, Er. 111. ? oculatus, Thunb., 1 9 .—Afr. austr. [No. 96. ‘* Malachius.” The origin of the specimen is : : ape ies Os GE ” given in the only other word in the Catalogus, viz. ‘ Bouch. This indicates ‘From Mr. Bouchenroeder’s collection at Cape Town (115 insects), of which perhaps some may not be African at all: and it would therefore not be safe to admit them without careful examination into my Cape Fauna.’’] [The collection also contains two Lampyrid larve in addition to 57 A :— 112. July 11, 1827. S. Paulo. The specimen bears thie number 1211, referring to the following note, which is accompanied by a slight sketch: —“ 1211. Lampyris. ‘T'wo luminous spots on the same ring at the hinder part of the abdomen. It crawls with its feet, but assists with the tail by bending it under in the manner of some caterpillars, and resting the point on the ground as a fulcrum pushes on the body forwards. i As eral 113. July 26. Pardé. The larvais numbered 1402, referring to a record in the lost note-book. ] On the Capsidee in the British Museum. 103 XI.—Lhynchotal Notes—XX. By W. L. Distant. HETEROPTERA. Fam. Capside. (Part I.) THIS paper represents the first results of a revision of the Capside contained in the British Museum, and the exami- nation of Walker’s types. ‘The arrangement is largely that of the earlier propositions of Reuter, with some qualifications which express my own views as to the classification of this very difficult family ; and these will be more fully explained in my second volume dealing with the Rhynchota of British India, which is now passing through the press. Division HERDONIARIA. Allied to the Myrmecoraria, Reut. Cuneus always dis- cernible ; head prominent, sometimes very large, always with a distinct longitudinal impression between the eyes; anterior constricted area of the pronotum somewhat broad and long, but never broader, and generally narrower, than the poste- rior area; second joint of the antenne either very strongly or slightly apically incrassated ; scutellum sometimes spined. The genus Herdonius, Stal, I take as typical of the Her- doniaria, and also include the genera Zacinthus, Dist., Zostppus, Dist., Xenetus, Dist., and Minytus, Dist. Saturnio- miris, Kirk., Systellonotus, Allodapus, and probably some other described genera may also ultimately be included. FULGENTIUS, gen. nov. Body subelongate. Head moderately large, distinctly longi- tudinally centrally incised; first joint of antenne very little longer than head, second joint longest, somewhat thickened towards apex, third shorter than second but longer than fourth ; rostrum imperfectly seen in carded specimen ; pro- notum moderately tumid, the lateral margins oblique, the anterior margin distinctly carinate, and transversely im- pressed before middle, anterior margin less than half the width of posterior margin, the last a little sinuate before scutellum, which is tumid ; corium, including cuneus, about as long as abdomen ; cuneus about as broad at base as long ; membrane with a long basal cell; legs moderately long and slender; tibie somewhat longly setose. 10-4 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Capsidee Fulgentius mandarinus, sp. n. Black; antenne, eyes, legs, and membrane _piceous ; anterior margin of pronotum, first joint of antenne (excluding apex and base of third joint) and apices of femora ochraceous ; corium with a transverse fascia before middle and between elavus and lateral margin, and about basal half of cuneus, greyish white; body beneath black, imperfectly seen in carded specimen, but apparently with a greyish spot near posterior coxze ; body above very finely and obscurely pilose. Long. 8 mm. Hab. China ; Namoa Islands (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). NICHOMACHUS, gen. nov. Moderately elongate. Head broad, including eyes much wider than anterior margin of pronotum, narrowed and moderately deflexed in front of the prominent and exserted eyes, lateral margin sinuate, disk strongly longitudinally suleate; antenne with the first joint short, shorter than ante- ocular portion of head, second and third joints longest and subequal in length, fourth shorter but longer than first; rostium reaching the posterior cox; pronotum strongly constricted at about one third from anterior margin, forming a distinct narrow anterior lobe, posterior lobe tumid, about twice as long and much broader than the anterior lobe; scutellum very strongly conically gibbous and longly though sparingly pilose; corium (excluding cuneus) a little shorter than the abdomen, its lateral margins sinuate, broadest at the area of the interior angle, cuneus longer than broad; membrane thickly and finely reticulate, with a single, narrow, short, lateral cell. Allied to Systel/onotus, from which it differs by the broader head, larger and exserted eyes, conically raised scutellum, &c. But for the longitudinally impressed head might be located in the Pilophoraria. Nichomachus Sloggetti, sp. n. Cinnamon-brown ; eyes, scutellum, base and apical margin of corium, cuneus, disks of meso- and metasterna, and abdo- men beneath black; an oblique transverse fascia in basal black area of corium, a transverse fascia to clavus beyond middle, and a basal fascia to cuneus white; antenne (ex- cluding basal joint), posterior lobe of pronotum, and apices of femora infuscated ; membrane shining brownish ochraceous ; two transverse subbasal fasciz to abdomen beneath pale in the British Museum. 105 luteous ; head and pronotum finely granulate ; scutellum smooth, shining, sparingly longly pilose; clavus, corium, and cuneus finely and thickly punctate, shortly, obscurely, rigidly pilose. Long. 54 mm. Hab, Cape Colony ; Deelfontein (Col. Sloggett, Brit. Mus.). Division MIRARIA. Genus HIONEUS. Evoneus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. i. p. 416 (1893), Evioneus lineatus. Miris hineata, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 89. Hab, Galapagos Islands. Genus Mrris. Miris ruficeps, sp. n. Very pale ochraceous ; first joint of antennz and posterior femora and tibia thickly speckled with sanguineous ; lateral margins of pronotum and a central line traversing pronotum and scutellum pale greyish; first and second joints of antenne strongly pilose, first joint moderately incrassate, almost as long as head and pronotum together, second joint about twice as long as first; tibiee thickly and rather longly pilose. Long. 9 mm. Hab. Cape Colony: Grahamstown (Brit. Mus.) ; British Kast Africa (Gregory, Brit. Mus.). Genus CREONTIADES.' Creontiades, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. ii. p. 237 (1883), Kangra, Kirk, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 257, Creontiades stramineus. Capsus stramineus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 120 (1873), Kangra Dudgeont, Kirk, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p, 257, Creontiades sinicus. Capsus stnicus, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 120 (1873), Creontiades angulifer. Capsus angulifer, Walk, Cat, Het. vi, p. 126 (1878). 106 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Capsidz Creontiades filicornis. Capsus filicornis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 96. n. 161 (1878). Megacelum Jilicornis, Uhler, Check-list N.-Am. Hem. p. 18. Head centrally longitudinally sulcated. Creontiades incertus. Capsus incertus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 111. n. 250 (1878). Resthenia incertus, Atkins. Cat. Capside, p. 58 (1890). Genus PANTILIUS. Pantilius australis. Lopus australis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 57 (1878). Head ochraceous, eyes fuscous; first joint of antenne testaceous, second ochraceous, with its apical third black ; pronotum pale greenish, its anterior area ochraceous, lateral margins and posterior angles purplish red; scutellum pale greenish, its basal margin and a central line ochraceous ; clavus and corium mostly pale purplish red, apical area of clavus and lateral margins of corium pale greenish ; cuneus ochraceous, its margins purplish red; membrane brownish ochraceous, the veins purplish red ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; tibia pale greenish ; apices of posterior femora, bases and apices of posterior tibia and the tarsi purplish red, apices of tarsi piceous ; scutellum finely transversely striate, excepting on the basal margin and central linear fascia ; corium a little widened from base and attenuated posteriorly ; bases of apical margin of corium carinate. Long. 10 mm. Hab. New South Wales: Tasmania ; Hobart (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). Genus ZANESSA. Zanessa pictulifer. Capsus pictulifer, Walk. Cat. Het, vi. p. 126 (1878). Genus KosMIOMIRIS. Kosmiomiris lucidus. Capsus lucidus, Walk. Cat, Het. vi. p. 124 (1878). Kosmiomiris rubroornatus, Kirk, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 253. in the British Museum. 107 Note——In this division Miraria and near the genus Pan- tilius I place Peas Reuteri, Dist. (Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhyn. 1, p. 428, tab. xxxvii. fig. 5),—head distinctly sulcated ; and for the same reason Jacchinus tabascoensis, Dist. (loc. cit. p. 430, tab. xxxvii. fig. 10). Division CYLAPARIA. Valdasaria, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. i. p. 242 (1883). Monalonionaria, Reut. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1xi. p. 398 (1892). Eucerocoraria, Kirk. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1902, p. 294. Cylaparia, Kirk. Wien. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 13 (1903). The name of this division was originally founded on that of the neotropical genus Valdasus, Stal; this having since been proved to be but a synonym of Cylapus, Say, it is necessary to alter the divisional name as above. ARGENIS, gen. nov. Head broad, not horizontally produced in front of eyes, which touch but exceed the width of the anterior margin of the pronotum, distinctly longitudinally centrally impressed, or very finely sulcate ; antenne with the first joint longer than head, but shorter than pronotum, second joint almost twice as long as first, third joint about one third shorter than second; eyes large, globose; pronotum coarsely punctate, transversely constricted before middle, posterior lobe tumid, centrally very obscurely carinate, posterior angles subpro- minent and a little tuberculous; scutellum triangular, the apex somewhat acute; corium long, cuneus passing apex of abdomen; membrane somewhat small; body beneath obscurely seen, owing to typical specimen being carded. Argenis incisuratus. Capsus inctsuratus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 121. n. 282 (1873). Hab. Ceylon. Walker’s very inadequate description of this species con- tains the erroneous statement :—‘ Prothorax with no trans- verse furrow.” Genus SYSINAS. Sysinas tibialis. Capsus tibialis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 109. n. 245 (1878). Resthenia tibialis, Atkins. Cat, Capside, p. 61 (1890). 108 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Capsidee Genus HELOPELTIS. Helopeltis clavifer. Dulichius ? clavifer, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 170, n. 2 (1871). Helopeltis braconiformis, Walk. loc, cit. vi. p. 165 (1873); Waterh, Tr. Ent, Soc. 1886, p. 459, pl. xi. fig. 4. ? Division Genus DISPHINCTUS. Disphinctus fasciatus. Capsus fasciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 122. n. 284 (1878), Disphinctus anadyomene, Kirk, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 264. Disphinctus politus. Monalonion politum, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 163. n. 7 (1878). Disphinctus formosus, Kirk. Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xiv. p. 295, pl. A. fig. 10 (1902). Genus HYALOPEPLUS. LHyalopeplus vitripennis. Capsus vitripennis, Stal, Freg. Eug. Resa, Ins. p. 255 (1859). Iyalopeplus vitripennis, Stal, Gify. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 670. Capsus lineifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 122. n. 285 (1873). Hyalopeplus linerfer, Kirk, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 18. Division LOPARIA. Genus RESTHENIA. Resthenia tncisus. Capsus incisus, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 92. n. 151 (1873). Resthenia jamaicensis. Capsus jamaicensis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 101. n. 189 (1873). Heterocoris jamaicensis, Atkins. Cat. Capsidee, p. 42 (1890). Genus LOPIDEA. Lopidea floridana. Capsus floridanus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 97. n. 163 (1873). Lopidea marginata, Uhler, Proc. Calif. Ac. iv. p. 249 (1894). Walker’s description is faulty. The first joint of the antennee is not ‘‘ red,” as described, but inclining to fuscous brown ; the ochraceous lateral margin to the corium is also omitted in the diagnosis, in the British Museum. 109 Genus LOMATOPLEURA. Lomatopleura coceineus. Capsus coccineus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 93. n. 152 (1873). Lomatopleura hesperus, Kirk. Trans, Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 252, pl. y. fig. I. ? Lomatopleura cesar, Reut. Gify. Vet.-Ak, Forh. 1875, no. 9, p. 67. Division PHY TOCORARIA. CAPELLANUS, gen. nov. Elongate ; head subtriangular, moderately produced ; an- tennz with the basal joint short, about as long as head, second joint three times as long as first, third shorter than second; pronotum short, truncate at base; scutellum sub- triangular ; corium long and with cuneus about reaching apex of abdomen ; posterior femora incrassated ; cuneus longer than broad. Allied to Phytocoris. Capellanus sparsus. Lygus sparsus, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhyn, i. p, 434, tab. xxxvii. fig. 19 (1893). Hab. Guatemala (type, Brit. Mus.). Genus PARACALOCORIS. Paracalocoris sobrius. Capsus sobrius, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 115, n, 264 (1878). Very pale ochraceous ; two large obconical spots at the base of pronotum and the corium purplish brown; lateral margins of pronotum and corium, two small central spots on anterior disk of pronotum, and a rounded spot on corium near inner base of cuneus black; membrane pale fuliginous, cellular marginal veins purplish red; first joint of antenne purplish brown, second and third joints black, base of third luteous. Paracalocoris leprosus. Capsus leprosus, Walk. Cat, Het. vi. p. 111, n, 253 (1873). Paracalocoris sericeus. Capsus sericeus, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 117, n. 272 (1873). Pronotum anteriorly thickly cinereously tomentose, con- taining two central piceous spots. 110 Mr, W. L. Distant on the Capsidee Paracalocoris capensis, sp. 0. Somewhat pale ochraceous; corium pale castaneous, its lateral margin ochraceous; cuneus ochraceous, its apex and basal and inner margins castaneous; membrane subhyaline, slightly tinged with pale fuliginous ; body beneath, rostrum, and legs pale ochraceous; eyes, lateral margins of pronotal collar, two small rounded discal spots to pronotum, a lateral spot to mesosternum, and the apex of rostrum black ; basal joint of antennz purplish red, second joint ochraceous, its base black and its apical area purplish red (remaining joints mutilated) ; body above strongly greyishly pilose ; basal joint of antenne finely thickly pilose. Long. 7 mm. Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Brit. Mus.). Genus NEUROCOLPUS. Neurocolpus nubilus. Capsus nubilus, Say, Hem. New Harm. Ind. p. 22. n. 10 (i881). Capsus hirsutulus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 95. n. 158-(1873). Neurocolpus nubilus, Kirk. (part.) Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 252, nec mecxicanus, Dist. Genus CALOCORIS. Calocoris norvegicus. Cimex norvegicus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. iv. p. 2176 (1788). Capsus contiguus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 95. n. 159 (1878). Capsus stramineus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 96. n. 160 (1878). Calocoris laticinctus. Capsus laticinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 127. n. 308 (1873). Capsus ustulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. n. 309. In the Phytocoraria I now place the Neotropical genus Calocorisca. Division CA PSARIA. Genus LYGUS. Lygus australis, nom. n. Capsus innotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 116. n. 269 (1878), nom. preeoce. Reuter (1871), Lygus suffusus. Capsus suffusus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 117, n, 270 (1873), in the British Museum. Lit Lygus cethiops, nom. n. Capsus limbatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 117. n. 271 (1873), nom. proce. Fallén (1829). Lygus pallidulus. Capsus pallidulus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 116. n. 267 (1873). A single specimen in very bad condition constitutes the type of this species. Lygus illepidus. Capsus illepidus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 115. n. 265 (1873). Lygus? conspersus. Capsus conspersus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 116. n. 268 (1873). The type is in bad condition and without antenne. Lygus maoricus. Leptomerocoris maoricus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 146. n. 110 (1873). Anterior area of pronotum pale ochraceous, sometimes with two dark spots. Genus PacILoscyTus. Peciloscytus solitus. Capsus solitus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 116. n. 266 (1873), Type in very bad condition. Genus CAMPTOBROCHIS. Camptobrochis strigulatus. Capsus strigulatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 94. n. 155 (1873). Genus PacILOCAPSUS. Pecilocapsus marginatus. Capsus marginatus, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 96, n. 162 (18738), Pecilocapsus limbatellus. Capsus limbatellus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 93. n. 153 (1873). Peecilocapsus (Metriorrhynchus) affinis, Reut, ify, Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1875, no, 9, p. 74, 112 Mr. W. L, Distant on the Capside Genus DERAOCORIS. Dereocoris patulus. Capsus patulus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 120. n. 279 (1878). Genus Liocoris. LInocoris partitus. Capsus partitus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 119. n. 276 (1878). Genus BOTHRIOMIRIS. Bothriomiris simulans. Capsus simulans, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 125. n. 295 (1873). Bothriomiris marmoratus, Kirk. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 271, pl. v. fig. 9, pl. vi. fig. 16, Division BRYOCORARIA. Genus PHYSETONOTUS. In the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana’ (Rhynchota, vol. i. p. 285) I followed Stal in placing his Lecritotarsus pallidi- rostris in the genus he had himself founded. I, however, placed it in a distinct section of the genus—“b. Body ovate. Pronotum prominently gibbous.” Subsequently Dr. Reuter (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ixi. p. 894, 1892) has proposed the genus Physetonotus for the reception of these species, making P. atratus, Dist. (Eccritotarsus), the type. The following species must also be included :— ccritotarsus pallidirostris, Stal; H. cneurvus, Dist. ; EH. gibbus, Dist.; EH. porrectus, Dist.; EH. tmpavidus, Dist. ; E. perobscurus, Dist.; E. tenebrosus, Dist.; E. nocturnus, Dist.; H#. marginatus, Dist.; and E. procurvens, Dist. ARASPUS, gen. nov. Ovate, posteriorly widened. Head deflected from in front of eyes, which are large, projecting beyond but not touching anterior margin of pronotum. Antenne with the first joint slightly longer than head, a little thickened towards apex ; second joint considerably longer than first, very prominently incrassate and pilose on its apical half; third joint slender ; remainder mutilated. Rostrum apparently reaching the inter- mediate coxe (the type a carded specimen) ; pronotum with the basal margin rather more than twice the width of anterior margin, basal margin truncate, becoming oblique towards posterior angles ; scutellum tumid, basally foveate ; corium in the British Museum. 113 convexly rounded posteriorly; cuneus a little longer than broad; legs of moderate length, posterior femora thickened. Araspus partilus. Lopus partilus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 56. n, 27 (1878). Hab. New Guinea (Brit. Mus.). MERTILA, gen. nov. Elcngately oval. Head rather long and depressed in front of insertion of antennas, of which the first joint is shorter than head and attenuated at base; second joint much longer than first, it and the remaining joints pilose. Rostrum not quite reaching the intermediate coxe. Pronotum with an anterior collar, which has its anterior and posterior margins carinate ; subimpressed or distinctly constricted before middle, the depression including two transverse callosities; posterior area a little tumid; posterior margin about twice the breadth of anterior margin, sometimes as long as broad. Scutellum small, subtriangular, callous, foveate at base; hemelytra much longer than abdomen; membrane with a single trian- gular cell; legs moderately short and slender. Mertila malayensis, sp. n. Orange-red; apex of firstand the whole of the second joint of antenne, eyes, apex of rostrum, corium (excluding basal area), cuneus, membrane, extreme apices of femora, tibia, tarsi, and sometimes abdomen beneath, indigo-black ; head with a distinct central ridge and a broad foveation on inner side of eyes; pronotum a little hollowed between the anterior callosities ; upper surface very finely and obscurely pilose ; tibiee finely setose. Long. 5-6 mm. Hab. Singapore (l/. N. Ridley, Brit. Mus.). Mertila ternatensis, sp. n. In colour resembling C. malayensis, but with the first and second joints of the antenne entirely indigo-black and the legs entirely orange-red; body much more elongate; pro- notum nearly as long as broad, very distinctly constricted before middle, the lateral margins of the anterior lobe con- vexly produced; corium distinctly coarsely punctate, the suture behind claval apex divided and forming an oblong Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol. xiii. 8 114 Prof. N. Yakovleff on the Characteristic of foveation ; apical half of membrane bronzy brown ; abdomen beneath orange-red. Long. 6 mm. Hab. Ternate (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). Division ? SABELLICUS, gen. nov. Resembling Dercocoris, from which it differs principally by the structure of the antenne. Head elongately depressed in front of insertion of antenne, of which the first joint is as long or a little longer than the head, prominently incrassated, and sometimes compressed from immediately beyond base, somewhat longly marginally pilose, with a distinct spur on outer side of apex; second joint much longer than first, slender at base and regularly and moderately incrassated towards apex ; remaining joints mutilated in type. yes large, almost touching anterior margin of pronotum. Pronotum with the basal margin about twice as broad as anterior margin, with a distinct pronotal collar, and with the posterior angles sub- tuberculous ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe; cuneus slightly longer than broad, the fracture profound ; anterior legs robust, the tibiae moderately incrassate; intermediate and posterior legs mutilated in type. Sabellicus apicifer. Capsus apicifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 124. n. 293 (1878), Hab. Celebes: Makian (Brit. Mus.). Type in bad condition. Sabellicus sordidus. Lopus sordidus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 57. n. 29 (1873). Leptomerocoris antennatus, Walk. loe. cit. p. 145, n. 109. XII.—A Contribution to the Characteristic of Corals of the Group Rugosa. By Prof. N. YAKOVLEFF. WHILE engaged in investigating the Upper Paleozoic coral Lophophyllum proliferum*, regarding which there have lately * N. Yakovleff, “Fauna of the upper Portion of the Palzozoic Deposits of the Donetz Basin,” Transactions of the Geological Committee, new series, no. 12 (1903). Corals of the Group Rugosa. 115 been published the interesting researches of Duerden *, I had, in the first place, the opportunity of verifying the results of Duerden’s labours, which are of certain importance in estab- lishing the general characteristics of the Rugosa, and, secondly, of adding a few data to these characteristics. As is known, the distinguishing feature of the Rugosa is considered to be the fact that they possess four primary septa, of which two—the main septum and the counter septum—are in the plane of symmetry of the coral, and the other two— the alar septa—on either side of the plane. Besides, in the quadrants between the primary septa the secondary septa are arranged pinnately as regards the main septum in the quadrants which adjoin it, and parallel with regard to the counter septum in the counter quadrants. The septa belong to two cycles, of which one consists of large and the other of small septa. It is interesting to observe the way in which the septa are developed in the coral. As proved by Duerden, the septa of one cycle—the small ones—appear comparatively late, simultaneously, and at a certain height. As to the septa of the other cycle—the prin- cipal ones—their mode of development has led Duerden to approximate the Rugosa to the group of now living Actinia— Zoanthee,—their development precluding the possibility of approximating them, as is generally done, to the Hexacoralla, which form a skeleton, and of regarding the former as the progenitors of the latter. The section (fig. A, p. 116) nearest to the pointed end of the coral is 2°1 mm. in diameter, and represents twelve septa, of which (according to Duerden) are to be regarded as primary not four, as usually accepted for the Rugosa, but six septa, which are marked in the figure by the cipher I. Four of them are: the main septum I (H), the counter septum I (G), and the alar septa I (S)—the two remaining septa I being situated next to the counter septum, and forming with it interseptal chambers in which (and exclusively in them) no new septa of the same cycle are developed. Comparing figures A and B, we notice that the difference between them is but slight, consisting chiefly in this, that the main septum in the Russian specimen is situated on the convex side of the coral, and in the American on the concave side. ‘The same coral in both specimens is bent in an opposite direction. The observed relationship between the degree of development of the main septum and the counter septum in a radial direction * J. E. Duerden, “On the Relationships of the Rugosa to the living Zoanthee,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., May 1902, p. 381. : gt 116 On Corals of the Group Rugosa. is in all probability owing to the direction of the bend; the primary septum on the concave side (in the Russian specimens the counter septum and in the American specimens the main septum) ?s short and the primary septum on the convex side is long (figs. Aand B). It seems to me that, with regard both to A B Iq) 1/24) A and B, the corresponding sections of the Russian and American specimens (the latter after Duerden, modified as regards the main septum and the counter septum, see below, at end) of Lopho- phyllum proliferum ; the portions of the sections turned upwards lie on the convex side of the coral. The primary interseptal chambers in which no new septa are formed are striated. I, I (H), 1 (G), I (5), the primary septa; 1, 2, the later principal septa. the main septum and the counter septum, the fact may be easily explained by supposing that the bend of the coral on the concave side causes a contraction, affording less space for the development of the septa than on the convex side; the former is characterized by contraction, the latter by distention. This assumption is strengthened by another peculiarity of the coral, viz. that of the four primary interseptal chambers, in which the successive principal septa are generally deve- loped, the two situated nearest to the convex side develop the septa more rapidly (in greater number). These chambers are not the same in the Russian and American specimens: in the former (fig. A) they are contiguous with the main septum, in the latter they are separated from it as well as from the counter septum by other primary chambers. In examining the two specimens (figs. A and B) we must also notice that in two of the four primary chambers no new septa are formed—invariably in those primary chambers which On the Distribution of Marine Animals. 17 adjoin the counter septum,—either on the convex or concave side, and whether it be long or short. We thus arrive at a more complete definition of the primary counter septum: it is that (L) dn relation to which the con- tiqguous septa are arranged tn a parallel direction, and (2) which has adjoining primary interseptal chambers, “containing no secondary principal septa. Duerden is not correct in stating that the main septum and the counter septum lie respectively on the convex and on the concave side of the coral independently of the arrangement of the contiguous septa. This very arrangement has been regarded by ‘paleontologists as characteristic of the primary septa, and, as will be seen from the above, it is more permanent ‘than has hitherto been known. XIITI.—On the Distribution of Marine Animals * By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. THE distribution of land-animals is a subject which has always been fraught with deep interest to naturalists—more especially as certain regions are characterized by the forms inhabiting them. Thus it would be anomalous to find, for instance, a marsupial in Africa, an armadillo or a sloth (Bradypus) in Asia, or a stag in Australia. The chief barriers, moreover, to the general distribution of such forms have been mountain- chains, deep tracts of the sea, barren regions such as the great deserts, and the vicissitudes of temperature. Yet certain aerial forms, such as the bats, are more or less cosmopolitan, and the shrews, the pigs, and the mice are almost so. In weighing the statement, however, that the distribution of certain of these forms, such as the pigs, has been extended by their swimming powers across arms of the sea, it has to be borne in mind that even marine animals do not always avail themselves of the lines of migra- tion at their disposal. As three fourths of the surface of the globe are composed of water—for the most part continuous throughout—a vast field exists for the distribution, under natural conditions, of its inhabitants, from mammals to Protozoa, Pelagic types may thus range from pole to pole and from the eastern shore of the Isthmus of Panama round the world to the western. * Notes of an Introductory Lecture, 16th October, 1903, 118 Prof. M‘Intosh on the Attempts have been made to divide this vast area into regions characterized by special features. For instance, Prof. Forchhammer, of the Chair of Mineralogy in the University of Copenhagen, in 1862 described no less than eleven regions distinguished by the mean quantity of solid matter in the water, the tropical regions containing the greatest amount. For facility in describing the collections made by the ‘Challenger,’ seven regions of the ocean were made, viz. the North Atlantic, the South Atlantic, the South Indian or Kerguelen, the Australian, the Philippine or Japanese, the North Pacific, and the South Pacific. Taking the seals, sirenians, and whales as a basis, Dr. Sclater has compara- tively recently (1899) made six regions, viz. North Atlantic, mid-Atlantic, Indian, North Pacific, mid-Pacific, and Antarctic. This classification is useful in emphasizing, amongst other things, the fact that even with the continuous medium, which permits migration in various directions, certain forms cling to special areas. It lacks, however, corroboration from the other divisions of marine animals, and embraces so wide a subject that further consideration of all the facts is desirable. In passing therefore the distribution of the chief groups of marine forms under review, the first amongst the marine mammals are the sea-otters (4nhydris), which often swim 10 to 15 miles from land, and are confined to the area of the North Pacific. ‘They do not appear to be spreading, but, as Beddard says, persecution by man has made them more purely oceanic. The eared seals are chiefly confined to the south Polar ocean. ‘Three species are found all over the North Pacific area, whilst two frequent the west coast of South America (Sclater). ‘The walruses are Arctic, the same species probably occurring in the North Atlantic and the North Pacific, though the latter by some is considered distinct. The seals (Phocide) are most numerous in the Arctic and Antarctic seas and in certain intermediate areas. In the North Pacific three out of four seals are identical with those in the North Atlantic. The true seals of the Antarctic Ocean are all distinct from those of the Arctic seas (Sclater). Thus the seals, as a whole, do not support the theory of the bipolarity of marine forms. The peculiar range of the living Sirenians and their struc- tural features would seem to point to an inaptitude for migration, especially in the case of the manatees, yet the dugong and Steller’s sea-cow might have passed from islet to coast-line and spread over a greater area, unless temperature or other circumstance (e. g. food) had proved inimical. Distribution of Marine Animals, 119 It might be supposed, again, that species so active and so powerful as the whales would range over the whole ocean, trom the Arctic to the Antarctic seas. Yet in viewing their distribution it appears that, with the whole stretch of the ocean at their command, they, with the exception of the dolphins, frequent special areas. Thus the right- or whalebone- whales are confined to the temperate and cold regions of both hemispheres. The Arctic right-whale haunts the neighbour- hood of ice, under which it frequently takes refuge. Tempe- rature may thus have an important bearing on its distribution ; but, granting this, it has also to be remembered that nowhere but in such waters could it find a pelagic fauna so rich in large Cliones and other Pteropods and of large Copepods intermingled with Medusze, on which it delights to feed. Moreover, nowhere could it, one of the most timorous mammals, find such vast solitudes, where it can roam without molestation. The same causes probably affect the distribution of the southern right-whale, and it is at least known that its active pursuit led to its rarity in European waters, for it is less rigidly confined to the Antarctic seas than the northern species to the Arctic. Another species of small size (Neo- balena) is confined to the seas of Australia and New Zealand. Food, environment, and temperature may have an important bearing on limitation in this ease. Of the toothed whales the sperm-whales and the Ziphioids have an extensive range, being, as Beddard says, “ equally at home in the calm seas of the tropics and in the stormy waters of the Antarctic ocean,’’ as well as in the North Atlantic. The former, as a rule, is an inhabitant of the deeper waters far from land, probably because the cuttlefishes, which form a favourite article of diet, are most plentiful there, yet it also feeds on fishes, even, like the porbeagle shark, stripping the fishermen’s lines, and occasionally swallowing a shark or a seal. This varied dietary is consistent with its wide range in the ocean. In the family of the Dolphins, Beluga is for the most part Arctic, only rarely being seen on European shores; but it ascends rivers, e. g. the St. Lawrence, as Prof. Prince, the Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, tells me, for 150 miles, apparently after salmon. ‘he narwhal frequents the same oceanic region. ‘lhe common porpoise is Northern Atlantic and Pacific; another occurs off South America and in the Pacific ; whilst Neomerds is found in the seas of India, the Cape, and Japan. ‘The dolphins frequent all the oceans, seas, and great rivers of the world, and they are capable of adapting 120 Prof. M‘Intosh on the themselves to every vicissitude of climate. Nor do their layers of fat seem to present notable differences in the several regions. As they are piscivorous, their food is obtained without difficulty in every ocean and river. The killer (Orca) is likewise cosmopolitan, its chief food consisting of seals and porpoises. Globicephalus melas has also a wide range—from the northern seas to the Cape and New Zealand—and “Tursiops is nearly as extensively distributed. On the other hand, most of the species of Sotalia are fluviatile, occurring in "China and with Inia and Pontoporia in the Amazons and other rivers of South America, whilst one species (a vegetable feeder) frequents the Cameroon River. With a distribution so complex, in an element which offers no obstacle (except temperature, safe surroundings, and food) to a cosmopolitan range for every species of marine cetacean, the question as to the explanation of these diversities presents itself. Why does Beluga not frequent Huropean seas, or Berardius of New Zealand stretch far northwards into the Pacific? Beyond the answer that each finds in its special area snitable environment and the food best fitted for it, no answer is at present available. Hereditary tendencies, pecu- liarities of stiucture, and habit are, perhaps, responsible for the pertinacity with which the anomalous dolphins, like Platanista, cling to fresh water, though it is true one genus (Sotalia) is found equally in the Amazon and the sea. Nor does the distribution of the whales throw much light on their origin. So far as facts warrant, it would appear that the toothed whales are the primary forms from which those with whalebone have been evolved, but whether from a marine or a freshwater form cannot yet be answered with certainty, though the number of oceanic species shows that the sea at least "proved a congenial area. ‘he enormous lapse of time necessary for the development of the various groups further indicates that the ocean-basins are of great antiquity, though they may not always have had the same conformation, The distribution of certain birds (which pass most of their time at sea), such as penguins, auks, grebes, divers, and euillemots—all, with the exception of the first, possessing the power of flight,—is limited to the colder areas; yet there is no serious impediment to their ranging over a much larger field except the difficulty of a secure breeding-place and the question of temperature. Food is everywhereabundant. In all probability it is the safety and convenience of their *‘yookeries”’? which keep the penguins to the southern seas. Distribution of Marine Animals. 121 A few Batrachians, Mr. Boulenger tells me, live in brackish or salt water, such as Rana limnocharis, Bufo halo- phila, and to a certain extent the Huropean Bufo viridis and Bufo calamita ; but as their eggs only develop in fresh water, their opportunities for oceanic distribution are limited and need not at present be further dealt with. In addition to the semimarine Iguanids—Amblyrhynchus, which enters the sea (by diving) to feed on seaweeds, Tropi- durus, and the various turtles,—marine reptiles are only found amongst the snakes, if the estuarine crocodiles and Trionychoids, which occasionally wander some miles seawards, are passed by. As Mr. Boulenger* observes, “no better instance of gradual modification from terrestrial into marine forms could be found than in the snakes living at the present day, amongst which are also to be found the only recent reptilian types that, being viviparous, never leave the water.’”” These are the Hydrophids or sea-snakes, the largest of which is about 12 feet long. They are, as described by the author just mentioned, found in the Indian and western South Pacific Oceans, ranging from the Persian Gulf to North Australia, one species (/ydrus bicolor) stretching throughout the Indian and tropical Pacific Oceans, the extreme points being the Cape of Good Hope and Guayaquil. As snakes are most abundant in tropical and subtropical regions, it would appear that certain land-snakes in these parts had gradually adapted themselves, probably in con- nexion with food, to marine life—so much so that some are never known to leave the water. Yet their distribution has been limited, perhaps partly by temperature, though they probably have extended considerably from their original centre. It may be also that they are kept in check by the large predatory forms, such as Hlasmobranchs and Cetaceans. The marine fishes are, perhaps, more actively and charac- teristically pelagic than any other group. As already shown, the obstacles which oppose the distribution of Jand-animals are absent—food and temperature chiefly requiring con- sideration, though the abundance of the former in every sea almost removes it from such a category. Another factor, it is true, is the pelagic or demersal condition of the eggs, since the latter habit might be supposed to have the effect of making the proximity of the shores, or at least of the bottom, a necessity at certain seasons. Yet one of the best known and most widely distributed amongst pelagic fishes, the herring, has demersal eggs. * Nat. Science, vol. i. p. 45 (1892). 122 Prof. M‘Intosh on the Mr. Wallace thinks that temperature and the depth of the water are of primary importance in the distribution of the marine fishes, for many species are adapted for shores and shallows. Yet it is difficult to see how either acts; for example, some shore-fishes, like the five-bearded rockling, have pelagic eggs and still more actively pelagic young, so that the question is complex. It must be admitted, however, that many peculiar fishes frequent the great abysses (the temperature of which does not vary much). Is temperature sufficient to explain the varied distribution of the vast variety of fishes? Does it make impassable barriers, for instance, between the temperate and the tropical and subtropical regions? Such can hardly be the rule in every case, since, as Mr. Boulenger has pointed out*, the grey mullet (Jugil capito) ranges from Scandinavia to the Cape, and is as much at home at the mouth of the Congo as off the shores of Northern Europe. Yet some, such as the cod, prefer the colder northern waters, and range from the shores of Norway to those of North America; whilst others, like Chetodon and the Sphyrenide, choose the warmer waters of tropical and subtropical regions, ‘The variations in temperature which a fish is capable of enduring are not, perhaps, sufficiently known, but the northern plaice survives in the warmer waters of Australia after a protracted journey of thousands of miles. Prof. Prince ¢, moreover, in an inter- esting article on ‘Adaptation in Fishes,” mentions that Prof. Jordan found in the volcanic geyser area of the Yellow- stone Park suckers and chubs in water of 85°-88° F., and young trout in a temperature about 75° I’. It is long since the eggs of the flounder were heated in a test-tube at St. An- drews, and yet they survived and healthy larve were hatched from them. Moreover, in roughly grouping the fishes under Dr. Sclater’s six oceanic regions the families seem to be inextricably inter- woven throughout, some occurring in every area or ranging from the North Atlantic to the Indian Ocean, and thence to the Pacific. A few features given by Mr. Wallace from Dr. Giinther’s work are noteworthy. ‘Vhus six families out of about eighty are confined to the northern seas, and amongst them are the suckers and the sturgeons. One family (one genus and one species) is restricted to New Zealand waters. Four inhabiting the depths of the ocean are only found in the Atlantic, whilst thirteen families occur only in * Poiss Ben. Congo, p. 355. + ‘The Ottawa Naturalist,’ vol. xiv. no. 11, p. 216. Distribution of Marine Animals. 123 the Pacific. Two families (Lycodide and Gadide) inhabit the Arctic and Antarctic seas only, though one species of the latter (Gadide) exists in the Indian Ocean. One extensive genus (Diagramma, family Pristipomatide) is confined to the Pacific, with the exception of a single species in the Mediterranean. One family (Notacanthi) has representatives in Greenland, the Mediterranean, and West Australia. Lastly, the single representative of the family Lophotidze is found only in Japan and the Mediterranean. Similar results follow in considering the classification of Prof. Palacky, of Prag *. Further and more minute investigation of the several areas may reduce the number of these anomalies ; but it is difficult to unravel the tangled web of the distribution of fishes. In glancing at the families most widely distributed it is found that a considerable proportion of them have pelagic eggs, but others, such as the blennies, gobies, and pipe-fishes, have demersal eggs, and the fishes themselves are not noted for swift progression or nomad habits. From the fact that some cosmopolitan forms, such as the Clupeoids, have both pelagic and demersal eggs within the limits of the family, this condition would not seem to be the chief factor asso- ciated with their distribution. Some families have represen- tatives on the shores of Britain, Chill, and Kamschatka, whilst others frequent the open sea in all parts of the world. Fishes, like the wrasses, which occur on the European and American shores and extend to Japan and New Zealand, increase the complexity of the problem. ‘The facts of distri- bution, indeed, may be associated with the origin of the fishes from pre-existing forms, for the families could scarcely have arisen as the result of variation since the land and water had their present conformation. Again, the occurrence of isolated species or genera at points widely distant from other members of the family indicates, amongst other things, that the production of species by variation is in some cases very slow. The comparatively recent origin of the Teleosteans has made no noteworthy limitation in the distribution of the families, in contrast with the much older group—Mollusca— some of which are found in the Lower Silurian, though the latter comprises forms less actively pelagic. Mr. Wallace thinks fishes less cosmopolitan than mollusks, a feature he attributes to the antiquity of the shell-fishes ; but it may be due to other causes, such as food and temperature, which keep * “Die Verbreitung der Fische ’ (Prag, 1895). 124 Prof, M‘Intosh on the fishes to certain areas, for their powers of progression in a continuous element are great. The pelagic Tunicates, such as Sapa, Doliolum, Pyrosoma, and the Appendicularians, are practically cosmopolitan, ranging from the northern seas to the Antarctic. Thus Prof. Herdman found Salpa runcinata fusiformis in water at a temperature of 80° in the Gulf of Manaar, and the same species occurs in the Antarctic seas. He has noticed that some fixed forms, like Styela plicata, are also cosmopolitan or range from the seas of Europe to those of Australia. He has also drawn special attention to the large size and the abund- ance of the Tunicates in the Antarctic regions. Simple Ascidians, again, are perhaps more common in shallow than in deep water, and few extend to the abyssal zone. Compound forms appear to attain their greatest development in the south temperate zone. LBotryllide are partial (if not confined) to the northern hemisphere. Distomidze are found in the northern and southern hemispheres, whilst Polyclinide are southern (Herdman, ‘ Challenger’). In the present state of our knowledge it can scarcely be said that the sea can be mapped into regions by the distri- bution of the Ascidians, or that there is any clue to their origin froin pre-existing forms by their occurrence in modern seas. ‘Temperature has little influence on the distribution of the simple forms, for they range from nearly freezing-point upwards (Herdman), though, as pointed out in a former Introductory Lecture, they are more conspicuous on the seaweeds of the west than the east coast of Scotland. Out of fifty-eight families of marine mollusks forty-eight are cosmopolitan, but the limitation of a whole family to an area occurs very seldom. Jor example, while most of the cones are tropical, Wallace points out that Plewrotoma is cosmopolitan. In the same way the volutes are tropical, but Mitra occurs in Greenland. ‘The cowries are also charac- teristic of warm regions, yet one species is found in Britain and one in Greenland. Of the cuttlefishes some, like the argonaut and pearly nautilus, are characteristic of warm seas, whilst the majority are cosmopolitan, their enormous numbers in the great oceans being only occasionally in evidence by their destruction of fishes on the lines, by the occurrence of their beaks in the stomachs of numerous fishes (trom the cod and Lampris to sharks), and by their forming the chief article of diet tor the sperm-whales. That the mollusks have had ample time to spread them- Distribution of Marine Animals. 125 selves over the great oceans is proved by their antiquity, many, like both groups of truly pelagic forms (tle Heteropods and Pteropods), ranging back to the Silurian period. Their complex distribution is not easily explained. Was the Pleurotoma of Greenland evolved from the same stock as the cones of the tropics, or did each arise from pre-existing forms in the special areas? Why are the pearl-oysters (Aviculide) tropical or subtropical, like the giant-clam (Tridacna) ? Why should the conditions accompanying the formation of pearls in the former be limited to special regions, even though the presence of certain fishes be necessary ? The marine Insecta are comparatively few, and it will suffice to take the two genera described by Dr. Buchanan White * from the collection of the ‘Challenger.’ Thus five species of Halobates occur in the Atlantic, but only one is restricted to it. Six species are found in the Indian Ocean west of long. 100° E., whilst (chiefly) in the West Pacific eight species are met with, of which four are restricted to that region. The metropolis of the genus appears to be the Indian Ocean and West Pacific, for nine out of the eleven known species occur there, and White thinks even originated there, and that currents have carried them eastward. The other genus (//alobatodes) is represented only in the Indian Ocean and the China Sea. The Halobatide are therefore chiefly inhabitants of the warmer seas, and though they have not spread over the whole ocean, they are widely distributed. In the class Crustacea the distribution of marine forms is remarkably wide, just as the number of some of the smaller forms like the Copepods swarm in every sea, from pole to pole. Thus a species of the Amphipod Podocerus extends, Mr. Stebbing informs me, from the waters of New Zealand to 77° 7 N., and another from Tahiti to the Faroés. The higher Crustacea are sensitive to temperature, as is evident from the behaviour of such forms as the shore-crab in summer and winter, and, as Mr. Stebbing observes, by the paucity of species in Arctic, Antarctic, and very deep waters. Yet, as this experienced author states, there are Amphipods and Isopods which abound most and attain their greatest size in Arctic waters. ‘The comparison of the Copepods (Calan? &c.) from the feeding-grounds of the right-whale with those in European waters is equally pronounced, the size of the Arctic forms being much greater. Mr, Stebbing mentions that every fresh expedition tends to show the intimate relationship * ‘Challenger,’ vol, vii. pp. 77 & 78. 126 Prof. M‘Intosh on the of the marine Crustaceans from north to south and east to west. ‘‘ Land-crabs and river-crabs are chiefly confined to warm climates. Again, very few crabs occur at either end of the globe, but that does not prevent the discovery of many erabs living in deep and therefore very cold water in the intermediate zones. There is, besides, a sort of zonal facies, which an expert in each group would probably recognize. There are circumpolar Amphipods, Isopods, and Sympods (Cumacea), which one would regard with great suspicion if it was said they had been collected at the tropics. But, never- theless, the deep-water communication accounts for the closest family connection between members of the Lithodide found far north and far south.” (Stebbing.) The same author is of opinion that in some cases there may be isolation and restricted distribution, these seldom going beyond specific distinction. Yet as regards the Crustacea it is difficult to make regional areas of demarcation in the ocean. It would also be difficult to say that any family of marine crustaceans is exclusively tropical and another as exclusively Arctic, and though certain forms are found in deep water (e.g. the Japanese Thaumatocheles), yet representatives of the same family may occur in shallow water. In dealing with the families of the marine Polycheeta it is also impracticable to map out the ocean in regions to suit their distribution, for almost every family has repre- sentatives in diverse regions; and although of some it may be said that they are more prominent in tropical or sub- tropical waters, yet other representatives range to the poles. As examples of families usually considered characteristic of the warmer parts of the sea are the Kuphrosynide and Amphinomide, yet examples of both occur in Norway and of the former in Greenland; indeed their range is almost cosmopolitan. The Eunicide likewise are often conspicuous in tropical and subtropical seas, yet the abundance and size of some from the shores of Norway and from the North Atlantic show the cosmopolitan distribution of the group. With our present knowledge it can hardly be said of any family that it is, on the one hand, a purely northern or a purely southern, or, on the other hand, a purely temperate or a purely tropical one. Some Annelids range from Green- land to Japan, from Norway to the Cape and New Zealand, and many are cosmopolitan. In considering how it has happened that the same form is found in Greenland, Hurope, and Japan, some, like Sir John Murray, would suppose that such had been universally dis- Distribution of Marine Animals. 127 tributed in the ocean at a former period, but that physical changes had subsequently restricted the range. Others see in this condition proof of the enormous powers of dispersion at the disposal of marine organisms, and the origin, in the several areas, from a pre-existing form. Moreover, whatever may be the conditions (and Sir J. Murray thinks the quantity of carbonate of lime secreted by marine organisms is determined by the temperature of the water and therefore chiefly chemical rather than physical) in regard to coral-reefs, northern Annelids (e.g. Mligrana implera and other Serpulide) have no difficulty in forming considerable masses of calcareous tubes*. ‘l’emperature appears to have no appreciable influence on the abundance and size of these calcareous tubes in cosmopolitan species. Nor is there a distinction in regard to the calcareous secre- tions of the Polyzoa and Echinoderms of the extreme north from those in the tropical oceans. The families of the Nemerteans have a range as wide as that of any previous group, and the type of structure varies little whether the form be arctic, tropical, or antarctic. Of no special region of the ocean can it be said that its Nemer- tean fauna is diagnostic, for with advancing knowledge (largely due to the labours of Mr. R. C. Punnett) the dis- tribution of the types is always extending. There is no evidence, moreover, that the arctic and antarctic forms have other relationships than those which spring from a cosmo- politan distribution. . So far as can be ascertained, the families of the Echino- derms correspond with those of other groups in regard to distribution. Some range from the arctic to the antarctic seas, and, as Mr. Bather observes, from the eastern shores of America round the world to the western, the same species thus occurring on the opposite shores of the Isthmus of Panama. It has, however, to be remembered that a com- munication existed between the respective sides up to a recent period. Some, again, range to great depths as wellas have a wide distribution. As in other groups, some forms suggest a northern area and some a tropical, but on the whole it cannot be stated that there are special regions of the ocean characterized by special families of Echinoderms, though it is true that certain types, like the Pentacrini and Elasipoda, occur in deep water. * Murray thinks that those forms secreting a large quantity of car- bonate of lime would be killed by the lowering of temperature at the poles—like those with pelagic larvee, 128 Prof. M‘Intosh on the Further, the slightly pelagic Ophiopteron of Amboyna, one of the Moluccas, is not so widely distributed as some other types devoid of such an apparatus for progression, The distribution of the Ccelenterates, such as zoophytes, jelly-fishes, sea-anemones, corals, and sea-fans, presents special features, for some are more purely tropical, others more characteristic of the colder areas, whilst not a few—like Campanularia, Obelia, and Hudendrium—are cosmopolitan. Thus the coral-reefs are tropical and subtropical, yet some stony corals, such as Lophohelia and Caryophyllia, occur in temperate seas. The jelly-fishes and sea-anemones are cosmopolitan, though some, like Cestws, are characteristic of the warmer seas. Alcyonarians range from tropical to cold regions, those in the former, however, according to Prof. Hickson, being distinguished by the abundance of their spicules or by massive skeletal structures. Sponges are often widely distributed, some forms being common to the North Atlantic and the Cape, others to the latter and Australia; whilst European types range to South Africa and America. The Foraminifera, Radiolarians, and other types of the Protozoa (e. g. Noctiluca) have an extensive distribution, the former ranging from the Arctic to the borders of the Antarctic Ocean, and forming vast deposits in many areas, The distribution of Noctiluca and the pelagic forms like Ceratium is equally wide; nor is there any hard-and-fast line separating the distribution of families or larger groups from each other. In connexion with regional distribution in the ocean, it has been supposed by some that the fauna of the deep water (abyssal region) is peculiar, but many families found there have representatives in shallower water and even between tide-marks. ‘Thus amongst the deep-water fishes the Mure- nidz include the eels socommon between tide-marks in the Channel Islands and elsewhere. The Clupeide comprise the herring, sprat, and anchovy—widely distributed pelagic fishes which come near the shore to spawn. ‘The Ophidiidze are almost universally spread from Greenland to New Zealand, and the family includes the sand-eel of our shores. In the same way the Pediculati, another family of deep-water fishes, has a representative, viz. the frog-fish, in shallow bays. A considerable number of Mollusca are also inhabi- tants of the depths of the sea, but representatives of the same families or even genera occur in shallow water; and Distribution of Marine Animals. 129 so with the marine Polycheta and other Invertebrates down to the Foraminifera—only arenaceous forms of the latter are more abundant in abyssal regions, and it is said that no Brachyurous crustacean has been met with below 1000 fathoms (Canon Norman). Sir John Murray thinks that migration into the deep sea took place from the mud-line (viz. about 100 fathoms), and that there is little evidence, from the observations made in the ‘ Challenger,’ to show that the deep sea has been peopled since the earliest geological times. The uncertainty on this head, however, is apparent by the statement of Prof. James Geikie that it was the absence of these abysses in early times (Paleozoic) which enabled many forms to become cosmo- politan. Murray, again, considers that the fauna of the deep water is less ancient than that of many shores (Lingula and Heliopora) and freshwaters (Ceratodus). In considering the deep-water fauna, however, it is well to bear in mind the difficulty of bringing the animals up for investigation. A brief glance may now be taken at the bipolarity of marine animals as promulgated by Pfeffer and Murray. ‘The latter, especially from his experiences in the ‘ Challenger’ expedition, has put forward a strong claim on this head. He is of opinion that there area large number of identical and closely allied species in the extra-tropical regions of the northern and southern hemispheres, which, so far as known, are not represented in the intervening tropics—even though the climatic conditions as regards temperature are the same. He thinks that the identical species now living towards both poles, or their immediate ancestors, had a world-wide distri- bution, which involves a nearly uniform temperature through- out the whole body of the ocean (probably in Middle Meso- zoic times), and that as the poles cooled these animals were drawn towards the equator. As we go back to the Paleozoic period, he affirms, the tropical zone of temperature slowly widens. Murray further supports his theory by pointing out that pelagic larvae are absent in the cold waters of the arctic and antarctic regions; yet this may have been acci- dental, and due to the depth at which the tow-nets were used. Certainly the Sponges, Celenterates (Zoophytes), Echinoderms, Annelids, and Molluscs of these regions have ciliated pelagic larva. This bipolar theory has been opposed by Ludwig for the Sea-Cucumbers, Ortmann for the Crus- taceaus, and D’Arcy Thompson generally, whilst many of the appearances may be explained by the cosmopolitan distri- bution of the various types. In summing up, therefore, it would appear that the distri- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 9 150 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new bution of marine animals has features which diverge from those which characterize the distribution of land-animals— according to the views now prevalent; and, further, that the absence of impassable barriers does not, of necessity, lead to a cosmopolitan habit in those which can avail themselves of the opportunity. In the case of Jand-animals much weight has been placed on this check to migration, so that it is a prominent feature in the literature of the subject. Further, the conditions in the ocean tend to the permanence of the various types, which, with their wide distribution, varied sites, and uniform medium, have much to favour them in the struggle for existence. The vast or cosmopolitan distribution of many forms is thus conspicuous. Again, in the present state of knowledge, the division of the ocean into regions characterized by special faunistic features can with difficulty, to say the least, meet with support from all the groups of marine animals. This preliminary survey of the subject, moreover, is in- teresting insofar as it discloses no serious obstacle to the introduction of European food-fishes, shell-fishes, crabs, and other forms to various parts of the world—especially those of primary importance to man. If, for instance, the same or a closely allied shell-fish or annelid can live and flourish equally in the waters of Britain and those of the Cape, there is pro- bably no insuperable barrier to the transference of a valuable food-fish from the one to the other. The recent transmission of adult plaice from Scotland to Australia has already met with success, and the same experiment may soon be carried out at the Cape. Though at present, broadly speaking, no definite plan of distribution amongst the families of oceanic forms is dis- cernible—very few families being monopolized by one region to the exclusion of the others,—future investigators may enable such a plan to be outlined ; yet the number of cosmo- politan forms, and of others which range almost as widely, will always give a tone to the picture of the sea in contrast with that of the land. X1V.—Deseriptions of new Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. In a recent number of these ‘Annals’ * I described a new gecko, Gehyra yunnanensis, obtained at Yunnan Fu (altitude * Vol. xii. 1903, p. 429. Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. 131 about 6000 feet) by Mr. John Graham, of the China Inland Mission. The Natural History Museum has since received from the same gentleman further collections made in the same district, and among them I had the pleasure of finding examples of two new frogs and five new snakes, of which descriptions are here offered. Rana pleuraden. Vomerine teeth in two small oblique groups between the choanze. Head moderate, as long as broad; snout obtusely pointed, prominent, as long as the orbit; canthus rostralis obtuse; loreal region oblique, concave; nostril equally distant from the eye and from the end of the snout; inter- orbital region narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct, two thirds to three fourths the diameter of the eye. Fingers and toes rather slender, obtusely pointed ; first finger extending beyond second; toes half-webbed ; subarticular tubercles rather feeble ; a small oval inner meta- tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the tip of the snout. Skin smooth or with small warts; a moderately broad, very prominent, dorso-lateral glandular fold; no other folds on the body. Olive-brown or greyish above, spotted with black; a light vertebral streak usually present ; a dark brown or blackish band on each side of the head, passing through the eye and involving the tympanum ; a whitish streak along the upper lip; limbs with more or less regular black cross-bars; sometimes a light line along the inner side of the leg, continued to the outer toe; hinder side of thighs marbled black and yellow ; lower parts white, throat sometimes brownish. Male with a vocal sac on each side, forming loose folds on the throat, and a very large flat gland on each side of the body, above and behind the shoulder. From snout to vent 63 mm. Several specimens. Callula verrucosa. Snout rounded, not prominent, as long as the eye; inter- orbital space as broad as the upper eyelid. Fingers slender, with slightly swollen tips, first a little shorter than second ; toes moderate, nearly half-webbed, the tips blunt, not swollen, fifth considerably shorter than third; subarticular tubercles well developed; metatarsal tubercles two, oval, compressed, the inner very large. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder or between the shoulder and the eye. Upper O* 132 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new parts with large smooth warts; a fold from the eye to the shoulder. Dark greyish brown above, uniform or with six longitudinal rows of small darker spots; lower parts uniform dirty white. From snout to vent 46 mm. Three specimens, from the garden of the Mission station. Closely allied to C. picta, Bibr. Polyodontophis Grahamt. Rostral once and a half as broad as deep, just visible from above ; suture between the internasals nearly as long as that between the prefrontals; frontal much longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one preocular; two postoculars, only the upper in contact with the parietal ; temporals 242; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are longer than the posterior. Scalesin 17 rows. Ventrals 185; anal divided; subcaudals 83. Reddish brown above, with three dark brown longitudinal lines, which become more and more indistinct after the anterior fourth of the body ; head dark brown, with a black streak on each side and a black bar behind the parietals ; a white streak along the upper labials and another behind the occipital bar; lower parts white, with a black dot at the outer end of each shield; on the posterior part of the body and on the tail these dots are confluent into a black lateral line. Total length 350 mm. ; tail 60. A single specimen. : Intermediate between P. collaris, Gray, and P. sagittarius, Cant. Tropidonotus quadrilineatus. Kye moderate. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals broadly truncate anteriorly, a little longer than broad, nearly as long as the prefrontals; frontal once and a half as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 2+1; seven or eight upper labials, third and fourth or fourth and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, all keeled, the dorsals strongly. Ventrals 153; anal entire; subcaudals 51. Pale olive-brownabove, with two black vertebral lines, widening on the nape and occiput, Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. 133 and a broad black lateral band extending from the eye to the end of the tail; black lines on the sutures between the upper labial shields, which are white; lower parts bright yellow. Total length 435 mm. ; tail 65. A single male specimen. This species appears to be allied to 7. Pealit, W. Sclater, from Assam. Tropidonotus octolineatus. Eye moderate. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals broadly truncate anteriorly, as long as broad, nearly as long as the preefrontals ; frontal once and a half as long as broad, a little longer than its distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one pra- and two postoculars ; temporals 2+2; nine upper Jabials, fourth, fifth, and sixth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin- shields, which are a little shorter than the posterior, Scales in 19 rows, dorsals moderately keeled, laterals feebly, outer row smooth. Ventrals 1525; anal divided; subcaudals 58. Pale greyish brown above, with two black longitudinal lines, separated by five series of scales, these lines widening on the nape and passing into the dark brown colour of the upper surface of the head ; a black lateral band extending from the eye to the end of the tail; a black zigzag lateral line, formed by the outer edges of the ventral shields; an interrupted black line on each side of the belly, formed by a short streak on each shield ; upper lip and lower parts yellow, the outer ends of the ventral shields reddish; black spots or vertical bars on the upper lip. Total length 610 mm. ; tail 125. A single female specimen. This species is most nearly allied to 7. parallelus, Blgr. Tropidonotus pleurotenia. Eye moderate. MRostral broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals narrowly truncate anteriorly, a little longer than broad, a little shorter than the prefrontals ; frontal once and a half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal as long as deep; one pre- and three postoculars ; temporals 2+1,; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the ante- rior chin-shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, feebly keeled, two outer rows smooth. Ventrals 134 On new Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. 148; anal divided; subcaudals 66. Yellowish olive above, with two very indistinct darker streaks along the back; a blackish lateral band, extending from the eye to the end of the tail; scales of outer row greyish, edged with black; upper lip white, with some black on the sutures between the shields ; lower parts uniform bright yellow. Total length 350 mm. ; tail 85. A single male specimen. Allied to 7’. modestus, Gthr. Pseudoxenodon sinensis. Very closely allied to P. macrops, Blyth, with which specimens from Sze Chuen have been confounded by Giinther and by myself. Distinguished by having usually only seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye, 19 or 20 scales on the middle of the body as well as on the neck, a smaller number of ventrals, viz. 144 to 158 instead of 160 to 175, and a different coloration, the upper labial shields being marked with black bars corresponding to the sutures, and the quadrangular dark brown spots on the anterior part of the belly being absent. The numbers of ventral and caudal shields are as follows in the specimens examined :— . Kia-ting-fu, Sze Chuen, 1070 f. (Pratt) ...... 158+ ? 4 ” 4 Sy ” Pele eke Sorter 158+55 do. Son-pan-ouei, Sze Chuen, 10,000 f. (Styan) .... 144467 Oe unnan We, OO00 1. (G7 GRAM), v4.5 Ge veae hee 155467 on Fr ” Le Shh aoa ene 15462 In a fresh condition this snake is olive-green above, with black and yellow or orange spots, the latter usually forming a vertebral series, at least on the posterior part of the body ; a blackish streak along each side of the nape, sometimes united in a point on the occiput; an oblique black streak from the eye to the angle of the mouth; frequently a light cross-band between the eyes; loreal region and upper lip bright yellow or orange, the labial shields with black lines corresponding to the sutures between them; belly yellow or orange in front, uniform or speckled with blackish, greenish or dark greyish olive behind, more or less profusely speckled with black. Total length 780 mm. ; tail 140. wr On Fishes from the Cameroon Mountain. 13 XV.—On some Fishes from the Lakes of the Cameroon Mountain. By Dr. E1nAR LONNBERG, C.M.Z.S. &e. A FEW weeks ago I received from my friend Gunnar Linnell, residing at Cape Debundscha, a small collection of fish which is of considerable interest, having been obtained from the small isolated lakes of volcanic origin on the Cameroon Mountain, viz. Lake Barombi-ba-kotta and the Elephant Lake. The natural conditions of the latter lake have been men- tioned in my previous paper on fishes from the Cameroon (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii., July 1903) and need not be repeated. Concerning the Lake Barombi-ba-kotta, the Swedish civil engineer P. Dusén gives the following information * :—In the middle of the lake is a small islet of basalt. On the western side there is a steep slope about 10 metres in height, but the surroundings are not very high and crater-walls seem to be absent. Mr. Dusén is therefore uncertain whether to regard this lake as a very old crater or a “ Maar”’ formation. The lake receives only a small tributary, the rivulet Manatunge, at the mouth of which basalt-rocks were seen ; but there is no watercourse leading from the lake or draining it, so that it is thus fully isolated. The lake appears to be situated about 20 kilometres from Mungo River as the crow flies, and about twice as far from the nearest sea-shore. Mr. Dusén puts its altitude above the sea-level at 90 m. In these circumstances it is therefore the more interesting to find that it has a fish-fauna consisting of at least five species of Cichlidz, which have been sent to me by Mr, Linnell, namely :— Hemichromis fasciatus, Peters. A small specimen. Pelmatochromis longirostris, Boulenger. A specimen in good condition. Tilapia macrocephala (Bleeker). A fine large specimen, measuring 189 mm., with quite normal dentition. Tilapia kotte, sp. n. Scales cycloid, without marginal denticulations. About 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. An outer series of teeth of moderate size, two or three inner series of very * Geol, Foren. Forh, no. 155, Bd. xvi. (Stockholm, 1894), 136 Dr. E. Lénnberg on Fishes from the minute teeth. Depth of body 23 to 2% in total length with- out caudal. Length of head 22 (in younger) to 23 times (in older specimens) in total length. Snout and forehead with straight upper profile, forming a distinct although blunt angle with the outline of the back. Diameter of eye contained 11 (in younger) to 14 times (in older specimens) in length of snout, 3} (in younger) to 4 times (in older) in length of head, 14 to 14 in interorbital width. Maxillary extending almost to the vertical through the anterior border of the eye. Three series of scales on the cheeks; opercle with large scales. Dorsal XV (XVI in one specimen) (11-)12; last spine longest, 4 to 4 length of head; middle soft rays produced 1} times as long as longest dorsal spine. Pectoral not extending to origin of anal, pointed, but in all specimens a little shorter than head. Ventral produced, usually reaching vent or a little beyond. Anal III 8, third spine shorter than last dorsal; soft rays produced 13 times as long as third anal spine. Caudal truncate or a little emarginate. Scales cycloid, 26-27 373 ; 10-11 9 . 19-20 . . ; lat. line =5,- Very faint traces of four or five dusky hairs may be seen in some specimens, in others not. A black opercular spot always present, and a blackish spot at the base of the anterior soft rays of the dorsal. Anal often more or less dusky to blackish ; in the latter case, the chin, lower jaw, ventrals, and more or less of the opercle and belly as well as lower half of the caudal are blackish to black. In some speci- mens reundish light spots surrounded by dusky are seen on the posterior part of the soft dorsal and upper half of the caudal. The black-bellied specimens are smaller, but have a larger anal papilla, and an examination of the interior proves that they are males. ‘The larger specimens with light-colonred belly are females. As the genital organs do not contain ripe products, it is evident that the sexual difference in colour is constant, and not confined to the breeding-season. ‘The males measure 10 to 12 cm. in length, the females 123 to 14 cin. Iam much indebted to Mr. Boulenger, who has kindly sent me a specimen of Tilapia Zilli (Gervais) from Lake Menzaleh, Egypt, which he regards as most nearly related to the Ytlapia from Lake Barombi-ba-kotta. There are, however, several characteristics that show these two fishes to be quite distinct from each other. ‘The shape is different : in T. Zilli< the profile forms an even bow without the pronounced nuchal angle of J. kotte; in the former species the soft rays of the dorsal and anal fins are much more produced, so that they are about twice as long as the Lakes of the Cameroon Mountain. 137 longest anal spine. The number and arrangement of scales also differ; for instance, in 7. Zillit there are 4-34 scales between the lat. 1. and anterior dorsal spines, and 24 between the posterior end of lat. 1. and the dorsal, whereas in 7. kotte the same numbers are 3 and 14. The proportions are also dissimilar : in two specimens of exactly the same length the head of 7. kotte is 36 °/, and that of 7. Zillid only 31 °/, of the total length without caudal. The colour is also different, as T. Zillii has 6 to 8 dark bars and sometimes a longitudinal stripe. All these particulars, together with the geographical separation, induce me to establish a separate species, named after Lake Barombi-ba-kotta. According to Mr. Boulenger, T. Zillii is distributed from the Algerian Sahara to Lake Rudolph and the Lake of Galilee. From the Tilapia lata group, T. kotte is distinguished by its shorter pectorals &c. Mr. Linnell has obtained quite a number of specimens of T. kotte, so that the above description is based on several examples. Tilapia dubia, sp. n.? It is with much hesitation that I propose this new species, as it is based on only one specimen ; but, on the other hand, its markings are so distinct, and it differs so decidedly from the species of Zi/apia to which it might otherwise be related, that it seems incorrect not to describe it separately. An outer series of rather large and only slightly notched teeth, about 14 on each side of the upper jaw; on the inner side of this outer row two or three series of minute teeth. Depth of body 2 times in total length without caudal, length of head 3 times. Snout with straight upper profile, as long as diameter of eye, which is contained 3 times in length of head and 12 times in interorbital width. Maxillary extend- ing to between nostril and eye. Three series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 13-14 on lower part of anteriorarch. Pectoral pointed, much longer than head, and extending a good deal beyond the origin of anal. Ventral not produced reaching vent but not beyond. Dorsal XVI 13, spines subequal from the fifth, about } length of head. Anal ILI 10, third spine stouter than dorsal spines, but of nearly the same length. (Caudal mutilated.) Caudal peduncle nearly 14 as deep as long. Scales cycloid, probably about 27-28 3, lat. lin. 3. An opercular black spot, another at the base of the anterior soft rays of the dorsal. Hight dark bars, the first just in front of the opercular spot, the second 138 Dr. E, Linnberg on Fishes from the from the foremost dorsal spines, the fifth from the dark spot of soft dorsal, the sixth at the end of the dorsal, and the eighth at the base of the caudal. Anal and ventrals dusky to blackish. Total length with the caudal probably about 82-85 mm. This form is evidently closely allied to 7. Marie, Bou- lenger, with which it agrees in relative dimensions of head and body, number of rays of vertical fins, and exterior markings. The differences are found in the dentition (as Mr. Boulenger says* respecting 7. Marie, ‘teeth small, in three series ”’), and in the shortness of the pectoral in the last- mentioned species, in which it is only as long as head and does not extend to origin of anal. On the other hand, the ventrals of J’. Marie are longer and reach origin of anal. ‘That species has also four series of scales on the cheek. It should also be mentioned that Boulenger’s specimens were about the same size as mine, so that the differences are not due to age. T. Bittikofert (Hubrecht) seems also to resemble this form in having eight dark bars and similar relative proportions. The teeth of the outer row in that species are also similarly enlarged; but TZ. Biutttkoferi differs in having “5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek,’”’ smaller number of spines but larger number of soft rays in the dorsal, shorter pectoral (subequal to or shorter than head, not extending to origin of anal), and longer ventral as in 7’. Marie. ‘To unite these appears therefore impossible or only apt to cause confusion. When these fishes become more perfectly known, it may be possible to place some series of forms together as subspecies under one and the same species; but this seems rather early yet, and therefore it is best to collect as much knowledge as possible by carefully describing the different varieties. From the Elephant Lake only one species has been added to the collection 7, but it is of interest as being new to science. Itis a Barbus of the B. Bynni group, and I propose to call it Barbus Linnellit, sp. n. Depth of body 8 to nearly 4 (3,,) times in total length * Tn his very valuable paper “ A Revision of the African and Syrian Fishes of the Family Cichlide.—Part II.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 98. + Mr. Linnell informs me that Mr. Rathke, of the German station, Johann Albrechtshohe, helped him to procure this fish from the Elephant Lake. Lakes of the Cameroon Mountain, 139 without caudal; length of head 34 to 34 times in total length. Snout rounded, 24 times (or slightly more) in length of head. Diameter of eye (of these large specimens) 6 to 64 times in length of head. Interorbital width about equal to length of snout, thus about 24 to 22 times in length of head. Mouth inferior ; lips well developed, lower continuous. Barbels two on each side, the posterior a little longer than the anterior, exceeding the latter by a fourth or a fifth of its length; the anterior is equal to diameter of eye or a little (+ to 54) longer, the posterior is 14 times diameter of eye; the distance between the barbels is quite intermediate between the length of anterior and posterior barbels. Dorsal III 9; last simple ray rather strong, bony, not serrated, slightly curved, a little more than half as long as head (55 °/,) ; free edge of the fin emarginate, its distance from the occiput less than its distance from the caudal. Anal III 5, longest anal ray decidedly longer than longest dorsal ray, and measuring 3 (68 °/.,) length of head. Pectoral about ? length of head, not reach- ing ventral, latter below anterior part of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 to 14 times as long as deep. Scales 20-27 *, 2 (or 24) between lateral line and root of ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. ‘Two specimens, respectively 360 and 435 mm. in length. This Barbus is no doubt nearly related to B. Batesii, Boulenger, but differs from that species in several respects. Since Mr. Boulenger described * 6. Batesi? on a single speci- men from Kribi River, Southern Cameroons, he has received several specimens from 185 to 8340 mm. long, and he has in the most friendly way favoured me with a fresh description (for which I owe him my best thanks) of this species, based on the increased material, A comparison with this description reveals that Barbus Linnell differs from B. Batesi? in several particulars. The former has a comparatively larger head and longer snout. Its interorbital width is larger, but the barbels, and the distance between them, when compared with the diameter of the eye are smaller. The dorsal is lower, but the anal is rather higher when compared with the length of the head. The scales are fewer in number and larger, as may readily be seen. ‘I'he two forms must therefore be kept distinct, even if Barbus Linnellit of the Elephant Lake be regarded as derived from B. Batesi? through isolation. The Museum, Gothenburg, Jan, 6th, 1904. * Proc, Zool. Soc. 1903, vol. i. p, 25, 140 Mr. H. H. Druce on new XVI.—Descriptions of new Species of Lycenide from Borneo and New Guinea. By Hamitron H. Druce, F.Z.S., Thysonotts hebes, sp. n. &.—Upperside. Allied to T. Piepersii*, from which it differs by its smaller size, by being of a darker and more purple shade of blue, and by the outer margins of the fore wing being even more broadly black, especially towards the anual angle. Underside differs from that of T. Piepersit by the almost total absence of the yellow basal streak on the costa of the fore wing and the absence of the metallic green borders to the black lunules in the border of the hind wing. There are a few metallic scales at the base of the hind wing and about halfway along the costa from the base. Thorax black ; palpi black, clothed with whitish hairs at the base; abdomen black, ringed with blue scales at each seement ; legs black, with grey scales at joints. EXxpanse 1} inch. Hab. Upper Aroa River, British New Guinea (Meek, Mus. Druce). The two specimens we possess were captured in January and February. Candalides pruina, sp. n. 3g .—Upperside. Uniform deep black, with the costal half of the fore wing from the base nearly to the outer margin dark, shining, hoary purple, with the costal margin and the nervules narrowly black, and a central patch of differently placed scales lying principally on the median nervure and on the bases of the median nervules. When held at an angle the black hind wings show a slight olivaceous tinge. The cilia of the fore wing are black, slightly whitish at the angle, as is also the apex of the hind wing, which is again distinctly white along the abdominal margin, widening out to a small white patch at the base of the abdominal fold. The underside is marked exactly like that of C. s¢licea +, but the black spots are slightly fainter and the apex and costa appear very slightly suffused with greyish. * Cupido Piepersit, Suellen, Tijd. Entom. xxi. p. 16, pl. i. fig. 8 (1878), + Holochila silicea, Grose-Smith, Novitates Zoolog. 1. p. 580 (1894) ; Rhop. Exot. ii., Orient. Lyc. ix. Holochila, 1. figs. 6, 7, 8 (1896). Lycanide from Borneo and New Guinea. 141 Head, thorax, and abdomen black above, whitish beneath ; palpi white, tipped with black; legs black and white. Expanse 1,%,-12 inch. Hab. Upper Aroa River, British New Guinea (Jeek, Mus. Druce). ‘Lhe two specimens we possess were captured, one in January and one in February. Not nearly allied to any described species. Tajuria lucullus, sp. n. 3 .—Allied to 7. cato *, from which it differs on the upper- side by being of a more silvery shade of blue and by the blue area on the fore wing extending right up to the anal angle, but not reaching to the upper wall of the cell as in that species. The lobe on the hind wing is considerably smaller, with its black spot larger and the orange crown very indistinct. On the underside the ground-colour is slightly paler than in 7’, cato and in the fore wing the dark transverse line commences near the costal margin, further from the apex than in that species, and runs almost straight nearly to the inner margin; in the hind wing the dark line is also placed further inwards and the orange blotches near the anal angle are darker, more condensed, and larger than in 7’. cato. The lobe itself is entirely black and the space above the sub- median nervure is entirely covered with shining pale blue scales. The black spot between the lower median nervules is larger. ‘There are indistinct lines closing the ends of the cells in both wings which are absent in T’ cato. Thorax and abdomen bluish above, pearly grey below ; legs black, with whitish spots ; antenne black above, spotted with white below. Expanse 1# inch. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Mus. Druce). This insect is closely allied to T. cato, but is at once distin- guished by the characters enumerated above. One specimen only, in fine condition. Tajuria stigmata, sp. n. g.—Allied to Tajuria berenis }, but differs by being smaller, by the blue on the upperside being darker and of a * Tajuria cato, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 601, pl. xxiii. figs. 14, 15, + Tajuria berenis, H. H. Druce, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 674, pl. xxi. fig. 6. 1492 Mr. O. Thomas on more violaceous hue, and by the possession of a large oliva- ceous brown band occupying the upper end of the cell and reaching to the black apical border, The lobe is much smaller and black. On the underside the ground-colour is much as in J. be- renis, but the transverse lines are placed further inwards from the margins and are much straighter. There are no faint lines closing the cells of both wings, as in 7’. berenis, and the orange patches at the anal angle of the hind wing are paler, more extensive, and not separated by the submedian inter- space, as in 1’. berenis. he black lobe is crowned with shining silvery-blue scales. 9 .—Upperside differs from male only by the disk of the fore wing being of a slightly paler blue, the apex being less broadly black, and by the total absence of the olivaceous brand. On the underside the dark transverse line is more con- spicuous and more distinctly edged outwards with whitish than in the male. Head, thorax, and abdomen bluish above, pearly white below ; legs white-spotted ; antenue minutely white-spotted. Expanse 13 inch. Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo (Mus. Druce). Distinguished at once from all others of the group by the large brand in the male, which may necessitate the erection of a new genus to contain it. XVII.—Two new Mammals from South America. By OLpDFIELD ‘lnoMAas. Oryzomys oniscus, sp. n. A medium-sized species allied to O. ¢ntermedius and O. laticeps. Size about as in O. intermedius, therefore larger than in O. laticeps. Fur close and rather short ; hairs of back barely 10 mm. in length. General colour of upper surface dark greyish tinged with buffy, the resulting tone being rather paler than Ridgway’s “ bistre ” and very near that of certain of the darker forms of the daticeps group, e. g. O. perenensis Allen. Median area of back noticeably darker than rest. Sides rather, but not conspicuously, more buffy. Whole of under surface and mner sides of limbs greyish white (“ grey 9 new Mammals from South America. 143 no. 9’), the bases of the hairs slaty, the tips white. Line of demarcation on sides fairly well defined. Head like body ; muzzle rather darker, with dark rims round the eyes. Ears rather large, thinly haired, greyish brown. Outer surface of arms and legs drab-grey ; hands and feet pure white. Tail approximately equal in length to the head and body, very finely scaled, practically naked ; greyish brown, rather paler for its proximal third below. Skull closely similar in size and shape to that of O. cnter- medius, therefore decidedly larger than in O. laticeps; the palatal foramina are, however, rather shorter than in the former, though not so short as in the latter, and are more widely open. The supraorbital edges are squared or finely beaded, but are without overhanging ledges. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 140 mm.; tail 145; hind foot, s. u. 31 (range 30-33), c. u. 33; ear 24. Skull: greatest length 36°3; basilar length 28; greatest breadth 18°5; nasals 13-7; interorbital breadth 5°63 palate length 15°63 palatal foramina 5°1 x 2°63; length of upper molar series 5. Hab. 8. Lourengo, near Pernambuco. Alt. 50 m. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 10. 1. 42. Original number 1573. Collected 23rd July, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. Hight specimens. This Oryzomys is readily distinguished from any species hitherto known. In its colour it is remarkably like some of the forms of the O. laticeys group, but is separable from them by its much larger skull and longer palatine foramina. In some of the specimens the darker dorsal area is so marked as to suggest an affinity with O. sublineatus, Thos., but the hind feet in that species are conspicuously shorter. From O. physodes, Licht. (Rio Janeiro and Espirito Santo), O. lama, ‘Thos. (Minas Geraes), and O. intermedius, Leche (Sao Paulo to Rio Grande do Sul), of all of which Mr. Robert has obtained specimens, this species in distinguishable by the absence of the rufous or buffy body-colour found in those animals, Marmosa germana, sp. n. A large species of the e¢nerea group, with a wholly brown tail. Fur thick, close, and wavy; hairs of back about 10-11 mm. in length. General colour above pale brown, rather paler than “mummy-brown,” rather less yellow than “raw umber” of Ridgway. Under surface soiled buffy greyish, 144 Dr. W. T. Calman on the the hairs slaty, with pale buffy tips. Crown of head like back. Dark orbital rings broad, strongly marked, extending forwards on to the sides of the muzzle. Cheeks and chin clearer buffy. Outer sides of arms and legs like back, inner sides like belly; hands and feet practically naked, pale brownish. ‘T'ail furry at its base for a shorter distance than usual, the fur, which is coloured like that of the back, ex- tending for only about an inch and being surpassed posteriorly by the outstretched feet ; remainder of tail naked, as usual, but instead of being white terminally it is uniformly pale brown to the end, at least above, the under surface being in one specimen slightly paler terminally. Skull with well-expanded zygomata and broad interorbital region, with overhanging postorbital ledges. Teeth large, of the usual proportions in this group. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 187 mm. ; tail 245; hind foot (s. u.) 23; ear 19. Skull: basal length 39:5; greatest breadth 25; nasals 18:5 x 6'2; interorbital breadth 7:6; breadth across post- orbital processes 9°4; breadth of brain-case 15; palate length 23°5 ; combined length of three anterior molariform teeth 7°7. Hab. Sarayacu, Oriente of Ecuador. Type. Female (young adult), B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 77. Collected by Mr. Clarence Buckley. An old male also in collection. This opossum shares with M. regina* alone of the present group the distinction of having a wholly brown tail, not turning to white at its end. From that species it is separated by its duller and less yellowish belly-colour, broader skull, and larger molars. XVIII.—On the Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. By W. T. Catan, D.Sc. In the course of preparing a general account of the Crustacea for a forthcoming volume of Prof. E. Ray Lankester’s ‘Treatise on Zoology’ I have been led to discard the com- monly accepted classification of the Malacostraca and to adopt a scheme which was briefly outlined by Dr. H. J. Hansen some ten years ago. The object of the present * Ann. & Magy Nat. Hist. (7) ii. p. 275 (1898). Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 145 paper is to discuss somewhat more fully than is possible within the limits of a text-book certain of the facts bearing upon the case, to put into systematic form (with some modifi- cations and additions) the classification suggested by Dr. Hansen, and to invite criticism of the result. In 1815 Leach *, adopting a basis of classification which had previously been applied by Lamarck to the whole class of Crustacea, divided the subclass Malacostraca into two legions—the Podophthalmaand the Edriophthalma—according to the condition of the eyes, movably pedunculate in the one and sessile in the other. Without attempting to summarize the numerous modifications which have been suggested, it may be said that Leach’s classification has been accepted in principle by the majority of carcinologists since his time, and is that most generally followed at the present day. As originally defined, the two groups were sharply distinguished from each other not only by the characters given by Leach, but also by the presence in the Podophthalma of a cephalo- thoracic shield or carapace which was absent in the Edrio- phthalma, this character giving occasion for the names Thoracostraca and Arthrostraca applied to them by Bur- meister t. The progress of research, however, rendered it increasingly difficult to form satisfactory definitions of the two divisions. In particular the recognition by Fritz Miller of a true, though reduced, carapace in the Tanaide and the elucidation of the structure of the Cumacea begun by H. Goodsir and by Kréyer provided intermediate links, the Cumacea, indeed, being placed sometimes in the one group and sometimes in the other. Claus} established a third division (Leptostraca) for Nebalia and its allies, and the separation of the Stomatopoda from the other Podophthalma, first suggested, I believe, by Huxley §, left in the last-named group only the Schizopoda and Decapoda. An important departure from the line of classification generally followed was made in 1883 by Prof. Boas||, who abandoned the group Schizopoda, pointing out that the Myside and Lophogastride were by no means closely related to the * “A Tabular View of the External Characters of Four Classes of Animals which Linné arranged under Insecta..... »” Trans. Linn. Soc, London, xi. (1815) pp. 806-400. + ‘Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Rankenfiisser,’ Berlin, 1834, p. 55. ¢ ‘Grundziige der Zoologie,’ 4te Aufl. (1880) p. 573. § Introd. Classification Anim. (1869) p. 125; Manual Anat. Invert. Animals (1877), p. 317. || “ Studien ttber die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Malakostraken,” Morphol. Jahrb. viii. pp. 485-579, pls. xxi.-xxiv, (1883), Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 10 146 Dr. W. T. Calman on the Buphausiide, with which they had until then been associated. Boas divided the Malacostraca into seven orders—the Huphau- siacea, Mysidacea, Cumacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, Decapoda, and Squillacea. This view was severely criticised by Claus*, who, while admitting points of affinity between Myside and Arthrostraca on the one hand, and between Euphausiide and Decapoda on the other, retained the Schizopoda as a central and primitive group, and classed them along with the Decapoda as Thoracostraca. In 1893 Dr. Hansen}, in a preliminary account of his researches on the morphology of the appendages in Insects and Crustacea (not yet published in full), proposed a still further modification of the classification on the lines laid down by Boas, from whom, however, he differs on many points. While agreeing in discarding the group Schizopoda, Hansen points out that the Euphausiacea do not occupy the primitive position assigned to them by Boas, and he emphasizes their close affinity with the Decapoda, with which he proposes to associate them, opposing to the group thus formed another of equal rank, comprising the Mysidacea, the Cumacea, and the Edriophthalmate orders. Hansen’s proposals seem to have attracted little attention, and I am not aware that any writer has adopted the classification suggested, though to me this arrangement of the Malacostraca appears to be the only one which adequately expresses our present knowledge of their morphology. As Dr. Hansen does not give any names to the two groups which he defines, it may be convenient to state here that I propose the names PERACARIDA (m7pa, a pouch) for the division which includes the Mysidacea, Cumacea, Tanaidacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda, and Eucaripa for the KMuphausi- acea and Decapoda. From this it will be seen that the chief point on which there is divergence of opinion is the retention of the Schizopoda asa natural group. That the Mysidee present affinities with the Edriophthalma and the Kuphausiides with the Decapoda is not disputed; but if we adopt Claus’s view that the Schizopoda are a central group approximating to the stock from which the other ordeis have been derived, there is nothing to forbid their association with the other Podo- phthalma in our taxonomic arrangement. When, however, * “Neue Beitrige zur Morphologie der Crustaceen,” Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vi. pp. 1-108, pls. i—vil. (1886). + “Zur Morphologie der Gliedmassen und Mundtheile bei Crustaceen und Insecten,” Zool. Anz. xvi. pp. 193-198 & 201-212, Translated in Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (6) xii. pp. 417-434 (1893). Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 147 we come to compare the characters (as given, for instance, by Sars *) of the Euphausiide on the one hand, with those of the Myside, Lophogastride, and Eucopiide on the other, we find that, with one important exception, to be discussed presently, the two groups do not agree in one single character which they do not share with the lower Decapods, and for the most part also with the Stomatopoda and Leptostraca. They agree in possessing a carapace, movable eyes, a scale- like exopodite on the antenna, an elongated and ventrally flexed abdomen, and a “ tail-fan” formed by the lamellar rami of the last pair of appendages displayed on either side of the telson. This combination of characters goes to make up what might be called the caridoid “ facies,” and at first sight strongly suggests affinity between the groups exhibiting it. It seems reasonable to suppose, however, that these characters, together with such others as the natatory exopodites of the thoracic limbs, are precisely what we must attribute to the hypothetical stock of the Malacostraca, and that the caridoid form has been retained in each of the divergent branches proceeding therefrom by those members which have adhered most closely to the primitive habits of life, and especially of locomotion. That the stalked eyes and the carapace are primitive features is not now disputed, nor can it be doubted that the possession of an exopodite on the antenna is also primitive, though it has been lost by the Leptostraca. ‘The lamellar form of this exopodite is intelligible as an adaptation to swimming habits, and its reduction or loss corresponds fairly closely in most cases with diminished natatory powers. The fan-like disposition of uropods and telson is another character not shared by the Leptostraca, which, nevertheless, was probably possessed by the primitive Malacostraca, since it occurs in the lower Decapoda and the Stomatopoda, and also, though more or less modified, in Cumacea and many Isopoda. The retention of these primitive characters does not necessarily imply any special affinity between the various groups which exhibited them. The one character, above referred to, which is stated to distinguish all Schizopoda from the Decapoda is the freedom of the terga of one or more of the posterior thoracic somites from the carapace. In the Mysidx, Lophogastride, and EKuccpiide at least five of these somites are complete upon the dorsal side and distinct from, although more or less over- lapped by, the carapace. It has been stated that in the Kupuausiide the last thoracic somite remains distinct, while * Rep. Schizopoda ‘ Challenger,’ pp. 10 & 11 Sas 148 Dr. W. T. Calman on the in the Decapoda all are coalesced with the carapace. If this were so it would constitute a strong, though not conclusive, argument in favour of retaining the Euphausiide in asso- ciation with the other families of Schizopoda. As a matter of fact, however, this difference between the Euphausiidee and Decapoda does not exist. A Junction of thoracic and abdominal regions of the body, from the dorsal side. A. Nyctiphanes norvegica (Euphausiacea); B. Pandalus Bon- niert (Caridea). a, carapace ; b, intermediate plate; c, tergum of first abdominal somite ; d, tergum of second abdominal somite ; e, articular surface defined by a groove on surface of second somite. The thorax and abdomen are drawn slightly apart, to show the area occupied by soft articul membrane between (indicated by shading). F ‘ ae If the junction of thorax and abdomen in a typical Euphausid such as Vyctephanes be compared with the same region in one of the lower Decapoda (Penzidea or Caridea), a precise similarity of structure is found (see figure). The poste- rior margin of the carapace is concave on the dorsal side leaving between it and the apparent anterior margin of the first abdominal somite an area of roughly lenticular outline, which is fully exposed when the abdomen is flexed, and is occupied by a firmly chitinized plate (>). Anteriorly this plate is overlapped by the carapace, with which it is connected by soft articular Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 149 membrane, and posteriorly it is firmly connected with the first abdominal somite. It is to all appearance quite compa- rable to thearticular surface (e) on the dorsal aspect of the other abdominal somites, which is concealed beneath the posterior margin of the somite in front when the abdomen is extended, and it only differs from these articular surfaces in being more sharply defined from the somite of which it forms a part. It is possible, though I know of no evidence to support the view *, that this plate is actually the tergal portion of the last thoracic somite, which has become detached from the sternal portion and has coalesced with the succeeding somite, but, in any case, the structure is exactly alike in Kuphausiidee and in the lower Decapods. I have carefully sought for other evidence of a distinct tergal element of the last thoracic somite in Kuphausiide, but without success, and I can only conclude that the statement of its existence is an error based upon the observation of this intermediate plate without direct comparison with the Decapoda. One point in which the Kuphausiacea appear to agree with a section of the Mysidacea and to differ from the Decapoda is the possession of a single series of branchize at the bases of the thoracic limbs. In the Decapoda the gills are arranged in several (typically four) series. Those of the Huphausiacea are attached to the coxopodites of the limbs, corresponding to the podobranchiz (and epipodites) of the Decapods, from which, however, they differ in their mode of branching. In the Lophogastride and Hucopiide, on the other hand, the gills are attached to the articular membrane at the base of the limbs, and are, in fact, arthrobranchiz. As Claus has pointed out, this difference in the place of attachment does not necessarily invalidate the comparison between the branchiz of the two groups, since he has shown that in certain Decapods the arthrobranchiz develop as out- growths from the basal portions of the limbs, and that the pleurobranchie had in all probability a similar origin. There is, however, another fact which may have a bearing on this question, In Gnathophausia (Lophogastride) Sars describes a small tongue-like process, tipped with a group of sete, on the outer side of the coxopodite of all the thoracic limbs except the first pair, and he regards this as a reduced epipo- dite. It seems not unlikely that this process, and not the gill itself, is homologous with the epipodial gill of the * Williamson figures this plate as a separate sclerite in the larva of Crangon, ‘On the Larval Stages of Decapod Crustacea.—The Shrimp (Crangon vulgaris, Fabr.),” Rep. Fishery Board Scotland, xix. (3) 1901, pl. v. fig. 156, “ in.” 150 Dr. W. T. Calman on the Euphausiide. On the assumption that the primitive Malaco- straca possessed at least two epipodial appendages on each thoracic limb (as in Anaspides), the distal series may have become modified as branchiz in the Euphausiide and the proximal in the Lophogastride. In any case, the form of the gills differs considerably in the two cases, and the only point which they have in common as against the Decapoda ts the arrangement in one instead of several series. Among the characters in which the Mysidacea differ from the Huphausiacea and agree with the Kdriophthalmate orders the most conspicuous is the possession by the female sex of a brood-pouch or marsupium, in which the eggs and young are carried. It cannot be doubted that this structure is homologous throughout the whole series which I have name], from this feature, the Peracarida, in spite of real or alleged differences in the mode of its development. It is formed by a series of overlapping plates (which Claus considers, with great probability, to be of the nature of epipodites) attached to the inner side of the coxopodites of some or all of the thoracic limbs. When, as in many Isopoda, the coxopodites are fused with the body, the plates are attached to the sternal surface of the somites. In some cases these plates or oostegites develop as bud-like outgrowths from the bases of the limbs, increasing in size at successive ecdyses as sexual maturity 1s approached; but in certain Isopoda it has been shown that the course of development is abbreviated, the oostegites growing in the space between the sternal cuticle and the hypodermis, and being set free, completely formed, at a single moult *. Probably some similar process has given rise to the statement that the oostegites arise by splitting of the ventral cuticle in the Cumacea } and in the Isopod Gnathiaf. At the same time it is certain that the formation of the brood-pouch is profoundly modified in certain parasitic Isopods of the tribe Epicaridea. In many of these the oostegites develop in the typical fashion just described, but in the more specialized forms the structure is very different and hard to understand. In Hemioniscus, where the development has been worked out in detail by Caullery and Mesnil §, the marsupial cavity is hollowed out * Cf. Leichmann, “ Beitr. z. Naturgesch. d. Isopoden,” Bibl. Zool. x. (1891). + G. O. Sars, “Beskr. af de paa Freg. Josephines Exp. fundne Cumaceer,” Kong]. Svenska Vet.~Akad. Handl. ix. 18 (1871), p. 19. t Dohrn, “ Entw. und Organ. vy, Pramiza (Anceus) maxillaris,” Zeitschy. f, wiss. Zool. xx. (1870) p. 70. § “Recherches sur l Hemioniscus balanit, Buchholz ....,” Bull. Sci. fee et Belgique, xxxiv. pp. 816-362, pls. xvii. & xviii. 5 figg. in text (1901), Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 151 in a thickening of the ectoderm on the sternal surface, and is from the first completely closed, Further research will be required to show what relation this cavity bears to the normal marsupium. Apart from such exceptional cases, however, the possession of oostegites is a character quite peculiar to the group of orders included in the Peracarida and not found in any other Crustacea. It is true that the Huphausiide are described as carrying their eggs in sacs attached to the sternal surface of the thorax, and it has been assumed that these represent the marsupium of the Mysidacea. But, as Sars * has pointed out, the ‘ ovisacs ” are apparently formed by the consolidation of some cementing substance which is extruded along with the eggs from the oviducts. The rarity of ovigerous specimens would suggest that the eggs are so carried for only a brief period, while in some of the commonest species they have never yet been observed. ‘This last circumstance is explained by an interesting observation for which I am indebted to Mr. E. W. L. Holt. In Huphausia pellucida Mr. Holt finds that the eggs when expelled from the body are not agolutinated together in masses, but are simply carried for a time between the thoracic feet of the female. In Nyctiphanes Couchit the egg-sacs have long been known. By the kindness of Mr. Holt I have been enabled to examine well-preserved specimens of both these species, and I find that, as, indeed, is implied by Sars’s account, the structures found in WV. Couchii are more properly described as egg-masses than as sacs, there being no definite enc'osing membrane, but simply a tilm of hardened cement which also penetrates between and holds the eggs together. It is plain that this structure bears no morphological relation to the oostegites of the Peracarida. A very similar arrangement is found in the Decapod Leucifer, where, according to Brooks +, the eggs are “attached in a loose bunch of twenty or more to the last pair of thoracic limbs.” A feature which is very characteristic of the Peracarida, and one on which Boas and Hansen lay considerable stress, is found in the structure of the mandibles. In all the orders composing the series, with exceptions in the case of parasitic and other secondarily modified forms, an accessory blade, the lacinia mobilis of Hansen ft, is developed just behind the * Rep. Schizopoda ‘ Challenger,’ p. 118. t “ Leucifer, a Study in Morphology,” Phil, Trans. clxxiti. (1882) p. 60. { The term Jacinta mobdilis was first applied by Hansen (‘ Dijmphna Togtets Zool. Bot. Udbytte ’ (1887), p. 197) to the accessory blade alone, but he afterwards extended its meaning to include also the row of spines 152 Dr. W. T. Calman on the cutting-edge, and is followed by a row of serrated spines extending towards the molar process. In the Huphausiide and Decapoda no lacinia mobilis is found in the adult, though in the larve of both a group of serrated spines is sometimes present, which disappears in the course of development. Even in the adults of some of the more primitive Decapods, for instance in certain Atyide *, a tuft or row of stout bristles is found just below the cutting-edge, and it seems probable that this is a vestige of the spine-row of the Peracaridan mandible. In distinguishing the Peracarida from the Eucarida, Hansen attaches great importance to certain characters pre- sented by the thoracic limbs. Boas had already pointed out that the Myside and the Edriophthalmate orders have these limbs terminated by a claw-like spine, which is absent in the Euphausiacea and Decapoda. Hansen regards this claw as representing a segment of the limb, and identifies it with the minute terminal segment which he has discovered in the Leptostraca. Boas had further indicated a difference between the two groups in the direction of the articulations of the limbs. In the Peracarida the “knee” or chief ventral flexure of the leg is between the fifth and sixth segments, counting from the base, while in the Hucarida it is between the fourth and fifth. Hansen interprets this difference in the following manner: he assumes that the position of the knee is the same in both cases, that the apparent fourth segment of the leg in Hucarida is equivalent to the fourth plus the fitth in the Peracarida, and that the three segments beyond the knee in the former case are homologous with the two segments and the terminal claw in the latter. If this sug- gestion be correct, we have a difference of a very marked kind between the two groups. Dr. Hansen will doubtless produce further evidence in its support when his researches are published in full, but at present there are difficulties in the way of adopting it as a basis for classification. In certain primitive Isopoda (Janiride &c.) the leg terminates in two, sometimes three, claws, not differing greatly in size or perceptibly in structure, and it is difficult to believe that one of them is to be regarded as the terminal segment while the others are simply modified sete. Further, ia many which are often closely connected with it (“ Cirolanide,” Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. (6) v. (1890) p. 276, footnote). In the present paper I have used the term in its original and more restricted sense. * Cf. Calman, “‘ On Two Species of Macrurous Crustaceans from Lake Tanganyika,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1899, p. 705, pl. xxxix. fig. 5, Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 153 Peracarida the “claw ” is coalesced with the segment which carries it, the suture-line between the two disappearing and the place of junction being indicated, if at all, only by the insertion of a minute seta, and it is not impossible that such evidence of the existence of a “ claw” may yet be found in the terminal segment of the decapod leg. In the absence of any definite proof that the fourth segment of the leg in the Eucarida represents two fused segments, it seems better to assume for the present that the segments of the legs are serially comparable in the two groups. Dr. Hansen includes among the characters of the Pera- carida the presence of tubular processes for the orifices of the vasa deferentia, which are stated to be absent in the EKucarida. It is true that such processes are present in the majority of the Peracarida, though they are sometimes much reduced and may perhaps be altogether wanting in some cases. They are absent in the Kuphausiacea and in the lower Decapoda, but in some Paguridea and in the Brachyura the vasa deferentia terminate in tubular processes which are often of considerable length. The possession of spermatophores is another character on which it seems unsafe to rely as distinguishing the Euphau- siacea and Decapoda from the other orders of Malacostraca. It certainly constitutes an important difference between the Kuphausiacea and the Mysidacea, but it can hardly be ex- tended without qualification to some of the other groups. Prof. Gilson applies the term “spermatophores” to the aggregations of spermatozoa found in certain Isopoda *, but not to the sperm-masses of the Macrurayt. The distinction which Prof. Giard {| makes (in Insects) between spermato- phores and “ spermotagmata,” according to the presence or absence of a definite investing membrane, appears to be hard to recognize among Crustacea and to have little systematic importance §. On the other hand, the form of the spermatozoa appears to afford constant and important characters differen- tiating the two groups. * “Etude comparée de la spermatogénése chez les Arthropodes,” La Cellule, i. (1884) p. 158. + Op. eit. ii. (1887) p. 187. { “Sur la spermatogénése des Diptéres du genre Sciara,” C. R. Acad. Sci. exxxiv. (1902) p. 1124. § Prof. McMurrich describes (“‘ Embryology of the Isopod Crustacea,” Journ. Morph. xi. 1895, p. 67) a very definite spermatophore in the Isopod Jera in connexion with the process of “hypodermic impregnation ” which he believes to occur in that genus; but his account is not very detailed, and the phenomena which he describes are so remarkable that further Investigation is much to be desired. 154 Dr. W. T. Calman on the With regard to these and other points of internal anatomy our knowledge is very incomplete for many of the groups. Nothing is known of the internal anatomy of the Lopho- gastride, and very little regarding the Kuphausiide and the lower decapods. One point which seems to tell against the system of classification here advocated may be given for what it is worth. This is the presence in all of the Podo- phthalmate groups (Anaspides?, Myside, Huphausiide, Decapoda, Stomatopoda) of an unpaired descending artery originating from the posterior end of the heart or from the base of the posterior aorta (superior abdominal artery) and perforating the nerve-cord to become connected with the sub- neural artery (sternal and inferior abdominal arteries). In the Edriophthalmate orders no similar arrangement is known, the subneural artery, where it exists, being connected with the dorsal portion of the vascular system by paired lateral arteries or by a circumcesophageal ring. In view of the great divergences which may exist in the disposition of the arterial trunks within the limits of a single order (e.g. the Isopoda), no great taxonomic importance can at present be attached to such differences. Besides the characters, summarized in the definitions given below, which hold good throughout the various orders brought together in this classification, there are many connecting characters which serve to link together the individual orders and to indicate their affinities, although they cannot con- veniently be included in our definitions. Many of these are discussed in the papers of Boas and Hansen, and we may simply mention as examples the retroverted palp of the maxillula in Lophogastride (Mysidacea), Cumacea, and ‘Vanaidacea, the branchial epipod of the first thoracic appen- dage in the same orders, and the distinct, though immovable, ocular peduncles of the ‘l’anaidacea. On the other side the Euphausiacea share with some suborders of the Decapoda the possession of an appendix interna on the pleopods, and the elaborate copulatory armature of the first pair of pleopods in the former group recalls that of the Peneidea in the latter, although differig in details. The larval development of the Euphausiacea runs closely parallel to that of the Penzidea, aud Dr. Hansen’s recent discovery * in a species of Sergestes of luminous organs resembling, though of somewhat different structure from, those of the Huphausiacea, helps still further to diminish the narrow space which separates the two. * Proc. Zool, Soc, London, 1903, i. p. 72. Classification of the Crustacea Mulucostraca. 155 Since the papers of Boas and Hansen were written, the necessity for a rearrangement of the Malacostraca has been rendered still more urgent by Mr. G. M. Thomson’s * discovery of Anaspides. This remarkable form presents a combination of characters which indicate for it a very isolated place in our classification. It is not merely a schizopod without a carapace. ‘The double series of epipodial lamelle, the segmentation of the thoracic limbs, the double gnatho- basic lobes of the first pair, and the apparent distinctness of the first thoracic somite from the head ft are among the characters which remove it from close affinity with any of the commonly recognized orders of Malacostraca. Though Anaspides is not by any means like the hypothetical ancestral malacostracan, its unmistakable resemblance to some of the oldest fossil Malacostraca (Uronectes &c.) shows that at least it is a very ancient type. In the classification given below I have regarded Anaspides and its fossil allies as con- stituting a division of equal rank with the Peracarida and Eucarida. For this I have adopted the name Syncarida, formerly proposed by Packard for the fossil forms alone. The details which Mr. Thomson has given of the internal anatomy of Anaspides are very remarkable, and further in- vestigation on this point is much to be desired. Unfortu- nately no specimens have yet reached this country in a state of preservation suitable for anatomical purposes. The mode of development is also quite unknown. With regard to the other orders little need be said here. Claus’s investigations | on Nebalia leave no doubt that the * “On a Freshwater Schizopod from Tasmania,” Trans. Linn. Soe. London, (2) Zool. vi. pp. 285-393, pls. xxiv.-xxvi. (1894). Cf.alsoCalman, “On the Genus Anaspies and its Affinities with certain Fossil Crustacea,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xxxviii. (4) pp. 787-802, 2 pls. (1896). + I formerly suggested (Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. xxxyiii. pt. 4, p. 787) that the “cervical groove” of Anaspides, which was described by Thomson as marking off the first thoracic somite from the head, really represented the line of junction of the mandibular with the maxillular somite, on the ground that owing to the forward direction of its lateral portions the lower ends come to lie just behind the mandibles. I am now disposed to doubt the correctness of this view. There appears to be a tendency in those Malacostraca which are without a carapace for the lateral plates (pleural or coxal) of the anterior thoracic somites to become displaced forwards at their distal ends as if to protect the mouth-parts : this is well seen in some Arcturidze, for instance. It seems quite likely that this groove in Anaspides has undergone a similar displacement, and that it really does detine the first thoracic somite, which is not distinct in any other Kumalacostraca. } Especially “‘ Ueb. d. Organismus d. Nebaliden und d. syst. Stellung d. Leptostraken,”” Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, viii, (1889). 156 Dr. W. T. Calman on the Leptostraca are intimately related to the Malacostraca, and their position seems best expressed by Grobben’s * arrange- ment, which divides the subclass into two main groups, Leptostraca and Eumalacostraca. ‘The Stomatopoda must form a division of equal rank with the Eucarida and Peracarida. To preserve the consonance of names I propose to term it Hoplocarida. The morphology of the members of this group has been somewhat neglected, and their precise relationship to the other orders is by no means clear. ‘Their internal anatomy is imperfectly known and would doubtless repay investigation f. Classification here proposed. Subclass MALACOSTRACA. Series LEPTOSTRACA, Claus, 1880. Division PHyLLocaripA, Packard, 1879. Order Nebaliacea, nov. nom. Series EUMALACOSTRACA, Grobben, 1892. Division Syncaripa, Packard, 1886. Order Anaspidacea, nov. Division PERACARIDA, noy. nom. Orders Mysidacea. Cumacea. Tanadacea. Isopoda. Amphipoda. Division EvcArIDA, noy. nom. Orders Euphausiacea. Decapoda, Division HopLocaRIDA, noy. nom. Order Stomatopoda. Series LEPTOSTRACA.—Abdomen of seven somites, the last of which is without appendages, and a telson bearing a * “Zur Kenntniss des Stammbaumes und des Systems des Crustaceen,” SB. Akad. Wien, ci. (1892) Abth. i. pp. 237-274. E + Kowalevsky states (Biol. Centralbl. ix. (1889) p. 41) that the max- illary gland (‘‘shell-gland”) is greatly developed in the Stomatopoda, but I cannot tind any description of it. Ihave observed on the posterior surface of the maxilla in Sguzdla mantis a papilla with a minute terminal pore which may be the aperture of the duct of this gland, but I have had no opportunity of dissecting well-preserved specimens, Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. 157 pair of movable articulated rami (caudal furca). An adductor muscle runs transversely between the two valves of the carapace. Thoracic limbs all similar, more or less foliaceous, with protopodite of three segments. Series EUMALACOSTRACA.—Abdomen of six somites (the number may be reduced by coalescence), the last of which typically bears a pair of appendages, and a telson which never bears movable furcal rami*. No adductor muscle of the carapace. Thoracic limbs rarely all similar (Exphausiacea), typically pediform; protopodite of two seg- ments, except in Stomatopoda, Division SyNoARIDA.—Carapace absent. All the thoracic somites distinct. Eyes pedunculate. Antennal protopodite of two segments. Mandible without lacinia mobilis. Thoracic limbs flexed between fifth and sixth segments. No oostegites. No appendix interna on pleopods. Hepatic ceca numerous. Heart much elongated, tubular. Division PERACARIDA.—Carapace, when present, leaving at least four of the thoracic somites distinct. First thoracic somite always fused with the head. Antennal protopodite typically of three segments. Mandible with lacinia mobilis (except in parasitic and other modified forms), Thoracic limbs flexed between fifth and sixth segments. Oostegites - attached to some or all of the thoracic limbs in female, form- ing a brood-pouch. No appendix interna on pleopods. Hepatic caeca few and simple. Heart elongated, extending through the greater part of thoracic region, or displaced into abdomen. Spermatozoa filiform. Development taking place within the brood-pouch ; young set free at a late stage. Division EucartpA.—Carapace coalescing dorsally with all the thoracic somites. HKyes pedunculate. Antennal protopodite with, at most, two distinct segments. Mandible without lacinia mobilis in adult. ‘Thoracic limbs flexed between fourth and fifth segments. No oostegites. An appendix interna sometimes present on pleopods. Hepatic ceca much ramified. Heart abbreviated, thoracic. Sperma- tozoa spherical or vesicular, often with radiating appendages. Development as a rule with metamorphosis, A free-swimming nauplius-stage in the more primitive forms. * The movable appendages of the telson in Euphausiacea are modified sete (Sars, ‘Challenger’ Rep., Schizopoda, p. 162), 158 Bibliographical Notices. Division IfopLocArIpA.—Carapace leaving at least four of the thoracic somites distinct. ‘wo movable segments are separated from the anterior part of the head, bearing respec- tively the pedunculate eyes and the antennules. Antennal peduncle of two segments. Mandibles without lacinia mobilis, Posterior thoracic limbs with protopodite of three segments. (The relation of the segments of the anterior thoracic limbs to those of the limbs in the other divisions is doubtful.) An appendix interna on pleopods. Hepatic cxwca much ramified. Heart much elongated, extending through abdo- minal and thoracic regions, Spermatozoa spherical. Deve- lopment with metamorphosis. No free-swimming nauplius- stage. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom.—The Cretaceous Rocks of Britain. Vol. Il. The Lowe and Middle Chalk of Engiand. By A. J. Juxes-Browns, B.A., F.G.S. With Contributions by Wrtt1am Hirt, F.G.8. 8vo. Pages xiii and 568. With 93 Illustrations, including one Geological Map, two Plates from photographs, and four from micrographs. LE. Stan- ford, London; J. Menzies, Edinburgh; and Hodges & Co., Dublin. 1903. In the first volume of this series A. J. Jukes-Browne and W. Hill, with others, described the Gault and Upper Greensand of England. This second volume, by the same authors, together with many contributors, deals with the Lower and Middle Chalk. The third volume will include the description of the Upper Chalk, with chapters on the economics of the soil, stone, &c., on the water- supply, and the physical features of chalk districts, also a complete catalogue of the fossils found in all the different divisions of the Chalk. The present volume begins with a gencral and chrono- logical account of the researches that led to the definition of the several stratal divisions of the Chalk; and in the sequel the zones or horizons marked out by the occurrence of particular fossils are carefully explained. This part of the book seems to have been written before the valuable results of the researches by Rowe and Sherborn were published; these and their subsequent work along the cliff-sections of the Chalk will have greatly helped geologists in the study of the strata and zones, and are largely utilized in the chapters on the Middle Chalk. The Lower Chalk (“ Cenomanian ” in part) ineludes all the beds Bibliographical Notices. 159 of marls and chalk between the Gault or Upper Greensand and the Melbourn Rock, namely, the so-called ‘“ Chloritic Marl” (and the “ Cambridge Greensand ”), the “ Chalk Marl” (with the “ Tottern- hoe Stone” in some districts), and the “Grey Chalk.” These are subsequently described as to their characters, range, and fossils, according to the several counties and the northern parts of France. The Middle Chalk (or Turonian Stage) is defined as consisting of zoues marked by the occurrence of certain fossils, such as 3. Zone of Holaster planus, including the Chalk Rock. 2. Zone of Verebratulina gracilis. 1. Zone of Rhynchonella Cuviert, or Inoceramus mytilordes, with the Melbourn Rock at its base. These successive divisions are described as distributed in the several counties and in the North of France. Throughout the long series of Memoirs published by the Geolo- gical Survey of Great Britain and [reland, descriptive of the districts already surveyed, there are frequent allusions to the economic materials procured from the land, and to the relative conditions of the soil and subsoil. About 1871 the Geological Survey made a point of mapping the “Surface Drifts,” such as the gravels, brick-earth, and boulder-clay, beginning with those of the Midland Counties, so that the agriculturalists of several wide districts have since then had the opportunity of recognizing and studying the nature and origin of the surface soils in connexion with the notes and explana- tions frequently given in the ‘ Memoirs.’ In fact, the Secretary of the Board of Agriculture, cognizant of the advantages of geology to the farmer, wishes to advance its publicity and causes copies of the Memoirs to be distributed to scientific centres for recognition and review. A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxesrer, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., &¢.—Part I. Introduction and Protozoa. Second Fascicle. 1903. London: Adam and Charles Black. Ir has been found necessary to publish Part I. of Prof. Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology’ in two fascicles, and of these the second forms the subject of the present notice. The decision of the editor not to delay the publication of this volume until the first was ready is undoubtedly, both in the interests of the student and the authors of the several sections, a wise one, Anything like a complete account of the several contributions to this fascicle would be impossible in the space at our disposal. Four in number, they are the work of Messrs. Farmer, Lister, Minchin, and Hickson, whose names are a sufficient guarantee that the quality of the work is not only sound, but of the best that can be got, Prof. Farmer contributes a section on Animal and Vegetable Cells, wherein he traces the history of the cell from the epoch- making discovery by Hooke in 1665 ‘ of the chambered structure of 160 Bibliographical Notices. plants” to the latest, revelations of the modern microscope. Wide though this survey is, and admirable in its treatment, we yet feel some surprise at the omission of any reference to the views of Mr. Sedgwick on the subject of the cell-theory. The section on the Foraminifera by Mr. J. J. Lister is a monu- ment of thoroughness. Embracingall the results, of any consequence, of the work of others in this field, he has added much that is new, presenting his facts with great clearness and force. We have only one small omission to notice, and that is the absence of Sherborn’s ‘Bibliography of the Foraminifera’ and his ‘ Index to the Genera and Species of the Foraminifera’ from the list of “ Literature referred to.” Scarcely less valuable is the section by Prof. Hickson on the Infusoria (Corticata Heterokaryota). It is refreshing to remark in reading this section, and also other sections of this treatise, a more philosophical method of treatment than is to be found in any other similar work. But the bulk of this book is devoted to what may justly be called the masterly treatise on the Sporozoa by Prof. E. A. Minchin. Remembering the part that many of these lowly organisms play as parasites and the ravages they commit, there can be no doubt but that the decision to make this section as complete as possible will be commended. ‘To the medical man, as well as to the biologist, it will prove a source of great help, inasmuch as the author’s account of the life-history of the malaria parasite is the first which has appeared in a general work on natural history in this country. Besides this, however, there is much else in the section that is now, for the first time, placed before the student in a readily accessible form, and a very great deal that is the result of laborious research on the part of the author himself. Like the earlier parts, the tone of this volume is seriously dignified and the matter of the very best of its kind possible. There is a wealth of illustrations, all of which are excellent and many are new. We await with impatience the appearance of the first fascicle. We regret to announce the death of Dr. Witrtam Francis, for many years one of the Editors of this Magazine, which took place on the 19th January. A short notice will appear next month. THRE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.]} No. 75. MARCH 1904. XIX.—A Synopsis of the Suborders and Families of Teleostean Fishes. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.RS. For several years I have been endeavouring to improve the classification of 'Teleostean Fishes, chiefly through a study of their skeletons, of which a large series has been prepared in the British Museum; and Dr. A. Smith Woodward has recently published his views on the arrangement of the fossil types of this order. The time has come to gather together the information thus obtained. The synopsis here offered was prepared two years ago for the fish-volume of the ‘ Cambridge Natural History,’ but owing to circumstances over which [ have had no control its publication in that work is still further delayed. Several important changes to my original scheme have been made during this lapse of time, owing to the work carried on in America by Drs. Gill, Jordan, and Starks, and in this country by my young colleague Mr. ©. Tate Regan, whose criticisms on many points I gratefully acknowledge. I need hardly say that I regard this new arrangement of an enormous and most difficult group, including close upon 12,000 species, as merely provisional, and [ am fully aware that not a few groupings are nothing but card castles, which future investigations are likely to upset. But my aim has been to build up on phylogenetic lines, and as such I sincerely trust my attempt will be found a considerable improvement on the previous systems and serve as a basis for criticism. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. By} Teleostei. 162 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and The arrangement here proposed has been used in the ‘Zoological Record ’ for 1902, which has just appeared. The precise definition of the order Teleostei, as compared with the Holostean Ganoids, is a matter of some difficulty. The most important character appears to be the presence of an ossified supraoccipital bone. Remnants of primitive characters, such as Ganoid scales, fulcra, rudiments of a splenial bone, spiral valve to the intestine, multivalvular bulbus arteriosus, are still found in some lower Teleosteans, but no longer in that combination which characterizes the preceding Order. Although Adbula is exceptional among all ‘Teleosteans in having two transverse series of valves to the bulbus arteriosus instead of one, no Ganoid has fewer than three. ‘The order Teleostei, thus defined, is divided into thirteen suborders, the probable relations of which are expressed in the following diagram :— —X]I. Opisthomi. XIII. Plectognathi. XII. Pediculati. TX. Anacanthini. X. Acanthopterygii. VIII. Percesoces. VIL. Catosteomi. V. Haplomi. VI. Heteromi. | —IV. Apodes. —III. Symbranchii. I, Malacopterygii. II. Ostariophysi. Ganoidei Holostei. In the classification of Giinther, which has been generally in use in this country for the last thirty-five years, the Teleosts were divided into six principal groups, regarded as of ordinal rank:—1. Acanthopterygii; 2. Acanthopterygii Pharyngognathi; 3, Anacanthini; 4. Physostomi ; 5. Lopho- branchii; 6. Plectognathi. Group 1 corresponds to Suborders VI. (part.), ‘VIL (part.), VOU. Cpart.), 2, 221 ends rt. of the present classification ; Group 2 to Suborder X. (part.) ; Group 3 to Suborders IX. and X. (part.); Group 4 to Sub- orders T., T1., TI; 1V., V,, Vi. (Goatt.), and Sia (pax) Families of Teleostean Fishes. 163 Group 5 to Suborder VII. (part.) ; and Group 6 to Sub- order XIII. Fuller definitions of the families, with an indication of the principal genera contained in each, will be given in the forth- coming seventh volume of the ‘ Cambridge Natural History.’ Suborder I. MALACOPTERYGILI. Air-bladder, if present, communicating with the digestive tract by a duct. Opercle well developed. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull ; mesocoracoid arch present. Fins without spines, the ventrals abdominal, if present. Anterior vertebree distinct, without Weberian ossicles. This suborder, which corresponds to the Isospondyli and Scyphophori of Cope and to a part of the Isospondyli of A. S. Woodward, embraces the most generalized of the Teleosts, and is intimately connected with the Holostean Ganoids by the fossil forms which are placed at the base of the series of families. ‘The physostomous condition of the air-bladder, the connexion of the pectoral arch with the skull, the presence of a mesocoracoid arch, the backward position of the many-rayed ventral fins, the normal condition of the ante- rior vertebre, the absence of true spines to the fins, and the separation of the supraoccipital bone from the frontals by the parietals are primitive characters which occur combined in some families of this suborder only. The mesocoracoid arch is retained by the Ostariophysi, which differ in the remarkably modified condition of the anterior vertebrae, but it disappears in all other Teleosts, which gradually acquire a more forward position of the ventral fins and a reduction in the number of their rays, develop spines in the vertical fins, and lose the communication of the air-bladder with the outside. The Malacopterygii may be divided into twenty-one families :— I. Fins fringed with fulera, or scales coated with ganoine; notochord usually continuous through the vertebra: (connecting forms between Ganoids and Teleosts). Vertebral centra not more than rings; fins with fulcra ; scales rhombic, united by peg-and- ROCK Mi Grae citrate « cra Atma aPe, stats wax) e We Vertebral centra not more than rings; fins with tleras scales CVElOMle. 6 isc. cn ss ae ae rn tv Vertebral centra complete or with minute per- 1. Pholidophoride +. 2. Archeomenide ft. foration; fins with fulcra; scalescycloid .. 3. Oligopleuride *. Vertebral centra nearly complete, but with per- foration ; no fulcra; scales cycloid........ 4, Leptolepidide +. + This sign indicates that the family is represented by fossil forms only, ELS 164 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and JI. Fins without fulcra; scales without ganoine; vertebral centra usually complete. A. Supraoccipital separated from the frontals by the parietals. 1. Veutral fins with 10 to 16 rays. An intergular bone; parasphenoid narrow .... 95. Elupide. No intergular bone; parasphenoid very broad... 6. Albulide. 2. Ventrals with not more than 7 rays. a. Supratemporal very large, plate-like, covering the greater part of the parietal bone. Premaxillary single, its posterior extremity free from the maxillary; symplectic absent ; basis cranit simple... (sis. eerie: bake & 7. Mormyride. Premaxillary paired, its posterior extremity firmly attached to the maxillary; sym- plectic present ; basis cranii double ...... 8. Hyodontide. 6. Supratemporal small; maxillary firmly attached to posterior extremity of premaxillary. Preemaxillary paired; a large hole on each side of the skull, between the postfrontal and the squamosal; basis cranii double; suboper- culunyabsents ribs sessile \.04:8 .giel oka 9. Notopteride. Preemaxillary paired; basis cranii simple; sub- operculum reduced; ribs inserted on para- 20) cin eearere aera Sis ee Saas eee 10. Ostcoglosside. Premaxillary single; basis cranii simple; sub- operculum and interoperculum absent; ribs inserted on parapophyses ...........+000- ll. Pantodontide. ce. Supratemporal small; maxillary movable; ribs sessile ; ven- tral fins below the pectorals .... 12. Ctenothrisside t. B. Supraoccipital in contact with frontals. 1. Interoperculum enormous; symplectic absent; basis cranii PITNPLSS iets) > Yeats ics ale cee 13. Phractolemide. 2. Interoperculuin normal ; symplectic present; basis cranii double. a, Teeth in sockets; maxillary firmly attached to pre- maxillary. Symplectic exposed, fitting into a notch of the RUSGRRUE OE ae sale oss ee sir alanine eee 14, Saurodontide +. Symplectic hidden between the quadrate and te hy ommandibullan.s 9. a. mae alles a eg: area 15. Chirocentride. 6. Teeth not in sockets. Postclavicle on outer side of clavicle ; no adipose Gorsall Mil Fen oietin wae ki nee 16. Clupeide. Postclavicle on inner side of clavicle ; an adipose OPSRL AMI ao oir cin eas ep roeicin at ene ene .. 17. Salmonide. Postclavicle absent; no adipose dorsal fin...... 18. Alepocephalida. 3. Interoperculum normal; basis cranii simple. Maxillary large, toothed; praecaudal vertebra without well-marked parapophyses; scales cycloid or absent; adipose dorsal fin present or absent ...... cents ea Seear eis arity 19, Stomiatide, Families of Teleostean Fishes. 165 Mouth small, toothless; vertebra with strong parapophyses; head and body covered with APUNY SCAlOSey{< aain tua oo 54 As Ste She wk ee 20. Gonorhynchide. Mouth small, toothless; no symplectic; head and body tiaked?.( Jaa Jsites wc or) abl os wewee 21. Cromeruda. Suborder II]. OSTARIOPHYSLI. Air-bladder, if well developed, communicating with the digestive tract by a duct. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; mesocoracoid arch present. Fins without spines, or dorsal and pectoral with a single spine formed by the co-ossifi- cation of the segments of an articulated ray. The anterior four vertebra strongly modified, often co-ossified and bearing a chain of small bones (Weberian ossicles) connecting the air-bladder with the ear. _ This is one of the most natural groups of the class Pisces, although its members are so diversified in outward appear- ance as to have been widely separated in the systems of older authors. It is to Sagemehl* that is due the credit of having first grouped, under the above name, the Characines, the Carps, the Catfishes, and the Gymnotids, the relations of which had been realized to a certain extent by Cope. But it was uot until the homology throughout the group of the ossicula auditus, first described by EK. H. Weber in 1820, had een demonstrated by Sagemehl that the justification for the course here followed appeared in its full strength, as such an agreement in the structure of so complicated and specialized an apparatus can only be the result of a community of descent of the families which are pessessed of it. It is invariably the anterior four vertebree that take part in the support of the Weberian apparatus. ‘The first vertebra is much reduccd ; its upper arch is absent and replaced by the ossicles termed claustrum and scaphium {, the former being perhaps nothing but the modified neural arch, which fill in the space between the exoccipital and the neural arch of the second vertebra ; the principal piece of the apparatus, the tr/pus, variable in jorm, is related to the third vertebra, of which it is regarded as a modified rib; a fibrous ligament extends from the ante- rior extremity or the ¢rzpus to the scaphium, and in this ligament is inserted the fourth piece, the ¢ntercalarium. The various forms of this suborder also show a complete agree~ ment in the spinal nerves which pass through these ossicles. * Morphol. Jahrb. x. 1885, p. 22. ( + For the nomenclature of these ossicles, ef. Bridge and Haddon, Proc. Roy. Soc. xlvi. 1889, p. 310. 166 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the iberars and The parietal bones either separate the ftontals from the supraoccipital or are fused with the latter. This suborder is divided into six families. The Characinids are the most generalized, and the others are probably derived, from them in the manner expressed by the following diagram :— Loricariide. © —-Aspredinide. Cyprinide. Siluride. Gymnotide. Characinide. I. Parietal bones distinct from the supraoccipital ; symplectic present; ribs mostly sessile, all or the greater number of the precaudal vertebrae without parapophyses. Mouth not protractile, usually toothed; pharyngeal bones normal; body scaly ; an adipose dorsal fin OFON PrEBENG ANN, Chi cain. aeoe de dirs sete etemiebe ste e 1. Characinide. Mouth not protractile, usually toothed; pharyngeal bones normal; body eel-shaped, naked or scaly ; vent under the head or on the throat .......... 2. Gymnotide. Mouth usually more or less protractile, toothless ; lower pharyngeal bones large, falciform; body : naked or scaly; no adipose dorsal fin .......... 3. Cyprinde. II. Parietal bones usually fused with the supraoccipital ; symplectic absent ; body naked or with bony scutes; mouth usually toothed, with barbels; adipose dorsal fin often present. Ribs attached to strong parapophyses; operculum well developeds: Bic. joke socks pelearaminLene bee a Aes eect 4, Sthuride, Ribs sessile; parapophyses absent ; operculum more or less developed; mouth inferior.............. 5. Loricartide. Ribs sessile; strong parapophyses to the vertebra ; Operculum@absent™ st Oe th ce tae). cette ene. 6. Aspredinide. Suborder II]. SyMBRANCHII. Kel-shaped fishes without paired fins, with the pectoral arch free or suspended from the skull and with the anterior vertebra distinct, without Weberian ossicles. Gill-openings confluent into a single ventral slit. Air-bladder absent. Families of Teleostean Fishes. 167 The structure of the skull conforms to that of typical Malacopterygians. The premaxillary and maxillary are both well developed, the latter placed behind the former, and forming but a very small part of the oral border; the symplectic is present; the parietals form a long sagittal suture and separate the frontals from the supraoccipital. The vertebra are very numerous, the precaudals bearing very strong parapophyses, to which short slender ribs are attached. The skin is naked (Symbranchide) or covered with minute scales (Amphipnoide), and the vertical fins are rudimentary, reduced to mere dermal folds. Like the Apodes, these fishes are no doubt derived from some low type with abdominal ventral fins, but whether from the Malacopterygii or the Haplomi we have as yet no data from which to conclude. Only two families :— Post-temporal well developed, forked, attached to LIGWCt all gestae Be BACON ote Dee Cer Creme 1. Symbranchide. Post-temporal absent, the shoulder-girdle free from the picus as ch aves ea WAN ad Rem woeeee 2, Amphipnoide. Suboder 1V. A PODES. Air-bladder, if present, communicating with the digestive tract by a duct. Premaxillaries absent; the maxillaries, if present, separated on the median line by the coalesced ethmoid and vomer. Pectoral arch, if present, not connected with and remote from the skull; mesocoracoid arch absent. Fing without spines, the ventrals absent. Anterior vertebra distinct, without Weberian ossicles. The Apodes, or Eels, are elongate serpentiform fishes with naked skin or with minute scales imbedded in the skin, the opercular bones small and completely hidden under the integument, narrow or minute gill-openings, the vertical fins, if present, confluent behind or separated by the projecting tip of the tail. The pterygo-palatine arch is often reduced or absent, and there is no distinct symplectic ; the supraoccipital bone is small, separated from the trontals by the parietals, which meet on the middle line. ‘he vertebrae are very numerous (up to 225) and the preecaudals bear strong para- pophyses, to which short slender ribs may be attached ; epineurals are sometimes present. The five families into which this suborder is divided show remarkable degrees of simplification in the structure of the 168 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and skull, through reduction or loss of either the maxillary or the pterygo-palatine arches. Five families : — Maxillaries present, separated on the median line by the ethmo-vomer;_ palato-pterygoid present, conuected with the hyomandibular and quadrate ; gill-clefts separate, opening into the pharynx by wide slits; tongue present ; vent far removed from the head.. 1. Angutlhde. Distinguished from the preceding by the position of the vent, which is close to, or at no great distance from, the gill-openings.......... 2. Nemichthyide. Maxillaries narrowly separated on the median line, their extremity strongly attached by ligament to the mandible ; pterygo-palatine arch absent; gill-openings externally con- fluent into a single ventral slit............ 3. Synaphobranchide. Maxillaries narrowly separated on the median Jine, extremely elongate; mouth enormous ; pterygo-palatine arch absent; hyomandi- bular arch slender and movably articulated to the cranium ; branchial arches far behind (eter qi eke aie eaten ast adsl Att ah SRE A 4. Saccopharyngide. Maxillaries absent, -replaced by the palato- pterygoid, the mouth bordered by the latter and the ethmo-vomer; palato-pteryzoid bone separated from hyomandibular arch; branchial openings into the pharynx narrow SURES - TIO POMC gee cai ciate ede OMA Gi 5. Murenide.’ Suborder V. HAPLOMI. Air-bladder, if present, communicating with the digestive tract by a duct. Opercle well developed. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; no mesocoracoid arch. Fins usually without, rarely with a few spines; ventrals abdo- minal, if present. Anterior vertebre distinct, without Weberian ossicles. The absence of the mesocoracoid arch distinguishes the Haplomi from the Malacopterygii, with which they are united by various authors. ‘They lead to the Percesoces through the Cyprinodontids, and to the Lower Acantho- pterygians, such as the Berycids, through the Scopelids, Stephanoberycids, and Percopsids, as is evidenced by the structure of the mouth and the forward position in some of the genera of the ventral fins, which, however, are never attached to the pectoral girdle. Most of the forms which are here included inhabit either fresh waters or the deep sea. SS sea al te one eee A Families of Teleostean Fishes. 169 Fourteen families :— I. Parietals separating the frontals from the supraoccipital; post- temporal simple; praecaudal vertebrae with autogenous para- pophyses. Margin of the upper jaw formed by the pre- maxillaries and the maxillaries; basis cranii simple ; no adipose dorsal fin ........... . 1. Galarude. Margin of the upper jaw formed by the pre- maxillaries only; basis cranii double; adipose dorsal fin present ............6. .. 2, Haplochitonide. IT, Frontals in contact with the supraoccipital. A. Precaudal vertebrze without parapophyses. 1. Margin of the upper jaw formed by the preemaxillaries and the maxi'laries. Body without or with minute scales, usually with rows of scutes; adipose dorsal fin WS Al ye MECSON Eyl ocala aintan=ledla cle Sa, vei 3. Enchodontide ft. Body scaly; post-temporal forked; no adipose dorsal fin; ventrals with 6 toll rays .... 4, Esocide. Body scaly; post-temporal incompletely ossitied ; pectoral tin without pterygials; no adipose dorsal fin; ventrals with 3 rays oniy...... 5. Dallide. 2. Maxillaries excluded from the oral border. a. Adipose dorsal fin usually present; ventral fin with 7 to 10 rays. Post-temporal forked; dorsal fin formed of arti- UNCC TENG ate ai wie cialis sich. e fitaged cane » tai 6. Scopelde. Post-temporal simple; dorsal fin very long, formed of slender, non-articulated, simple or Ride Tay She pas apr owas Mike me tise g « 7. Alepidosauride. b. No adipose dorsal fin; head and mouth enormous, dentition feeble ; body naked ; ventral fins, if present, with 5 rays. 8. Cetomimide. B. Preecaudal vertebree with well-developed parapophyses ; maxil- laries excluded from the oral border. 1, Dorsal and anal fins without spines; scales cycloid, or with erect spines ; no adipose dorsal fin. Mouth not protractile ; ventral fins far forward, SVoALiD ID eCopt Hel Sieet ates Cay srah cca ay erelcieracr oo 5.5: 9. Chirothricide t. Mouth not protractile ; ventral fins remote from thie. pectorals, with O'rdys. So. va. os «3s 10. Knertide, Mouth protractile ; ventral fins, if present, with pia le yf A ear eho sclera tee Serie ae ll. Cyprinodontide, Mouth scarcely protractile; ventral fins rudi- mentary or absent; vent close to the gills.. 12. Amblyopside. Mouth slightly protractile; ventral fins with 5 OM GTAYS: gate se ota oe oye ance sucyatet can weveeee 13. Stephanoberycide. 2. Dorsal and anal fins with true spines; scales ctenoid; anadipose dorsal fin; ventral tins with 9rays.. 14, Percopsida. 170 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders an Suborder VI. HETEROMI. Air-bladder without open duct. Opercle well developed ; parietal bones separating the frontals from the supraoccipital. Pectoral arch suspended from the supraoccipital or the epiotie, the post-temporal small and simple or replaced by a ligament ; no mesocoracoid. Ventral fins abdominal, if present. The Halosauride and Notacanthide are deep-sea fishes of obscure affinities. In the abdominal position of the many- rayed ventral fins and in the absence of the mesocoracoid arch they agree with the Haplomi; but if, as the investigations of Giinther lead us to believe *, there is really no open commu- nication between the air-bladder and the digestive tract, they should be removed from this physostomous suborder. ‘The two families have many characters in common, such as the attachment and structure of the pectoral arch, which is devoid of a postclavicle, the position of the pectoral fins high up the sides, the strong parapophysis inserted very low down on the centre of the vertebrze, the extent of the parietal bones, which meet in a sagittal suture and separate the frontals from the supraoccipital. The recent discovery of a third family, the Lipogenyide, which in the structure of the dorsal fin is so exactly intermediate between the two others, has lessened the gap between the Lyomeri (Halosauride) and Heteromi (Notacanthidee) of Gill, which I propose to unite in a suborder under the latter name. These fishes are no doubt derived from forms in which a separate caudal fin existed; such a type must have been near the Dercetida, as defined by A. S. Woodward, which may provisionally be placed here. There is a fifth family which may be placed in this sub- order, the Fierasferide, the structure of which has been exquisitely described and figured by Emery. Hitherto placed with or near the Ophidiide, they differ widely from them, as well as from all other Acanthopterygians, in the conformation of the skull, the supraoccipital being separated * Vaillant was inclined to take a different view, but with considerable diffidence, owing to his inability actually to trace an open duct. I believe Giinther to be right on this point, as well as in his account of the suspen- sion of the pectoral arch in Notacanthus, which I have been able to verify. Besides, Mr, W. 8S. Rowntree, who has great experience in these matters, has kindly examined at my request a well-preserved example of Halo- sauropsis macrochir, and informs me that “ the air-bladder passes ante- riorly into a tapering band of tissue which ends ina thread-like ligament attached to the stomach near its posterior end and in the mid-dorsal line —not to the esophagus; no trace of an open communication could be found,” Families of Teleostean Fishes. ji from the frontals by the parietals, which form a long median suture. This is a feature which has only been observed in fishes with abdominal ventral fins; and although the total absence of these fins in Fverasfer deprives us of an important criterion in deciding on its affinities, I am inclined to regard this family as derived from an abdominal type. ‘The con- formation of the pectoral arch has much in common with that of the Halosaurs, and, notwithstanding the interpretation that has been given to the bones at the back of the cranium in the latter type, the same may be said in a general way of the skull. As pointed out by Emery, the very anterior position of the vent in the Fierasferidz is directly related to the curious mode of life of these fishes, and the analogous condition obtained in various families, such as the Gymnarchide, Nemichthyice, Amblyopsidz, and Aphredoderidz, shows it to be of relatively small importance. Five families :— Ordinary scales small or wanting, but two or more continuous series of enlarged scutes along each side; mouth large, premaxillaries apparently forming the greater part of the upper border of the mouth, which is toothed; opercular appa- ratus complete ; dorsal fin more or less extended, without spines; anal short; caudal separate ; ventrals with not less than 7 or 8 rays ........ 1, Dercetide ft. Body covered with cycloid scales, the tail tapering to a point, without caudal fin; head with scales ; mouth moderate, bordered by the praemaxillaries and the maxillaries, both toothed; suborbitals large ; preeopercle rudimentary ; dorsal fin short, without spines; ventrals formed of 9 or 10 soft rays; anal very long, without spines, extending to the end of the tail ......... fastoy AAP teats 2. Halosauride. Similar to the preceding, but with a toothless, round- ish inferior mouth and with the short dorsal and the long anal formed partly of spines and partly of soft rays; ventrals with 3 spines and 7 soft BR Sle oie Bit be diese ii cot eye PCIe 3. Lipogenyide. Body covered with cycloid scales, the tail tapering to a point, without caudal tin; head with scales; mouth small, inferior, bordered by the preemax- illaries only ; jaws touthed ; no suborbitals ; prae- operculum small; post-temporal replaced by ligament; dorsal fin formed of a series of short disconnected spines: anal very long, formed partly of spines and partly of soft rays; ventrals with 1 to 5 spines and 7 to 10 soft rays ...... 4, Notacanthide. Body extremely attenuate, naked; no caudal fin; mouth small, inferior, bordered by the preemax- 172 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and illaries; jaws toothed; no suborbitals; pre- operculum well developed ; dorsal and anal very long, formed of soft rays; ventrals absent; vent immediately behind the gill-opening .......... 5. Fierasferide. Suborder VII. CATOSTEOMLI. Air-bladder, if present, without open duct. Parietal bones, if present, separated by the supraoccipital. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; no mesocoracoid arch; coracoid usually very large, or produced posteriorly. Ventral fins, if present, abdominal, or pelvis attached to the coracoid bene The mouth is bordered by the premaxillaries, or by the premaxillaries and a small portion of the maxillaries. Air- bladder present, except in the Solenostomide and Pegaside. Following the suggestions of Kner and Steindachner and Cope to their logical conclusion, A. 8. Woodward has united the Lophobranchs of Cuvier with the Hemibranchs of Cope, a course which seems fully justified, and has received further support from the recent investigations of Swinnerton *, who has proposed to unite the two groups under the new name of Thoracostei. The structure of the Lophobranchs (Soleno- stomide and Syngnathidw) shows that these fishes are only extremely specialized forms of the group of which the Sticklebacks are the well-known type, and the character of the “tufted” gills alone is surely not of sufficiently great importance to warrant the retention of the Lophobranchii as a division equivalent to the suborders adopted in the present classification. Besides, as recently pointed out by A. Huot F, there is no fundamental difference, only one of degree, between the so-called tufted gill and the normal type; each “tuft? corresponds to one branchial lamella, and at a certain stage of development the disposition of the branchial lamella is the same in a Syngnathus and an ordinary Teleostean. I have recently attempted to show} that the Lampridide are related to the Hemibranchii, although sufficiently distinct to warrant the establishment of adivision, named Selenichthyes §. The affinities of the Lamprididee are very doubtful. Lam- pris has usually been placed with the Acanthopterygians, a * Quart, Journ. Micr. Sci. xlv. 1902, p. 503, t+ Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) xiv. 1902, p. 197. t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, p. 147. § I. ©. Starks, in an important paper (P. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902, p- 619), has shown that the so-called “infraclavicle” of sticklebacks and allies does not exist as a distinct element. The definition of the Cato- steomi as I had originally drawn it up has accordingly been modified. » eas Families of Relcoeteadn Fishes. LT view which is still upheld by Gill*. I now agree with this high authority in regarding the bone which I took for an infraclavicle as a much developed coracoid, and the bone termed by me the coracoid as a pterygial. But it has also been shown, by Starks, that such a thing as an infraclavicle does not exist even in the stickleback, the bone so-called being only a part of the coracoid; and as, in most of the sticklebacks, the pelvic bones join the latter, the resemblance between them and Lampris remains. As I have previously pointed out, the absence of spines in the fins and the position of the ventral fins, together with the great number of rays in the latter, which is only met with in the lower Teleosteans, are characters which necessitate the removal of Lampris from the Acanthopterygians, and I cannot find a better place for them than near the Gastrosteidie. The whole question of the arrangement of the Physoclists with abdominal ventrals (Catosteomi and Percesoces) is, L feel, much in need of revision, and it may be found advisable to break up this group into a greater number of suborders, in which case the Selenichthyes would stand by themselves ; the Hemibranchii and Lophobranchit would be united under the former name, as proposed by Woodward, or under that of Thoracostei (Swinnerton) or Phthinobranchii (Hay). Eleven families :— I, Preoperculum and symplectic distinct; branchial apparatus fully developed, gills pectinate; mouth terminal, toothless; post- temporal forked, free ; pelvic bones connected with scapular arch, vertical fins with 15 to 17 rays; ribs long, sessile; fins without spines, (SELENICHTHYES.).......... 1. Lampridide. II. Preeoperculum and symplectic distinct, latter much elongate ; branchial apparatus more or less reduced, gills pectinated ; post- temporal simple, immovable; mouth terminal. (HEMIBRANCHII.) A. Mouth toothed. 1, Pelvic bones close to or connected with scapular arch ; spinous dorsal represented by isolated spines. Snout conical or but slightly tubiform ; ventral fins with one spine and one or two soft rays; ribs slender, free ; anterior vertebree not enlarged......... Se eats ee ig eae .. 2. Gastrosterda. Snout tubiform ; ventral fins with one spine and four soft rays; ribs flattened, fused with the lateral bony shields; anterior vertebrae not enlurped:).. .\.:6i * This character suffers one exception, to be found in Comephorus, a degraded form otherwise closely related to Cottocomephorus, 11 whieh the skeleton is typical of the present division. Families of Teleostcan Fishes. 185 B. Ventral fins, if present, not widely separated ; one or several of the pterygials in contact with the clavicle. Ventral fins distinct; gill-clefts wide .......... 5. Cottide. Ventral fins united into a sucking-disk; gill- : opening narrow, above base of pectoral .... 6. Cyclopteride. C. Ventral fins widely separated; none of the pterygials in contact with the clavicle. Ventral fins behind base of pectorals ; praecaudal vertebrae without transverse processes ...... 7. Platycephalhde. Ventral tins a little in front of base of pectorals ; preecaudal vertebrae with transverse pro- CCRSER Te Sodas tee tne mae Shinn SOIR . 8. Hoplichthyide, Il. Head completely cuirassed. Ventral fins narrowly separated ; no pectoral ap- pendages ; pterygials short and broad...... 9. Agonide. Ventral fins widely separated ; 2 or 5 lowermost rays of pectoral fin detached as feelers; pterygials short and broad. ..sy 0.02.02 10. Triglide. Ventral fins narrowly separated; pectoral fin divided into two portions; pterygials elon- PALO To. ee fore Con bath oc hh On one CRMane 11. Dactylopteride. Division VIII. JUGULARES. No bony stay for the preoperculum. Ventral fins jugular or mental. Giull-openings in front of the pectoral fin, the base of which is vertical or subvertical. In a recently published note * I have alluded to the group of physoclistous fishes for which I propose to revive the old name Jugulares, pointing out that some of the forms previously grouped together as Trachinide agree with the Gadidee, not only in the jugular position of the ventral fins, but also in the condition of the scapula and coracoid. Mr. Regan f has since been able to show that the Gadidze and Macruridee possess certain characters in common by which they may be separated, not only from the other Jugulares, but even from the Acanthopterygians, and, as mentioned above (p. 176), the Miillerian suborder Anacanthini may be maintained, after excluding the Pleuronectide. That the Blenniidee are akin to Lycodes and allies has long been admitted, and authors who have placed them in different divisions of their systems have had to confess the difficulty of referring certain genera to the one family rather than to the other. The fact that Lycodes and many forms previously associated with the Ophidiidee agree with the Macruride and Gadide in the diphycercal vertebral column, and in the * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. 1901, p. 261. t Op. eit. xi, 1903, p. 459. 185 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and absence of spines to the fins, is merely, it seems to me, the result of degradation ; they probably form the terminal group of a series in which the vertebral column was origin- ally homocercal and fin-spines were present, as is the case in most of the Blenniidee and Trachinide and their near allies. All these families may be assumed to have evolved in several series, often on parallel lines, from some group closely related to the Berycide; the resemblance which their terminal forms bear to the Anacanthini is, as recognized by Regan, probably to be ascribed to convergence, not to any close genetic affinity. Fifteen families :— I. Pectoral rays attached to the scapula and to a series of pterygials, of which only one or two are in contact with the scapula; ventral fins jugular, with 1 spine and 4 or 5 soft rays; anteiior dorsal rays usually spinous or not articulated, often forming a detached fin. A. Epipleurals present. 1. Second suborbital produced inwards to support the eyeball. Ventrals close together; scales very small, cycloid, forming oblique bands” 2. it cea ss ise ac wis 1. Trachinde. Ventrals*widely separated .....00.-c-eeaseutes . 2 Percophide., 2. No subocular shelf. Ventrals widely separated; two nostrils on each Sita ae ue pay MRS ras tee MBE Oly an Signs A 3. Leptoscopide. Ventrals widely separated ; a single nostril on each SEs a a ae So See gy ae Cag 4, Nototheniide. Ventrals close together ; scales very small, forming oblique bands; head partly covered with bony PLALES says w vine sees dw ce sea dale bis vnle e's B. No epipleurals. Post-temporal forked, articulated to the skull; soft dorsal and anal much elongate .............. 6. Trichonotide. Post-temporal closely adnate to the skull; soft dorsal and anal short (with only 7 to 10 rays).. 7. Callionymide. Post-temporal simple, articulated to the skull; soft, dorsal and anal short; a ventral sucker ...... 8. Gobiesocide. Cr . Uranoscopide. II. Pectoral rays all attached to the pterygials, of which two or three are in contact with the scapula; ventral fins, if present, jugular or mental, composed of | to 4 rays. A. Ventrals jugular or absent. Post-temporal distinctly forked; preecaudal ver- tebree with transverse processes; some or all of the dorsal rays spinous or not articulated ; caudal fin usttally distinct 22 ssjcnc eee. te 9. Blenniide. Post-temporal small and ankylosed to the skull; preecaudal vertebree without well-developed transverse processes; a very short spinous dorsal “caudal finsdistinet sence . 10. Batrachide. Families of Teleostean Fishes. 187 Post-temporal distinctly forked; pracaudal ver- tebre with hemal arches; dorsal rays all apinons; candal fin Gistinct 2... GR. -j.esinle ss vee ll. Pholidide. Post-temporal distinctly forked; praecandal ver- tebree with transverse processes; dorsal rays all articulated, or a few of the posterior spinous; no distinct caudal ............+.+.+ 12, Zoarcide. Post-temporal forked, ankylosed to the skull ; pre- caudal vertebree with transverse processes ; no spines; no distinct caudal ..¢.........-+000. 13. Congrogadide. B. Ventrals mental (just behind the chin) ; no spines. 14, Ophidide. III. Pectoral rays attached to an undivided cartilaginous plate repre- senting the pterygials ; ventral fins jugular, reduced to a filament formed of two adnate rays; fins without spines. 15. Podatelide. Division IX. T£NIosomt. Exceedingly compressed, more or less elongate, often ribbon-like fishes of doubtful affinities, probably related to the eailier Acanthopterygians, the ventral fins, when well developed, comprising as many as 7 to 9 rays. Dorsal fin extending from the head to the end of the tail, its rays simple (separable into lateral halves), the anterior often prolonged ; anal fin very short or absent. Pectoral fin with horizontal, or nearly horizontal, base, the rays supported by the scapula and by three short pterygials, all three, or two at least, of which are related to the coracoid. Ribs small and slender, or absent. Post-temporal simple and solidly attached to the skull. Scales minute or absent. Deep-sea or pelagic fishes from the Atlantic and Mediter- ranean and from the Pacific ; specimens are rare in collec- tions and the life-histories are still very imperfectly known, although it has been ascertained that great changes of form take place with growth. Only two families :— Mouth very protractile ; ventral fins more or less developed, with 6 to 9 rays, or reduced to a single long ray ; no anal fin; vent about the middle of the body; caudal rays, if present, divided into two fascicles, the upper sometimes much prolonged and directed upwards........ 1. Trachypteride, Mouth moderately protractile ; ventrals very small, if distinct, with 4 or 5 rays; body-cavity ex- tending nearly the whole length of the much elongate body, the vent very far back and fol- lowed by a short anal fin; caudal fin small, Vis CANCE, Wes arere hana cu ald ee das so aeae oe 2, Lophotide, 188 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Suborders and Suborder XI. OPISTHOMI. Air-bladder without open duct. Opercle well developed, hidden under the skin; supraoccipital in contact with the frontals, separating the parietals. Pectoral arch suspended from the vertebral column, far behind the skull; no meso- coracoid ; no clavicle distinct from the cleithrum. Vertical fins with spines. Ventral fins absent. This division stands in the same relation to the Acantho- pterygii as the Apodes to the Malacopterygii. The single family, Mlastacembelide, inhabiting the fresh waters of Southern Asia and Africa, is possibly derived from the Blenniide. Suborder XIJT. PEDICULATI. Air-bladder without open duct. Opercle large, hidden under the skin; supraoccipital in contact with the frontals, separating the parietals. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; no mesocoracoid. No ribs, no epipleurals. Ventral fins jugular. Gull-opening reduced to a foramen situated in or near the axil, more or less posterior to the base of the pectoral. Body naked or covered with spines or bony tubercles. A small natural group, connected with the Acanthopterygit Jugulares through the Batrachidw, in which the elongate pterygials of the pectoral fin foreshadow the kind of arm ( pseudobrachium”’) which is more or less characteristic of these highly aberrant fishes. As in the Batrachide, the post-temporal is flat and ankylosed to the cranium, and the suprascapula is much elongate. The pterygials, two or three in number, are separated from the small scapula and coracoid by a broad ligament, the arm-like pectorals being more or less distinctly geniculated and inserted far back behind the cranium. The head is large, the basis cranii simple. The gills are reduced to 2, 24, or 3. ‘The spinous dorsal, if present, consists of a few rays, which may be modified into tentacles inserted on the head. Five families :— I, Gill-opening in or behind lower axil of pectoral; mouth large, terminal or directed upwards. Pectoral fin scarcely geniculated ; ventrals present . 1. Lophiide. Pectoral fin scarcely geniculated ; ventrals absent.. 2. Ceratide. Pectoral fin strongly geniculated ; ventrals present. 3. Antennariide. J]. Gill-opening behind lower axil of pectoral; mouth inferior ; velltralssabsent- iaeicen tees eee nee 4, Gigantactinide, Families of Trleostean Fishes. 189 III. Gill-opening above axil of pectoral; mouth rather small, sub- terminal or inferior; pectoral fin strongly geniculated ; ventrals present; spinous dorsal absent or reduced to a small tentacle lodged in a cavity under the snout ........ 5, Malthide. Suborder XIII. PLECTOGNATHI. Air-bladder without open duct. Opercular bones more or less reduced; supraoccipital in contact with the frontals, separating the parietals; maxillary and preemaxillary bones often firmly united. Pectoral arch suspended from the skull; no mesocoracoid. No ribs. Ventral fins thoracic and much reduced if present; the pelvic bones, if present, more or less completely co-ossitied. Gill-opening much reduced. Body covered with more or less osseous scales, bony scutes, or spines, or naked. A highly aberrant group, closely connected with the Acanthopterygii through the Acanthuride, as pointed out long ago by Dareste*. The skeleton is often feebly ossified and the vertebree much reduced in number, but the jaws, although short, are very strong, usually with large sectorial teeth which may be confluent into a beak ; the post-temporal is short and simple, suturally united to the squamosal. These fishes have usually been arranged in three divi- sions: Sclerodermi, Ostracodermi, and Gymnodontes; but Regan t, whose classification is here followed, has shown that the latter include a type (Zvriodon) which, in spite of its beak-like teeth, is more nearly related to the Sclerodermi, whilst the Ostracodermi have much more in common with the latter than with the Gymnodontes. It therefore appears best to admit only two divisions, the first with four, the second with three families :— I, ScLERopERMI. Supraclavicle vertical; pectoral arch of the Perci- form type; all the vertebrae with a single neural spine. A. Body covered with hard or spinous scales; epipleurals present ; pelvis present. Teeth separate; spinous dorsal present; ventrals paired ; pelvis immiovable ....y..5. 60.4.5. .. 1. Triacanthide. A beak ; spinous dorsal and ventrals absent; pelvis movable ...... eatcae Se eatin eke sega, 2s .--.. 2. Tredontide. Teeth separate; spinous dorsal present; ventrals absent or represented by a single short spine ; pelvis movable........... Sedat re Soa 2 .. 3d. Balistide. B. Body encased in a carapace; no epipleurals; spinous dorsal, pelvis, and ventrals absent ....... seven 4, Ostraciontide. * Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool. (3) xiv. 1850, p. 105, and C. R. Ac. Sci. Ixxiy. 1872, p. 1527. + P. ZS. 1902, ii: p. 284, 190 Mr. C. T. Regan on II. GymnoponTes. Supraclavicle oblique or nearly horizontal; lower three pterygials enlarged and immovably united to the coraco- scapular cartilage ; anterior vertebrae with bifid divergent neural spines ; pelvis absent. Beak with a median suture; interoperculum not connected with suboperculum ; three gills; caudal fin present ; body inflatable .......... 5. Tetrodontide. Beak without median suture; interoperculum at- tached posteriorly to suboperculum ; three gills; caudal fin present; body inflatable .......... 6. Diodontide. Beak without median suture; interoperculum at- tached posteriorly to suboperculum ; four gills ; caudal fin absent, the body non-inflatable, trun- cate posteriorly, with the dorsal and anal fins COMMUEHE GGG. hea ety epee etnbseinrnien hehe aie 7. Molde. XX.—On a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. John Graham at Yunnan Fu. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A. THE British Museum has received from Mr. John Graham a small collection of fishes from the large lake ‘‘ Sea of Tien,” on the north shore of which the city of Yunnan Fuis situated, This lake is at an altitude of about 6000 feet above the sea- level, and its overflow runs northwards by the Pulu-shing to the Yang-tse-kiang. Of thirteen species represented, eight are described below as new to science. ‘The complete list is as follows :— 1. Cyprinus carpio, L. The two specimens received both lack the anterior barbel *, and should perhaps be referred toa distinct subspecies on this account. Six examples in the British Museum Collection, {rom the Southern Shan States, with large scales, 26-29 =, may also be regarded as belonging to a geographical race or subspecies. 2. Barbus Grahami, sp. n. Depth of body 34 times in the total length, length of head 33times. Snout nearly twice as long as the eye, the diameter ot which is 52 times in the length of head and 14 times in the interorbital width. Mouth subterminal, maxillary not extending to below the eye. ‘T'wo barbels on each side, the anterior 8, the posterior nearly 34 the length of head. * Some of the specimens figured in Reeye’s drawings of Chinese fishes haye apparently no anterior barbel, Fishes from Yunnan Fu. 191 Se. 110 =, 14 between lateral line and root of ventral; 1. lat. 70. D. III 7, the third simple ray a strong spine, with finely serrated posterior edges, the first branched ray the longest, % the length of head; origin of dorsal equidistant from anterior nostril and base of caudal. A. IIL 5. Pectoral not reaching ventral. Caudal forked, the upper lobe slightly the longer, a little less than the length of head. Caudal peduncle 13 times as long as deep. LBrownish, with silvery reflections, lighter below. A single specimen, 170 mm. in total length. 3. Barbus yunnanensis, sp. n. Depth of body 33 times in the total length, length of head 42 times. Snout 13 times as long as eye, the diameter of which is 5 times in the length of head and 12 times in the interorbital width. Mouth subterminal; maxillary not extending to below the eye. ‘Two barbels on each side, the anterior I, the posterior 7 the length of head. Sc. 46 ie 4 between lateral line and root of ventral. D. III 8, the third simple ray a strong spine with serrated posterior edges, the first branched ray the longest, # the length of head; origin of dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal. A. III] 5. Pectoral not reaching ventral. Caudal forked, the lobes as long as the head. Caudal peduncle 12 times as long as deep. Brownish, with silvery reflections, lighter below ; membrane of outer half of dorsal and anal blackish. A single specimen, 210 mm. in total length. 4, Achilognathus barbatulus, Gthr. 5. Barilius polylepis, sp. n. Depth of body 42 times in the total length, length of head 42 times. Snout nearly as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 32 times in the length of head and is nearly equal to the interorbital width. Mouth small, oblique, the maxillary not extending to below the eye; no barbels. Sc. 70 22, 3 between lateral line and root of ventral. D. III 7, its origin a little behind that of the ventral and nearly equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal. A. III 13. Pectoral ex- tending 3 of the distance from its base to the origin of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep, Brownish above, silvery on the sides and below. A single specimen, 130 mm. in total length. Allied to B. hatnanensis, Blgr., from which it is distin- guished especially by the much smaller scales. 192 Mr. C. T. Regan on 6. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus, Cantor. 7. Nemachilus pleurotenia, sp. n. Depth of body 5 times in the total length, length of head 4 times. Snout nearly as long as the postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 43 times in the length of head and nearly cqual to the interorbital width. Nostrils well separated, the anterior tubular. Rostral barbels shorter than the one at the angle of the mouth, which is 4 the length cf head. Scales minute ; thorax naked; lateral line present anteriorly, disappearing before origin of dorsal. D. III 8, its origin equidistant from anterior nostril and base of caudal, above or slightly in advance of the origin of ventral. A. III 5. Pectoral extending 2 of the distance from its base to origin of ventral. Ventral with 9 rays. Caudal bilobed. Caudal peduncle 13-14 times as Jong as deep. Back with some dark spots or markings; a blackish longitudinal stripe along the middle of the side; fins immaculate. Two specimens, 46 and 51 mm. in total length. 8. Nemachilus nigromaculatus, sp. n. Depth of body 4-43 times in the total length, length of head 32 times. Snout shorter than the postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 42-51 times in the length of head, interorbital width 3-3} times. Nostrils well separated, the anterior tubular. Rostral barbels shorter than the one at the angle of the mouth, which is less than 3 the length of head. Scales very small, not imbricated; thorax and abdomen naked ; lateral line absent. D. III 8, its origin equidistant from middle of eye and base of caudal, a little in advance of the origin of ventral. A. III 5. Pectoral extending 3-2 of the distance from its base to origin of ventral. Ventral with 8 rays. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle as deep as or deeper than long. Back and sides spotted or marbled with blackish ; fins immaculate. ‘l'wo specimens, 61 and 77 mm. in total length. 9. Stlurus mento, sp. n. Depth of body 53-54 times in the total length, length of head 4-42 times. Breadth of head 14-12 times in its length, diameter of eye 74-94 times, interorbital width 3-33 times, length of snout 32-4 times. Lower jaw projecting, the mouth superior ; vomerine teeth in two separate patches; 4 barbels, the maxillary ones extending to the base of pectoral. Fishes from Yunnan Fu. 193 or beyond, the mental ones nearly 2 as long. LD. 4, its distance from the tip of snout 3 its distance from the caudal. A. 71- 73, continued on to the caudal. P.112, the spine stout, anteriorly somewhat roughened or slightly serrated, poste- riorly with a series of 6-9 fairly strong teeth, its length a little more than 4 that of the soft part of the tin, which extends nearly to the origin of ventral. Ventrals with 10 rays, originating just in front of the vent and extending to the third or fourth ray of anal. Caudal truncate rounded. Greyish, clouded with blackish. Two specimens, 115 and 215 mm, in total length. 10. Liobagrus nigricauda, sp. n. Depth of body about 6 times in the total length, length of head 33-32 times. Breadth of head 14-1} times in its length, interocular width 23-3 times, length of snout about 34 times. Eyes very small. Jaws equal anteriorly ; mouth wide. Post-mental barbel the longest, extending to base of pectoral or a little beyond. D. I 5, the spine concealed in a fold of skin which also extends over the soft rays, about the length of head; adipose fin low, originating above or : little in advance of the anal and extending on to the pro- current rays of the caudal. A.15. P.17, the spine concealed like that of the dorsal, a little more than $ the length of the fin, which is rounded and nearly equal in length to 2 the length of head, extending 4 the distance from its base to the origin of ventral, V.6. Caudalrounded. Greyish, spotted or marbled with darker; dorsal and pectoral in great part blackish ; ventrals and anal with or without blackish spots ; caudal, in the smaller specimen, with a large median blackish blotch confluent with a semioval blackish basal band, in the larger specimen almost entirely blackish except for two small light areas on the upper and lower margins respectively. ‘l'wo specimens, 64 and 96 mm. in total length. The genus Liobagrus, established in 1878 by Hilgendorf fer L. Reinii from Southern Japan, is allied to Akysis and Acrochordonichthys, but is distinguished by the truncate or rounded caudal and by the wide gill-openings, which are not 1estricted from above, whilst the gill-membranes are entirely separate from each other and from the isthmus. Amblyceps marginatus, Gthr. (Pratt’s ‘Snows of Thibet,’ Appendix, p. 245, pl. 11. fig. A, 1892), is another species of this genus, differing from the one described above in the coloration, projecting lower jaw, longer barbels, and truncate catdal. Amblyceps is distinguished from Liobagrus by the nostrils, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.7. Vol. xiii. 13 os oo 194 Mr, W. L. Distant on Capsidee which are close together instead of well separated, and by the forked caudal. In Liobagrus, as in Akysis and Acro- chordonichthys, and also in Amblyceps, the air-bladder is reduced to two small lateral portions enclosed in bone. 11. Macrones medianalis, sp. n. Depth of body 54-54 times in the total length, length of head 34-42 times. Diameter of eye 5-63 times in the length of head, interorbital width 33 times, length of snout 3} times. Nasal barbel extending beyond posterior border of eye, maxillary barbel to base of pectoral or beyond, post-mental barbel to the edge of the gill-membrane at a point directly posterior to its origin or a little beyond. Upper jaw slightly the longer; width of mouth 4 the length of head. Upper surface of head covered by skin; supraoccipital process more than twice as long as broad, its length 4 that of the head; basal bone of the anterior dorsal ray hidden beneath the skin, separated by a short interspace from, or in contact with the supraoccipital process. D. 17, the spine smooth, equal to 3-3 the length of head; length of adipose fin equal to its distance from the base of middle rays of caudal. A. 17-18. P. I 7, the spine with a series of 5-8 teeth posteriorly, equal in length to that of the dorsal. V. 6. Caudal bilobed. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Greyish, with a few large dark spots or blotches. Three specimens, 65-128 mm. in total length. Although with less than 20 anal rays, the relations of this species are with the section Pseudobagrus. 12. Monopterus javanensis, Lacep. 13. Ophiocephalus argus, Cant. XXI.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXI. By W. L. Distant. HETEROPTERA. Fam. Capside. (Part II.) THIS paper concludes the examination of the Capsidee contained in the British Museum, including Walker’s types ; tn the British Museum and elsewhere. 195 of some of these the condition is so imperfect as to make their generic identification a matter of no little difficulty, but they will be all found in the “summarized disposition ” here appended. Division MIRARIA. NYMANNUS, gen. nov. Elongately subovate; head as long as pronotum, sub- conical, narrowed anteriorly, with a narrow central linear suleation; eyes of moderate size, almost touching the anterior margin of the pronotum ; antennz about as long as the body, first joint strongly incrassated, narrowed at base, about as long as head, second joint slender, about twice as long as first and almost equal in length to re- maining joints together; rostrum almost reaching the posterior coxee; pronotum nearly twice as broad posteriorly as anteriorly, very faintly transversely impressed on anterior area, posterior margin truncate, oblique beyond the scutellar angles, mesonotum exposed ; scutellum subtriangular ; hem- elytra a little convexly ampliated, cuneus longer than broad, membrane short; posterior femora incrassated, posterior tibiz finely setose; first joint of posterior tarsi as long as second and third joints together. Nymannus typicus, sp. n. Pale reddish-testaceous, basal lateral areas of corium stramineous, clavus somewhat piceous; antennz with the basal joint castaneous, second joint pale ochraceous, re- maining joints fuscous; femora castaneous; tibize pale ochra- ceous; tarsi, excluding base, fuscous; membrane dark fuscous; body above finely shortly pilose; narrow central sulcation to head appearing as a fuscous line ; basal angles to scutellum linearly foveate and fuscous. Long. 6 mm. Hab. Cape Colony: Grahamstown (Albany and Brit, Muss.). Genus MEGACHLUM *, Megacelum, Fieb, Wien. ent. Monats. Bd. ii. p. 305. n. 21 (1858). Creontiades, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. i. p. 237 (1883). * I have here substituted the generic term Megacelum for Creontiades (ante, p. 105). I had already sank as a synonym the proposed genus 1 hs 196 Mr. W. L. Distant on Capsidee Pantiliodes, Noualh. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893, p. 15. Umslopogas, Kirk. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 254. Kangra, Wirk. Tr. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 257. Megacelum transvaalensis, sp. n. Pale luteous; apex of head, eyes, subanterior and sub- posterior transverse fascia to pronotum, broken at centres and sometimes united along lateral margins, inner and outer margins of clavus, an elongate spot on posterior disk of corium which is angulated and connected with the mem- branal margin, membrane, basal joint of antenne (remaining joints mutilated), extreme apices of tibiw, and the apices of tarsi black; abdomen beneath with central and sublateral fuscous fasciz; apices of femora and bases of tibie testa- ceous ; pronotum finely transversely granulate; scutellum shining, almost glabrous; hemelytra finely and obscurely punctate; posterior tarsi mufilated. Long. 6 mm. Hab. Transvaal: Zoutpansberg (Junod, Brit. Mus.) ; Pretoria (Distant). Megacelum nigroqguadristriatus. Umslopogas nigroquadristriatus, Kirk. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1902, p. 254, ploy. figed i. Head, pronotum, and scutellum pale shining greenish yellow, pronotum usually more greenish; a central longi- tudinal fascia to head, four longitudinal fasciz to pronotum (two central and one at each lateral margin, and sometimes more or less fused anteriorly), and two basal spots and lateral margins of scutellum, black; antenree fuscous ; hemelytra pale opaque greenish yellew, the clavus, inner area, anda longitudinal apical spot to corium fuscous; membrane pale fuscous; body beneath and legs pale dull ochraceous, legs speckled with fuscous, apices of tarsi piceous ; a narrow sublateral fascia and sometimes apical segment to ablomen piceous ; rostrum reaching posterior coxew; second joint of Kangra, and since then have seen the species on which Umslopogas is founded. It now becomes clear that to keep these genera distinct the only reliable character is the proportional length of the joints in the posterior tarsi (frequently mutilated in specimens received) ; and as this seems to be but a sectional character of a large and well-marked genus, I haye thought it best to now include all under Megacelum. tn the British Museum and elsewhere. 197 antennze about twice the length of first; corium finely pilose. Long. 7mm. Hab. Natal: Howick (Cregoe, Brit. Mus.). Transvaal: Pretoria (Distant) ; Johannesburg (Ross). The British Museum possesses a long series of this species from Howick, Natal, whence Kirkaldy’s type is recorded, and I have also a considerable number of specimens from the Transvaal. They are all moderately uniform in markings and coloration, and the figure given by Kirkaldy appears to be much too highly coloured. I found this the most abundant species in the Transvaal, frequenting grasses, and readily obtained by sweeping. Division CYLAPARIA, CHAMUS, gen. nov. Elongately subovate; head broad, anteriorly broadly channelled, with three long, frontal, slightly upwardly curved spines, one central and one before base of each antenna, two discal callosities on posterior area ; eyes prominent, inserted near base of antenne, which are very robust and longly and strongly pilose, first joint very strongly incrassate, moderately petiolate at base, second joint almost twice as long as first, third much shorter than second, twice as long as fourth; rostrum reaching the anterior coxe; pronotum with the posterior margin about three times broader than anterior, constricted before middle, the anterior area with two obscure callosities; scutellum in typical specimen destroyed by pin; lateral margins of corium sinuate and ampliate posteriorly ; cuneus somewhat large, a little longer than broad ; membrane with a single elongate quadrangular cell; legs moderately short, strongly and longly pilose; posterior legs mutilated ; pronotum, corium, and cuneus somewhat thickly minutely tuberculate, lateral margins longly and strongly pilose. Chamus Weale?, sp. n. Reddish testaceous ; second and third joints of antenna, extreme lateral margins of corium, rostrum, body beneath, and legs stramineous ; pronotum and corium with numerous small sanguineous tuberculations; cuneus and membrane pale dull ochraceous, the first with the small tuberculations 198 Mr. W. L. Distant on Capsidee sanguineous near inner angle, the membranal venation also sanguineous; lateral margins of body beneath sanguineous. Long. 64 mm. Hab. Cape Colony (Mansell Weale). Division ARCULANUS, gen. nov. Subelongate; head broad, subglobose, shortly obtusely conically produced in front of eyes, a little narrowed pos- teriorly and anteriorly ; eyes of moderate size, situate at about centre of lateral margins; antenne moderately robust, very finely pilose, first joint distinctly thickened from beyond base and very slightly longer than head, second more than twice as long as first, third much shorter than second, more than half as long again as fourth; rostrum short, robust, about reaching the anterior coxe; pronotum somewhat long, with a broad anterior collar, narrowed anteriorly, strongly con- stricted before middle, where there are two strong subconical tuberculations, posterior area convexly tumid, foveate near lateral angles, which thus appear subprominent, posterior margin almost five times as broad as anterior margin ; scutellum subtriangular, its lateral margins very slightly convex ; corium somewhat long, its lateral margins a little sinuate ; cuneus longer than broad and passing abdominal apex ; membrane with a single elongate quadrangular cell ; legs moderately short, femora a little thickened. A genus which may be placed near Disphinctus. Arculanus Marshalli, sp. n. Pale sanguineous ; anterior margin of head, tuberculations and lateral margins to pronotum, scutellum, outer claval area to corium, basal area of cuneus, sternum, coxz, rostrum, bases of femora, tibie (excluding bases), and the tarsi more or less pale ochraceous ; above shining, finely and obscurely pilose; outer margin of clavus, inner margin of cuneus, and two longitudinal discal lines on apical half of membrane fuscous ; membrane pale bronzy, the venation sanguineous. Long. 74 mm. Hab, Mashonaland: Umfili River (G. A. K. Marshall). in the British Museum and elsewhere. 199 Division PHYTOCORARIA. Genus PARACALOCORIS. Paracalocoris Barretti, sp. n. Purplish brown ; head, antenne (excluding basal joint), Jateral margins and a broad central fascia (attenuated posteriorly) to pronotum, basal angles of scutellum, a very small marginal spot near apex of corium, a marginal spot to cuneus, body beneath, rostrum, and legs pale ochraceous ; apices of second and third joints of antenna and apices of tibia purplish red; pronotum with two discal black spots; first joint of antenne incrassate and pilose, second joint distinctly incrassate towards apex, about half as long again as first; pronotum transversely rugulose; membrane very pale fuscous with the veins darker. Long. 54 mm. Hab, Cape Colony: King William’s Town (Miss Barrett, Brit. Mus.). Division CAPSARIA. Genus LyGus. Lygus Schonlandt, sp. n. Ochraceous ; hemelytra somewhat longly pilose; apex of second joint of antenne black (remaining joints mutilated) ; basal area of pronotum, two central longitudinal fascize to scutellum, inner area and two lateral spots (one before middle, the other at apex) to corium, and a spot at apex of cuneus piceous; basal and inner margins of cuneus generally distinctly narrowly sanguineous; membrane fuscous with paler mottlings; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; mesosternum, a lateral spot to metasternum, base of posterior tibiz, and apices of tarsi black ; apical halves of posterior femora castaneous with broad fuscous annulations; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ; pronotum finely and ob- scurely punctate ; first joint of antenne slightly thickened, second joint a little more than twice the length of first. Long. 4 to 4} mm, Hab. Cape Colony: Grahamstown (Albany and Brit. Muss.). Natal: Durban (Marshall). 200 Mr. W. L. Distant on Capsidee Genus Horcias. Tlorcias Signorett. Capsus Signoreti, Stal, Free. Fug. Resa, Hem. Dp. 257 (1859). Capsus cinctipes, W alk. Cat. Het. vi. p- 109. n. 247 Asie, Resthenia cinctipes, Atkins, Cat. Capsidie, p. 57 (1890). Tloretas obumbratus. Capsus obumbratus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 111. n. 251 (1873), Resthenia obumbratus, Atkins. Cat. Capsidee, p. GO (1890), Tlorcias? squalidus. Capsus squalidus, Walk. Cat. Wet. vi. p. 110, n. 249 (1875) Resthenia squalidus, Atkins. Cat, Capsidee, p. 61 (1890). A single specimen represents the type, in bad condition and imperfectly described. The “ piceous band on the hind border” of the pronotum does not extend on each side beyond the basal angles of the scutellum ; the corium is piceous red, with a broad sublateral stramineous fascia ; 3 cuneus sarmine-red, Llorcias lacteiclavus, sp. n. Black ; pronotum (excluding basal margin), prosternum, rostrum, segmental incisures, and legs pale ochraceous ; clavus, margins of mesosternum, and three narrow marginal lines to abdomen lacteous white ; antennz black, annulation to first joint, base of second, and third (excluding apex) lacteous; posterior femora with a small lacteous spot on upper surface near apex, posterior tibiz with two lacteous annulations; membrane pale fuscous; shining, glabrous, scutellum Anedly tumid; head clongately subconical. Long. 5 mm. Hab. Ecuador: Cachabé (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). Lloretas albiventris, sp. n. Black ; head and pronotum (excluding basal margin) pale ochraceous; head beneath, sternum, cox, and abdomen Jacteous white ; intermediate legs ochraceous, tibie with a broad, subapical, lacteous annulation, tarsi black ; anterior and posterior legs mutilated ; apical joint of antennz lacteous ; membrane pale fuscous; apex of head piceous; scutellum distinetly tumid; body above shining, glabrous. Long. 6 mm. flab. Ecuador: Chimbo (Rosenberg, Brit. Mus.). Ilorcias signatus, sp. Black ; head, pronotum, scutellum, a sublateral streak and in the British Museum and elsewhere. 201 apical angle to corium, base and apex of cuneus, body beneath, and legs ochraceous ; a central, discal, longitudinal spot and Jateral angles of pronotum, lateral margins of abdomen beneath, spots to tibia, and the tarsi (excluding base) black ; apical halves of femora testaceous, speckled with black ; basal joint of antenne (excluding apex), central annulation to second joint, and base of third joint ochraceous; membrane pale fuscous, with a lacteous spot near margin of cuneus; scutellum not prominently tumid ; body above shining, glabrous. Long. 5 mm. Hab. Colombia: Cali (Brit. Mus.). Genus CYPHODEMA. Cyphodema? Junodi, sp. n. Head ochraceous, eyes and antenne black ; pronotum ochraceous, somewhat coarsely punctate, with a very large transverse, subbasal, black spot, which is angulately sinuate anteriorly ; scutellum pale stramineous, with a central longi~ tudinal ochraceous fascia ; corium and clavus black, the first with a large central, marginal, pale stramineous spot; inner and apical margins of clavus, extreme lateral margin and apex of corium and the cuneus dark ochraceous ; membrane fuscous, black at basal angle; body beneath black, legs ochraceous, bases of femora and apices of tibie black; hemelytra very finely and obscurely pilose ; second joint of antenne about three times the length of first ; eyes large and transverse. Long. 45 mm. Hlab. Vransvaal: Zoutpansberg (Junod, Brit. Mus.). A single specimen, agreeing generally with the characters and appearance of the genus Cyphodema. Genus CAMPTOBROCUIS. Camptobrochis Esau, sp. n. Shining black, somewhat longly greyishly pilose ; head opaque, piceous, with a large testaceous spot at inner margin of each eye; anterior and posterior margins of pronotum, a broad central fascia to scutellum (not reaching base), corium (excluding inner area and a submarginal punctate line), body beneath, antennz, rostrum, and legs pale dull ochraccous ; basal joint of antenne, apical halves of posterior femora, and bases of posterior tibice dull testaceous ; extreme base of first joint and apices of second and third joints of antenne and apices of the tarsi piceous ; antennee finely pilose, first and second joints moderately thickened, second a little more than twice as long as first ; pronotum distinctly punctate, scutellum 202 Mr. W. L. Distant on Capsidee and corium a little more finely and obscurely punctate ; cuneus sanguineous, its outer area and apex black. Long. 5 mm, Hab. Transvaal: Zoutpansberg (Junod, Brit. Mus.). Camptobrochis capensis, sp. n. Reddish ochraceous ; head and scutellum black, the last with a central reddish-ochraceous fascia, which does not reach the base ; antenne, lateral margins of corium, tibiee, and tarsi pale ochraceous; apices of tarsi black ; antennse somewhat slender, second joint more than twice the length of first ; pronotum distinctly punctate, anterior and posterior margins narrowly ochraceous, the last linearly transversely black near lateral angles ; ‘scutellum and corium more finely and obscurely punctate than pronotum ; corium and clavus some- what longly pilose ; membrane fuscous, with paler mottlings. Long. 4 mm. Hab. Cape Colony: Grahamstown (Albany and Brit. Muss.). Division BRYOCORA RIA. Genus TENTHECORIS. Tenthecoris, Scott, Ent. Month. Mag. xxxiii. p. 65 (1886). Type, Z. bicolor, Scott (Brit. Mus.). This genus is very closely allied to Hecritotarsus, Stal. It is described as an orchid pest, as is also Eceritotarsus exiti- osus, Dist., and EH. orchidearum, Reut. . bicolor is very closely allied by description to Reuter’s species; Scott describes the first and second joints of the antenne as red, but in one of his typical specimens the apex of the first joint and the whole of the second joint are distinctly black. ? Division Genus FUNDANIUS. Fundantus alternus. Capsus alternus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 111. n. 252 (1878). Resthenia alternus, Atkins. Cat. Capsidze, p. 57 (1890). Division ? Genus ARMACHANUS. Armachanus spicatus, sp. n. Uniform pale cinnamon-brown ; a discal, transverse, pale greyish line across apex of clavus, and an oblique line of the same colour crossing corium near middle ; ; a prominent black an the British Museum and elsewhere. 203 marginal spot near middle of corium and a larger black spot to cuneus; head with a long, porrect, anterior, central spine ; first joint of antenne a little more than half the length of second ; pronotum strongly constricted and depressed before middle; scutellum carinately tumid; hemelytra obliquely depressed on each side, the sutures forming a central longi- tudinal carinate ridge; posterior area of the corium before cuneus semiglobose. Long. 5 mm. Hab. N.W. Australia: Adelaide River (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.). The genus Armachanus is described and its type figured in my second volume on the Rhynchota of British India, which will shortly be published. The typical species was from Ceylon. j Division PLAGIOGNATHARIA. DAGBERTUS, gen. nov. Head somewhat large and subtriangular above, deflected anteriorly, where it is conically produced, and a little laterally compressed ; eyes of moderate size, almost touching, but projecting a little beyond the anterior angles of the pronotum ; antenne slender, first joint about as long as head and stouter than the other joints, second about or a little more than twice the length of first, third and fourth slender, tomentose, third longer than fourth ; rostrum long, passing the posterior coxe ; pronotum trapezoidal, the posterior lateral angles slightly subacutely produced, posterior margin slightly convex and about twice as broad as anterior margin, lateral margins nearly straight; scutellum subtriangular, about as long as the pronotum ; hemelytra subhyaline, lateral margins almost parallel, a little rounded; posterior femora moderately in- crassate, remaining legs mutilated in the types of the three representative species. This genus may be placed near Episcopus, Reut. Dagbertus Darwini. Capsus Darwini, Butl. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 89. Hab. Galapagos; Charles Island (C. Darwin, Brit. Mus.), Dagbertus quadrinotatus. Capsus quadrinotatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 113. n, 256 (1873). Resthenia quadrinotatus, Atkins. Cat. Capside, p, 61 (1890). Rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; not ‘ reaching’ same, as described by Walker. 204 Mr. W. L. Distant on Capsidas Dagbertus ? spoliatus. Capsus spoliatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 112. n. 254 (1878). Resthenia spoliatus, Atkins. Cat. Capside, p. 61 (1890). This species is represented in the National Collection by six very imperfect specimens. Exact generic identification is out of the question. Cupsus obscurellus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 93. n. 154 (1878). Type in such a mutilated condition as to be undeterminable. Monalonion divisum, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 163. n. 9 (1873). The type is headless. Probably represents an undescribed genus with affinities to the Neotropical Resthenia. Capsus intaminatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 127. n. 304 (1873). In the four specimens representing this species there are contained three distinct genera; but the specimens are all mutilated, the type cannot be fixed, and the species must be regarded as non-existent. Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species. Capsida. Species considered valid and described under correct Genera. Monalonion braconoides, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 162 (1878). Eucerocoris braconoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. L6-4. basifer, Walk. loc, cit. Helopeltis niger, Walk. loc. ett. p. 165, Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision, Lopus partilus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 56 (1873), belongs to gen, Araspus, gn. australis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 57, belongs to gen. Pantilius, Curtis. sordidus, Walk. loc, ctt., Capsus incisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 92, -— coccineus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 98, — limbatellus, Walk. loc. cit., strigulatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 94, Jilicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 96, marginatus, Walk. loe. cit., floridanus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 97, seitulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 99, — opacus, Walk. loc. ert. p. 100, —— jamaicensis, Walk. loc, cit. p. 101, Sabellicus, g. n. Resthenia, Spin. Lomatopleura, Reut. Pecilocapsus, Reut. Camptobrochis, Fieb, Megacelum, lieb. Pecilocapsus, Reut. Lopidea, Uhler, Lopidea, Uhler, Calocoris, Fieb. Resthenia, Spin. Capsus basalis, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 108 (187 in the British Museum and elsewhere. 205 thenia, Spin. ), belongs to gen. Tes- —— tibialis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 109, belongs to gen. Sysinas, Dist. -—— atroluteus, Welk. loc. cit., Bee eee ils PL ITT wvanthophilus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 110, ,, squalidus, Wall. (oe. cit., tncertus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 111, obumbratus, Walk. loc. cit., alternus, Walk. loc. cit., leprosus, Walk, loc. cit., spoliatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 112, quadrinotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118, , sobrius, Walk. loc. cit. p. 115, allepidus, Walk. loc. cit., solitus, Wall. loc. cit. p. 116, pallidulus, Walk. loc, ctt., conspersus, Walk, loc. cit., suffusus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 117, serticeus, Walk. loc. cit., partitus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 119, stramineus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 120, patulus, Walk. loc. cit., sinicus, Walk. loc. cit., vicartus, Walk. loc. ett. p. 121, — incisuratus, Walk. loc. cit., — fasciatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 1 — discordalis, Walk. loc. cit., apicifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 124, lucidus, Walk. loc. cit., stemulans, Walk. loc. cit. p. 125, tristis, Walk. loc. cit., angulifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 126, pretulifer, Walk. loc. cit., laticinctus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127, Leptomerocoris maoricus, Walk. loc. ect. p Hahn. ” D ] Resthenia, Spin. Monalonion, Uerr.- Schiff. Horcias, Dist. ? Megacelum, Vieb. Hloreias, Dist. Fundanius, Vist. Paracalocoris, 1):st. Dagbertus, &. 0. Dagbertus, g.n. Paracalocoris, Dist. Lygus, Hahn. Peciloscytus, Fieb. Lygus, Hahn. Lygus, Habn ? Lygus, Hahn. Paracalocoris, Dist. Liocoris, Fieb. Megacaelum, Fieb. Dereocoris, Wirschh. Megacelum, Fieb. Rhinomiris, Wirk. Argenis, g. N. Disphinctus, Stil. Malacopepius, Wirk. Sabellicus, g. 0. Kosmiomiris, Kirk. Bothriomiris, Wirk. Suturnionaris, Kirk. Megacelum, Fieb. Zanessa, Wirk. Calocoris, Fieb. . 146, belongs to gen, Lygus, Monalonion politum, Walk. loc. cit. p. 163, belongs to gen, Disphinctus, Stal. —— divisum, Walk. loc. cit., belongs to gen. ? (type headless), Species treated as synonymic. Capsus vanthomelas, Walk, Cat. Het. vi. p. 92 (1873), = Resthenta insitiva, Page eane Say. kirsutulus, Walk, loc. eit. p. 95,= Neurocolpus nubilus, Say. contiguus, Walk. loc. cit.,= Calocoris norvegicus, Gmel. stramineus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 96,= Calocoris norvegicus, Ginel. decoratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 100,= Pecilocapsus ornatulus, Stil. bicinctus, Walk. loc. cit.,= Resthenia ornaticollis, Stal. einctipes, Walk. loc, cit. p. 109,= Horcias Signoreti, Stal. tnnotatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 116,= Lygus australis, Dist., nom, n. limbatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 117,= Lygus ethiops, Dist., nom. n. canescens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 121,= Rhinomiris vicarius, Walk. —— lineifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 122.= Hyalopeplus vitripennis, Stal. — ustulatus, Watk. loc, cit, p. 128,= Calocoris laticinctus, Walk, 206 Mr. O. Thomas on new Bats from Leptomerocoris antennatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 145,=Sabellicus sordidus, Walk. Helopeltis braconiformis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 165,=Helopeltis (Dulichius) clavifer, Walk. To be treated as non-existent. Types broken, undeterminable. Capsus obscurellus, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 98 (1873). intaminatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum. Capsus frontifer, Walk. Cat. Het. vi. p. 94 (1878). pallescens, Walk. loc. cit. nigritulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 112. semiclusus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. subtrroratus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 119. marginicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 128. Leptomerocoris simplea, Walk, loc. cit. p. 145. Monalocoris bipunctipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 159. Monalonion ichneumonoides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 162. XXII.—New Bats from British East Africa collected by Mrs. Hinde, and from the Cameroons by Mr. G. L. Butes. By OLDFIELD ‘l'TOMAS. THE British Museum owes to the kindness of Mrs. Hinde, wife of Dr. S. L. Hinde, of Fort Hall, British East Africa, a further collection of bats, and these include three well- marked new forms, which I have described below, in con- junction with two others obtained by Mr. G. L. Bates in West Africa. The new Myotis from Fort Hall, which I have named in honour of its captor, is an especially noticeable discovery. Pipistrellus crassulus, sp. n. A medium-sized species with disproportionally short fore- arms. General build thick and heavy. Muzzle broad, swollen. Ears short, laid forward they do not nearly reach to the tip of the muzzle; inner margin straight below, convex above ; tip evenly and broadly rounded; outer margin straight above, slightly convex below; basal lobe small, rounded. Tragus of medium length, its greatest breadth opposite its British East Africa and the Cameroons. 207 inner base; inner margin straight, tip rounded, outer margin gently convex, ending below ina small basal lobule. Thumbs short, with thickened but not enlarged basal pad. Wings from the base of the toes. Calcars about equal in length to the free border of the uropatagium ; postcalcareal lobules distinct but narrow. ‘Tail involved in membrane almost to the tip. Penis very long, slender. Fur 3°5-4:0 mm. long on back. Uniformly dusky brown above, scarcely paler below. Membranes blackish brown throughout, without any trace of white margins. Skull broad, stout and flattened, conspicuously broader and heavier, especially anteriorly, than in P. pipistrellus, which has a much longer forearm. Upper profile straight, the frontal region not inflated. Inner upper incisors very thick, bifid ; the postero-external cusp nearly as long as the main one; outer incisor slender, unicuspid, reaching about halfway from the cingulum to the tip of the inner tooth. Small upper premolar in the inner angle between the canine and large premolar, which touch one another outside it; not visible from without. Lower incisors broad, bifid. First lower premolar about three fourths the height of the second. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :— Forearm 28 mm. Head and body 47; tail 27; ear 10; tragus on inner edge 3°5 ; thumb, free of membrane (c. u.) 4 ; third finger, metacarpus 26, Ist phalanx 9, 2nd phalanx 8°8 ; fiith finger 37; lower leg 12; hind foot, from back of calear (c. u.) 7; penis 11. Skull: greatest length 12°7; mastoid breadth 7:7. Hab. Efulen, Cameroons. Type. Adult male. Collected by G. L. Bates. One specimen. This bat, with the short forearm of such pigmy species as Pipistrellus Stampflii and minusculus, has a very much larger body and head. The breadth and flatness of the skull are particularly noticeable. Scotophilus nigrita colias, subsp. n. A richly yellow (almost orange) bellied race of S. nigrita. General characters as in this species, which is Dobson’s “8. borbonicus.” Fur long, rather shaggy ; hairs of back 8-9 mm. in length. General colour above (of the tips of the hairs) olivaceous, but the bases of the hairs are a dull sulphur- yellow, which shows through on the upper surface. Below, 208 Mr. O. Thomas on new Bats from the central line is a rich chrome-yellow, deepening laterally on the sides of the belly to a golden yellow, which is especially bright on the broad band of fur extending on the wing- membrane between the elbows and knees. Dimensions of the type :— Forearm 55 mm. (57 in a second specimen). Skull: greatest length 20°5; zygomatic breadth 14°5 cheek-tooth series 5-7, fab. Fort Hall, Kenya District, British East Africa. Type. Male. B.M. no. 2.7.6.11. Original number 107. Ballcciea 25th Jan., 1902, and presented by Mrs. Hinde. The bats referable to S. nigrita seem divisible by colour into several geographical subspecies, of which S. n. Ding ani, Smith, would be theCape one, and S. n. lewcogaster, Cretzschm., the Abyssinian. Specimens representing the true Senegalese S. nigrita and the Mozambique forms described by Peters are still wanting to the Museum Collection. From any member of the group as yet described S. n. colias seems readi'y distinguishable by its brilliantly yellow under surface. Scotophilus nigrita nux, subsp. n. A chestnut-brown subspecies of S. nigrita. General characters of the smaller forms of the widely distributed S. nigrita. Fur short, close and fine; hairs of Lack about 5mm. in length. Colour above uniform chestnut- brown, or “burnt umber” (Ridgway), the bases of the hairs slightly paler than the tips; very different therefore from the other pale brown or olivaceous representatives of the species. Under surface a rather lighter brown, approaching “ russet ”’ (Ridgway), the other forms being all yellowish or whitish below. Fur of body scarcely extending on the wing-membranes below. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit b: foreskinning):— Forearm 55 mm. Head and body 70; tail 47; ear 15. Skull: greatest length 20°5 ; zygomatic breadth 14°7 ; upper cheek- tooth series 9°8. Hab, Vfulen, Cameroons. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 2. 4. 5. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Although consp:cuously different in colour from any of the known forms of S. n7grita, this bat so clearly represents that species in the West-African forest country that fer the yresent | prefer to give it only subspecific rank. British East Africa and the Cameroons. 209 Myotis Hildegardee, sp. n. A beautiful and brightly coloured species allied to M. Bocaget. Size medium. Ears small, narrow; inner margin evenly convex, tip very narrowly rounded, outer margin concave above, convex below, a marked angular antitragal lobule at the outer base thickly covered with fur. Tragus rather short, its inner margin slightly but evenly convex, its greatest breadth opposite the lower third of its inner margin, whence it slopes evenly to the narrow but not sharply pointed tip; basal lobe large, rounded. Feet large; wings to the metatarsi ; calcars long, reaching nearly three-fourths towards the tip of the tail and ending in a distinct lobule. Fur soft, thick and fine; hairs of back about 5-6 mm. in length. Wing-membranes naked, except for a few hairs on the under surface between the humeri and the flanks. Inter- femoral furry above at the base, a narrow band passing outwards behind the legs nearly halfway down the tibie. Top of toes hairy. General colour of upper surface bright “ tawny-ochraceous,” the head rather paler than the back. Individually the hairs are blackish brown for about 2 mm. at their bases, then pale tawny, darkening to their tips. Below the general colour is *€ pinkish-buff,” the hairs blackish at their bases. Membranes dark throughout, contrasting strikingly with the bright colour of the body. Skull considerably larger than in I. Bocagei, broader and lower than in M. Goudoti. Small upper premolars in the tooth-row, subequal in horizontal section, and less unequal in height than usual. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :-— Forearm 37 mm. Head and body (c.) 55; tail 37; ear (dry) 13; tragus on inner edge (dry) 4°6 ; thumb clear of membrane 5 ; third finger, metacarpus 35, lst phalanx 15°5, 2nd phalanx 10°7 ; fifth finger 53 ; tibia 17; foot from back of calcar (c. u.) 9°8; calcar 17. Skull: greatest length 15:2; basal length 11:3; breadth of brain-case 8; front of canine to back of m’® 5:7. Hab. Fort Hall, Kenya District. Alt. 4000 feet. Type. Male. B.M. no. 3.3.2.2. Original number 115. Collected 17th Oct., 1902, by Mrs. Hinde. Two specimens. This very beautiful bat I have much pleasure in naming in honour of its discoverer Mrs. Hildegarde Hinde, to whom Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 14 210 On new Bats from British Last Africa, &e. the British Museum is indebted for so many interesting Chiroptera and Rodentia. M. Hildegardee is readily distinguishable from any of its allies by its striking coloration, as it is far brighter in tone than either M. Bocaged or M. Goudoti, the species most similar to it. Nyctinomus Hindet, sp. n. A whitish-winged member of the VV. pumilus group. Essential characters of ears, tragus, skull, &c., apparently as in JV, limbatus, Peters. A marked tuft of brown hairs behind the joining membrane of the ears. Colour of upper surface chocolate-brown, finely flecked with white; the bases of the hairs (which attain abcut 4-4°5 mm. in length) rather lighter. Under surface brown, more or less washed superticially with whitish, especially along the middle line of the belly ; a creamy white line edging the junction of the wings with the flanks. Lars, forearms, hind limbs, and interfemoral membrane dark brown. Wing-membranes near the body whitish brown, paling to white on the middle part of the wing, and darkening again at the tips to brown. Skull about as in N. Hminz, though with less marked pre- orbital processes. Small upper premolar outside the middle line of tooth-row, less crushed than in d¢mbatus, more so than in Emini. Middle lower incisors deeply bifid. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Forearm 40 mm. Head and body (c.) 61; tail 35; thumb close to membrane 6; third finger, metacarpal 39, Ist phalanx 15°5; fifth finger 39. Skull: greatest length 17:6; basal length 14:6; zygomatic breadth 11°4 ; front of canine to back of m® 6°7. Hab. Fort Hall, Mt. Kenya district, British East Africa. Alt. 4000 feet. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3.3.2.4. Original number 134. Collected 1st Jan., 1903, and presented by Mrs. Hinde. Two specimens. This Nyctinomus is most closely related to N. Emini, de Wint., of Usambiro, German E. Africa *, but differs by its whitish wings and more closely crushed upper premolars. * Not Mosambiro, as accidentally printed in the original description, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 41 (1901). On new ITymenoptera from Northern India. yall J yi ; XXIII.—Descriptions of new Species of Aculeate and Parasitic Hymenoptera from Northern India. By P. CAMERON. Apide. Nomia pilosella, sp. n. Black; the head, thorax, base of abdomen, and legs densely covered with longish white pubescence; the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments with emerald-coloured smooth bands; postscutellum with two stout longish black spines; metanotal area stoutly closely striated. Wings hyaline, the apex infuscated ; tegule black, pale round the outer border. Face and clypeus not very strongly keeled down the middle. Hind femora roundly dilated above, the basal slope longer and not so long as the apical; the hind tibize become gradually wider towards the apex and rounded on the outer side; on the inner side the basal two thirds is straight, only slightly roundly dilated; the apex is broadly bluntly roundly dilated, somewhat as in N. Westwoodi, but the femora are much thicker, more dilated in the centre above, the basal and apical slopes are straight, oblique, whereas in Westwoodi the femora above have a gradually rounded curve froin the base to the apex ; in the present species they are shaped more as in N. Elliotii as figured by Smith (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, pl. 1. fig. 7), but not by Bingham (‘ Fauna of Brit. India,’ 1. p.449). The pubescence on the present species is much longer and denser than in Elliotii, which has the base of the metanotum “ finely punc- tured,” and there is a green band on the first abdominal segment; the present species has no band on it and the base of the metanotum is stoutly reticulated; also it is much more densely pilose. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Habropoda fulvipes, sp. n. Black; the basal two segments of the abdomen rufo- fulvous, the lower inner orbits, a dagger-shaped mark (the “handle” above) on the centre of the face and clypeus, apex of clypeus, labrum, and basal half of mandibles pale yellow ; the hair on the front of the head darker, behind paler coloured than it is on the thorax; antenne dark brownish; legs p> 212 Mr. P. Cameron on new fulvous, with paler hair. Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with fulvous; the nervures and stigma black. ¢. Length 14 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Clypeus punctured; in its centre a stout keel which reaches near to the apex ; the face tuberculate in the middle, its apex and that of the labrum margined ; on the centre of the face at the apex is a broadly triangular yellow-fulvous mark ; on either side of the top of the labrum is a brownish mark, with two projections, the inner of which is raised. There is a dark brownish plate on the outer side of the base of the hind tibiz, which is longer than broad, shield-shaped, roundly narrowed towards the apex, and with the outer edges raised. Basal four abdominal segments fringed with pale fulvous hair, the apical with longer black hair all over; the pygidium bare, with the sides broadly depressed on the apical half. Vertex smooth and shining, the front punctured, with a narrow keel down the centre. What I suppose is the male has the head black, except the clypeus, which is pale yellowish testaceous ; the lower part of the front and the sides of the clypeus thickly covered with depressed fulvous pubescence, as is also the greater part of the thorax ; the abdomen above is black except the base and apices of the basal two segments broadly, and the ventral surface, which are honey-coloured; the legs are similarly coloured, except that the cox, trochanters, femora, and hind tibiz are black above; the hind femora become gradually roundly dilated from the base to the apex ; the hind tibiz curved, not swollen. Clypeus margined laterally, not very convex, its apex transverse, margined narrowly on the inuver edge. Antenne entirely black. The wings are more clear hyaline than in the femaie, and the nervures and stigma are lighter coloured. Compared with Bingham’s figure of H. Magrettii the male of the present species has the thorax only very slightly haired and the hind femora are not at all so strongly dilated ; its abdomen, too, is longer and narrower. It (the male) appears to be much more slenderly built than any species of Habro- poda I have seen, is much less hairy, and has a much longer malar space, the eyes being widely distant from the base of the mandibles. The third joint of the antennz is swollen, not narrowed at the base, and is hardly so long as the fourth, whereas in what I take to be the male of H. Radosz- kowskw it is clearly longer and distinctly narrowed at the base. In neither the female nor the male of my species is the second recurrent nervure interstitial. The Indian species Hymenoptera from Northern India. pale of Habropoda can hardly be locked upon as typical of the genus. Possibly my male represents a distinct species. It certainly appears to be too slender for the female, comparing it with the males of other species of the genus and their females. Celioxys cariniscutis, sp. n. This species is very similar to C. khasiana, with which it agrees in size, form, and coloration, including the fulvous pubescence on the underside of the tarsi, but it differs in the clypeus being keeled down the centre, in the sides of the scutellum being deeply furrowed, with the outer edge raised ; the lateral teeth are stouter, depressed in the centre, become narrowed gradually to the apex, which is rounded and not depressed ; the pronotum at the base projects into a large plate, which becomes gradually narrowed outwardly, forming a triangle of which the upper side is longer than the lower. There are eight teeth on the apical segment, two basal and six apical; the upper central pair are the shorter ; the space behind them is depressed, the base of the depression with an oblique slope and shallower than it is at the apex ; the apical lower pair of teeth are much longer and stouter than the others; the apices of the third, fourth, and fifth segments are less closely punctured than the rest; there is an oblique furrow on the sides of the second near the base and an oblique depression on the sides of the fifth near the base ; the ocellar region has some smooth spaces at the sides and behind the ocelli; the lateral teeth of the scutellum are not bent downwards as in khasiana and basalis; the wings are fuscous violaceous to the transverse basal nervure. <. Length 11-12 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Celioxys khasiana, sp. nu. Black ; clypeus, face, lower part of the vertex broadly on the sides, pleuree, metanotum, and the apices of the abdo- minal segments narrowly covered with white pubescence, the rest of the head and thorax with short white pubescence ; wings bright dark fuscous violaceous, highly iridescent, the nervures and stigma black. 9¢. Length 11-12 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Vertex covered with large, deep, round punctures, which are much more widely separated at the sides of the ocelli ; the raised central part of the front more coarsely punctured, 914 Mr. P. Cameron on new almost reticulated ; its sides more closely and less coarsely punctured ; face and clypeus closely irregularly punctured ; the hair fringing the apex of the clypeus has a fulvous tinge. Mandibles to near the apex coarsely punctured, the punctures longish. Pro- and mesothorax closely covered with large deep punctures, which are small on the base of the mesonotum. Apex of scutellum broadly rounded ; the lateral teeth large, almost smooth, curved down slightly at the apex. Median segment and apex of mesopleure smooth. Abdomen sparsely but distinctly punctured; the apex of the ~ last segment closely rugosely punctured, the centre raised, smooth, the sides obliquely depressed; the apex becomes gradually narrowed to a point; the apical ventral segment becomes gradually narrowed and projects largely beyond the upper. Legs covered with white pubescence; the tarsi below with longish stiff fulvous hair. Comes near to C. basalis, Sm. Nomia Rothneyi, sp. n. Black; an interrupted band of white pubescence on the apex of the first abdominal segment; a broad smooth white band on the apices of the second, third, and fourth segments ; flagellum of antenne brownish beneath ; wings hyaline, the stigma testaceous, the nervures darker coloured. 9¢. Length 7 mm. Hab. Mussoorie (Rothney). Face broadly roundly raised in the middle; clypeus opaque, with clearly separated scattered punctures, its apex transverse ; front and vertex closely punctured; an im- pressed line on the centre of the upper three fourths of the front; the sides of face, of the front, and the outer orbits thickly covered with white pubescence. Thorax closely punctured; the sides and apex of the mesonotum and the postscutellum thickly covered with grey pubescence. Basal area of metanotum large, clearly defined, strongly trans- versely striated ; the strize distinctly separated; the narrowed basal inner edges obliquely striated. Pleura, sternum, and legs densely covered with long cinereous pubescence. Abdo- men smooth and shining; there is a transverse, curved, impressed line behind the white band on the third and fourth segments ; the apical two segments are brown. This species cannot well be confounded with any of the described white-banded species of Paranomia. Tymencptera from Northern India. 215 Nomia interrupta, sp. n. Black ; a narrow line of pale green on either side of the apex of the second abdominal segment, the tibiz rufous ; the pleurz densely covered with long fulvous pubescence, the mesonotum more sparsely with shorter black, the cheeks with pale fulvous, the face and clypeus with fulvous pubes- cence. Flagellum of antenne for the greater part rufo- testaceous. Wings hyaline, slightly tinged with fulvous. Face and clypeus stoutly keeled down the centre. ?. Length 13 mm. Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Face distinctly projecting in the middle, the projection with an oblique slope, almost smooth ; the clypeus distinctly sparsely punctured; the central keel on the two is con- tinuous. Clypeus roundly convex, its apex broadly roundly. Front and vertex sparsely indistinctly punctured. Meso- notum closely and distinctly punctured, the scutellum as closely but not so strongly. Basal area of metanotum closely, strongly, irregularly transversely striated. Tegule rufo- testaceous. Back of abdomen minutely punctured, except at the apex of the segments ; the scopa bright rufous. Hair on legs long, fulvous, glistening on the tibiz and tarsi. A distinct species, easily known by the single, interrupted, smooth, greenish band on the second abdominal segment, strongly keeled face and clypeus, and the four rufous front tibize. Nomia tuberculata, sp. un. Black ; the pubescence on the head, thorax, and underside of the abdomen pale fulvous ; the base of the first abdominal segment thickly covered with fulvous pubescence, the rest of the pubescence on the back short, sparse; the apices of the basal three segments broadly smooth and shining. Face roundly dilated in the centre, almost smooth ; the clypeus broadly depressed in the middle, the sides roundly dilated, smooth and shining, bearing some large punctures; the top in the centre keeled, the apex is transverse, clearly separated. Wings hyaline, the apex with a fuscous cloud ; stigma and nervures testaceous. ?. Length 13 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Face, front, and vertex sparsely punctured, the face in the centre smooth. Postscutellum thickly covered with fulvous pubescence. Median segment smooth and shining, its basal 216 Mr. P. Cameron on new area not defined, its sides with a few keels. Teguie testa- ceous. The hair on the legs is long, dense, and fulvous, the spurs dark rufous. Characteristic of this species is the fact that the raised centre of the face and the sides of the clypeus form three large tubercles. In Bingham’s arrangement (‘ Fauna of Brit. India,’ Hym. 1. p. 459) 1t comes near N. terminata, Sm. Megachile khasiana, sp. n. The pubescence on the head, thorax, and base of abdomen dense, fulvous, on the rest of the back of abdomen and on the apex of ventral surface black; on the base the ventral scopa black; legs covered with cinereous pubescence ; the pubescence on the underside of the base of four front tarsi rufous, on the hinder black; wings fuscous violaceous, the base more hyaline, paler. 9°. Length 13 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Face and clypeus strongly but not closely punctured, the pubescence on them paler and sparser than on the front. Mandibles widely furrowed along the outer edge ; the apical part bordered by a narrow curved furrow, the central with some irregular furrows, of whieh the apical is the wider and deeper; the apical tooth is long and stout, rounded at the apex, the second is broader and shorter and becomes gradually narrowed to the apex, which is rounded; the rest is broadly bluntly rounded and toothless. Abdomen opaque, closely punctured ; the basal three segments have transverse furrows near the middle, the apex of the third is more widely depressed. Calcaria testaceous; metatarsus nearly as wide as the tibiz ; apex of clypeus transverse. Of the Indian species this comes nearest to M. umbripennis, Sm., recorded by Smith from Borneo and Nepaul and by Bingham from Sikhim and Tenasserim. The number of mandibular teeth is not given by Bingham, but Smith states (Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. i. p. 175) that they have four stout teeth, so his species is readily separated from M. khasiana. FossoRES. Trypoxylon placidum, sp. n. Black; the antennal scape, face, and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence, the pleure, sternum, and median segment with longish white hair, the pro- and flymenoptera from Northern India. 217 mesonotum thickly with long fuscous hair, the legs sparsely with white pubescence. Wings hyaline, the apex smoky, nervures and stigma black. Apical joint of antenn thickened, nearly twice the length of the preceding two joints united. Front alutaceous, indistinctly furrowed in the centre; vertex opaque, finely, not very distinctly punc- tured. Clypeus not carinate in the middle, its apex broadly rounded, raised, smooth. Palpi pallid testaceous, black at the base. The apex of metanotum has an oblique slope ; the basal furrow extends from the base to the apex, becomes gradually wider, is shallow and finely transversely striated ; the furrow on apical slope wide, deep on the basal half, V-shaped; the apical third of the segment is somewhat coarsely transversely striated. Abdominal petiole narrow, with only the apex dilated; it is as long as the succeeding three segments united, its apex distinctly clavate. 2? ¢. Length 13 mm. Hab, Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Trypoxylon fulvocollare, sp. 1. Black ; the basal five or six joints of the antennze fulvous, the scape thickly covered with white hair, the flagellum with shorter blackish pubescence ; clypeus and mandibles rufous, palpi pale testaceous ; the apex ef pronotum and tubercles fulvous ; the base and sides of the first abdominal segment and the base of the second and third segments broadly rufo- testaceous. Apex of fore coxze, trochanters, femora, tibia, and tarsi fulvous, the femora of a deeper hue, the apex of the middle femora, the middle tibiz and base of tarsi, and the base of the hinder tibiz pale testaceous. Wings hyaline, with a slight fulvous tinge, the costa and stigma fulvous, the latter lighter in tint ; the radius and cubitus testaceous. Face, eye-incision, outer orbits and the base, sides and apex of mesonotum thickly covered with golden pubescence; the scutellum with short fuscous, the postscutellum with longer fulvous hair; the pleure and sternum with short pale fulvous pubescence. Front and vertex sparsely punctured, the former above with a wide and shallow furrow; the lower half triangularly keeled. On the apex of the basal half of the median segment is an elongated fovea; the apical half deeply furrowed in the middle. The apical third of the petiole dilated. Comes nearest to T. coloratum, Sm.; that species has only a small tubercle above the base of the antennz, while in the present species there is not a tubercle, but a long stout 218 Mr. P. Cameron on new keel. There is no lateral furrow on the base of the median sexment. 2. Length 17-18 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Trypoaylon khasi@, sp. n. One of the larger species. In size comes near to T. colo- ratum, which differs in having the pubescence golden. In Bingham’s table (‘ Fauna of Brit. India,? Hym. 1. p. 224) it comes into B, except as regards the size and 0°. “ Abdomen red, basal segment only black.” Black ; apex of clypeus testaceous ; mandibles yellow, their teeth black ; palpi yellow ; scape and base of flagellum of antenne pale yellow, the rest black, brownish beneath; the base and sides of mesonotum with a distinct fulvous-yellow band; tubercles yellow, except at the base, and fringed with silvery hair; abdomen rufo-testaceous, the petiole black, except at the apex, the black there being triangularly incised in the middle. Four front legs yellowish, the femora of a more testaceous hue, the base of all the cox black ; the hind femora black, running into testaceous towards the middle; the hinder tibiz yellowish beneath, flavo-testaceous above, blackish towards the apex, the tarsi blackish, the apices of all the joints testaceous. Wings hyaline, the stigma testaceous. The clypeus, orbits, and eye-incision densely covered with silvery pubescence; the front obscurely punc- tured; a narrow furrow runs from the ocelli. Thorax densely pilose, the pile fuscous on the mesonotum, longer and more silvery on the sides ; the sides and apex of median segment thickly covered with pale hair; at its base in the middle is an elongated somewhat pear-shaped depression ; the apex is deeyly and widely furrowed and densely covered with long white hair. The greater part of the pleurze covered with silvery pubescence. Length 20 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Trypoxylon orientale, sp. n. Antenne black, distinetly thickened towards the apex, the scape thickly covered with long white hair; flagellum bare. Face, lower part of eye-incision, and clypeus thickly covered with ‘silvery pubescence ; front and vertex opaque, covered with long fuscous hair. Palpi pale testaceous. ‘Thorax thickly covered with pale hair. Median segment short, its apex with an oblique slope ; on the base is a striated depres- Tymenoptera from Northern India. 2 sion, which becomes gradually wider towards the apex and is moderately deep; there is a smooth, narrower, oblique furrow on the sides. Legs black, pilose, the hair on the femora longer. Wings clear hyaline, the sides of the dilated apex of the petiole and the base and sides of the second segment rufous ; the petiole long and slender, as long as the following three segments united. 2. Length 22 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Psen rufo-balteata, sp. n. Black ; the apex of the second abdominal segment and the whole of the third rufous ; the fifth and following joints of the antennz testaceous beneath. Legs thickly covered with white hair; the spurs pale rufous. Wings clear hyaline ; the first cubital cellule in front is half the length of the second, the first recurrent nervure is received very near the first transverse cubital, the second at twice the distance from the second transverse cubital. @., Length 5 mm. Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Antenne stout, thickened towards the apex; the scape beneath sparsely covered with long black hair. Face and clypeus thickly covered with silvery pubescence; the front and vertex almost bare, sparsely punctured ; the eyes almost parallel ; the ocelli in pits; the front with a shallow central furrow ; antennal tubercle large, the apex triangular, its sides distinctly margined, the middle depressed ; below this is a larger broader one, roundly incised at the apex, the sides rounded. Pro- and mesothorax shining, sparsely covered with white hair ; the mesonotum distinctly but not closely punctured ; the scutellums with a few fine punctures. Area on the base of metanotum narrow, elongate, and marked with stout strie; the central furrow is wide and deep, becoming slightly wider towards the apex, and marked with a few stout strie; on either side of it at the apex is a large leaf-like expansion, its apex transverse, on the outer side covered with long hair ; at its base is a small rounded pro- jection. Pro- and mesopleure finely and sparsely punctured ; below the mesopleural tubercles is a wide, deep, slightly oblique furrow, marked with some transverse keels; there is a smooth furrow near the base of the metapleure; the apex of the latter is rugose and is marked with some trans- verse keels. Comes near to P. rufiventris, but is quite distinct therefrom. 220 Mr. P. Cameron on new Ichneumonide. Suvalta annulipes, sp. 0. Agrees with S. levifrons in having the front and vertex smooth, but is smaller, has two yellow marks on the meso- notum, the scutellum yellow from base to apex, not yellow on the basal half only; the mark on the mesopleure is smaller, and there is none on the metapleure ; the black on hind femora broader, reaching to the middle; the hind cox are yellow at the base, not broadly in the middle, and the hind trochanters yellow, uot black. The ninth to twenty-second joints of antenne yellowish white below; the flagellum thickly covered with black short hair ; scape shining, sparsely pilose. Face, clypeus (except at apex), labrum, mandibles, palpi, apical two thirds of scutellum, a large somewhat triangular mark on the sides of the first abdominal segment at the apex, the other segments broadly at the sides, and the apical almost entirely, yellow. Four front legs fulvous, yellow at the base, the end joint of tarsi black ; hind coxe black, with a large yellow band on the base above; the trochanters and basal half of femora fulvous, the apical half of femora and of the tibiz black, the basal half of the tibiz and of the tarsi yellowish. 9¢. Length 12 mm. Hao. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Face strongly punctured above, in the middle transversely striated ; apex of clypeus smooth, the base punctured; mandibles punctured at the base. Front and vertex smooth and shining, sparsely covered with long black hair; the space between the hind ocelli with large deep punctures. Mesonotum rugosely punctured, reticulated in parts. Scu- telium covered with long fuscous hair, its yellow mark is rounded before and behind, its sides coarsely punctured, the depressions stoutly striated behind. In the centre of the metanotum at the base is an area wider than long and having inside a few stout oblique keels ; the rest of the basal region reticulated, the reticulations wider on the inner side; the rest is strongly closely reticulated; the teeth large, broad, rounded at the top, looked at from behind. Propleurz sharply margined at the base above, above strongly punc- tured ; the rest stoutly striated. Mesopleure stoutly longi- tudinally striated, except in the middle behind ; immediately under the tubercles the strize are vertical or oblique ; near the base under the tubercles is a keel. Metapleure coarsely rugosely punctured, the punctures running into reticulations. TIymenoptera from Northern India. 297 J Ip : Areolet almost square, the recurrent nervure received near the apical third. Abdomen short; petiole shining, strongly punctured ; between the apex and the middle are scattered punctures ; the second and third segments are closely punc- tured, the others smooth; gastrocceli smooth, hardly de- pressed in the middle. Suvalta pallidinerva, sp. 0. Agrees closely in coloration with S. annulipes, but may be known from it by the longer, more slender petiole, which is not so much dilated at the apex nor so strongly punctured ; the head is wider compared with the mesothorax, and the pronotum is much more dilated at the base, it being there distinctly tuberculate. Length to apex of petiole 7 mm. Hob. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney. Black ; clypeus (except at apex), palpi, the inner orbits to near the end of the vertex, the outer more broadly from near the top, edge of pronotum (broadly in front, more narrowly behind), scutellum broadly in the middle, a broad line on the sides of median segment from shortly above the spines, a large mark on the base of propleure (broad above, gradually narrowed towards the apex), the tubercles, a large mark on the lower side of the base of mesopleurz (curved and nar- rowed above), the base and lower side straight, a mark under the hind wings, the greater part of the lateral scutellar keels, and the sides of the abdominal segments broadly, yellow. Four front legs fulvous, their cox and trochanters pallid yellow ; the fore femora lined with black above; the hinder legs are of a deeper fulvous tint; the coxe, trochanters, slightly more than the apical third of the femora, apical fourth of tibice, the spurs, and base of metatarsus black ; the tarsi are of a more yellowish tint than the tibize. Wings hyaline, the nervures, stigma, and costa pale testaceous ; the areolet is of equal width throughout, a little longer than broad, the recurrent nervure is received in its apical third. Mesonotum rugosely punctured, the punctures running into striations in the middle. Scutellum covered with long fuscous hair, smooth ; postscutellum very smooth and shining, The depression in the middle of median segment is smooth, at its sides it is finely punctured, the outer part coarsely punctured. Thesegment outside the keel is coarsely rugosely punctured; the teeth broadly rounded at the top, oblique at the sides ; behind them are some curved keels. The upper- side of the pronotum is roundly incised in the centre, the 227 Mr. P. Cameron on new sides of the propleure above are strongly punctured, the middle strongly obliquely striated. Mesopleure longitu- dinally striated (except on the lower side at the base, which is punctured, and a small smooth space in the middle behind) ; the tubercles are punctured. Metapleure closely rugosely punctured, above more closely punctured. Meso- sternum punctured, its furrow triangularly widened at the apex. Petiole shining; before its apex is a punctured band, surcounding a smooth space; the second and third segments are closely punctured ; gastrocceli shallow, coarsely acicu- lated, the part behind them is raised on the outer side and is very smooth and shining. The antenne and the apical abdominal segments are broken off. Algathia rufopetiolata, sp. n. Black ; the scape of antennz rufous below, the base of flagellum brownish, jomts 11-14 white below; a triangular yellowish mark in the centre of the face above; apex of inandibles testaceous ; palpi pale yellow; scutellums, the sides of the apex of median segment, the apices of the second, third, fifth, and the whole of the apical abdominal segments pale yellow ; the petiole rufous, its apex yellow. Legs red; the four front coxse and trochanters pale yellow ; the femora and tibiz fulvous, the tibiz paler, the fore tarsi fuscous except at the base, the middle blackish; the hinder coxe, trochanters, and femora rufous; a large mark on the coxe below at the apex, the apex of femora, and tibiz (except a small dull rufous band at the base) black ; the calcaria pale ; tarsi black, with rufous spines. Wings hyaline, with a slight fuscous tinge, the nervures and stigma black ; areolet nar- rowed in front; transverse median nervure received shortly in front of the transverse basal. -shaped mark at the end of the cell, edged new Species of Lepidoptera. 245 with black on both sides; a waved black line extending from the costal margin, beyond which the wing is shaded with white, brown, and yellow; two large black spots edged with white on the inner side close to the apex: secondaries pale brown ; an indistinct greyish line close to the base; a large hyaline angular-shaped spot edged with black at end of cell, below which a waved black line, edged with white on the outer side, extends from the costal margin near the apex to the inner margin above the anal angle; beyond the black line the wing is pinkish, then yellowish brown to the outer margin; a submarginal row of small black dots extends from the apex to the inner margin. Underside very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour. Expanse 34 inches. flab, Argentine Republic, Tucuman (Mus. Druce). A small species, very distinct from any known to me. Fam. Lasiocampide. Ormiscodes radama, sp. ne. Male.—Head and underside of the thorax and legs reddish brown; antenna, collar, and tegule chrome-yellow ; thorax reddish brown; abdomen black, each segment edged with white, the anal tuft yellowish brown. Primaries, the costal half of the wing yellow, the inner half clouded with brown, the veins black ; a <-shaped white mark at the end of the cell and a white spot beyond; an indistinct slightly waved band crosses the wing from near the apex to the middle of the inner margin ; the fringe alternately white and brown: secondaries yellowish brown, palest at the base and along the inner margin ; a curved brown line crosses the wing beyond the middle; the veins all black. Underside very similar to the upperside, except that the white markings on the pri- maries are much smaller and that the costal margin of the secondaries is bordered with white. Iixpanse 33 inches. Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Jlus. Druce). Ormiscodes (?) choba, sp. n. Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, and legs pale pink; antenne yellow. Primaries pink, slightly yellowish about the middle of the costal margin, and a yellowish line crossing the wing beyond the cell from the costal to the inner margin; two waved black lines extending from the costal to the inner margin, the first near the base, the second sub- 246 Mr. H. Druce on some marginal; a black dot at the end of the cell; the fringe yellowish pink: secondaries bright pink, darkest on the inner half of the wing. The underside of both wings pale pink, both wings crossed by two narrow dark pink lines. Expanse 3 inches, Hab. §.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). Megalopyge gamelia, sp. n. Male,—Head, thorax, and abdomen white; collar and tegule black ; antenne yellowish. Primaries white, the costal margin from the base nearly to the apex dark grey ; a black dot close to the base of the wing; a double row of small black spots crosses the wing from the apex to the middle of the inner margin; the fringe alternately black and white: secondaries white, with a submarginal row of black spots extending from the apex to theanal angle; the fringe black and white. The underside of both wings dusky white, without any markings. Expanse 1? inch. Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (dus. Druce). Apatelodes mehida, sp. n. Male.—Head, antennz, tegula, and abdomen pale greyish brown ; the palpi and thorax black. Primaries greyish brown, the veins darker brown; a large brown spot, edged with white, on the outer side close to the apex ; a dark brown elongated spot on the inner margin near the base ; a straight brown line crosses the wing from the apex to the anal angle, between it and the base are two narrow curved lines ex- tending from the costal to the inner margin: secondaries reddish brown, crossed about the middle from the costal to the inner margin by a pale greyish-brown waved band, darkest on the inner margin. Underside: primaries pale brown, the dark brown patch at the apex considerably larger, the lines crossing the wing very indistinct ; secondaries dark reddish brown, with a very pale brown submarginal line extending from the costal margin to the anal angle; the underside of the abdomen dark brown. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. §.K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (J/us. Druce). Apatelodes signata, sp. n. Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen brown ; antenne yellowish brown; legs and underside of the abdo- men dark brown. Primaries dark brown, irrorated with new Species of Lepidoptera. 247 minute greyish scales; a pale brown spot at the end of the cell; a dark brown curved line crosses the wing beyond the middle from the costal to the inner margin; a submarginal greyish curved line extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries dark fawn-colour, crossed below the middle from the apex to the inner margin by two faint brown lines; the fringes of both wings brown. Underside: both wings pale brown, with the dark lines more distinct than on the upper- side ; a black spot at the end of the cell of the primaries and secondaries.—Female very similar to the male, but darker in colour. Expanse, ¢ 24, 2? 3 inches. Hab, §.K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (us. Druce). Apatelodes banepa, sp. n. Male.—Head and thorax black; antenne, collar, and tegule pale greyish brown ; abdomen and legs brown. Pri- maries greyish brown, two small white spots close to the apex, edged with black on the inner side; a large elongated dark brown spot close to the base on the inner margin, and three zigzag indistinct black lines cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin ; fringe brown: secondaries pale reddish brown, crossed about the middle by an indistinct whitish line. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. 8.K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Aus. Druce). Lonomia bethulia, sp. n. Male.—Head and antennze black ; collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown; legs black. Primaries pale yellowish brown, crossed near the base from the costal to the inner margin by two waved, curved, dark brown lines; three small black dots at the end of the cell, beyond which a straight, rather wide, dark brown line crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin ; a submarginal, zigzag, fine brown line extends from the apex to the anal angle : second- aries pale reddish brown, with a very fine line crossing the wing about the middle; the fringes of both wings brown. Underside very similar to the upperside, but paler in colour and with all the lines very indistinct. Expanse 24 inches. Hab. N. Peru, Huancabamba, 6000-10,000 feet (Mus, Druce). This species is allied to L. monacharia, Mssn.; some specimens are much darker in colour than others. 248 Mr. H. Druce on some Fam. Bombycide. Hygrochroa intricata, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale olive-brown. Primaries pale olive-brown, crossed from the costal to the inner margin by two rather wide dark olive- brown bands, which are united just below the cell; the base and the apex of the wing olive-brown; a greyish-white marking on the outer margin above the anal angle and a black dot at the end of the cell ; the fringe yellowish brown: secondaries pale yellowish fawn-colour, with some dark markings on the inner margin. | Expanse 13 inch. Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Afus. Druce). Fam. Notodontide. Marthula aurea, sp. n. Male.—Head, palpi, and thorax dark brown; tegule and abdomen pale fawn-colour; legs and underside of the abdo- men brown ; antennz yellowish brown. Primaries pinkish brown, becoming golden red along the costal margin ; four indistinct angular brown lines cross the wing from the costal to the inner margin; two black lines close to the anal angle: secondaries white, clouded with black at the anal angle and round the outer margin; the fringe greyish. Underside: primaries uniformly blackish brown; secondaries white, the costal margin pale yellow. Expanse 2 inches. Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). Eustema carama, sp. n. Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen black, the thorax clothed with long yellowish hairs, underside of the thorax and legs black; the antenne, anal tuft, and the under- side of the abdomen yellowish brown. Primaries and second- aries pale greyish brown, the veins all black ; fringes of both wings blackish brown. Underside the same as above. Expanse 23 inches. Hab. S.E. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (A/us. Druce). This species is allied to H. dora, Druce, from Mexico. Heterocampa dolens, sp. n. Male.—HWead, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, abdomen, new Species of Lepidoptera. 249 and legs black. Primaries black, thickly irrorated with white scales; a white zigzag line crosses the wing close to the base; a large white patch beyond the cell and curved white line extending from the costal to the inner margin nearest the anal angle; the fringe alternately black and white: secondaries white, the costal margin clouded with black, the marginal line black ; the fringe white. Underside similar to the upperside, but the primaries not so distinctly marked. Expanse 2 inches. Ilab. 8... Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (lus. Druce). Heterocampa longula, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, collar, and tegulz reddish brown ; thorax grey, abdomen dark grey, anal tuft white. Primaries silvery white, thickly irrorated with reddish-brown scales; a series of reddish-brown spots close to the apex; a brown spot at the end of the cell, edged with black; fringe grey: secondaries white. Underside of the thorax, abdomen, and legs white; primaries and secondaries white; the costal margin and apex of the primaries reddish brown. Expanse 12 inch. Hab. §.K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). fleterocampa luteilinea, sp. n. Male.—IWlead, collar, tegule, and thorax dark brown; the abdomen brown, the base clothed with greenish-yellow hairs, the underside of the abdomen yellowish white; the legs dark brown. Primaries dark purplish brown, the costal margin, apex, outer and inner margin edged with greenish yellow; a pale greyish double line crosses the wing from the costal to the inner margin near the base; a large elongated black spot at the end of the cell and three black spots close to the apex ; two small white dots just above the anal angle: secondaries creamy white, the veins dark brown; a large black spot at the anal angle; the fringe greenish yellow. Underside: primaries brownish black, whitish on the outer margin near the anal angle ; secondaries creamy white, the costal margin brownish black. Eixpanse 1? inch. Hab. 5.K. Peru, Santo Domingo, 6000 feet (Mus. Druce). Maschane Leechi, sp. n. Fremale.—Wead, antenne, collar, and tegule reddish fawn- 250 Mr. O. Thomas on new colour ; thorax, abdomen, and legs pale fawn-colour. Pri- maries and secondaries pale reddish fawn-colour; primaries crossed from the apex to the inner margin close to the base by a dark brown line, lightest on the outer edge. Underside the same as above, but without any line on the primaries. Expanse 14 inch. Hab. Amazons (Leech, Mus. Druce). Maschane neobule, sp. n. Male.—Head, antenne, and collar yellowish brown ; tegule, thorax, and abdomen greyish. Primaries yellowish fawn- colour, almost yellow along the costal margin; a very fine brown line crosses the wing close to the base; a brown line extends from the apex to the middle of the inner margin ; two round dots in the cell and a submarginal row of very minute brown dots extends from the apex to the anal angle ; the fringe brown: secondaries reddish brown, palest at the base. Underside of both wings reddish cream-colour. Expanse 1? inch. fab, Costa Rica (Mus. Druce). XXIX.—New Formsof Saimiri, Saccopteryx, Balantiopteryx, and Thrichomys from the Neotropical Region. By OLDFIELD ‘l'I0MAS. Saimiri Oerstedi citrinellus, subsp. n. The Costa Rica form of the Panama S. Oerstedi—the head less blackened, and the limbs less yellow. General characters as in true Oerstedi. Back of the same vivid orange or orange-ochraceous, or slightly paler, but ante- riorly that colour narrows between the shoulders, leaving the region of the shoulder-blades greyish, like the arms. Below, the belly is scarcely, instead of being strongly, more yellowish than the white throat and axille, and the groins and inner sides of the thighs are whitish instead of yellow. Crown of head either altogether grey, as in S. scturus, or with the tips of the hairs blackish, as in S. boliviensis, not deeply black as in S. Oerstedi. Arms to wrists and legs from thighs downwards grizzled greyish, with but little yellowish suffusion, these parts being in Oerstedi strongly suffused with orange-yellow. Hands orange, of rather a paler shade than in Oersted?, the orange running up the outer side of the forearms to the Forms of Saimiri, Saccopteryx, Ge. 251 elbow. Feet edged on each side with orange, and the toes are also the same colour, but the middle line of the meta- tarsus is grizzled greyish, continuous with the greyish of the legs. Proximal part of tail grizzled grey like the limbs, less yellowish than in Oerstedi; end of tail black as usual. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 350 mm.; tail 415; hind foot 90. Skull: greatest length 65 ; breadth of brain-case 36. Hab. Costa Rica. Type from Pozo Azul, Pirris. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 2.7.2. Collected 31 May, 1902, by Mr. C. F. Underwood. Six specimens. The Squirrel-Monkey of Costa Rica has long been known, and this very locality, Pirris, is mentioned in Dr. von Frantzius’s account * of the distribution of what he called ** Chrysothria sciurea,” identified by Alston with S. Oerstedi. But a comparison of the series sent by Mr. Underwood with those representing the true Oerstedit, collected in Panama and Veragua by Messrs. Watson, Batty, and Arcé, shows that the northern form differs constantly from the southern in certain characters. Of these the most tangible are the lessened black of the head, the greyer and less orange suffused limbs (especially the thighs), and the restriction of the orange of the feet to their edges, the whole of their upper surfaces being uniform “ orange-ochraceous ” in the true 8. Oerstedi. Saccopteryx bilineata centralis, subsp. n. Similar in all essential respects to the true S. bilineata of northern South America, but the size is rather less and the build more delicate, as indicated by the skull. Colour as in bilineata, but the dorsal lines usually more brownish white, so that they do not contrast so conspicuously with the general body-colour. Skull, as compared with that of true bil/neata, smaller (total length 15-5 mm, as against 17) and more lightly built. Crests and ridges less developed, postorbital processes smaller and weaker. SBrain-case more inflated at its antero-external- superior corners, the convexity markedly stronger and more projecting than in the larger form. ‘Teeth smaller throughout. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :— Forearm £7 mm. * Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 260 (1869). tT The type locality of S. Oerstedi is not, as stated by Miller and Rehn, Cartago, Costa Rica, but Chiriqui, whence Oersted’s specimen had been brought alive to Cartago. The original figure and description agree with Chiriqui specimens in all the characters distinguishing the latter from the Costa Rican form. 252 Mr. O. Thomas on new Head and body 50; tail 14; lower leg and foot (s. u.) 30°5 ; calcar 18°5. Skull: greatest length 15°6; basal length in middle line 12; greatest breadth 10:4; interorbital breadth 4:2 ; breadth of brain-case 8; palate length 5:4; front of upper canine to back of m? 6°5; front of lower canine to back of m3 6°8. Hab. (of type). Teapa, Tabasco, S.E. Mexico. Other specimens from Guatemala and Costa Rica. Type. Female. B.M. no. 88. 8. 8. 20. Collected. by H. H. Smith, and presented by Messrs. O. Salvin and F. D. Godman. About a dozen specimens examined. The large members (forearms 45-50 mm.) of the restricted genus Saccopteryx are remarkably uniform in character over a wide geographical area, series from Ecuador and Peru on the west to Pernambuco on the east and Trinidad and Guiana in the north presenting no differences not covered by indi- vidual variation at single localities. I am therefore quite unable to distinguish Mr. Miller’s S. perspicillifer (forearm 45-50) of Trinidad from the original S. bilineata (forearm 45 mm.) of Surinam. The large skull with heavy postorbital processes, as described by Miller, is equally to be found in specimens from Guiana, Para, and Pernambuco, which must among them include the true d¢/ineata of Surinam. Examples with the typical length of forearm (45 mm.) occur both among our ‘l'rinidad and Guianan series, without any cranial indication that they belong to a different form from those whose forearms attain to 48 or 50 mm. In Central America, however, the representative of S. di- lineata seems sufficiently modified to bear a subspecific name, being distinguished by its lighter skull, more cube- shaped brain-case, smaller teeth, and rather duller coloration. But even then the difference is but slight. The still smaller species of this group are two in number— S. leptura, Schr., browner in colour, with a skull of about 135-14 mm., and a forearm averaging about 38-40 mm. ; and S. canescens, 'Vhos., grey, skull only 12°5-13 mm., and length of forearm about 36-38 mm. Of the last-named, besides the type from the Lower Amazon, the Museum contains examples from the Orinoco (Cherrte), Surinam (Bartlett), and Cayenne ( Cherrie), in each of which places S. leptura also occurs. Balantiopteryx io, sp. n. A slenderly built species allied to B. infusca *. Size very small, the trunk and forearm lengths markedly * Saccopteryx infusca, Thos. Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 546 (1897). Forms of Saimiri, Saccopteryx, &c. 253 less than in B. infusca, though the skull is as large as in that animal. General characters very much as in JB. infusca ; ears as in that species, the inner margin more evidently concave just below the tip. Tragus slender, its tip rounded, a marked lobule opposite to base of its inner margin, and another slight projection higher up. Wing- and leg-bones remarkably slender, much more so than in B. tnfusca. Wing- sacs in the centre of the membrane, as usual in Balantio- pteryx, about a quarter of an inch internal to a line drawn directly forwards from the elbow. Feet quite free of mem- brane, the wings attached to the distal end of the tibiz. Calcars slender, not reaching upwards to the knee. Base of interfemoral membrane hairy as far as the exsertion of the tail. Colour of body above and below, and of membranes, dark brown (in alcohol) ; no white line along hinder edge of wings. Skull agreeing in size with that of B. infusca, therefore much larger in proportion to the size of the animal than in that species. Muzzle flatter than in that species, and the inflations smaller, though equally prominent ; in B. infusca the two inflations meet in the middle line for about 2 mm., while in B. to they are quite separate from one another, the nasal region having a marked concavity between them, bordered in front by an upturned edge above the centre of the nostrils. Zygomata abruptly and widely expanded. Front edge of palate with a well-marked median spine. Posterior narial fossa widely open, its outline broadly U-shaped. LBasisphenoid pit large, more extended longi- tudinally than in B. ¢nfusca, longer than broad, without trace of median septum. ‘l'eeth apparently as in the allied species. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :— Forearm 36 mm. Head and body 40; tail 12; tail free of membrane 4 ; ear 12; tragus on inner edge 3; thumb 5:6; third finger, metacarpal 31°5, first phalanx 11, second phalanx 15; tifth finger 386; tibia 14 ; lower leg and foot (c.u.) 22; calcar 10°5. Skull: greatest length 12°3; upper length in middle line 114; basal length in middle line 8:7; zygomatic breadth 8:8; breadth across muzzle 6; mastoid breadth 7°6; palate length 3°3 ; basisphenoid pit 3:1 x 2°7. flab, R. Dolores, near Coban, Guatemala. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 86. 9.3.1. Collected by Mr. F.C. Sarg. ‘Two specimens. These are the Guatemalan specimens referred by me to B, infusca when describing that species, but there can be no doubt as to their distinctness both in proportions and skull- characters. 254 On new Forms of Saimiri, Saccopteryx, &e. Thrichomys laurentius, sp. n. Closely allied to 7’. apereotdes, but greyer and with less tufted tail. Fur close and straight, rather shorter than in 7. apereoides; hairs of back about 18-20 mm. in length. General colour above approximately ‘ broccoli-brown,” the individual hairs slaty grey below, paler at base, darkening outwards, with a buffy subterminal band and a black tip. Sides, especially shoulders and hips, paler and greyer. Under surface, except for a greyish collar, pure sharply defined white, the hairs white to their bases. Head dark grey, a whitish spot above eye, another below it, and a third at outer base of ear. Long hairs of ear black. Arms and legs greyish, like sides ex- ternally, white on their inner aspects ; hands and feet mixed grey and white along the metapodials, pure white laterally and on the digits. Tail with about an inch at its base clothed with hair of the texture and colour of that on the rump; the remainder cylindrical, well-haired, but not markedly crested above, and the hairs scarcely increasing in length terminally, the longest hairs barely attaining 8mm. In 7’. apereoides the upper surface is crested with hairs which increase in length to the end, where they attain 15-18 mm. Colour of tail black above and at the end, dull whitish proximally below. Skull on the whole as in ZT. apereoides, but the nasals are longer and the palatal foramina are more widely open, in this respect approaching those of 7’. Fostert. Last molars similar to those of 7’. apereotdes, less complicated than is usually the case in 7’. Fostert. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 215 mm.; tail 195 ; hind foot (s. u.) 45 ; ear 21. Skull: greatest length 56°7 ; basilar length 41 ; greatest breadth 26; nasals 20°5=6°5; interorbital breadth 11:3; breadth across postorbital projections 17:2; palate length 19°8; diastema 11; palatal foramina 5°8 x44; length of upper molar series 8°6. Hab. Sao Lourencgo, near Pernambuco, Alt. 50 m. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 3. 10.1. 68. Original number 1721. Collected 16 August, 1903, by Alphonse Robert. By the discovery of the present animal the range of the genus Uhrichomys is very considerably extended. Till recently only recorded from Lagoa Santa (Lund and Rein- hardt), it was found in Paraguay by Mr. W. Foster, who has now sent a considerable series of the local species to the British Museum. In that country it is found only “in On Fishes from Mexico and British IIonduras. 255 a small area of tumbled rock, a few acres in extent,” and Mr. Robert informs me that 7. laurentius is similarly very local in its distribution. He never met with it in any of the other places where he has collected. Thrichomys lawrentius has four mamme, one pair placed high up on the flank behind the axilla, and a second pair 4-5 cm. further back in front of the hips. No doubt the other species are similar in this respect. T. laurentius is most nearly allied to 7. apereotdes, but may be distinguished by its darker colour and less bushy and crested tail. 1, Fostert, with a tail like that of 7. apereodes, has a rather more greyish belly, wider palatal foramina, and more complicated third molars. XXX.—Descriptions of new or little-known Fishes from Mexico and British Honduras. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A. Clupea (Opisthonema) Bulleri, sp. n. Depth of body 31-32 times in the total length, length of head 4 times. Snout as long as or a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4 times in the length of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye; lower jaw projecting. Sc. 48-50/16. D.17. A.20-21. Last dorsal ray elongate. Origin of dorsal in advance of ventral, a little behind the vertical from the tip of pectoral. Pectoral # the length of head, extending back a little more than 2 the distance from its base to the anal. Silvery below, darker above ; amore or less distinct dark spot on the shoulder ; dorsal and caudal dusky. Total length 127 mm. Two specimens from Las Peiias, Jalisco, Mexico, collected by Dr. Buller. This species is closely allied to C. thrissa, Brouss., but is distinguished by the smaller eye, lower jaw somewhat pro- jecting, and no rows of dark spots on the upper part of the body. Engraulis (Stolephorus) argentivittatus, sp. n. Depth of body about 6 times in the total length, length of head 33 times. Snout nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 43-43 times in the length of head. Maxillary ex- tending about to posterior edge of preoperculum, D. 12-18, 256 Mr. C. T. Regan on new or little-known its origin midway between nostril and base of caudal. A. 16-17, commencing a little behind the end of dorsal. Pectoral less than 3 the length of head. Scales deciduous. A well-defined silvery lateral band as broad as the eye. Total length 75 mm. Three specimens from Las Pefias, Jalisco, Mexico, collected by Dr. Buller. Allied to £. perfasciatus, Poey, but with longer head, smaller eye, and shorter pectoral. Pseudoxiphophorus pauctradiatus, sp. n. NXiphophorus bimaculatus (part.), Heck. Sitzb. Ak, Wien, 1848, p. 297, pl. ix. fig. 2. Pseudoxiphophorus bimaculatus (part.), Woolm. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm, xiv. 1894, p. 65; Jord. & Hverm. Fish. N. Am. p. 678 (1896). Depth of body 33-4 times in the total length, length of head 33-4} times. Snout not longer than eye, the diameter of which is 83-4 times in the length of head, and 2-24 times in the interorbital width. 29-30 scales in a longitudinal series. D, 11-13, its origin nearer to base of caudal than to tip of snout, the length of its base about 4 times in the total length. A. 9-10, commencing in advance of the dorsal in the male, and slightly behind the dorsal in the female. Pectoral 3-3 the length of head. Brownish, each scale with a darker intramarginal crescent; a black spot on the shoulder and another on the upper part of the base of caudal; dorsal with 2 series of small blackish spots. Total length 76 mm. Eight specimens from Orizaba, Mexico, collected by Mr. A. J. Woolman. Two species have been confounded under the name of P. bimaculatus, and it seems probable that the specimens described and figured by Heller as females belong to the one described above. P. bimaculatus (of which P. reticulatus, Trosch., is a synonym) must be restricted to the species of which Heckel described and figured a male specimen and which has been redescribed by Steindachner. It differs from P. pauctradiatus in having a longer head and longer snout, and in the dorsal fin with 14-16 rays commencing midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, its base about | 4 of the total length. Zoogoneticus maculatus, sp. n. Depth of body 34-33 times in the total length, length of head 3 times. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which Fishes from Mexico and British Honduras. 257 is 4-42 times in the length of head, interorbital width 25-23 times. Mouth moderate, oblique, the lower jaw prominent. Se. 36-38. D. 13-14, its origin about equidistant from posterior edge of preoperculum and base of caudal, its longest ray (the fourth or fifth) a little longer than the base of the fin, which is 3 the length of head or less, A. 15, commencing a little behind the dorsal, the first six rays, in the male, short, stiff, and of equal length. Pectoral 33 the length of head. Ventrals extending to the vent. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle 12-2 times as long as deep. Brownish above, silvery below, with dark spots which are most conspicuous posteriorly ; fins immaculate. Total length 84 mm. Three specimens from the Rio Santiago, Mexico, collected by Dr. A. C. Buller. Z. pachycephalus, Gthr., and the very closely allied Z. quitzeoensis and Z. robustus of Bean, agree with this species in the number of dorsal and anal rays, but have a shorter and broader head and the caudal peduncle about as long as deep. Dr. Meek includes Fundulus guatemalensis, Gthr., and F’. labialis, Gthr., in Zoogoneticus, but in neither of them is there any differentiation of the anterior anal rays in the male. In the former the anal fin is similar in both sexes, in the latter it is larger in the female, and from the specimens in the British Museum one would judge that these species are not viviparous. Characodon Geddesi, sp. 0. Depth of body 22-3 (males) or about 24 (pregnant females) times in the total length, length of head 33-4 times. Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 4-43 times in the length of head, interorbital width about 24 times. About 17 rather short gill-rakers on anterior arch. Sc. 39-42, D. 18-20, its origin nearly equidistant from posterior margin of operculum and base of caudal. A. 21-23, commencing a little behind the dorsal, not modified in the male. Pectoral nearly 3 length of head. Ventrals extending to the vent. Caudal .truncate. Caudal peduncle 13-1? times as long as deep. Olivaceous, silvery below, with several darker narrow vertical bands on the upper half of the body. Total length 70 mm. Numerous examples of this viviparous species from Lake Tezcoco, Southern Mexico, collected by Mr. P. Geddes. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. VY 258 On Fishes from Mexico and British Honduras. Heros (Cichlasoma) octofasciatus. Heros octofasciatus, Regan, Revue Suisse Zool. xi. 1903, p. 417, pl. xiii. i gal Depth of body 2-22 times in the total length, length of head 22-3 times. Snout nearly as long as or a little longer than the eye, the diameter of which is 34-41 times in the length of head, interorbital width about 3 times. Maxillary extending to vertical from anterior margin of eye; breadth of preeorbital 3—# diameter of eye; cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales; fold of lower lip interrnpted in the middle. Sc. 28-3] 2°, “31-4 scales between the upper lateral line and the scaly sheath at the base of the soft dorsal. D. XVII- XIX 8-10. A. VIII-X 7-8. Dorsal commencing above or a little before the axil of pectoral, the spines increasing in length to the sixth or seventh, which is 23-84 times in the length of head, thence subequal ; soft dorsal and anal pointed; pectoral 3-4 length of head; ventrals extending to the base of fourth or fifth anal spine; caudal rounded; caudal peduncle 13-21 times as long as deep. In the young dark cross-bands on the body, which become indistinct in the adult; a dark blotch on the middle of the side below the lateral line and another on the upper half of the base of the caudal, this latter often ocellated; in the adult a dark band running from the eye to the blotch on the side; usually some light blue spots on the head and one on each scale of the side of the body ; vertical fins with small dark spots. Total length 130 mm. Several examples from British Honduras, collected by the Rev. J. Robertson. Iam glad to be able to give a more complete account of this species, which was originally described from a little example of 50 mm. It is closely allied to H/. multispinosus, Gthr., which has much stronger and longer dorsal spines, and to H. nigrofasciatus, Gthr., which has a broader pre- orbital and only 24 scales between the upper lateral line and the sheath at the base of the soft dorsal fin. ‘Heros (Heros) eallolepts, sp. n. Depth of body about 23 times in the total length, length of head 3 times. Eye nearer to posterior edge of operculum than to end of snout, its diameter 35 times in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; breadth of preorbital equal to the diameter of eye; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; lower On Holocentrum osculum, Poey. 259 lip witha strong continuous fold. Sc. 28-29 %, 14-2 between upper lateral line and base of soft dorsal. L, lat. 18-20 + 10. D. XV 9-10. A. VI-VII 7-8. Dorsal commencing behind axil of pectoral, the spines rather weak, the last 23-22 times in the Jength of head and not longer than the last of the anal ; soft dorsal and anal pointed; pectoral about ? the length of head; ventral extending beyond origin of anal; caudal weakly emarginate; caudal peduncle as long as deep. Brownish, with small light blue spots on the head and one at the base of each scale on the body; a dark blotch on the lateral line below the 13th-15th dorsal spines. Total length 100 mm. Two specimens from Santo Domingo de Guzman, Mexico, collected by Dr. A. C. Buller. Heros aureus, Gthr., is distinguished by the deeper body (depth 23-21 in the total length), smaller scales (33 4), and longer dorsal spines (the last $ the length of head). XX XI.— Descriptions of Holocentrum osculum, Poey, and of a new Fish of the Genus Centropomus. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A. Amonast the fishes collected by Dr. R. Bowdler Sharpe in the West Indies are several examples of a Holocentrum which I have no doubt is the little-known H. osculum of Poey, and as such I describe it below. I also take the opportunity to describe a new Centropomus from the West Indies, Holocentrum osculum. Holocentrum osculum, Poey, Memorias, ii. p. 156 (1860), Holocentrum perlatum, Poey, t.c. p. 157. Depth of body 3-32 times in the total length (without caudal) and nearly equal to the length of head (opercular spine included). Snout equal in length to the interorbital width, 3-3 the diameter of eye, which is 8 times in the length of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior edge of pupil, the width of its distal extremity 2 the diameter of eye. Opercular spine strong, with 1 or 2 more or less dis- tinct much shorter spines below; prxopercular spine extending back far beyond the subopercular margin; preorbital strongly serrated and with an anterior downwardly directed spine. 15-16 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. hfe 260 On a new Fish of the Genus Centropomus. Sc. 53-57, 3. D. XI, I 14-15, the fourth, fifth and sixth spines the longest, about 3 the length of head, the soft fin elevated and pointed, extending beyond the base of caudal when laid back. A. IV 10-11, the third spine the strongest and longest, 3-2 the length of head. Pectoral about 3 the length of head. Upper lobe of caudal the longest. Caudal peduncle 22-3 times as long as deep. Purplish, with bronze longitudinal stripes between the series of scales; fins pale. Total length 210 mm. Eight examples from St. Thomas and St. Croix; (thespecies originally recorded from Cuba). This species is closely allied to H. sogo, Bl. (fH. longi- pinne, ©. & V.), from which it differs notably in the smaller mouth, more slender caudal peduncle, and the shape of the spinous dorsal fin. Centropomus argenteus, sp. n. Centropomus parallelus (part.), Bouleng, Cat. Fish. i, p. 869 (1895). Depth of body 32-4 times in the total length, length of head (excluding the subopercular flap) 23 times. Snout much longer than the eye, the diameter of which is about 42 times in the length of head, and equal to its distance from the posterior edge of preoperculum. Maxillary extending to below middle of eye ; lower jaw strongly projecting. Sub- opercular flap extending to below origin of dorsal. Cheeks and opercles scaly. Preorbital and supraclavicle serrated ; preoperculum serrated, with stronger spines at the angle, anterior ridge with two spines. 7-9 gill-rakers and 4-6 rudiments on lower part of anterior arch. 67-70 scales in a longitudinal series, 8 or 9 in a transverse series from origin of second dorsal to lateral line. D. VIII, I 10, originating behind the axil of pectoral, the third and fourth spines the longest, about } the length of head. A. III, 6, second anal spine stronger and a little longer than the third, as long as or a little longer than the caudal peduncle, 3-3 the length of head. Pectoral 2 the length of head. Ventrals inserted well behind pectorals, extending back a little beyond the vent, which is situated at 3 the distance from base of ventral spine to origin of anal. Silvery, back darker; lateral line not blackish; spinous dorsal slightly dusky, fins otherwise pale. Total length 135 mm. Three specimens, two from Barbadoes (presented by Mr. F. G. Beckford in 1872) and one from British Guiana. C. parallelus is easily distinguished by the shorter snout, On Two new Frogs from Cameroon. 261 larger eye (diameter 4 times in length of head, equal to length of snout, and considerably greater than the distance from posterior edge of preoperculum in specimens of this size), the smaller scales (75-90 ““), and the much more anterior vent. C. argenteus is quite as closely allied to C. ensiferus, Poey, which has larger scales (50-60) and a longer pectoral, and also differs in many other characters. There can be no doubt as to the identity of C. mextcanus, Bocourt, with C. parallelus. The British Museum possesses several ex- amples from Mexico, in some of which the lateral line is more or less pigmented. C. constantinus, Jord. & Everm., appears to me to be at least very closely allied to C. un- decimalis, Bl., a species with which they do not compare it. XXXII.—Descriptions of Two new Genera of Frogs of the Family Ranide from Cameroon. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. NYCTIBATES. Pupil vertical. Tongue cordiform, free and notched behind. Vomerine teeth. Tympanum distinct. Fingers free, toes webbed. Outer metatarsals bound together. Omo- sternum and sternum cartilaginous. ‘Terminal phalanges simple, obtuse. Closely related to Urichobatrachus, Bler. Nyctibates corrugatus. Vomerine teeth in two small rounded groups between the large choane. Head large, as long as broad ; snout as long as the orbit, obliquely truncate and slanting forwards from the nostrils to the mouth; canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region concave; nostril equally distant from the eye and from the end of the snout; eye large; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum three fifths the diameter of the eye. Limbs rather slender; tips of fingers and toes slightly swollen ; first finger a little longer than second; toes half-webbed ; subarticular tubercles strong; a small, oval, inner metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Upper parts with small granular asperities ; back with fine oblique folds converging posteriorly, forming more 262 On Two new Frogs from Cameroon. or less regular chevrons; lower parts smooth. Purplish brown above ; a triangular dark marking with a fine light edge between the eyes, the base turned forwards; upper lip white-edged; limbs with narrow, oblique, dark cross-bars ; sides of thigh and inner side of leg blackish, speckled with whitish ; lower parts whitish, with the exception of a con- siderable part of the thigh, the tarsus, and the foot, which are blackish brown. From snout to vent 53 mm. Two female specimens were obtained at Efulen, Bulu Country, Southern Cameroon, by Mr. G. L. Bates. BuLvA. Pupil horizontal. Tongue cordiform, free and notched behind. Vomerine teeth forming long transverse series behind the choane. ‘Tympanum distinct. Fingers and toes y g free. Outer metatarsals bound together. Omosternum and sternum cartilaginous. Terminal phalanges simple, obtuse. 8 ig § y A very distinct genus, to be placed near Petropedetes, Reichen. Bulua ventrimarmorata. Vomerine teeth in two curved series narrowly separated from each other and extending outwards beyond the choane. Head moderate, rather strongly depressed, a little broader than long; snout short, broadly rounded; no canthus ros- tralis; eye small; interorbital region twice as broad as the upper eyelid; tympanum a little smaller than the eye, its diameter equal to its distance from the orbit. Fingers rather short, blunt, first much longer than second ; toes moderate, with swollen tips ; subarticular and inner metatarsal tubercles feebly prominent. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tympanum. Skin smooth. Dark purplish brown above, with indistinct darker markings ; a pink spot on each side of the vent; sides of head and of thighs black, speckled with white ; limbs with interrupted dark cross-bars; throat black ; belly and lower surface of limbs marbled black and white. Breeding male with two groups of rather large, conical, black, horny spines on the inner side of the inner finger. From snout to vent 40 mm. A single male specimen from Efulen, Bulu Country, collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. On Heteroptera from North Queensland. 263 XXXIT.—Rhynchotal Notes—XXII. By W.L. Distant. HerTEROPTERA FROM NORTH QUEENSLAND. Tue British Museum has recently acquired a collection of Rhynchota made by Mr. F. P. Dodd at Townsville, North Queensland. Although this order of insects is at present very imperfectly known from the continent of Australia, a sufficient number of genera and species have been described to establish by their comparison that, so far as the Rhynchota are concerned, Northern Queensland represents or belongs to a separate province in the zoo-geographical divisions of Australia. The Heteroptera are alone dealt with in this paper, the Homoptera being reserved for some future occasion. The types are all in the National Collection. Fam. Pentatomide. Theseus nigrescens, sp. 0. Ochraceous or stramineous, blackly punctate, the punctures arranged in longitudinal series on head and on anterior area of pronotum, those at lateral margins being continuous ; antennee, sometimes a large spot on basal area of pronotum, seutellum, membrane, body beneath, and legs black ; basal half of fourth, extreme base of fifth, and inner margin of first joint of antennee, basal Jateral margins, apex, and sometimes a small basal spot to scutellum, coxe, trochanters, longi- tudinal streaks to femora, a broad subbasal annulation to tibie, tarsi (excluding apices), lateral margins of body beneath, and discal spots to abdomen pale ochraceous. Allied to 7. modestus, Stal ; scutellum black, more thickly, less confluently, and more finely punctate, and with a very distinct central longitudinal ridge on its posterior area. Long. 123 mm. Eumecopus abdominalis, sp. n. Above reddish brown, irrorated with ochraceous, much more strongly so on corium; head with the lateral margins, a central longitudinal fascia, margined on each side by a shorter fascia on anterior area, and a slender curved line on posterior area, narrow lateral and posterior margins, a central linear spot at anterior margin, and two small discal spots on anterior area of pronotum, a large spot at each basal angle and the apex of scutellum, and marginal and venal lines to 264 Mr. W. L. Distant on corium very pale ochraceous or stramineous; membrane black ; connexivum above and beneath flavous ; abdomen beneath and apex of rostrum castaneous; sternum, legs, antenne, and a spot on apical abdominal segment reddish ochraceous; outer streaks to femora, basal areas of tibize, and the tarsi flavescent; apical segmental abdominal angles flavescent ; rostrum reaching, but not passing, the third abdominal segment; antenne five-jointed, second joint scarcely more than half the length of third; lateral posterior angles of pronotum spinously produced, spines distinctly recurved. Long. 18; exp. pronot. ang]. 95 mm. Eumecopus pallescens, sp. n. Above pale stramineous, thickly piceously punctate, the punctures more confluent at lateral areas of pronotum and scutellum and in a central longitudinal streak to corium ; head with the punctures in longitudinal series, the ocelli bright carmine-red ; lateral margins of pronotum, scutellum and corium, a central longitudinal fascia to pronotum and scutellum, and apex of the last pale stramineous, impunctate ; connexivum flavescent, inwardly darkly punctate; membrane piceous, its apical area paler ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous; apex of rostrum and stigmatal spots black ; linear streaks to femora and tibige, apices of posterior femora and tibie, and apices of the tarsi brownish castaneous ; antenne pale brownish, bases of the second, third, and fourth joints a little paler in hue; apical segmental abdominal angles flavescent ; rostrum reaching the fourth abdominal segment; antennz four-jointed, second and third joints longest, second a little longer than third; lateral posterior angles of pronotum spinously straightly produced. Long. 19-20; exp. pronot. angl. 8-8} mm. DANDINUS, gen. nov. Elongately ovate ; head broad and elongate, almost as long as the pronotum, its lateral margins a little sinuate, its apex slightly widened and rounded, lateral lobes a little longer than the central lobe, their apices inwardly angulated but not meeting ; eyes small, touching the anterior margin of the pronotum; antennee five-jointed, almost as long as head and pronotum together, first joint almost hidden beneath head, a little incrassate, second and third more slender, second lenger than third, fourth and fifth thickened, Heteroptera from North Queensland. 265 subpyriform, about subequal in length; rostrum reaching posterior coxee (imperfectly seen on carded specimen) ; pro- notum about twice as broad between posterior lateral angles as at anterior margin, anterior lateral angles obtusely acute, very strongly transversely impressed near middle, the anterior area possessing a broad central carination with a tuberculous callosity on each side, the whole surface rugosely punctate ; scutellum long, broad, passing apex of corium, very broad at base, obliquely narrowed to about middle, the lateral margins then parallel to apex, which is broadly rounded, basal area rugosely gibbous; corium moderately small and narrow, not reaching apex of scutellum; membrane short, with coarse reticulate venation; connexivum broadly exposed beyond middle ; legs short, femora a little thickened. Dandinus may be placed near the Ethiopian genus Aischrus, Spin. Dandinus crassus, sp. n. Inregularly greyish brown, thickly coarsely punctate ; first, second, and third joints of antenna, central discal fascia and some oblique discal lines on posterior area of pronotum, connexivum, and legs ochraceous ; fourth and fifth joints of antenne, annulations to femora and tibia, and basal area of scutellum piceous ; an oblique linear stramineous spot at each basal angle of scutellum, its subapical area and inner area of corium greyish punctured with piceous ; connexivum spotted with piceous ; body beneath piceous, the lateral areas more or less brownish ochraceous; head somewhat obscurely pune- tate; pronotum thickly, coarsely, rugosely punctate ; scutellum thickly, coarsely, rugosely punctate on basal area, coarsely and more sparingly punctate on posterior area, which has a distinct central carination extending for about half its length; corium sparingly and a little more finely punctate; connexivum inwardly coarsely punctate. Long. 53; exp. pronot. ang]. 3} mm. Fam. Coreide. Subfam. Corzrz. POMPONATIUS, gen. nov. Body elongate, narrowed posteriorly ; head broad, not produced beyond the antenniferous tubercles, a deep central longitudinal incision on disk, and a distinct transverse conical ridge at base ; eyes longer than broad, compressed at, lateral 266 Mr. W. L. Distant on margins of head ; antenne with the first, second, and third joints subequal in length, fourth shortest, first and second regularly moderately incrassate, third and fourth pyriform ; rostrum reaching the middle of mesonotum; pronotum about as long as broad at base, anterior margin concavely sinuate, the anterior angles. acute, lateral margins carinate, slightly upwardly reflected, posterior lateral angles nodulose, base obliquely deflected, truncate in front of scutellum and then obliquely directed to the lateral angles; scutellum small, triangular ; corium long, reaching the base of the sixth abdominal segment ; membrane very small, with reticulate venation; lateral margins of abdomen beyond middle am- pliately produced and moderately directed upward, the posterior apical angles of the fifth and sixth segments acute, the apex of the anal appendage in ? angularly bifurcate ; legs short, femora apically incrassate, with a distinct tooth beneath near apex, posterior femora only extending to about half the length of abdomen; abdominal spiracles at about equal distance from anterior and lateral segmental margins. Allied to Charommatus. Pomponatius typicus, sp. n. ?. Testaceous, base of pronotum and corium with piceous and flavous suffusions ; head with two central fuscous fascie ; scutellum with a black central line at base; membrane bronzy black ; body beneath reddish ochraceous, two black fascie extending from anterior to posterior coxe, and two black spots on basal abdominal segment behind inner margins of cox, on mesonotum the fascize have a broad outer greyish margin, outwardly speckled with black; legs stramineous, finely speckled with black, a little darker at bases and apices of tibie ; above finely and obscurely punctate, beneath a little more distinctly punctate ; membrane not quite reaching apex of abdomen. Long. 153 mm. Fam. Lygeide. Subfam. Gzocorrxz. Germalus lineolosus, sp. n. Ochraceous, with dark punctures, fuscous or piceous lines, and piceous suffusions to hemelytra. Head pale ochraceous, impunctate, a central longitudinal line and a shorter line at each ocellus piceous ; antennee ochraceous, apices of apical joints, and eyes reddish; pronotum pale ochraceous, darkly Letercptera from North Queensland. 267 punctate, except on anterior transverse callosities and basal margin, the first of which have a central piceous spot and the second has six spots of the same colour, the disk with four fuscous lines, two central and one on each lateral area; scu- tellum ochraceous, with two central piceous spots, a transverse line of dark punctures near base, and the apical area darkly punctate; corium pale ochraceous, subhyaline, the claval suture and longitudinal veins punctate, apical area more or less suffused with piceous; membrane pale fuscous hyaline ; connexivum ochraceous, spotted with rosy red; body beneath and legs ochraceous; lateral areas of sternum thickly darkly punctate; abdomen with a submarginal rosy-red, sometimes piceous, fascia. Long. 43-5 mm. Geocoris elegantulus, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and sternum ochraceous; scutellum, hemelytra, and abdomen beneath black; anterior and pos- terior margins of pronotum, clavus, claval suture, lateral margins of corium, and narrow lateral margins of abdomen beneath creamy white; legs pale ochraceous, apices of tarsi fuscous ; antennze piceous, first joint (excluding apex) and the whole of the apical joint pale ochraceous, second and fourth joints subequal in length; eyes carmine-red, directed backward to about one third the length of pronotum; pro- notum coarsely punctate behind the anterior and before the posterior margin ; scutellum finely punctate; clavus and a submarginal line to corium coarsely punctate; body above sparingly, finely, longly pilose. ong. d mm. Subfam. 4 prawn, Pamera picturatus, sp. n. Black ; first and second joints of antenna, femora, a sub- apical annulation to anterior and intermediate tibie, and basal margin of pronotum testaceous red; corium ochraceous, with the subapical area creamy white, a middle marginal line, an interior marginal line to the white area, and the apical angle indigo-black ; membrane indigo-black, the apex broadly dull ochraceous ; abdomen beneath with a central creamy-white transverse fascia; second joint of antenna much longer than third and subequal to fourth; anterior lobe of pronotum elongate, globose, slightly shorter than head and at least half as long again as posterior lobe; corium finely 268 Mr. W. L. Distant on sparingly punctate ; anterior femora strongly incrassate, longly pilose above, finely spinose beneath ; tibiz moderately curved ; body above sparingly longly pilose. Long. 63 mm. Allied to P. cephalotes, Dall. Pamera apicalis, sp. n. Black ; basal joint of anterior and intermediate tarsi and a broad apical spot to membrane dull ochraceous; corium creamy white, thickly darkly punctate, subclaval margin, a transverse central fascia, and the apical margin black ; abdomen beneath cn female with a central transverse creamy- white fascia and the apex dull ochraceous; head, pronotum, and scutellum greyishly pilose, base of pronotum nude; apex of scutellum pale stramineous; anterior femora strongly incrassate, finely spinose beneath, longly pilose above, tibiae nearly straight; other characters as described in preceding species. Long. 53-6 mm. Dieuches scutellatus, sp. n. Black; lateral margins of anterior lobe of pronotum creamy white; basal joint of antenne and extreme bases of anterior tibizee brownish ochraceous; a central linear spot to posterior lobe of pronotum, two small subbasal spots and apex to scutellum, base, a central marginal spot, two small spots near claval margin, and a large subapical spot to corium creamy white; membrane dark fuliginous, its apex paler; bases of intermediate and posterior femora broadly creamy white ; posterior lobe of pronotum very coarsely punctate, its posterior margin concavely sinuate, anterior lobe much more finely punctate, its lateral margins very slightly convex ; second, third, and fourth joints of antenne almost subequal in length ; anterior femora incrassate, some- what strongly spinose beneath. Long. 63-7 mm. Allied to D. atricornis, Stal. Dieuches consanguineus, sp. n. Black; lateral margins of pronotum (excluding base), bases of first and fourth joints of antenne (broadly), and bases of second and third joints (narrowly), trochanters, bases of femora, and the anterior and intermediate tibie (excluding apices) stramineous ; apex of scutellum and the corium strami- neous, the last with a broad transverse medial fascia and the Heteroptera from North Queensland. 269 apical margin black, the inner basal area and clavus much suffused with brownish black; connexivum stramineous, spotted with black; second, third, and fourth joints of antennze subequal in length; lateral margins of pronotum almost obliquely straight, very slightly sinuate, transversely impressed near middle and concave at base. Long. 74-9 mm. Allied to D. longicollis, Dall. Fam. Reduviide. Havinthus trochanterus, sp. n. Black, shining; apex of scutellum, venation to corium, and the trochanters sanguineous ; corium and clavus sparingly greyishly tomentose ; connexivum with large marginal sanguineous spots ; head about as long as pronotum and scutellum together, its lateral margins behind eyes granulate ; ocelli castaneous ; antennez with the first joint as long as head, second and third short, together about as long as fourth ; pronotum strongly constricted near middle, anterior lobe glabrous, posterior lobe very finely and obscurely punctate; connexivum robust, erosed at the segmental incisures ; femora finely granulate, anterior femora pro- minently spinose beneath, intermediate and posterior femora more obsoletely spinose. Long. 113-12 mm. A distinct species by the greyishly tomentose and san- guineously veined corium and the sanguineous trochanters, Fam. Capside. Subfam. Mrrrz. Division MIRARIA. Megalocerea Doddi, sp. n. Elongate, slender; pale ochraceous, with a slight virescent tinge; antennx, apex of posterior tibice, and basal joint of posterior tarsi rosaceous; eyes black; pronotum and scutellum with a central pale longitudinal line; head with a narrow, profound, central, longitudinal incision between eyes ; basal joint of antenne moderately incrassate and about as long as head, second joint about as long as posterior tibia, slightly longer than third; pronotum very finely and obscurely granulate, its posterior margin concavely sinuate, the meso- notum exposed ; antenne not pilose ; basal joint of posterior tarsi very long. Long. 5 mm. 270: Mr. W. L. Distant on Megacelum modestum, sp. n. Very pale ochraceous, with a slight virescent tint; basal joint of antenne and anterior and intermediate femora dark ochraceous, apical areas of posterior femora pale reddish castaneous; eyes, apices of rostrum and scutellum, and sometimes the central subbasal margin of pronotum piceous ; membrane greyish, opaque ; basal joint of antenne a little incrassate and slightly longer than head, remaining joints much more slender but about equally thick, second joint shorter than posterior tibie; head with a distinct linear incision between the eyes; rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe ; posterior tarsi with the first joint shortest, the third longest. Long. 64 mm. Megacelum townsvillensis, sp. n. Ochraceous; legs, anterior callosities, and a large central basal spot to pronotum, cuneus, and membrane black ; corium slate-black, with the lateral margins widened into an oblong spot near apex, ochraceous; lateral margins and apex of cuneus pale castaneous ; antenne ochraceous, extreme apex of first joint (sometimes concolorous) and apex of second joint black, apex of third and the whole of fourth (excluding base) fuscous; legs stramineous, femora ochraceous, apices of tarsi black ; first joint of antennee a little longer than head, second and third subequal in length; head with a distinct central longitudinal impression between eyes; pronotum very finely and obsoletely transversely wrinkled; scutellum moderately tumid; posterior tarsi with the first joint shortest, third longest. Long. 73 mm. Megacelum suffusum, sp. n. Dull dark ochraceous; head, antenne, extreme margins of pronotum, scutellum, narrow lateral margins to corium, and legs pale ochraceous ; eyes, pronotum (excluding extreme margins), a large central spot to scutellum, basal and apical streaks to clavus, sublateral basal streak and transverse apical fascia to corium, apical halves of posterior femora, the posterior tibiee, and apices of tarsi black; first joint of antenne and anterior and intermediate legs mottled with fuscous; apex of second joint, subapical fascia to third joint, and fourth joint of antennz (excluding base) black; cuneus pale castaneous; second joint of antenne a little longer than third; pronotum coarsely transversely rugulose; scutellum Heteroptera from North Queensland. 271 somewhat foveate at base ; posterior tarsi with the first joint shortest, third longest. Long. 6 mm. Division CYLAPARIA. VOLKELIUS, gen. nov. Head short, broad, transverse, abruptly deflected in front of eyes, broadly centrally sulcate on basal area, with eyes very much broader than anterior margin of pronotum ; rostrum reaching the anterior cox ; antennz strongly pilose, with the first joint strongly incrassate, shorter than head, second joint about as long as head and pronotum together, more slender than first, but distinctly clavate at apex, third about as long as pronotum, incrassate, attenuate towards base, fourth incrassate, shorter than third, and narrowed at base and apex ; pronotum rugosely punctate, with a narrow anterior collar and two transverse callosities before middle, a little tumid and convex posteriorly, and deflected anteriorly, basal margin about three times broader than anterior margin, lateral margins almost obliquely straight, lateral angles rounded but not prominent, posterior margin slightly con- cavely sinuate before scutellum, which is tumid, subtriangular, and profoundly, centrally, longitudinally sulcate ;_ lateral margins of the corium carinately reflexed ; cuneus longer than broad ; membrane with a single oblique basal cell; legs pilose, femora a little thickened, posterior tarsi with the first and second joints almost subequal in length, third a little longest ; connexivum exposed, with the posterior segmental angles prominent. Allied to the West African genus Sahlbergella, Haglund. Volkelius sulcatus, sp. n. Reddish ochraceous; antennee (excluding extreme base), eyes, scutellum, lateral margins (widened posteriorly) and inner apical margins of corium, membrane, spots to con- nexivum, and legs black; anterior and intermediate tibiz (excluding base) and the tarsi (excluding apex) pale ochra- ceous ; a minute pale spot to membrane near apex of cuneus; pronotum rugulosely punctate; scutellum granulate, pro- toundly centrally sulcate. Long. 73-83 mm. Eucerocoris suspectus, sp. n. $. Pale reddish ochraceous; antenne, eyes, a central 272 Mr. W. L. Distant on annulation to posterior femora, bases of tibize, and the tarsi black or piceous ; corium fuscous, its base, about basal half of lateral margin, and a spot near apical inner angle pale reddish ochraceous; membrane pale fuscous; legs (excluding black markings) ochraceous. ?. Reddish or pale sanguineous; head and antenne black ; legs and abdomen beneath pale ochraceous; apical half of abdomen (excluding segmental margins), apical halves of femora, basal annulation to posterior femora, basal areas of tibiw, and the tarsi black ; corium dull purplish black, its base reddish ochraceous; membrane pale fuscous. Head broad, deflected in front of eyes, with a distinct angulated tubercle near the inner margin of each antenna, a distinct, narrow, central, linear sulcation, eyes projecting con- siderably beyond anterior margin of pronotum ; antenne not hirsute, with the first joint thickened and clavate at apex, about as long as posterior tibiw; remaining joints slender, second a little longer than first; rostrum about reaching the latitude of the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with two ante- rior transverse impressions, the first defining a rather broad collar, the second enclosing two transverse callosities, an impression near each posterior angle which gives it the appearance of being subprominent. Long., ¢ 84, ¢ 95 mm. As the species of the allied genus J//elopeltis are well- known destructive pests to tea- and other plantations, it is probable that the species of Hucerocoris have similar habits. Subfam. Capsrvz. ?) Division ESTUIDUS, gen nov. Subelongate ; head broad, deflected from shortly in front of eyes, which project beyond the anterior margin of pro- notum; antenne with the first joint a little shorter than the head but considerably passing its apex, second joint subequal in length to posterior tibiz and a little thickened at apex, third and fourth joints very slender; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxee ; pronotum with the posterior about twice as broad as the anterior margin, its lateral margins sinuate, provided with a very narrow anterior collar, compressed before middle where it is strongly callose, immediately behind the constriction is a distinct discal foveation variable in size ; scutellum moderately tumid, foveately sulcate at base; corium and clavus distinctly punctate, a distinct foveation at suture Heteroptera from North Queensland. 273 of corium behind claval apex; cuneus considerably longer than broad, its apex acute; membrane with a single elongate basal cell; legs of moderate length, femora very slightly thickened. I place this genus near Malalasta, Dist., Malacopeplus, Kirk., and Guianerius, Dist., which will probably assist to constitute a distinct division of the subfam. Capsinee. Estuidus foveatus, sp. n. Ochraceous ; scutellum stramineous ; antenne, eyes, clavus (excluding base), a large subrotundate spot on posterior disk of corium, membrane, upper surfaces of femora and anterior tibize, the intermediate and posterior tibiz, and the tarsi black ; extreme base of first joint of antennz ochraceous, third and fourth joints fuscous; legs finely setose; body above finely pilose, clavus and corium distinctly and some- what coarsely punctate, cuneus pale with the margins and apex slightly fuscous; pronotal discal foveation broad and profound; scutellum glabrous, its basal sulcation linear but situate in a distinct foveation. Var. Clavus wholly black. Long. 7 mm. Estuidus marginatus, sp. n. Very pale ochraceous or stramineous; eyes, scutellum, clavus, inner area of corium, membrane, and first and second joints of antenne black or piceous; third and fourth joints and extreme base of first joint of antennze ochraceous; body above shining, membrane opaque with its margins hyaline ; pronotal discal foveation less pronounced than in the pre- ceding species; clavus and inner area of corium very finely and somewhat obscurely punctate; legs finely and obscurely setose. Long. 74 mm. Division CAPSARIA. Liygus flavoscutellatus, sp. n. Dark shining ochraceous, body beneath much paler; scu- tellum and cuneus stramineus, the last with a small dark apical spot; eyes and apices of the tarsi piceous; antenne with the third and fourth joints and the apex of the second joint fuscous, first joint a little shorter than head, second sub- equal in length to posterior tibize ; pronotum very finely and obscurely granulate; scutellum glabrous; corium finely obscurely pilose and obsoletely finely granulate; apical areas Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 18 274 Mr. W. L. Distant on of posterior femora speckled with bright pale castaneous ; tibie darkly setose; rostrum about reaching the posterior coxe, its apex black. Long. 33-4 mm. Peciloscytus antennatus, sp. n. Piceous, thickly greyishly pilose, disk of pronotum and scutellum somewhat castaneous; cuneus bright pale casta- neous, its basal and apical margins very narrowly ochraceous; membrane fuscous ; antennze pale ochraceous, the first joint and apex of second piceous, fourth joint fuscous ; legs piceous, anterior and intermediate tibize (excluding base), about apical third of posterior tibize, and tarsi (excluding apex) pale ochraceous; pronotum with two small, obscure, anterior discal black spots, and its posterior margin very narrowly ochraceous ; first joint of antenne shorter than head, second about as long as posterior tibie, third and fourth almost subequal in Jength; cox dull red. Long. 3$-45 mm. Jn this species the eyes are very large and constitute a rather aberrant feature of the genus. Peciloscytus flavipes, sp. n. Black, shining, finely sparingly greyishly pilose; basal margin of head, antenne, rostrum, coxe, and legs very pale ochraceous ; apical areas of posterior femora reddish ochra- ceous; third and fourth joints and apex of second joint of antenne, apex of rostrum, and apices of tarsi piceous ; cuneus castaneous, its anterior and posterior margins narrowly luteous; membrane fuliginous with paler suffusions; first joint of antennee shorter than head, second about as long as posterior tibiz ; eyes large and prominent, but smaller than in the preceding species; pronotum granulate; posterior femora moderately thickened. Long. 23-3 mm. Camptcbrochis signatus, sp. n. Ochraceous ; apex of second joint of antennmw, eyes, a broad central longitudinal fascia to scutellum, and a broad fascia at incisural margins of clavus black; first, third, and fourth joints of antennz, inner apical area of corium, central and subapical annulations to posterior femora, apices of tarsi, lateral areas of sternum, lateral and central areas of abdomen (imperfectly seen on carded specimen) fuscous ; membrane pale brownish ochraceous, the venation fuscous ; first joint Heteroptera from North Queensland. 275 of antenne very slightly thickened and almost as long as head, second joint subequal in length to posterior tibie ; pro- notum somewhat coarsely punctate, corium more finely punc- tate (except on lateral marginal areas, which are impunctate). Long. 43 mm. Division BRYOCORARIA. IFINGULUS, gen. nov. Body short, broad, convex, shining; head somewhat long, its base distinctly constricted and transverse; clypeus very prominent, compressed, subconical above, and convexly de- pressed ; eyes of moderate size, situate much nearer to base of antenne than to posterior margin of head, a very distinct lateral callosity at their hinder margins; antennz with the basal joint subglobosely incrassate, a little shorter than head, second joint of ordinary thickness, more slender at base, and very slightly thickened towards apex, subequal in length to posterior tibiz, third and fourth joints slender, third longer than fourth ; rostrum imperfectly seen, owing to typical specimen being in a carded condition; pronotum convex, coarsely punctate, strongly deflected anteriorly, with a pro- minent ridged anterior collar, width between pronotal angles (which are subprominent) about four times that of anterior margin, lateral margins almost obliquely straight ; scutellum subtriangular, sparingly coarsely punctate ; lateral margins of the hemelytra a little convexly ampliately depressed, clavus and corium somewhat thickly punctate, cuneus opaque, im- punctate, about as broad at base as long; membrane with two short basal cells; legs of moderate length, anterior and intermediate femora moderately thickened, posterior femora more strongly incrassate, apical joint of tarsi moderately thickened. This genus may be provisionally placed near Physetonotus of the Neotropical region. Fingulus atroceruleus, sp. n. Shining indigo-black ; second joint of antenne (excluding apex), apical halves of tibiz, and the tarsi pale ochraceous; third and fourth joints of the antenne fuscous, the extreme base of third pale ochraceous ; cuneus slate-black, opaque ; membrane pale hyaline, the basal area fuliginous ; body beneath black, imperfectly seen owing to the typical specimen being ‘* carded.” Long. 3 mm. 18* 276 On a new Fish from the New Hebrides. Synonymical Notes on Australian Species. Fam. Pentatomide. Philia regia. Philia regia, Bergr. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vii. p. 287 (1895). Philia leucochalcea, Bredd. Societas Entomol. xviil. p. 58 (1908). Thilia cwrea. Philia erea, Dist. ‘Entomologist,’ Suppl. xxv. p. 96 (1892). Philia compacta, Bredd. Societas Entomol. xviii. p. 57 (1903). Dr. Bergroth drew my attention to the synonymical aspect of these two species. Fam. Reduviide. Genus CROSCcIUS. Croscius melanopterus, Stal, En. Hem. iv. p. 80 (1874). Castruccius insignis, Dist. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 3856 (1903). As Stal only gave indications of this genus in his “ Con- spectus generum” and placed it in a position of the sub- family Acanthaspine which I think it should not occupy, I have hitherto failed to recognize it, and, what is worse, have redescribed it. Its place seems clearly near Staliastes. XXXIV.— Description of a new Fish of the Genus Cheetodon from the New Hebrides. By C. Tate Recan, B.A. Chetodon Dixoni. Depth of body 13-13 times in the total length (without caudal), length of head 3} times. Snout as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 3 times in the length of head and greater than the interorbital width. Scales very large on the sides, becoming quite small posteriorly, about 30 in a longitudinal series. D. XIII 21-22, the anterior spines stout, increasing in length to the fourth or fifth, the soft fin rounded. 26° gy TBI BAG 29.0025 7s, A411, 25 fae Galle Weal) pete onne ae 999127. 10.25, 29,10.25 ,, 22 846 ,, 8.9.46 tien 10.25 ,, 998]27.10.95 4 8 9.46 ,, 239.46 N.B.—Finished putting out and unpacking the whole of my Brazilian Insects on 26, 9, 46,” collected by W. J. Burchell tn Brazil. 309 This mechanical labour was therefore completed when Burchell was about 63 years of age, 164 years after the Brazilian journey came to an end in February 1880. It is hardly necessary to add that the specimens were set in our old insular style, sloping and low upon the pin. Nearly all the butterflies have now been reset in accordance with modern requirements. Burchell’s method of keeping his notes on the Arthropoda was changed as time went on. At first he sorted out the captures of each day into what he believed to be species, and gave a list of these, and, in another column, the number of individuals belonging to each. Opposite these numbers observations of habits were sometimes recorded. During his journey to Rio, between April 2 and July 6, 1825, he had captured 97 kinds, distinguished by the numbers 7-97 (in Portugal, at Madeira, at ‘l'eneriffe, and on the ship). Be- tween July 26 and Oct. 27, 1825, he had similarly distin- guished species 98-7022 (during the earlier months of his residence at Rio and the greater part of his excursion into Minas Geraes). ‘lhe labour was probably excessive and in the majority of cases served no specially valuable purpose ; for the same work could be done better after his return home. Accordingly we find that he employed this method for the last time on Oct. 27, 1825, explaining a new meaning for all the numbers beyond 7022 in these words:—‘N.B. The following Numbers are of such Insects on/y as require special and particular remark: of all the others their docality and season can be known only by referring to that same date in the Journal, or in the Catalogus Geographicus of the Botanical Collection: or to the following list of dates.’ ‘The Journal is unfortunately lost, but the other two books are in the Hope Department, the second (“ the following list of dates’) being what I have called the “ Brazilian note-book.’”’ In this latter the numbers 1023 to 1345 (Jan. 1, 1826, to March 18, 182%) occur among other entries which are distinguished by dates alone, and not by numbers. All the numbers beyond 7022 and some of the dates refer to observations made upon the living forms. ‘lhe numbers of individuals are not given, but can sometimes be inferred from the descriptions. The last number 7345 refers to an observation made at Porto Real (Nacionale) on March 18th, 1829; so that all the observations made during the descent of the Tocantins and at Paid, in fact from March 19, 1829, to Feb. 10, 1830, are lost, having been contained in the missing volume alluded to on p- 98 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1904). It is much to be hoped that an opportunity may be found for publishing the two Oxford note-books, both on account of 310 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera their high intrinsic interest and because of the irreparable injury which their loss or destruction would inflict upon this historic collection. In order to render this and the following papers of greater permanent value, and to bring them into relation with such a publication whenever it may be issued, I propose to reproduce any of Burchell’s reference numbers which are still to be found attached to the specimens. The vast majority of these are, however, distinguished by their dates, and have no such numbers. The following example will serve clearly to distinguish between Burchell’s reference numbers and those which are now added to bring the speci- mens into relation with these papers :— Bz. 907. 11T, -- 25.10, 25. 2 2 = Siscad. Burchell’s reference number will be printed before the date of capture and in italics, while the numbers now added will always appear after the date and printed in heavy type. Bz. indicates that the date or number immediately following is an original label, written in Brazil. JZ/. refers to the number of individuals recorded in Burchell’s note-book as far as the number 1022. In this case two are accounted for by specimens 87 and 38, while the third is to be found upon 40 under an allied species. ‘The + indicates that the specimens also bear Jabels which were carefully written and added after Burchell’s return to England. Kxamples are seen in the labels to the right of figs. 9 and 10 on Pl. VI., where the Brazilian number is lowest. When Sz. is wanting, Burchell had copied the reference number and removed the original, as in the label accompanying fig. 11. Bz. without the + is used when the specimen bears only a Brazilian label (as in fig. 6). In all such cases as this the dates have been recovered from the Brazilian note-book. All the other figures on Plate VI. are without Brazilian labels, and bear dates, some- times accompanied by notes (figs. 5 and 8), carefully written after the return home; and this is true of the great majority of the specimens hereafter recorded, all, indeed, of which the dates are not preceded by italicized letters or numbers. In many cases the original Brazilian date was never copied and remains as the only label. Such dates are preceded by Bz. I trust that these directions will enable the reader to ascertain at a glance exactly what records of the great natu- ralist accompany or refer to each specimen in the collection to which he devoted so large a part of his life. E. B. Poutton. Oxford, Jan. 25, 1904. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 311 I. JrxomrrN2. Heterosais edessa, Hew. 16. 9. 26. 2 $=1,2. Santos. “ Close above the Monastery of Sao Bento.” ‘Ad marginem Sylve.”’ 23. 9.26. 4 ¢6=3-6,12?=%. Santos. 3and 7 bear Bra- zilian labels. 26.11.26. ¢=8. Santos. “In the chdécara (where I resided) near the Monastery of Sao Bento.” It has already been stated that the list of Ithomiine is in Professor Westwood’s handwriting. The determination and sexing of specimens 1-8 agree with Westwood’s. His notes show that there were two more specimens which cannot now be found. Both were males and dated 12. 1. 26 (Rio) and 23. 9. 26 (Santos). Hymenitis adasa, Hew. Bz. 698.1. 22.10.25. 92 =9. MinasGeraes. “ In a Roca (about 4 miles 8.S.W. of the house of Discoberto), on the road towards San Jofio de Nepomucena.” “ Pa- pilio.”’ 8. 9.96. 3 9=10-12. Organ Mountains. Near head of R. Pacaqué. ‘In a ride to the Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roga.” , Agrees with Westwood’s notes except as regards 12. Concerning this specimen he had written ‘ Very like adasa, but with difft. veins,” and ‘ Not in Hewitson Coll. or book.” On 11 he had written in pencil ‘f 2 agrees with adasa 9? Hew. in its veins of h. w. but not with ¢.” Hymenitis erruca, Hew. 23. 9. 26. 2 = 138,14. Santos. Determined by Westwood as polissena g. On 18 he wrote “seems identical with Polissena from Quito.” Pseudoscada sp. near utilla, Hew. 8. 2.26. g¢ =15. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) Compared with Hewitson’s specimens of wttlla in the British Museum 15 appears to be a less heavily marked form of the same species. Determined by Westwood as ¢ acilla. 312 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Ithopalocera Pseudoscada Jessica, Hew. 11.2. 26. 2 ¢= 16,17. Organ Mountains. “ By the River Pacaqué.” “In a walk to the Ipé trees.” 14, 2.26. ¢=18. Organ Mountains. Near R. Pacaqué. Agrees in all respects with Westwood’s notes. Burchell’s manuscript label was missing from 18, ‘The date was re- covered from Westwood’s list. Pseudoscada acilla, Uew. 4.11.25. @=19. Minas Geraes. Franciseo Manoel’s Rancho. Near NepOmncéna. 8. 2.26. g=20. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) 9. 2.226176 = 21, os Bs “ By the River Pa- caqué.”’ Agrees in all respects with Westwood, except that 15 was also included under acil/a. Ithomia agnosia, Hew. 10. 11. 25. 3 g = 22-24, Minas Geraes. These three specimens were carefully compared with twenty- three in the Hope Department, one in the British Museum, and a series in the Godman-Salvin Collection, none, however, being from Brazil. A very few examples (one from Colombia) in the Godman-Salvin Collection occur approaching the Burchell form. ‘The Burchell specimens vary from the usual form m having no extension of the black diagonal band on the fore wing into the interspace between the second and third median nervules, and a narrower marginal band on the hind wing. The general effect of the difference between these in the specimens mentioned above is that the transparent part of the wings is much more prominent in the Burchell examples. In fact the difference resembles that between phenomoe and Burchelli (compare figs. 3 and 4 with 1 and 2 on Pl. VIL), described on p. 315. In both cases South-Hast Brazil is characterized by a form in which the transparent area of the wings is increased at the expense of the black markings. Agrees with Westwood’s notes. Ile had written the words “* agnosia, var.,” on 22, Ithomia phono, Uiibn. No data. 9 = 25. Bz. 196.1, 8.9.25. 9 = 26. Rio Janeiro (along the Aque- duct). “ Papilio (Heliconius) In Sylva.” eollected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 313 $52. 1.4 24.10.25. 9 = 27. MinasGeraes. ‘ About Jofo Pedro’s at Discoberto: at the margin of the forest.’’ * Papilio.” 10. 1.26. 9 =28. Rio de Janeiro, Praia Grande, and vicinity. 14.1. 26. 9 =29. Rio de Janeiro. Valley of Laran- jeiros and about S&o Jo&o de Carahy at Laranjeiros. 11. 2. 26. 2 ¢= 80, 31. Organ Mountains. (As 16, 17.) Bz. 18.3. 26. 2 § = 32, 38. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. HG. 92622 ¢ = 34, 35. Santos..''(As 1, 2.)' Brazilian label on 34, Agrees in all respects with Westwood, save that as regards either 32 or 33 he had written “1 ¢ with v[ein] of H. W. abnormal,” Pteronymia hemixanthe, Feld. Bz. 335.11. 15.10.25. 9 = 36. Minas Geraes. “ Pap[ilio]. At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho. In floribus Lia- tridez albiflore.”’ Weel. 4+. 25. 10,25. 2. 9 = 3f, 882° “Minas” Geraes. “ Plapiliv}. At Discoberto, near Joao Pedro’s house.” Specimens uot sexed by Westwood, His determination agrees. Pteronymia euritea, Cram. Bz. 317.I. 14.10.25. g¢= 989. MinasGeraes. Discoberto. LOLA.” ‘Bz. 907. 111.+ 25.10.25. ¢ =40. Minas Geraes. (As 37, 38.) 8.11. 25. 6=41. Minas Geraes. “ Sylvatica.” 8. 2. 26. 2 6 = 42, 48. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) 9,2.26.289=44, 45. ,, , (As 21.) 11. 2.26. 2g 9 = 46, 47. ,, ‘i (As 16, 17.) i. 2. 26.. 9>= 48; -} (As 18.) ee 20. =a. A me Near the R. Pa- caqué, ‘along the road by the Rancho tor 1} mile from the house.” 18. 3.26.2 G@=50, 51. Rio de Janeiro. ((As82/33,) Bz. 26.11.26. 9? =52. Santos. (As 8.) [The fact that the two closely similar species, hemixanthe and eurittea, are to be found flying together is of much interest. Their remarkable resemblance in the fresh state is well shown by the inability of this acute observer to discriminate between them. ‘Thus no. 907 was found upon two specimens of the 314 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera first-named species (37 and 38) and upon one of the last- named (40). But the group also includes another less nearly related species which Burchell failed to separate. The number 335 is found upon P. hemixanthe (86) and [etero- scada yanetta (130), indicating that they were taken for the same species on the same day visiting the same flowers, accompanied by Pteronymia sao (58) and Dircenna dero (67, 68), both of which were recognized as distinct. Furthermore, in the note-book we find the numbers “6335... (377),” indi- cating a second time that the latter, P. euritea (39), was considered to be the same as hemixanthe, and, in this case, the same as /7/. yanetta also. Burchell was able to penetrate the disguise of other ex- amples of mimicry, such as the resemblance of certain Hemi- ptera for the Hymenoptera; but in the remarkable synapo- sematic likeness between the nearly allied species of Ithomiinz there was nothing to arrest his attention.—E. B. Specimens not sexed by Westwood. His determination agrees. He gives the dates of six additional specimens of eurttea which cannot now be found. One of these bore the same date as 42, 48, two the same as 44, 45, one the same as 48. One was dated 4. 11.25 (Minas Geraes, near Nepo- mucena, Francisco Manoel’s. ‘I'he notes show that the specimen might have been captured by “ some tropeiros from the rancho”). One was dated 31. 12. 25 (Rio; on the Corcovdédo Mountain, and in the Valley of Laranjéiros). Pteronymia sao, Hiibn. Bz. 388.7. 15.10.25. 9 = 58. MinasGeraes. “ Pap{ilio] cum 335.” (As 86. The whole note applies to 53.) Agrees in all respects with Westwood’s notes. Fteronymia nr. artena, Hew. 8. 2.26. 9 =54. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) 14. 2.26. ¢=55. f (As 18.) Compared with Hewitson’s type of artena in the British Museum, 54 and 55 appear to be a less heavily marked form of the same species. On 55 Westwood had written “artena but with only a minute white stigma instead of a larger 4-patcli,” and as regards 54 a difference in venation is alluded to and explained by reference to a rough diagram. ‘lhe sexing agrees. Pteronymta sylvo, Hiibn. 12.11.25. ¢= 56. Minas Geraes. “ At Mandioca.” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 315 10. 3. 26. 9 =5%7%. Rio de Janeiro. 20. 3. 26. 9?=58. ,, a * Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Specimens not sexed by Westwood, His determination agrees. Leucothyris nr. makrena. 4,11.25. g¢=59. Minas Geraes. (As 19.) Westwood had written “ Makrena var. absq[ue] fascia in cellula al. ant.,”’ but the fascia here alluded to appears to vary considerably. The sexing agrees. Leucothyris phenomoe, Dbl. & Hew. 11. 2.26. ¢=60 (PI. VI. fig. 3). Organ Mountains. (As 16, 17.) 14. ON 3 = 61 (Pl. VI. fig. 4). Organ Mountains. (As -) Bz. 19. 3. 26. g=62. Rio de Jan. “In the Valley of Catombi.” - 23.9. 26. ¢ = 63. Santos. Burchell’s labels, written in England, are reproduced to the right of the figures to which they respectively refer. Specimens not sexed by Westwood, except 61 ¢. His determination agrees. Leucothyris phenomoe, Dbl & Hew., n. subsp. Burchell. (Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 2.) Pe 27. 2 6 — 64 (Ph VIO fig.’ 1), 65, (Pl. VI. fies 2). Descent of the Rio Tocantins, between S. Antonio and Itaboca. Araguay. Burchell’s labels, written in England, are reproduced to the right of the figures to which they respectively refer. [The form Burchelli is at once distinguished from typical phenomoe by the greater development of the black markings in general, giving the insect an entirely different aspect, which will be appreciated when figures 1 and 2 on Pl. VI, are compared with d3and 4, The black borders of both wings, including the inner margin of the fore wing, are broader in Burchelli, as is the black band which obliquely crosses the middle of the cell in the fore wing. But the chief difference is seen in the principal marking, which descends obliquely from the costa of the fore wing across the apical boundary of the cell. This broad black band is, in Burchelli, prolonged beyond the cell in the interspace between the second and third median nervules so far that its total length is about 50 per 316 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera cent. greater than in phenomoe. Furthermore, in the former, but not in the latter, the band is continued in a much narrower form along the second median nervule until it joins the black hind marginal border near the anal angle of the wing. The development of thisimportant marking gives it a different shape, the proximal border being markedly concave in phenomoe, straight or slightly convex in Burchelli, the concavity of the distal border being more pronounced in Burchelli. The type of Burchell’, specimen 64 from the junction of the Rio Araguay with the Rio Tocantins, is represented in Pls Vales Distribution (based on the specimens in the Godman-Salvin Collection and the Hope Department).—Burchelli occurs in the northern part of Eastern Brazil, phenomoe in the southern part, in Argentina, and Venezuela.—K. B. P.] On specimen no. 65 there is a scrap of paper on which Professor Westwood had written in pencil ‘ Like phenomoe, but larger black band. [? is it a] black var.” There is un- certainty as to the correct interpretation of the letters enclosed in square brackets. On 63 he had written a list of the dates of specimens 60-65, and opposite 19. 5. 29 are the words “* 2 ina’, fascia longiori.”’ In his list of Heliconiidze the words are “2 ind, fascia ad apicem cellule magis elongata.” There is also a statement that he submitted a specimen to Hewitson, who probably suggested the name ‘ flora black var.,”’ which has been added in pencil. These butterflies were carefully compared with others in the Hope Department and the Godman-Salvin Collection, and it was found that this heavy type of marking is probably characteristic of a large section of the northern part of Eastern Brazil, for two similar forms captured by the late T. Belt in Maranhio exist at Oxford, while the Godman-Salvin Collection contains one similar form from Pernambuco and one from Bahia. ‘The latter collection also contains eight specimens from Argentina, one from Rio, and a series from Venezuela. All these, together with the Burchell specimens from South-East Brazil (nos. 60- 63) and two Miers specimens (probably Rio) at Oxford, are of the ordinary form, with lighter markings, as also are six specimens in the British Museum, which, however, are without localities. Dircenna hulda, Feld. 31. 1. 26. 9 = 66, Rio de Janeiro. “ Valley of Catombf anda high mountainon the N.W. side of the Aqueduct.” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 317 “All of this date were from off plants, mostly up the Valley of Catumbi.” The specimen was named by Westwood epidero. Dircenna dero, Hiibn. 2780.11, 1. 10.25. 2 9 = 67,68 (Pl. VI. fig. 6)... Ma- nas Geraes. “ P{apilio] cum 335.” (As 36, and taken with it ‘in floribus Liatridez albiflore.’’) Bz. 475. IT, 16.10.25. 2 9 = 69,70, Minas Geraes. Dis- coberto. ‘ Papilio.” Burchell wrote ‘f 475... (340)”’ in his Brazilian note-book, indicating his recognition that the four specimens 67-70 belonged to the same species. Bz. 546.I. 18.10.25. 9 = ‘71, Minas Geraes. Discoberto. « Papilio.” eae. 20.- 9 = (2 (Pl. VI. fig. 7). ; Minas Gerges, “In the Forest on the West and on the Hast side of S. Joao de Népomucéna.”’ 29.10. 25. 9 = ‘73, Minas Geraes. “In the Forest on the S.E. side of S. Joao de Népomucéna.” foes, 6 = (4 (Pl. VI. fig, 5).; Near S. Paulo: on, road between Jundiahy and Capivary. “ Iter faciendo,”’ Burchell’s manuscript labels are reproduced to the right of the three figures on PI. VI. (5-7) to which they respectively refer. ‘That accompanying fig. 6 was written in Brazil, the others in England, Westwood, in his complete list, mentions two individuals captured on 28. 10. 25. He also gave a list of captures on a label attached to '70, and this agrees with the numbers and dates here recorded. It is therefore probable that the former is erroneous and that there were not more than eight indi- viduals. On 68 Westwood had written “ This is the only individual with the veins of H. W. suffused with black.” The specimen is shown on PI. VI, fig. 6, where the feature mentioned by Westwood can be clearly seen when comparison is made with figs. 5 and 7. Westwood does not note the sexes, He employs the name dero only. [I have followed H. W. Bates in regarding D. rhoéo, Feld., as a form of dero, differing “ only in the greater breadth and irregularity of the dusky black border of the hind wing, especially in the female, and in the nervures which traverse the disk of the same wing heing of a yellowish colour instead of black. In the female the discocellulars and the terminal parts of the median branches are accompanied by dusky streaks.’ D, dero, on the other hand, “has the hyaling 318 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera disks of the wings always clearer and tlie black borders more sharply defined than D. rhoéo. J). dero is peculiar to South- East Brazil, and is not found in the Amazon region, where the local form D. rhoéo takes its place. I have seen speci- mens of D. rhoéo also from the neighbourhood of Bogoté, New Granada. It flies in thinned parts of the forest in Ygap6, or flooded districts, in the dry season.” (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiii., 1862, pp. 520, 521.) I have quoted from Bates in full because, if his information be correct, we have here certain evidence of change in a local subspecific form within the narrow limits of five-and-twenty years. All Burchell’s specimens come from South-East Brazil, and only two of them, viz. nos. 67 and ‘74 (PI. VI. fig. 5), can be regarded as dero. All the rest are examples of the heavily marked yellowish hind-winged rhoéo (compare figs.6 and 7 with 5). It would be unwise to build too much on the conclusion that a change has occurred, especially as the interval cannot be more than about twenty-five years, inasmuch as Bates, when he wrote in 1861, was dealing with experiences which went back many years. But if his statements that “ dero is peculiar to South-Kast Brazil ” and that rhcéo takes its place to the north be confirmed, we are compelled to admit that a rapid change has occurred in the former area and that in 1825 rhoéo was dominant there. We should be obliged to regard the biological history as traversing the history laid down by systematics ; for dero, with the older name, would then be but a very modern local form of the more ancestral although more recently named rhoéo. Should further enquiry support Bates’s statement, it seems probable that synaposematic grouping has directed the trend of evolution—that resemblance to more heavily marked transparent Ithomiine associates in the north has been an advantage which has caused the persistence of the pronounced black markings of rhoéo, while dero has been selected as an approach towards less heavily marked members of Ithomiine groups in the south. Ithomiine butterflies with a general resemblance to one another have a marked tendency to fly together, as Bates points out in this very species (/. c. p. 521). It has already been found in the case of Leucothyris phenomoe that the northern part of Eastern Brazil is characterized by a more heavily marked form (Burchell) than the southern part (see p- 215). In many other cases the tendency towards a eduction of the black markings of transparent and black Ithomiine in South-Eastern Brazil has been shown in this memoir. It was apparent in Pseudoscada sp. nr. utilla (15), collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 319 Ithomia agnosia (22-24), and Pteronymia nr. artena (54, 55). This reduction of black and increase of transparency oceurring independently in many genera is probably due to selection in the direction of synaposematic or Millerian resemblance.— Be P.| Ceratinia eupompe, Hiibn. 29. 10. 25. 9 = 75. Minas Geraes. (As 738.) 4,11. 25. ¢='76. Minas Geraes. (As 19.) 8. 2.26. d= 77. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) 9. 2. 26. 3 $ = 78-80. ,, , (As 21.) Gezuae ek = 61....,, 4 (As 16, 17.) 12. 2.26. 2 ? = 82, 83. Organ Mountains. “By the River Pacaqué.”’ No data. ¢? = 84, Westwood’s notes and label agree in including an addi- tional specimen dated 14. 2. 26 (Organ Mountains). In other respects his MS. agrees with the data here recorded. The determination agrees, but sexes are unnoted. Ceratinia euryanassa, Feld. Bz. 563.I. 19.10.25. 9 =85. MinasGeraes. Discoberto. “Pap (ilio}.” 10. 11. 25. g¢ = 86. Minas Geraes. Discoberto. 26. 9. 26. 5 g = 87-91, 4 9 = 92-95 (92 and 95 bear Brazilian labels). Santos. ‘ Ina walk to Montserrat.” “These Papiliones very plentiful in the woods’: this referring of course to all specimens taken. No data. ? = 96. Westwood gives two more individuals captured 26. 9. 26, and omits the date 10. 11. 25. The latter may be a slip or may be due to the later transposition of labels. In other respects and in the determination Westwood’s notes agree, but sexes are omitted. Ceratinia deta, Boisd. Bz. 330.11. 14.10.25. g¢ =9%. Minas Geraes. Disco- berto. “Papilio (Horta).” It is probable that this specimen should bear the number 336 and that it was captured with 98 on Oct. 15th. See note on 108. Bz. 336. II. 15.10.25. g = 98. MinasGeraes. “ Atthe Discoberto do Antonio Velho. Pap[ilio]. In Sylvis.” Bz.+ 12.11. 25. g@ = 99. Minas Geraes. “‘ At Mandioca.” “ Langsdorfi”” is written on the Brazilian label. 320 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera 12. 2.26. ¢=100. Organ Mountains. (As 82, 83.) 73 Yea De 26. 2 = 101. ” ” (As 49,) No data. ? = 102. The numbers and dates agree with Westwood’s notes. Westwood’s determination was Ithomia melphis, a synonym of deta. ‘The sexes were unnoted. Ceratinia Barii, Bates. 26.5. 29. g=108. Rio Tocantins, N. of Itabdca, below the Falls of Guariba. ‘ Sylva.” Brit. Mus. ‘* Ninontia Hew. var. barii.” Named by Westwood Jthomia ninonia. Sex unnoted. Mechanitis polymnia, Linn. 30. 10. 25. (Date probably erroneous, and should be 3. 3. 28 or 10.12.29. See below.) 9 =104. Minas Geraes. “(In the Forest.) On the N.E. side of the arraial of Sao Jofio de Népomucéna.” Locality probably erro- neous, and should be Goyaz or Paré. . 28. @=105, Goyaz. “Caught by the Rio Ver- melho, near the Carioca Aqueduct, by *C’.” C refers to Congo, Burchell’s native assistant. 7.6.29. 9=106. Rio Tocantins. S. of Pard, Sta. Anna, 7.7.29. 9=10%. Pard. ‘ Hastward of my house.” {105 was submitted to the late Mr. Osbert Salvin on Jan. 16, 1896. He considered it to be the ‘f Guiana form of Mechanttis polymnia.” Although without the black hind wing which is so common in Guiana, the black markings are strongly developed on the secondaries of all the three female specimens, resembling many of the individuals from Surinam &e. The occurrence of such strongly marked forms so far to the south as Goyaz was a surprise to me. The somewhat faint but distinct subapical light bar of the fore wing, which is charac- teristic in Guiana, is evanescent or absent in these specimens. —E. B. P.] Westwood records two additional specimens, captured 3. 3. 28 (Goyaz. ‘ Caught in the town by the Rio Vermelho ; by C[ongo]”) and 10. 12. 29 (Pard. “ Suburbane”). On the other hand, he does not give the date now affixed to 104, viz. 30. 10. 25, It is probable that a label has been trans- posed in the manipulation of the specimens, and that 104 should bear the date 3. 3. 28 or 10.12. 29. In other respects and in the determination Westwood’s notes agree with these records, ‘he sexes were unnoted. © oo collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. d21 Mechanitis lysimnia, Fabr. Bz. 336.17. 15.10.25. 9 =108. MinasGeraes. (As 98.) [It is probable that this specimen should bear the number 330 and that it was one of the “ Papilio ( Horta)” captured on Oct. 14 at Discoberto. Burchell probably accidentally interchanged its label with that of 97, either originally in Brazil or later when he set the specimens. The evidence is: as follows:—The Brazilian note-book shows that two indi- viduals believed by Burchell to be one form “‘ Papilio (Horta),” captured on Oct. 14, were numbered 330, and that two others also believed to be one form, taken on Oct. 15 “in Sylvis,” were numbered 336. Professor Westwood’s list, repeated on a specimen of each species, agrees with the existing specimens in showing one 336 on Mechanitis lysimnia (108) and the other on Ceratinia deta (98). One 330 is on deta (97) and the other is now missing, but both of Westwood’s lists agree in recording that it was affixed to a specimen of lystmnia which cannot now be found. Hither Burchell twice paired deta and lysimnia as the same form on consecutive days or he accidentally interchanged one 330 with one 336. The foilowing fact confirms the opinion that he made the latter mistake and not the former. A few days later, on Oct. 19th, we find in his note-book the followingentry: ‘* 563... (336),” indicating his belief that the single specimen denoted by the first number was the same species as the two individuals denoted by the second. Now 563 is Ceratinia euryanassa (85), a species which closely resembles C. deta, but only bears a very rough likeness to MZ. /ysimnia. It is therefore probable that 330 was intended for two specimens of JZ. ly- simnia and 336 for two of C. deta—K. B. P.] meri ap. ¢ = 109, -2 ¢ = 110; 111... >4 Minas Geraes. (As 19.) Mel. 25.°2 ¢ = 112, 113. -- Minas Gerues. 6.12.25. ¢=114. Riode Janeiro. ‘“ In an excursion to the Summit of the Corcovado by the road by the Con- vent ot Sta. Theresa, and along the Aqueduct.” 31.1. 26. 9 =115. Riode Janeiro. (As 66.) 9.2.26. ?=116. Organ Mountains. (As 21.) eo 26. 9 2117) i (As 82, 83.) ie. 2. 26. 9 = 118..'5, ii Near River Pa- caqué. Bile 2.20. 9 = LIQ. sy, - (As 49.) 28, 2.26. 9 =120. “On the Rio Magé.” 1, 3. 26. 9 =121. ‘ Along the River Magé, upwards to the Fazénda da Lagéa.”’ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 21 322 On Lepidopiera Rhopalocera from Brazil. 7. 3.26. 9 = 122, Rio-de Janeiro, “ At Catombi.” Bz. 9.3.26. g¢ =123. Rio de Janeiro. 10. 3. 26. ¢ =1238a. Rio de Janeiro. 15.'9..26. of = 424," Santos. Papil{io}. At edge of the Forest, at S. Bento Monastery.” Bz. 14.12.26. 9 = 125. Cubatio, Lower Slopes of the Sérra. 16. 12. 26. 9 = 126. Cubatio. “Middle Part of the ascent up the Sérra.” 4.3.28. 9= 127. Goyaz. (As 105.) Westwood’s name and list agree, except that he includes two more specimens which cannot now be found—one distin- guished by the number 330, and a second specimen captured with 116 on 9. 2. 26. Sexes unnoted. Aeria olena, Weym. Bz. 5790... 21. 10. 25. 9 =128, Minas Geraes: “Ine rossa at Discoberto, and along a channel (on the margin of the Forest) which conducts water to the house.” “ Pap[ilio].” Named J. elara in Westwood’s list, which otherwise agrees. Unsexed. Heteroscada gazoria, Godt. 10. 11. 25. ¢ =129. Minas Geraes. Westwood’s list agrees. He calls the specimen “ Napeo- genes?”’ in list, but on the insect itself he had written “Yanina, Hew. f, 116, pl. 19, vol. ii. Hew. Exot. butt. Huri- tea, Dry., not Cramer.” Unsexed. Heteroscada yanetta, Hew. Bz. 335. 1. 15.10.25. ¢ =180. MinasGeraes. (As 36.) Agrees with Westwood’s list. Named Napeogenes. Un- sexed. ‘Coll. Hew. but not named” in pencil indicates an unsuccessful reference to his friend Hewitson. j Heteroscada fenella, Hew. 29.10. 25. 9 =181. Minas Geraes. (As 72.) Agrees with Westwood’s list “ Lent. Hewitson.” The name “ fenella, H.” written in pencil by Westwood across Burchell’s label. Unsexed. Melinea paraiya, Reak. 8. 2.26. ¢=132. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) On a Weasel from the Atlas Mountains. 323 Agrees with Westwood’s list, where, however, it is named as a var. of egina. ‘ Mech’. egina” is written on a label attached to the specimen. Unsexed. Melinea egina, Cram, 7.7.29. g = 183. Pard. (As 107.) 28.7. 29. g=134. Pard. Bz. 26.1.30. @=185. Paré. Agrees with Westwood’s list. Unsexed. Melinea ethra, Godt. 8. 2.26. ¢ = 186. Organ Mountains. (As 10-12.) Agrees with Westwood’s list. Named by him Mech. ethra. Sex unnoted. Methona themisto, Hiibn. 14. 7.29. ¢=18%. Paré. ie te-2u. 2 6 = 138,139, Pard. Westwood’s list indicates the former existence of a fourth specimen captured at Pardé on 30, 7. 29. His name agrees. Sexes unnoted. (To be continued. } XXXVIII.—Note on an undescribed Weasel from the Atlas Mountains, and on the Occurrence of a Weasel in the Azores. By G. K. H. BAgrerr-HAMILTON. THROUGH the courtesy of the Director and Officials of the British Museum of Natural History, [ am enabled to publish a short description of a weasel which is clearly distinguish- able from the forms recognized by me in my paper published in this Journal in January 1900. This form, which may be known as Putorius nivalis atlas, ‘ is remarkable for its size and robustness, in which it is per- haps only excelled by the true P. n. africanus of Desmarest. On the other hand, the line of demarcation between the colours of the upper and under surfaces, a highly character- istic feature in the weasels, is widely different from that of P. n, africanus and other forms with a similar arrangement, such as P. n. numidicus, P. n. boccamela, and P. n. sub- paimatus, and allies it to P. n. wbericus and P.n. siculus. In its tail, however, which carries a distinct terminal ‘ pencil” 324 On the Occurrence of a Weasel in the Azores. of dark brown hairs, it resembles P. n. numidicus and P. n. africanus. Colour.—Above between “ mummy-brown”’ and “ Mars brown ” *, the under-fur a shade lighter. Below, except the lower surface of the tail, but including the inner and lower surfaces of the fore legs, the soles of the fore feet, and the inner and lower surfaces of the hind legs almost down to the ankles, white slightly washed with yellow. The line of de- marcation is decided, and runs on each side directly from a point slightly anterior to the angle of the mouth to its debouchment at the shoulders and thence to the hind legs. ‘The upper surfaces of all four feet are white for a distance of about 13 and 11 mm. in the case of fore and hind feet respectively from the base of the claws. In the hind feet the white colour only just reaches the soles at their external borders. The tail is brown above and below, and terminates in a moderately developed ‘pencil’? of longer hairs of a deeper shade than the rest of the upper surface. There is no trace of white on the ears. The dimensions of the hind foot and ear, both taken from the type specimen when in spirit, are 42 and 21:5 mm. re- spectively. No record was taken of the lengths of either head and body or tail in the flesh, but the latter reaches a length, including the terminal hairs, of 98 mm. in the dried skin. The skull, although strongly built, massive, and with sagittal and lambdoid crests well developed, is less so than that of P. n. africanus of the Azores. The postorbital pro- cesses are moderately prominent, the nasal region moderately broad and depressed anteriorly, and the posterior narial aperture narrowed. ‘he incisive foramina are elongated, having a length of about 2 mm., and recall those of the P. ermi- neus group. ‘The following are the dimensions (in milli- metres) of the type:—Greatest length 48; basal length 44°5 ; greatest breadth at zygoma 26 ; palatal Jength 20. The type, a female, no. 2.1.7.4 of the British Museum Collection, from the Atlas Mountains, Morocco, was presented by Mr. E. G. Meade- Waldo. Opportunity may here be taken to point out that the specimens recently received by the British Museum bear out the opinion, some time since expressed by Professor J. V. Barboza du Bocage }, that Desmarest’s type specimen of * Names of colours printed in inverted commas are taken from Mr. Robert Ridgway’s ‘ Nomenclature of Colors,’ 1886. + Jornal de Sci. Math., Phys, e Nat. ser. 2, no. xiii. (Lisbon, 1895) pp. 24-27. Bibliographical Notice. 325 P. africanus came, not from Egypt, but from the island of St. Thomas, in the Gulf of Guinea, where there occurs a form of weasel indistinguishable from the above type. The name africanus will therefore be most naturally applied to the weasel of St. Thomas and to a similar form of which Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant recently procured a specimen at Terceira, in the Azores, leaving the name subpulmatus, Hem- prich and Ehrenberg, the exact allocation of which has long been uncertain, for the weasels (formerly known as P. afri- canus) of Egypt and Malta. The true africanus is now shown to be a far larger and stronger animal than P. n. subpalmatus, and ib possesses a far more distinct caudal “ pencil” of dark brown hairs. It has a wavy line of de- mareation, and the inuch restricted white colour of the under surface is strongly washed with deep “ buff-yellow.” The dimensions of the Azorean specimen reach, for the animal measured in the flesh, head and body 266, tail 116, hind foot 44, and ear 18 mm.; and for the skull, greatest length 49, basal length 45°5, greatest breadth at zygoma 28, and palatal length 21 mm. It was caught in a rat-trap, which had been set for a buzzard. The occurrence of a weasel on the Azores must be re- garded as a fact of considerable interest from the point of view of the student of geographical distribution, still more so as the animal is quite distinct from any known form inhabiting Hurope or the adjacent portions of Africa. That a similar and undistinguishable weasel should be found on the remote Island of St. Thomas is somewhat surprising, but it seems a plausible hypothesis that the latter stock may have been derived by introduction from the former. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Report on the Sea Fisheries and Fishing Industries of the Thames Estuary. Prepared by Dr. Jamns Moriz. London: 1903. Printed by order of the Kent and Essex Sea Fisheries Committee. Tus report reflects great credit on the enthusiastic naturalist who, almost unaided, has accumulated in its pages an extraordinary mass of original and well-arranged information. Much has been done of late years for the improvement of the scientific aspect of our sea fisheries, but the Thames estuary had been entirely neglected. After introducing his readers to the physical formation of the Thames estuary and to the history of Leigh-on-Sea, the fishing- station where his observations have been made, the author deals successively with the various members of the fauna which are in some way or other of commercial importance—Seals and Cetaceans. 326 Geological Society. Food-fishes, Oysters, Mussels and other Molluscs, Shrimps, Lobsters, and Crabs, all receiving due notice from both the life-history and economical points of view. Some of these subjects are treated with a profusion of details, much of which is entirely original, which raises Dr. Murie’s contribution to a high scientific level. The compilation of a vast amount of scattered information respecting rare occurrences will prove a great boon to workers on the distri- bution of fishes on our coasts—a subject on which much remains to be done. The chapter dealing with the Herring family (Clupeide) is a most important piece of work, and the contribution therein on White- bait adds greatly to our knowledge of a question which has been frequently discussed before and since Dr. Giinther settled the question by ascertaining the Whitebait of the Thames to consist mainly of young herrings. Dr. Murie has taken great pains to ascertain the nature of the mixed series of small fish &c. which are sent collec- tively to the market under this commonly known appellation, and he has added 20 to the 11 species which had already been listed by Frank Buckland in 1879. In dealing with the Weavers (7’rachinus), so notoriously dreaded by whitebaiters and shrimpers for their poisonous stings, the author contributes a useful footnote recommending the best treatment in case of accident. Among the more remarkable fishes mentioned in the report, Aphia pellucida, the White Goby, deserves special attention. It was supposed to be rare in the district, but Dr. Murie finds it astonishingly numerous, especially in March and April. According to Prof. Collett, who has made a special study of this curious fish in the Christiania Fjord, the adults die after breeding, and therefore accomplish their life in the course of a year. Dr. Murie throws doubt on this conclusion, for reasons which, however, are reserved for a later communication. In concluding this brief notice, we congratulate the Kent and Essex Fisheries Committee on having had the good fortune of bringing out a little book which will render such signal service, and we look forward to the publication of further instalments of the series of Reports of which the first is now before us. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. November 18th, 1903.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.C.L., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. ‘Notes on some Upper Jurassic Ammonites, with special reference to Specimens in the University Museum, Oxford.’ By Miss Maud Healey. In the course of re-arranging the Upper Jurassic fossils in the fo} o Geological Society. 327 Oxford University Museum, the attention of the Authoress has been called to the large amount of prevailing misconception with regard to Sowerby’s species Ammonites plicatilis and Am. biplex, The type- specimen of Perisphinctes plicatilis (Sow.) is refigured and described. It is in the form of a cast, but only an indefinite statement exists as to the locality from which it was derived. It appears to be an Upper Corallian form, and is usually taken as the zone-fossil of that horizon. Sowerby’s two figures of Perisphinctes biplex repre- sent different specimens, one of which is dismissed from consideration. The other, probably from a Kimmeridge-Clay nodule found in the Suffolk Drift, is refigured and described. The Authoress considers that it would be wisest to abandon the name altogether, or at least to restrict it to the abnormal specimen to which it was first attached. The original specimen of Perisphinctes variocostatus (Buckland) came from the so-called Oxford Clay at Hawnes, 4 miles south of Bedford ; but the Authoress gives evidence in favour of her belief that it was really derived from the Ampthill Clay. Sowerby’s Ammonites rotundus is the last species figured, and it is doubtfully identified as a variety of Olcostephanus Pallasianus (d’Orb.). It was derived from the Kimmeridge Clay of Chippinghurst, 64 miles south of Oxford, and is the zone-fossil of the Upper Kimmeridge Clay. 2. ‘On the Occurrence of Edestus in the Coal-Measures of Britain.’ By Edwin Tulley Newton, Hsq., F.R.S., V.P.G.S. This genus was originally described from the United States, and was afterwards recognized in beds of similar age in Russia and Australia. The genus was afterwards placed with Helicoprion and Campyloprion in the family Edestidee. The specimen described in the present paper was obtained by Mr. J. Pringle from one of the marine bands which occurs between the ‘Twist Coal’ and the ‘Gin-Mine Coal,’ in the Smallthorn sinking of Messrs. Robert Heath & Son’s pits at Nettlebank (North Staffordshire). Several other marine bands, chiefly met with during the sinking of shafts in this coalfield, have been studied by Mr. J. T. Stobbs, who called the attention of the Geological Survey to the exposure from which this specimen was obtained. The specimen is a single segment of a fossil very closely resembling Hdestus minor, and consists of an elongated basal portion, bearing at one extremity a smoothed, enamelled, and serrated crown. A description of the fossil shows that it is not to be referred to any existing species, and a new name is given toit. While it seems most in accordance with present knowledge to regard the ‘ spiral saw’ of Helicoprion as the eurolled, symphysial dentition of an Elasmobranch, possibly allied to the Cestracionts, it does not seem nearly so probable that the forms referred to Hdestus are of the same nature. In the opinion of the Author the latter are more likely to be dorsal defences. The paper concludes with a bibliography of the subject, 328 Geological Society. January 6th, 1904.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.C.L., D.Sc., Sec.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘ Implementiferous Sections at Wolvercote (Oxfordshire), By Alexander Montgomerie Bell, Esq., M.A., F.G.S. This section shows the following beds:—(1) Oxford Clay ; (2) old surface, in which are pits or troughs chiefly filled with gravel and enveloped in weathered clay; (3) a large river-bed, containing gravel at the base, and layers of clay above; (4) Neolithic surface-layer, 2feet thick. The gravel of the river-bed contains quartzite-pebbles, some of exceptional size, and is covered by a thin lenticular layer of peat and sand, yielding thirty flowering-plants and many mosses; the clays over this have probably been formed in a lake, possibly due to a beaver-dam. In the gravel-bed are found implements formed of flint quarried from the Chalk, or of quartzite from pebbles of the Northern Drift, all remarkable for their size, beauty, and freshness, together with the remains of large mammals, including the mammoth. The old surface, from which the river-bed has been eroded, has also yielded implements associated with quartzites, quartz-pebbles, and lydianstone, gravel from the Thames Valley, limestone-pebbles, Oolitic fossils, and sand. This deposit is regarded as remanié from the Northern Drift, probably laid down under the action of ice, as shown by the flask-like shape of the pits, the vertical position of some of the pebbles, and the jamming-in of masses of sand, probably in a frozen condition. Further, the Oxford Clay beneath the surface is weathered and shaken to a depth of 10 or 12 feet, except where cut off by the descending depth of the river-bed. The implements are small, ordinary in shape, and made of flint, not quarried, but mostly taken from the Drift, and they are much weathered, stained, and patinated. The occurrence of an older set of implements, differing so markedly from those of the river-drift, leads the Author to explain the peculiar imple- mentiferous drift of Iffley as containing implements of two kinds and two, dates. Those that are unweathered are contemporaneous with the deposit, and like those of the Wolvercote river-bed ; while those that are stained with ochre, or deeply patinated, have been derived, like the Oolitic fossils, Tertiary conglomerate, quartzites, and volcanic rocks, from an older deposit. The Author believes that the frequent occurrence of weathered and unweathered im- plements in a single deposit may be explained generally in this way; and he further infers that the time between the Drift and the River-bed was prolonged, and that the interval may have been as long as that which separates the epoch of the River-bed from the present day, his evidence being simply the patination of the flints. In conclusion the Author suggests that there are three classes of implement-bearing drifts, the ice-drifts being the earliest and the river-drifts the latest, while the wash-drifts may belong to more than one stage. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 77. MAY 1904. XXXIX.—The Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. By C. Tate Reaan, B.A. [Plate VII] In the following paper I have tried to give an account of the phylogeny of the main groups of the ‘Veleostomi, based on the evidence of the available morphological data. In forming my conclusions I have been helped by criticism and advice from Mr. Boulenger and Dr. W. G. Ridewood, to both of whom I gratefully express my acknowledgments. I trust that the reasons given for ditfering from the classifications hitherto proposed will prove sufficient: the aim of this paper is constructive rather than destructive, and I have not thought it necessary in every case to give all the available arguments against theories of relationship which I do not accept, but have rather tried to establish the ideas of phylogeny which are here put forward ona sound morphological basis. The class Pisces, as usually understood, comprises Verte- brates with jaws, with gills supported by visceral arches, and with paired limbs in which the endoskeletal supports have not yet attained the pentadactyle arrangement of higher Vertebrates. Two subclasses may be recognized—Chondro- pterygii and ‘Teleostomi, ‘The latter are distinguished by the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 22 330 Mr. C. T. Regan on the development of membrane-bones, including an operculum * covering the chamber into which the gill-clefts open. The 'Teleostomi may be divided into five orders, the rela- tions of which are expressed in the following diagram :— -\ Teleostei. Dipneusti. Placoderimi., f 1 Si oe . Crossopterygu. ra \ Chondrostel. The Chondrostei and Crossopterygii correspond to the groups usually so named; the Dipneusti comprise the Sirenoidei only ; the Placodermi include the Arthrodira, Antiarcha, and Osteostraci; and to the Teleostei the Ganoidei Holostei are added. These orders may be defined as follows :— Order 1. CHONDROSTEI. Median fins with the dermal rays in greater number than their endoskeletal supports, which are typically in two prin- cipal series, baseosts and axonosts, with an outer series of small marginal cartilages. Caudal typically completely heterocercal (rarely abbreviate heterocercal or diphycercal). Paired fins not notably lobate. Pectoral baseosts articulating with an anterior coraco-scapular cartilage and a_ posterior metapterygium +. Ventrals with a well-developed series of baseosts articulating internaily with a series of axonosts, which may be separate or more or less completely fused. Hyostylic. Hyomandibular without posterior process for * In some specialized forms (e. g. Aspredinide) the operculum is wanting. + It is impossible to say whether in the most primitive Teleostomi the metapterygium was already developed or whether it was represented by a series of separate axonosts. Phylogeny of the Teleostomt, 331 the articulation of the operculum; symplectic not ossified. Branchiostegals not attached to epihyal and ceratohyal. Gular plates, if present, not specially enlarged. Clavicle distinct from the cleithrum. Notochord persistent. Peri- cardium * communicating with the ccelom. Order 2. CROSSOPTERYGII. Median fins with the dermal rays often in greater number than their endoskeletal supports, which are often in two series. Caudal heterocercal or diphycercal. Pectorals lobate, with metapterygium often segmented. Ventrals lobate or not, with supports variously arranged. Hyostylic. Bran- chiostegals replaced by a pair of large gular plates. Clavicle distinct from the cleithrum. Vertebral column variously developed. Order 3. DIPNEUSTI. Median fins with the dermal rays in greater number than their endoskeletal supports, which are in two series. Caudal heterocercal or diphycercal. Paired fins acutely lobate, with endoskeletal supports arranged as a segmented axis with or without lateral branches. Autostylic, the palato-quadrate being fused with the cranium and the hyomandibular reduced or absent. Sometimes a pair of large gular plates, but branchiostegal rays never present. Clavicle not distinct from the cleithrum. Notochord persistent. Order 4. PLACODERMI. Median fins membranous, without dermal rays, consisting of a single dorsal, supported by regular series of baseosts and axonosts, and a heterocercal caudal. Pectoral fin, if func- tional, represented by a jointed Arthropod-like limb, with internal muscles and external dermal plates, sometimes reduced to a fixed spine, or absent. Ventral fin, if present, with a series of baseosts and a single large axonostal cartilage. ? Autostylic. Notochord persistent. Usually a well-deve- loped dermal armour. Order 5. TELEOSTEIL. Median fins with the dermal rays equal in number to their endoskeletal supports, which are typically in one series, the * T have taken this character from Bashford Dean, ‘ Fishes Living and Fossil,’ p. 260, 22* 332 Mr. C. T. Regan on the baseosts being either small or absent. Caudal abbreviate heterocercal, homocereal, or diphycercal. Paired fins usually not lobate. Pectoral metapterygium sometimes well deve- loped and serving for the articulation of the posterior baseosts, more often reduced and apparently forming the first of the baseost series. Ventral with the dermal rays directly attached to a single basal bone, the baseosts rudimentary or absent. Hyostylic. Hyomandibular with a posterior process for the articulation of the operculum; symplectic ossified and usually suturally united to the quadrate. Branchiostegal rays attached to the epihyal and ceratohyal. No paired gular plates. Clavicle not distinct from the cleithrum. Vertebral column variously developed. No communication between pericardium and ccelom. Tt need hardly be pointed out here that I cannot expect the characters used in the above ordinal definitions to prove constant in every case. Experience shows that, however well defined groups may seem to be, as our knowledge of them becomes more complete annectent forms come to light, and it is self-evident that if we were acquainted with all the forms which have existed we should have a perfect phylo- genctic arrangement, but no division into groups. Conse- quently the generalizations which I have made may or may not be applicable to those unsatisfactorily known extinct forms (e.g. Catopteride) which can only be provisionally assigned to a position in the system. CHONDROSTEI. The Chondrostei, which have been regarded by some as modified Crossopterygii, are undoubtedly the most generalized of all Teleostomi. The ventral fins of Polyodon, Acipenser, and Scaphi- rhynchus have been well described and figured by Thacher * in 1877, and also by Davidoff t in 1879, the former of whom regarded their structure as most important evidence of the truth of his theory of the similar origin of the median and paired fins. This view was also accepted by Bridge t, who, in 1878, referring to Polyodon, wrote:—“ The evident formation of the ventral fins by the coalescence of a series of * Tr. Connect. Ac. iv. 1877, p. 234, pls. i. & ii. +t Morph. Jahrb. vy. 1879, p. 450, pl. xxviii. See also Wiedersheim, ‘ Gliedmassenskelett,’ p. GO (1892). { Phil. Trans. clxix. 1878, pp. 683-734. Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. 333 originally distinct cartilaginous rays is clearly indicative of a more primitive condition of these structures than can be found in any other living vertebrate animal.” The Chondrostean ventral fin having been thus described as principally composed of a series of basal cartilages (baseosts) supporting the dermal rays, articulated internally to another series of cartilages (axonosts) which exhibited some fusion anteriorly, it was inexcusably careless of Cope * to propose a classification ignoring this, his order Podopterygia (7. e. Chondrostei) being characterized as possessing median fins with numerous axonosts, pectoral without avonost and rudimentary baseosts, and ventral with one axonost and several baseosts. In Smith Woodward’s classification fT, which is based on that of Cope, the structure of the paired fins in the Chondrostei has also remained unappreciated. Finally Traquair}, in discussing the evolution of fishes, whilst paying considerable attention to the paired fins of Crossopterygii and Dipneusti, does not even think them worthy of notice in the comprehensive order Actinopterygil. So that it would almost seem as if the structure of the paired fins in the Chondrostei, of the highest importance in any discussion as to the affinities of that order and of the very ereatest interest as evidence in favour of the lateral fin fold theory, although well known to the morphologists, is in danger of being forgotten by the systematists. ‘The ventral fins of Psephurus gladius are even more primitive than those of Polyodon §, and as they have not yet been described, so far as I am aware, I propose to do so and to compare their structure with that of the anal and pectoral fins. All three fins—pectoral, ventral, and anal—strongly resemble each other in external appearance, being extended and composed of numerous articulated dermal rays, at the base of which there is in each case a similar muscular lobe projecting beyond the Lody-wall, and in which the series of baseosts is imbedded. -On dissection the anal fin is seen to be supported by a series of cartilages, baseosts, 21 in number, which articulate internally with a similar series of axonosts. The latter, * Am. Nat. xxi. 1887, p. 1017. + Cat. Foss. Fish. (4 vols. 1889-1901) and Vert. Paleont. (1898). { Presidential Address to Zool. Section of Brit. Assoc. (1900). § St. George Mivart, in 1879 (Tr. Z.S. x. p. 457), described and figured the anal fin of Polyodon as the ventral, the mistake being due to a wrongly labelled specimen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, but it is curious to note that on receiving T'hacher’s paper he did not realize this, but supposed the difference to be due to individual variation. 334 Mr. C. T. Regan on the however, are reduced in number to 18, owing to the fusion of the first 8 and the next 2. The ventral fin is supported by a series of 12 baseosts, exactly similar to those of the anal, which also articulate with a series of axonosts, which in this case are 8 in number, owing to the fusion of the anterior 5. In both anal and ventral the cartilages of the ‘ baseost”’ series, or radials, show a tendency to ‘segment into 3, thus forming proximal, median, and distal series of segments, whilst external to the Jast, and completely overlapped by the dermal rays, are a series of short “ marginal” cartilages. In the specimen described the anal fin is "23 mm. in length and is composed of 70 dermal rays supported by 21 baseosts, whilst the ventral is 11 mm. in length and is composed of 38 rays supported by 12 baseosts, a proportionate correspond- ence sufficiently close to be remarkable. I would submit, then, that the extremely similar structure of the anal and ventral fins in Psephurus can only be explained on the theory of a directly similar origin, and that the theory that the structure of the anal is primitive, whilst that of the ventral is derived in some way from a biserial archipterygium, is fantastic and entirely unsupported by evidence. ‘Thus, in an actual living species we have clearer and more complete evidence of the similar origin of the median and paired tins than in the extinct Cladodus, which has been considered so important. The pectoral fin of Psephurus is more specialized than the ventral; the baseosts are 7 in number, the anterior 3 being attached to the large coraco-scapular cartilage, which repre- sents the fused anterior axonosts and which underlies a membrane-bone, the cleithrum. ‘lhe posterior axonosts are also fused to form a single cartilage, the metapterygium. In other living Chondrostei the pectoral fin is very similar to that of Psephurus, whilst in the ventral fin the extent of fusion cf the axonosts and the number of the baseosts show some variation. In the Paleoniscide, so far the earliest and most generalized Chondrostei known, the ventral fins often had an extended * base and were composed of numerous rays. In one genus, the Liassic Coccolepis, a series of bascosts have been discovered. ‘The axonosts have not so far been distinguished, but there is every justification for believing that in this generalized family tins so similar to those of Psephurus had their supports arranged in the same primitive manner. As regards the pectorals, the coraco-scapular cartilage with * It is interesting to note that in the Devonian genus Cheirolepis the ventral fin is longer than the anal. Phylogeny of the Teleostomt. 335 the overlying cleithrum must be regarded as typical of the ancestral ‘'eleostome; whether the fusion of the posterior axonosts also is corelated with this, or whether the meta- pterygium was represented in the early Teleostomi by a series of separate axonosts, there is no evidence to show, but the structure of the pectoral in all Teleostomi is easily explicable as a modification of that of Psephurus. In the structure of their median, as well as of the paired fins, the Chondrostei are essentially primitive, and the con- dition of the vertebral column also bears witness to their low position. It appears to me fairly well established for both living forms and for those extinct ones which undoubtedly belong to this order that the hyomandibular does not develop a posterior process for articulation with the inner face of the operculum, as is the case in all Teleostei. Fig. 1—Diagrams to show the arrangement of the branchiostegals and gular plates in a typical Crossopterygian, Chondrostean, and Teleost. A. Rhizodopsis sawroides (after Traquair) ; B. 2habdo- lepis macropterus (after Traquair); C. Ama calva. 1.g., inter- gular; g., gular plates; lg., lateral gulars ; b., branchiostegals ; ¢.h., cerato-hyal; s.op., suboperculum ; z., lower Jaw. In the Paleoniscide the arrangement of the plates supporting the gill-membranes and extending forward between the man- dibular rami, as described by Traquair *, is one from which the conditions which obtain in other ‘leleostomi are readily deriv- able. On each side there is a continuous series of obviously homologous plates, the upper two or three of which are en- larged as the opercular bones, those following being the bran- * Mon. Palzont. Soc., Paleoniscide, p. 21 (1877). 336 Mr. C. T. Regan on the chiostegals, the anterior pair of which are considerably larger than the rest and may be termed “ gular plates.’ In front of the gular plates there is sometimes an unpaired “ intergular.” The anterior branchiostegals and the gular plates occupy the whole of the space between the mandibular rami, to which they are apposed, whilst each meets its fellow in the middle line. Within the order Chondrostei the gular plates and branchiostegals may disappear, but we never get the con- ditions characteristic of either Crossopterygil or Teleostel. We have only just begun to realize that the clavicles proper (infraclavicles) which Parker thought he recognized in so many Teleostean fishes (Siluride, Hemibranchii, Lopho- branchii, Ostracion) are entirely wanting in that group, and the presence of this bone as a distinct element in the Chon- drostei and Crossopterygii becomes therefore of ordinal value. The arrangement of the bones of the cranial roof in the Chondrostean Paleoniscide is essentially similar to that of the more generalized representatives of the other orders (the Dipneusti excepted). Assuming the interfrontal pineal foramen to be a primitive structure, we may expect to discover a Palewoniscid-like fish possessing this feature, and had such a one existed in the early Silurian it would have been in every way fitted to become the progenitor of the ‘l’eleostomi. CROSSOPTERYGII. The Crossopterygii are modified Chondrostei, from which order the more generalized forms differ but slightly. The lobate pectoral fin has been shown by Dollo * to be an adaptive specialization, and is not to be regarded as of greater import- ance than the lobate pectoral of some Teleosts (e. g. Perto- phthalmus, Pediculati) ; it may easily have been derived from the Chondrostean type in the following manner :— The pectoral fin began to be used at times as a support for the body, and even as an ambulatory limb. This change of function produced a changed orientation in the muscular lobe at the base of the fin, which, originally parallel to the body- wall and attached to it for its whole length, became set at an angle to the body and detached from it posteriorly. As the Jobe separated the dermal rays extended round on to its inner side. The arrangement of the skeletal supports scarcely * Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol. ix. 1895, p. 79. ft I am by no means satisfied that the pectoral fin of the extinct genera Tristichopterus and Eusthenopteron is correctly described as uni- basal, That of Tristichopterus, as originally described and figured by Phylogeny of the Teleostomt. 337 changed, but the metapterygium became segmented (or this segmentation may be primitive, each segment representing an axonost). From such an asymmetrical fin the symmetrical fins of Ceratodus would be derived by an increase in length of the lobe and of the number of axial segments and the development of posterior cartilages for the support of the inner series of dermal rays. ‘The evolution of the ventral fins would be on similar lines. — FM NHL?” WU ee Fig. 2.—Diagrams to illustrate the evolution of lobate paired fins ; the axonosts are unshaded, the baseosts shaded 1, primitive con- dition; 2 and 3, stages seen respectively in ventral and pectoral of Acipenser ; 4, obtusely lobate fin; 5, pectoral of Polypterus ; 6, acutely lobate fin. In the pectoral fin of Polypterus there are two basal pieces articulated to the coraco-scapular ossifications, which Traquair (Tr. R. Soc. Edin. xxvii. 1876, p. 383, pl. xxxii. fig. 9), would seem to consist of an axis (metapterygium) of three seements and of three baseosts, of which the first appears to be attached to the coraco-scapular. 338 Mr. C. T. Regan on the are inserted close together and diverge distally. Of these the posterior, metapterygium, is the longer, whilst the shorter anterior one is the first baseost. Polypterus is peculiar among Crossopterygii in that the metapterygium is not split up into or followed by a series of segments, whilst the baseosts are numerous and are attached to the distal edge of a lamina which has developed between the two basal bones, and in which an ossification has arisen. Nevertheless this type of fin does not appear to me to justify the proposal which has been made to regard the Cladistia as a distinct order. As to the structure of the ventral fins of the Crossopterygil, in those forms in which they were non-lobate this was probably as in the Chondrostei, and the modern Polypterus has an arrangement similar to that which is sometimes seen in Scaphirhynchus—t. e., a single basal piece supporting a short series of baseosts. There is evidence, too, that the supports of the obtusely lobate ventrals were very similar to those of the obtusely lobate pectorals. The replacement of the branchiostegal rays by the develop- ment of the paired gular plates is a characteristic feature of the In Lusthenopteron the same arrangement has been described by Whit- eayes (Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1888, p. 87). Before I had seen either of these descriptions I had formed the opinion that the so-called “ basal cartilage” in the pectoral of Lusthenopteron figured by Smith Woodward (Vert. Palieont. p. 25, fig. 23) was probably coraco-scapular, on account of its shape and bulk, and it appears to me to bear a most suspicious resemblance to the ossification named coraco-scapular by Traquair in Tristichopterus and to the coraco-scapular of the recent Polypterus. The so-called postaxial process would then be the downwardly projecting portion of the coracoid; otherwise it seems to me to be inexplicable, since the dermal rays do not appear to extend so far, and if such a process developed on the basal segment, why not on the second P The alternative supposition, which is the one apparently now adopted by Smith Woodward and Traquair (Gevl. May. 1890, p. 19), is that this bone is the basal segment of the axis. If this be so, then it follows that in the specimens of Zristichopterus on which Traquair’s description was based this large bone had not been preserved or was hidden. Unless we assume that Polypterus originated independently of other Crossopterygii, it seems to me clear that the primitive Crossopterygian niust have had a pectoral in which the first baseost retained its attach- ment to the coraco-scapular, for I regard the theory that the acutely lobate symmetrical fin has given rise to the obtusely lobate asymmetrical tin as exploded, and I shall require more satisfactory evidence than has yet been forthcoming to convince me that this condition is not realized in Tristichopterus or Eusthenoptercn, as would appear from the original description of each. I must add that I have been in correspondence with Dr. Traquair, who has very kindly tuld me that he is not inclined to accept my view, which I put forward here merely for the purpose of stating a case, Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. 339 Crossoptery gil, but the supposed homology of the lateral gulars with the branchiostegals is doubtful. As has been pointed out above, in the Paleoniscide the gular plates and branchiostegal rays are serially homologous, whereas the Crossopterygian lateral gulars are plates developed between the principal gulars and the mandibular rami. Moreover, whilst the Palaoniscid branchiostegals are so imbricated that each overlaps the one in front of it, the lateral gulars exhibit precisely the reverse arrangement. ' Nevertheless, in the Devonian Palzeoniscid Cheirolepis, as figured by Traquair *, the anterior branchio- stegal extends forward between gular plate and lower jaw, and this might be regarded as leading to the Crossopterygian condition. In the Crossopterygii we see the development of the bone which Boulenger has shown to be the representative of the squamosal of higher Vertebrates. This is fused with the preoperculum in Polypterus, but coexists with it in several extinct forms, and corresponds to the upper bone of the postorbital (as distinct from the circumorbital) series of the ‘Paleoniscide. The bone internal to it, which is the one usually called squamosal in fishes, is without doubt the true supratemporal f, and should be so named throughout the Teleostomi, whether or uo it includes a “ pterotic”’ ossification in certain ‘Teleosts, whilst the series which lie posterior to the parietals and true supratemporals might be termed dermo- occipitals, thus avoiding confusion with the true supraoccipital. Many Crossopterygil have a pineal foramen, a feature as yet undiscovered in any Chondrostei, and they must have evolved in the Silurian from some primitive type belonging to the latter order. DIPNEUSTI. The relations of the Dipneusti to the Crossopterygii have been elucidated by Dollo ¢ in a convincing essay. He gives good reasons tor believing that Depterus is the most generalized ot all Dipneusti, and that it has originated from a Crosso- pterygian type closely allied to Holoptychius. It is only necessary to add here that his views as to the specialized character of the lobate paired fins receive additional con- firmation from the demonstration of the primitive nature of the non-lobate paired fins of the Chondrostei. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xv. 1875, p. 237. + This conclusion is not invalidated by the fact that Polypterus has no supratemporal, the bone so named by Boulenger being the “ accessory hyomandibular ” of Traquair. { Bull. Soc. Belg. Géol. ix. 1895, p. 79. 340 Mr. C. T. Regan on the PLACODERMI. The close relationship of the Coccosteide and Asterolepide had been generally recognized until they were so widely and unnecessarily separated by Cope, a proceeding which has found more support than it deserved, and I have no hesitation in uniting the groups of which these families are represen- tative, together with the Osteostraci, in a single order of Teleostomi. It has been stated that the bones of the skull of the Coccosteide cannot be homologized with those of other Teleostomes ; but, as has recently been pointed out by Jxkel *, if we take a generalized type such as Coccosteus, the Fig. 5.—Diagrams to show the arrangement of the bones of the cranial roof in Coccosteus (A) and in a typical Crossopterygian (2hizo- dopsis) (B) (both after Traquair). m.o., median dermo-occipital ; l.o., lateral dermal occipital; p., parietal; f, frontal; ptf, post- frontal ; s.¢., supratemporal ; pin., pineal; eth., ethmoid ; pm., premaxillary ; so., suborbital; op., operculum. cranial roof-bones are arranged as in a generalized Crosso- pterygian or Stegocephalian. Posteriorly we see the three large dermo-occipital plates which we so frequently meet with in the Rhizodontide and Osteolepide. In front of these are the paired parietals and frontals, the latter bounding the orbits laterally and partly separated medianly by a pineal f * Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Berlin, 1902, p. 103. + The pineal plate occupies the position of the pineal foramen of some Osteolepids. Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. JL plate. Paired postfrontals and supratemporals are well developed, whilst anteriorly a median ethmoid separates the premaxillaries. A single large bone on the cheek which sends forward a process below the orbits represents the sub- and postorbitals, and may include the maxillary also. The opercular bones are represented by the operculum only. The nostrils are lateral, between premaxillary and ethmoid. Gular plates and branchiostegal rays are apparently wanting. In the arrangement of the bones of the cranial roof Coccosteus is almost a typical Crossopterygian, and the arrangement of the supports of the dorsal fin in two regular series and the structure of the ventral fin, which appears to be essentially similar to that of Polypterus *, cannot be said to negative this view. A comparison of Coccosteus with Pterichthys shows the following important points of agreement :— " (1) The anterior part of the trunk is enclosed in an armour of bony plates which are not united to those of the head, so that the latter is freely movable. (2) There is a single dorsal fin which is membranous. (3) There is a single opercular bone T and a pitted pineal bone. (4) The dermal armour } ts in both cases composed of dense bone with a cancellated structure in tts thicker portions, with an outer layer of ganotne, with a tuberculated surface, and with open grooves for the sensory canals. (5) The arrangement of the bones of the head, but espe- cially that of the dermal plates of the body, can easily be reduced to a common plan. In the skull of Ptertchthys we recognize posteriorly the three dermo-occipitals, the supratemporals, and the operculam of Coccosteus, whilst anteriorly the median ethmoid and laterally the Jarge suborbital plate are still in the same relative positions. The premaxillaries are now eritirely on the lower surface, but, as in Coccosteus, they seem to border the nostrils. The orbits have approached each other until they are only separated by the pineal plate. ‘I'he postfrontal is fused with the suborbital. . If Jeekel be correct in regarding Homosteus as intermediate * It is noteworthy that Coccosteus resembles Pulypterus in the position of the nostrils also. + In both cases this bone has been interpreted by some authorities as other than opercular, so that it would be perhaps better to say “ there is in both a similarly placed bone which may be regarded as an operculum.” { See Smith Woodward, ‘ Vertebrate Paleontology,’ p. 12 (1898), and Cat. Foss. Fish. ii. p. xix (1891). ; 342 Mr. C. T. Regan on the between Coccosteus and Pterichthys, then the frontals have been displaced forwards and have either disappeared’ or become fused with the ethmoid or with the suborbital plates, and the so-called postmedian represents the parietals. On the other hand, there is the possibility that this element may be frontal in origin and that the median dermo-occipital may include the parietals, and I incline to this latter view. Vie, 4.—Ventrai plates of trunk-armour of (A) Pterichthys (after Tra- quair) and (B) Coccosteus (atter Traquair). 7./., interlateral ; s., lateral spine; p., pectoral limb; a@.m.v., anterior median ventral; p.m.v., posterior median ventral; a.v.l., anterior ventro-lateral; p.v.l., posterior ventro-lateral. The faint lines indicate the extent of the overlap; the suture between the interlateral and the lateral spine in Coccosteus has been inserted. The arrangement of the plates of the armour of the trunk is on a very similar plan in both Coccosteide and Astero- lepide, 1 or 2 median dorsal plates, 1 or 2 pairs of anterior and posterior lateral plates, and on the ventral surface 4 large plates in exactly the same position and overlapping each other and a smaller four-sided median piece in a very similar manner, whilst a small anterior median plate may or may not be present. ‘The semilunars of the Asterolepide seem to correspond to the elements (interlaterals) whicly have been regarded as clavicles in the Coccosteide. The case of Acanthaspis may be cited as evidence of the similarity of the plates of these two families in structure and arrangement. This genus, according to Smith Woodward *, * Vert. Palzont. p. 16, Phylogeny of the Teleostomi. 343 “has a dermal armour resembling that of the Antiarcha in minute structure and a ventral plastron quite similar to that of the latter. The lateral appendages, however, instead of being complex and movable, are simple and fixed.” Never- theless Traquair* has’ given good reasons for regarding Acanthaspis as a Coccosteid, and it would even seem that the fixed spinous appendage may be diagnostic of that family. So far, then, Coccosteus has been shown to resemble the more generalized Crossopterygii in the arrangement of the bones of the cranial roof, and reasons have been given for regarding the Asterolepide as closely related to the Cocco- steidx T. What, then, of the peculiar pectoral limb of the Astero- lepide ? It has been sometimes assumed that this is not homologous with the pectoral fin of other fishes, but evidence in support of this assumption has not been forthcoming. Bashford Dean even goes so far as to say that these ap- pendages are now known to be the lateral head-angles [? of Cephalaspis] produced and jointed for locomotion. ‘This extraordinary theory is evidently based on a complete mis- conception as to the position of the Asterolepid limbs, and so needs no discussion. Smith Woodward seems to think that the fixed spinous appendage of Acanthaspis in some way supports the view of the independent origin of the Asterolepid pectoral, and I suppose theretore that he regards it as a stage in the development of the latter. Personally, | am unable to imagine that a fixed spine could possibly give rise to a jointed Arthropod-like limb with internal muscles. In fact, the structure of such a limb, articulated to an anterior plate of the body, in which latter is a large foramen, indicating that tendons, blood-vessels, and nerves passed to the muscles of the limb from the body, postulates for me an unarmed ancestor with a muscular limb already developed. Just as the similar limbs of the Crustacea are generaliy held to have been * Geol. Mag. (8) x. 1893, p. 148. + The reasons which have been given for regarding Coccosteids and Asterolepids as not related are (1) the more vascular bone of the latter (2) the presence of specialized paired fins in the former, and (3) the well- ossified jaws of the Coccosteids. With regard to these, the resemblances in the structure of the bony plates are very remarkable, and the differences are evidently not well marked, or there could be no doubt as to the position of a genus after the minute structure of the bone had been ascer- tained. The Asterolepid pectoral is surely specialized enough, and it is purely gratuitous to assume its non-homology with that of other tishes. As to the non-ossified lower jaw of the Asterolepids, instances are not wanting in Chondrostei and Teleostei of degeneration of membrane-bones or of the reversion of a bone to its primitive cartilaginous condition, 344 Mr. C. T. Regan on the derived from the Annelid parapodia, muscular projections used in progression, by increase in size accompanied by hardening and segmentation of the exoskeleton, so do I con- ceive the Asterolepid limb to have been derived from the lobate Crossopterygian pectoral fin, already being used to support the body and for ambulatory progression, by the development of dermal plates on the muscular lobe of the fin at the same time that the anterior part of the trunk became armoured. ‘The fixed spinous appendage of the Coccosteidee seems to represent the pectoral limb of the Asterolepide, so that we may regard the former as the more generalized in the structure of the skull, the latter in that of the pectoral limb. We now pass to the Cephalaspide and the related forms included in the Osteostraci. ‘lhe reasons for regarding these as allied to the Asterolepida have been given by Smith Woodward, and they appear to me sufficient and convincing, and may be briefly summarized here. In both groups we have a similar caudal region, with a single dorsal fin in the same position and with the caudal tin heterocercal, with a well-developed lower lobe. ‘Then, again, in two Osteostracan genera, Tremataspis and Didymaspis, the anterior part of the trunk is enclosed in armour, consisting of a dorsal shield to which a ventral shield is opposed, the dorsal shield being distinct from the head-shield in the former genus, but fused with it in the latter. Since the head-shield is continuous, the nostrils must have been inferior, as in the Asterolepide, whilst the orbits are approximated and separated only by a pineal plate, as in that family. Finally, the exoskeleton is composed of true bone in its inner layers, as in other “ Ganoid” fishes. Where I differ from Dr. Smith Wood- ward with respect to this group is that whereas he looks upon the genera which most nearly approach the Asterolepidx as tle most specialized, J regard them on that account as the most generalized, and the loose pineal plate and the ganoine layer of Tremataspis appear to me in favour of my view. Conceived as specialized and degenerate Asterolepide, the structure of the Osteostraci is easily explicable, but I cannot reconcile the Asterolepid structure with the idea that they are a further development of the Osteostraci or of anything like them, whilst if the resemblances between Asterolepide and Coccosteide are due to convergence (as they must be if they belong to different subclasses), then morphology has ceased to be a guide to relationship. Finally, the Heterostraci must be considered, since they have often been associated with the Phylogeny of the Teleostomt. 345 Cephalaspide, although it has long been known that they differ from them fundamentally in the microscopic structure of their dermal armour, bone Jacune being entirely absent, whilst there is great similarity to the tooth-structure of the Elasmobranchs. Lankester has strongly maintained that the Heterostraci and Osteostraci are an unnatural association, and as long ago as 1867 he wrote *:—“ The Heterostraci are associated at present with the Osteostraci because they are found in the same beds, because they have, like Cepha- laspis, a large head-shield, and because there is nothing else with which to associate them—the shields are not so closely similar in plan, much less in histological structure +, as to warrant any inference of similarity in other parts.” Within the last few years Traquair{ has discovered new forms which seem to place it beyond doubt that the Heterostraci are armoured Chondropterygit. He has also discovered a new genus, Afteleaspis, which he considers is annectent between Heterostraci and Cephalaspidie, but this view I am _not prepared to accept. Afeleaspis is certainly very closely allied to Cepha/aspis, but I cannot see that there is the least reason for regarding it as allied to anything else. The shield is divided superficially into hexagonal areas, which are compared to those of Cephalaspis, in which genus this appearance has been shown by Lankester§ to be due to the arrangement of the vascular canals, which may even cause the shield to crack along these lines, whilst in pl. x. fig. 5, a specimen of Cephalaspis asper is figured in which the polygonal areas are very strongly brought out by the great pressure and the infiltration to which the shield has been subjected. If Lankester is correct, and the polygonal areas of Cephalaspis are due to the arrangement of the vascular canals, then they are not due to the coalescence of originally separate poly- gonal pieces, as suggested by Traquair, who believes he has found in Ateleaspis a stage in this development. 'Traquair’s idea that the superficial tubercles of the shield of Ateleaspis represent originally separate Ccelolepid denticles appears to me * Mon. Paleont. Soc., Cephalaspide, p. 62 (1867), + The difference in structure of the dermal armour of Pteraspis and Cephalaspis is essentially that between a “ placoid” and a “ganoid” scale. There is no reason why the former should not have given rise to the latter and to membrane-bones, by fusion and by the development of a bony substratum, more than once. On the other hand, the evidence shows that the Teleostomi, as here understood, are monophyletic. { Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, xxxix. 1899, p, 827 et seg., and Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1900, p. 778. § ‘Cephalaspide,’ p. 10. Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 23 346 Mr. C. T. Regan on the still less valid, and might be applied with equal force to any of the numerous Ganoid fishes with tuberculated bones, and surely it is a retrograde step to suggest that structures which in Cephalaspis have been shown to be posterior extensions of the head-shield may after all be pectoral fins. In fact, the evidencé that the Coccosteide are Teleostomi, that the Asterolepide are allied to the Coccosteide, and that the Cephalaspidz have been derived—through the Trematas- pide—from the Asterolepide, is so clear, that I am com- pelled to regard the Ateleaspid structure as a modification of that of the Cephalaspid. TELEOSTEL The reasons for regarding the Teleostei and Chondrostei as distinct orders and for including the Holostei with the former are apparent in the diagnoses given above. The Holostei may then be regarded as the first Teleostean suborder*, dis- tinguished from the Malacopterygii by their well-developed splenial and by one or more of the pectoral baseosts being attached to the metapterygium. Whether certain features of resemblance between Polypterus and the Holostei, of which the articulation of the operculum to a posterior process of the hyomandibular is the most important, are to be interpreted as derived from a common ancestor or as due to convergence is not yet clear. Tur PALZONTOLOGICAL EVIDENCE. It may be said that the conclusions as to the evolution of the Teleostomi expressed above are not in accordance with the palxontological evidence ; but to this I reply that they are in accordance with the morphological evidence, which is clear and sufficiently complete, whilst the geological record is, and must be from the nature of the case, very incomplete. The Teleostomi probably originated from Pleuropterygian Elasmobranchii in the Lower Silurian, and the Crossopterygii, with their specialized offshoots the Dipneusti and Placo- dermi, must have rapidly evolved, since all are well represented in the Lower Devonian, and the highly specialized Cepha- laspide are found in the Upper Silurian. In the same way that generalized Reptilia gave rise to the host of forms which * Provisionally, for I am inclined to think that none of the characters which have been used to distinguish between Holostei and Malacopterygii will prove satisfactory. Phylogeny of the Teleostomé. 347 were characteristic of the Secondary period, including the highly specialized Ichthyosauria and Pterosauria, which declined and were replaced by a new race, the Mammalia, derived also from the same generalized stock, so must we conceive the primitive Teleostomi as giving’ rise to the Crossopterygii, with their specialized offshoots the Dipnensti and Placodermi, and remaining dormant to develope later on into the typical Chondrostei. ‘There is no justification for regarding the Crossopterygii as less specialized than the Chondrostei because they were the earlier dominant group. The non-recognition of the true position of Cephalaspis as a specialized Asterolepid seems to have been due to its occur- rence in the Upper Silurian ; but when we consider that, in spite of the imperfect geological record, we know that types so divergent as Chevrolepis, Tiristichopterus, Holoptychius, Dipterus, Coccosteus, Homosteus, Pterichthys, and Cephalaspis were already in being in the Lower Devonian, we may feel assured that some of these, and numerous annectent forms also, must have existed long before. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS. The main results of the foregoing paper may be stated as follows :— (1) The Chondrostei are the most generalized Teleostomi. (2) The Crossopterygii differ from them (a) in the lobate pectoral fin ; (6) in the larger paired gular plates. (3) The Placodermi (Coccosteide, Asterolepidee, Cephalas- pide) are a natural group, not related to the Heter- ostraci, which are Chondropterygii. They may probably be regarded as armoured primitive Crosso- pterygil, this view being most in accordance with (a) the arrangement of the cranial roof-bones in Coccosteus ; (b) the structure of the ventral fin in Coccosteus ; (c) the structure of the pectoral limb of the Astero- lepidee. (4) The Dipneusti probably originated from more specialized Crossopterygil, e. g. from the neighbourhood of the Holoptychiidee. (5) The ‘Veleostei differ in so many respects from the Chondrostei that they should rank as an order, in which the Holostei are included, 2a 348 On the Phylogeny of the Teleostomt. In the Teleostomi and the Chondropterygii * the evolution of the paired fins has proceeded independently, but sometimes on parallel lines, from the earliest stages. ‘The median fins of the Teleostomi also tend to undergo the same modifications as the paired ones, but this comparison must not be pushed too far. The most primitive condition is that which we have seen in the anal and ventral fins of Psephurus: (1) dermal rays much more numerous than the baseosts, which form a well-developed series, attached internally to a series of axonosts, the anterior of which show a tendency to fusion. From this stage is easily derived that which is seen in the anal fin of Husthenopteron, or in the ventral of Polypterus or ? Coccosteus, v7. e. (2) dermal rays more numerous than the baseosts, which are attached to a single cartilage or bone formed by the fusion of the axonosts. The third stage (3), in which the baseosts are rudimentary or absent and the dermal rays are attached direct to the axonostal bone, is exemplified in the anterior dorsal of the Coelacanthide and the ventrals of the Teleostei. Two conditions met with in the median fins are not paralleled in the paired ones. The first is a modification of stage (1) described above, and is that seen in the ‘Teleostei, baseosts small or wanting, dermal rays equal in number to the axonosts. ‘The second is derived from stage (2), and is that seen in the posterior dorsal of Holoptychius, in which there is a single axonostal cartilage, whilst the baseosts are numerous, crowded, and apparently subdivided, some being attached to others instead of to the axonost. Similarly the paired fins undergo modifications which * Thacher (Tr. Conn. Ac. iii. & iv. 1877) deduced the theory of the similar origin of median and paired fins from their similar structure in the Elasmobranchii and Chondrostei. Balfour, from a study of Elasmo- branch development, also deduced the similar origin of median and paired fins. He concluded that in modern Elasmobranchii the ventral fin retains in all essential respects its primitive arrangement, and that the pectoral metapterygium represents the pelvic basipterygium. He also wrote: “I should be much more inclined to hold that the fin of Ceratodus has been derived from a fin like that of the Elasmobranchii by a series of steps similar to those which Huxley supposes to have led to the establishment of the Elasmobranch fin, but in exactly the reverse direction.” I prefer these conclusions to the more recent ones of Cope and Smith Woodward, who regard the fins of modern Flasmobranchii and Chon- drostei as highly specialized, and I would point out that the Ichthyotome pectoral must have been derived from the Pleuropterygian type in the same way as the paired fins of the Dipneusti from those of the Chon- drostei, the axis, or metapterygium, representing the series of axonosts, and not being derived from an elongate baseost. On Heteroptera from the Transvaal. 349 cannot be paralleled in the median ones, when the axonosts form the axis of a lobate fin, and these have already been discussed in treating of the order Crossopterygii. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Anal (A.), ventral (V.),and pectoral (P.) fins of Psephurus gladius, the two last from the ventral or inner aspect. Fig. 2. Thesame, dissected to show the supporting cartilages. cor., coraco- scapular ; mt., metapterygium ; @.,axonosts; 7., baseosts (radials) ; m., marginals, XL.—Rhynchotal Notes—X XIII. By W. L. Distant. HETEROPTERA FROM THE TRANSVAAL. Tue British Museum has secured a set of the specimens of Rhyncheta collected by the Rev. H. A. Junod at Shilouvane, Zoutpansberg, Northern Transvaal, and this paper refers to undescribed species found in the collection. ‘The Capside have already been described (ante, p. 196 e¢ seg.), while the Homoptera, poorly represented, are reserved for future treat- ment. ‘lhe greater part of the Zoutpansberg district possesses a subtropical climate and is much covered with bush and dwarf forest, thus being in strong contrast with the high and barren veld which constitutes so large a portion of the ‘lrans- vaal landscape. I was therefore not greatly surprised to find both many new species and others known in entomological record, which I had neither seen nor secured during four years’ collecting in other parts of the Transvaal. Two genera, Geomorpha and Phonolibes, both hitherto represented only by asingle West-African species, are now found to have each a representative species in North Transvaal. All the types are contained in the National Collection. Fam. Pentatomide. Subfam. Cyrpyrwvz. Gnathoconus elongatus, sp. n. Elongate; black; lateral margins of pronotum, basal half of lateral margins of corium, second and base of third joints of antenne, tibize (excluding apical third), lateral margins of the fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments, and the apical 350 Mr. W. L. Distant on margin of anal segment to the abdomen pale ochraceous ; a large discal spot to corium creamy white; lateral lobes of the head very thickly finely punctate ; pronotum (excluding the transverse callose area and lateral margins), scutellum, and corium somewhat coarsely punctate; membrane pale bronzy. Allied to G. tibialis, Stal, also found in the Transvaal, but much more elongate; pronotum with the lateral margins continuously narrowly ochraceous, but basal margin con- colorous ; apex of scutellum concolorous, &e. Long. 5 mm. Geomorpha Junodi, sp. n. Fuscous brown; head, anterior area of pronotum, and legs testaceous ; a narrow, transverse, callose fascia to pronotum at about one third from anterior margin, and central fused spots to fourth and fifth abdominal segments, ochraceous ; connexivum piceous, the marginal tubercles ochraceous ; membrane obscure brownish ochraceous, with piceous suffu- sions ; head moderately long, profoundly sinuate in front of eyes, lateral lobes longer than central lobe, a little outwardly and upwardly dilated at their apices, which do not quite meet; antenne mutilated in typical specimen; pronotum strongly and somewhat transversely rugose behind the pale transverse callose fascia, the anterior area with some very coarse punctures, the lateral angles very broad, obtusely angularly prominent ; scutellum short, broad, its base trian- gularly elevate, continued in a central carination to apex, its surface strongly rugose, with four small obscure ochraceous spots on basal area; corilum opaque, coarsely punctate, its lateral margin about as long as, and its inner margin only extending a little beyond middle of, scutellum ; membrane reticulate, not quite reaching apex of abdomen ; body beneath considerably suffused with ochraceous. Long. 10; exp. pronot. ang]. 74 mm, Fam. Coreide. Subfam. Corzmz. Division PETASCELARIA, Carlisis serrabilis, sp. n. Head above and antenne black; basal annulations to second and third joints of antenne, a central fascia to head beneath, and rostrum (excluding apex) ochraceous ; pronotum Heteroptera from the Transvaal. 351 either piceous suffused with ochraceous, or ochraceous suffused with piceous, extreme anterior area piceous, beyond which is a transverse ochraceous line, three abbreviated longitudinal ochraceous lines at base, the lateral margins always black or piceous ; scutellum black, its central lateral margins, apex, and a central longitudinal line more or less obscurely ochra- ceous ; corium ochraceous, much suffused with piceous or black; membrane black; connexivum black, spotted with ochraceous, the spots bifid above; body beneath and legs black, opaque; anterior and anterior lateral margins and a central fascia to prosternum, a central fascia to mesosternum, a broad central spot to metasternum, and lateral margins of corium as seen beneath, ochraceous; anterior and intermediate femora (excluding apices), an obscure central annulation to tibie, and the second joint of tarsi testaceous. First and fourth joints of antenne subequal in length, second and third joints longer and almost subequal; pronotum sparingly punctate, with its lateral margins very coarsely serrate tor their whole length ; scutellum transversely wrinkled ; corium very sparingly punctate ; anterior and intermediate femora denticulate beneath near apex, posterior femora incrassate, obtusely convexly dilated at about middle of inner margin ; anterior lateral margins of corium blackly granulate, Long., ¢ 2, 26-28 mm. Division GONOGERARIA, Plinachtus trilineatus, sp. n. Head ochraceous, obscurely punctate, with three longitu- dinal black lines—one central, the other two from near base of antenne to ocelli; antenne with the first, second, and third joints castaneous, fourth pale fuscous, with its base ochraceous ; pronotum ochraceous, thickly brownly punctate, extreme lateral margins and the posterior lateral angles castaneous ; scutellum ochraceous (excluding margins and apex), blackly punctate; clavus stramineous, blackly punc- tate; corium subroseus, blackly punctate; membrane dark bronzy brown ; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; a spot on each side of pro-, meso-, and metasterna, and three basal spots on each side of second, third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments black; first, third, and fourth joints of antennze subequal in length, second longest; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxze ; lateral pronotal angles acutely spinous, their apices directed a little forward. Long. 17 mm. 352 Mr. W. L. Distant on Subfam. Azryprv#. Mirperus nigrofascratus, sp. n. Ochraceous, coarsely punctate; a lateral fascia on each side of head, two discal longitudinal fascia to pronotum (not reaching anterior margin), a large central spot and narrow sublateral fascia to mesonotum, two longitudinal fasciz to abdomen and between them on basal area two narrower and ill-defined fascia, black ; legs piceous, with ochraceous suffusions ; corium with the punctures thickly black towards apical area and the lateral margins stramineous; membrane pale piccous, its apical margin pale hyaline; antennz with the first, second, and third joints brownish ochraceous, fourth joint mutilated, first and second joints subequal in length, third longest; rostrum piceous above and reaching inter- mediate coxe ; the punctuation very coarse and strong on pronotum, more finely punctate on scutellum and corium; head finely granulate; posterior femora in male incrassate and spined beneath, two subapical spines longest; posterior tibiz strongly curved, almost as long as femora. Long. 93 mm. Mirperus robustus, sp. 0. Dull cchraceous, darkly punctate ; head and anterior area of pronotum thickly greyishly pilose; membrane greyish brown, with scattered small piceous spots; head beneath, disk of sternum and two oblique fasciz on its apical areas, a central and a waved fascia on each side of abdomen beneath, apex of rostrum, and the femora black ; an oblique line and «a small basal spot on each side of head beneath, tibize, and antenne dull ochraceous; annulations to anterior and inter- mediate tibize, bases and apices of posterior tibiw, and apices of tarsi black ; basal joint of antenne shorter than head, about equal in length to second joint ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe; connexivum ochraceous, spotted with black. Long. 9 mm. Fam. Lygeide. Division ORSILLARIA. Nysius rubromaculatus, sp. n. Head, anterior area of pronotum, and scutellum testaceous, pronotum (excluding anterior area) ochraceous; a spot on Teteroptera from the Transvaal. 353 head near each ocellus, centre of anterior margin and a sub- basal line to pronotum, and basal margin of scutellum black ; : corium pale hyaline, its apical angle broadly reddish testa- ceous ; membrane pale hyaline, its apical area suffused with testaceous and piceous ; body beneath testaceous; legs stra- mineous, apices of femora and tibiz a little darker : antenna ochraceous, basal joint and apex of second a little darker, second, third, and fourth joints subequal in length, basal joint shortest, not reaching apex of head; head strongly attenuated and laterally sinuate in front of eyes; pronotum very coarsely punctate ; scutellum with a subbasal transvers2 carination, which is centrally continued to apex. Long. 42 nm. Division APHANARIA.,. Aphanus atomarius, sp. n. Ochraceous, thickly punctured with brown ; head reddish ochraceous, lateral margins and apex, margins of central lobe, two large basal spots, and eyes black; pronotum with black lines enclosing an irregular transverse space on anterior area, the lateral margins moderately laminately reflexed ; scutellum with a black line occupying nearly centres of lateral margins and two longitudinal black lines at apex; corium with the apical angle black ; legs ochraceous ; abdomen beneath casta- neous ; head beneath, disk of sternum, a central longitudinal fascia to abdomen, anterior femora (excluding apices), apices of intermediate and posterior femora, and apices of tibiz and tarsi black. Antenne mutilated in the six specimens now before me. Long. 5-55 mm. Allied to A. orventalis, Dist., from British India, Fam. Reduviide. Subfam. Srzenoropin2, DITHMARUS, gen. nov. Body moderately elongate, a little posteriorly widened ; head subcylindrical, not narrowed anteriorly and between an- tenn armed with two porrect spines, eyes inserted at about one third from base, behind and between which the surface is transversely tuberculate and there contains the ocelli, extreme base narrowly pedunculate; antenne strongly pilose, first joint nearly as long as head, second twice as long as first; 354 Mr. W. L. Distant on rostrum reaching the anterior coxee, first and second joints subequal in length; pronotum rather more than twice as broad at base as at anterior margin, transversely constricted at middle, centrally longitudinally broadly excavated, lateral margins sinuate, posterior angles acutely prominent, anterior angles shortly subtuberculously prominent; apex of scutellum produced in a somewhat long semierect spine; hemelytra reaching apex of abdomen, the last with its margins a little dilated ; abdomen beneath flatly depressed, but witha very strong central longitudinal ridge; anterior angles of pro- sternum shortly spinous ; legs of moderate length, anterior femora strongly incrassate and shortly spinous beneath. Allied to Argolis by the two anterior spines to head, but differing by the incrassate and spinous anterior femora. Dithmarus atromaculatus, sp. n. Cinnamon-brown; antenne and legs stramineous; clavus and anterior area of corium of a creamy hue; membrane slaty grey; an elongate spot to clavus, a broken discal spot and a larger apical spot to corium, and a very small basal and a large discal spot to membrane black; connexivum spotted with creamy white ; anterior femora beneath mode- rately suffused with piceous; the tarsi and apices of tibia ochraceous. Long. 17 mm. Subfam. Harpacroriv#. Phonolibes bimaculatus, sp. n. Black, greyishly pilose ; base and apex of head, two rounded discal spots and margins of lateral angular areas to pro- notum, margins and central carina to scutellum, connexivum, posterior margin to prosternum, lateral margins of meso- and metasterna, cox, trochanters, and abdomen beneath san- guineous ; lateral areas of abdominal segmental incisures and anal abdominal segment black ; first joint of antenne about as long as head and subequal in length to third, second short, about half the length of third. Long. 94 mm. Allied to the West-African P. venustus, Stal, from which it differs by its smaller size and altogether different markings; the pronotum is also narrower and much less profoundly longitudinally impressed. fleteroptera from the Transvaal. 355 Harpactor femoralis, sp. n. Black ; legs and lateral margins of abdomen testaceous ; apices of femora, bases and apices of tibize, and the tarsi black ; first joint of antenne about as long as head ; anterior lobe of pronotum broadly centrally sulcate towards its base, posterior lobe obscurely granulate ; scutellum foveate at base, its apex robustly porrectly produced; legs longly pilose ; first joint of rostrum about reaching eyes, second joint about twice as long as first. Long. 125 mm. Sphedanolestes eorallinus, sp. n. Coral-red ; corium and anterior and intermediate tibie dull ochraceous ; antenne, eyes, apex of head, ocelli and a short line behind them, outer area of corium, posterior tibia, apices of anterior and intermediate tibiw, and the tarsi black ; membrane pale hyaline ; first joint of antenne about as long as pronotum and scutellum together ; both lobes of pronotum ceutrally longitudinally suleate; membrane passing apex of abdomen ; femora moderately nodulose. Long. 8 mm. Endochus cinnamopterus, sp. n. Cinnamon-brown; body beneath, connexivum, rostrum, and legs pale ochraceous; lateral pronotal angles black ; head almost as long as pronotum, transversely constricted between the eyes, first joint of antenne bright castaneous and about as long as anterior femora, its apex and the second and third joints ochraceous; rostrum with the first and second joints almost subequal in length ; pronotum transversely con- stricted before middle, the anterior area a little sculptured and medially impressed, the posterior area sparingly ochraceously pilose, posterior margin truncate, the lateral posterior angles shortly, laterally, spinously produced; membrane pale bronzy ; apices of femora and the whole of anterior and intermediate tibiz# cinnamon-brown ; abdomen not angularly dilated, beneath with lateral series of small black spots, one on each segment ; head on each side behind base of antenne tuberculate, but not spinous. Long. 21-22 mm. Eindochus straminipes, sp. n. Fuscous brown ; body beneath and legs stramineous ; head 356 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopaiocera slightly shorter than pronotum, with a rather long semierect spine a little behind the base of each antenna; first joint of rostrum distinctly longer than the second ; first joint of an- tenn stramineous, about as long as anterior femora, remaining joints mutilated ; pronotum elongate, finely transversely con- stricted before middle, the posterior lobe finely granulate, posterior lateral angles longly, spinously, laterally produced ; corium a little darker in hue and ijinely greyishly pilose ; membrane bronzy ; abdomen moderately angularly dilated on each side at the junction of the fifth and sixth segments ; lees somewhat longly pilose. Long. 135 mm. X LI.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By Cora B. SANDERS, of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford. [Concluded from p. 523. | Il. Davarvz. Anosia erippus, Cram. Bz. 122. 7. 15. 8. 25. @=140. Rio de Janeiro. . “Ina cross-lane about halfway between the Gloria Hill and Botafogo Bay. All found on plants.” “Papilio.” 10. 1. 26. ¢=141. Rio de Janeiro. Prdia Grénde and S. Jofio de Carahy. 27.1.26. 9 = 142. Rio de Janeiro. 31.1. 26. ¢=148. Riode Janeiro. (As 66.) 26. 2. 26. 2 6 = 144, 145. Near Fréchal and the Rio Mage. Brazilian date and later copy on 145. 1. 3. 26. 2 9 = 146,147. (As 121.) Brazilian date and later copy on 147. 13. 3.26. ¢@=148. RiodeJaneiro. “From Magé. a.[m.].” 13. 8. 26. 9=149. Rio de. Janeiro. ,.~ Acf,4.7 1.4.26. ¢=150. Rio de Janeiro. ‘In the Valley of Catumbi.” 8.4.26. 9@=151. Rio de Janeiro. “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 23.9. 2672 B= 152, 1538." "Santos. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 307 Bz. 3. 11. 26. ¢ = 154. Santos. ‘ On Monserrat.” 12.11. 26. ?=155. Santos. “In the Forest above the Monastery of SAo Bento.” fee 6. 29: Gg = 156. Para. 16. 6. 29. 2 6 =157, 158. Parad. Brazilian date and later copy on 157%, 23.6. 29. 9=159. Para. mea. 20. ¢ = 160. 9 ee he es ee poy IA. 7, 29. v= 162: Pard. Bz. 1397.+ 14. 7. 29. =162a. Paré. A gS Danaine pupa- ease from which the butterfly had emerged. Obviously the pupa of 162. ee foe eat datetant beth As numbers written > = 1623, 162c. Para. thus on one label. Two ¢ Danaine pupe which had: died. The species is - probably the same as 162 A. Both are much gnawed, perhaps by parasites, perhaps at a later date by Anthrent. Both pup on a single pin, which bears an original Brazilian label with the number 7397 in addition to the later label with the two numbers and the two dates. eo 6.29. 9 — 163) Par. The remaining lists in this paper were not in Westwood’s handwriting. The dates agree, except that the former existence of four or, perhaps, five additional specimens is indicated ; another with the data of 149, another with those of 159, a specimen with the number 737, captured on 16. 8. 25 (Rio. ‘‘ Above the Theresa Convent; and on the woody hill [or hills] along the Aqueduct”), and one captured on 380. 10. 25 (Minas Geraés. ‘In the forest. On the N.H. side of the arraial of Sao Jo&io de Népomucéna.”) The date 5. 7. 29 follows 4, 7. 29 in the list without the usual intervening mark which indicates a separate individual. Its insertion may be merely a copyist’s error. If, however, this is not the case, the additional specimen was captured at Pard. The only name given in the list is Danais. Beyond this point no reference to sex indicates that no determination is given in the list. Tasitia gilippus, Cram. Bz. 110. If, 15.8. 25. 9 =164. Riode Janeiro. (As 140.) Bz, 900. I.+ 25.10. 25. = 165. Minas Geraes. (As 37, 38.) 358 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera 31.12.25. g= 166. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Excursion to the Summit of the Corcovado; from Catéte and up the valley of Laranjeiros.”’ 26.1. 26. ¢=16%. Rio de Janeiro. “In a botanical and entomological excursion to the Barra Vermelha, Morro de Ladeira and Catombi.” 27. 1.26. 9 =168. Rio de Janeiro. 1.3.26. g¢=169. Magé. (As 121.) 7.3. 26. 9=170. Riode Janeiro. “ At Catombf.” 98. 2059 = 1 * 13.) Gee or dite, gL ae 24. 12. 26. om 173. Cubatio. “At Rio das Pedras and Cubatio 20. 8. 27. 2 = 174. N.W. of Mogy Mirim. “ Urisénga to Itupéba.” Bz. 3. 12. 28. 9 =175. Porto Real [Nacional]. 29.1. 29. 2 ¢= 176,177. Porto Real [Nacional]. Bz. 1309.+ 11. 2. 29. § = 178. Porto Real [Nacional]. “ Papilio. The flight of this is remarkable, tor it does not always hover by a constant motion of wings, but frequently sails with wings half extended, without moving them at all; nor is it very visible by what movement it sails along.” 27.2. 29. 9 =179. Porto Real [ Nacional]. 17. 3. 29.2 6,=180,.181..,,, ” 22.30.29. 2 = 182,060. 1 - Brazilian date and later copy on 182. Bz.+ 23.3. 29. 2? = 184. ,, 24.3. 29. c= 18h: . of “ Manga.” 28.0. 29. 2.4, = 186718, .) Brazilian date and later copy on 187. The dates in Westwood’s list agree, except that the former existence of three additional specimens is shown, viz. another of the same date as 164, another with the date of 180, 181, and a specimen captured 2. 3. 29 (Porto Real= Nacional). The fact that Burchell captured two specimens on 15. 8. 25 is also shown by his note-book. The only name given is Danais. [1 was extremely interested to read Burchell’s note on specimen no. 178, inasmuch as it exactly describes a common mode of flight in the allied Danaine Anosta pleaippus. I was much struck with it in the Northern United States in the summer of 1897, for I had never seen a butterfly sail in the same manner before. The appearance produced by the half- extended wings was singularly boat-like, the resemblance being much increased by a continual oscillation from side to collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. d09 side, like the roll of a vessel. ‘The underside of these Danainz is even more conspicuous than the upperside, and it occurred to me that the significance of the peculiar attitude and move- ment was to display the underside during flight. The method adopted is probably the only means by which this end could be achieved.—E. B. P.] Lycorea halia, Hew. 10. 11. 25. = 188. Minas Geraes. 31. 12. 25. = 189. Rio de Janeiro. (As 166.) Bz.+ 1.3.26. = 190. Magé. (As 121.) ae, 10. 3. 26. = 191.’ Rio de Janeiro. Pil... 26. — 192, “ “Tn the Valley of Catombi.” 2. 20., —= 193, % “In the Valley of Catumbi.” 30.10. 27. = 194, E. of Goyaz. On road from Meia Ponte. ‘ Conceiciio.” 24.12.27. ¢=195. Goyaz. Name and dates agree with Westwood’s list, except that he refers to a ninth specimen captured on 8. 2. 26, “ Organ Mountains (in a ride to the Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roea).” [These specimens may afford a deeply interesting instance of change in something under three quarters of a century, or, on the other hand, the results may be merely due to a deepening in the tint of a yellowish pigment owing to age. Lycorea halia is an outlying member of Blandford’s Group 3, “ East Brazilian Type,” Division (a), having “ the apical spots on the fore wing yellow.’ This important group was shown by Mr. W. F. H. Blandford to the Entomological Society in 1897 (see Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., May 5, 1897). It is mainly characterized by a bright yellow horizontal band traversing the hind wing parallel with the inner margin of the fore wing. The Lycorea, being an outlying member of the group, has a pale yellowish band, which 1s very different from the bright tint of the more centrally placed members, such as the species of Heliconius. Now Burchell’s specimens are far more removed from the group than those of recent date, inasmuch as the band is but slightly paler than the tawny ground-colour of the wing. In favour of the view that a change has actually occurred and is here registered are the following facts:—(1) the specimens are, as a whole, singu- larly perfect ; (2) one specimen is lighter than the rest, its band being of a shade common in recent specimens ; (3) the 360 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera yellow band, the characteristic feature of the group, is a very special and peculiar one among the numerous patterns and colour combinations of Neotropical synaposematic groups ; (4) that a butterfly which is outlying to-day should be still more outlying seventy-five years ago is not surprising. Rapid change is more probable in a case of this kind than perhaps in any other. On the other side it must be remembered :— (1) that the yellow tints of some butterflies are very apt to darken; (2) that similar dark forms of Lycorea halia are to be found in collections of much less age, or even occasionally in recent consignments. The latter argument, of course, supports both sides of the case. It is not too much to hope that the question may be settled by intentional exposure or other experiments upon the yellow pigment of recent specimens, as well as by the investigation of all available material. Miss Sanders and I have already carefully compared the Burchell specimens with the series at Oxford, in the British Museum, and in the Godman-Salvin Collection, and there can be no doubt about the existence of a marked difference between the bands of the Burchell specimens as a whole and those of more recently captured individuals of L. halia. When in the later pages of this memoir the Heliconiine belonging to the same group are recorded, it will be con- venient to reproduce typical examples of as many members as possible by the best photographic processes which we can command. I think that the differences of shade can be accurately rendered in this manner and made available in a half-tone plate.-—. B. P.] Ituna ilione, Cram. Bz. 12. 11. 26. = 196. Santos. “ Forest by 8S. Bento.” Date and name as in Westwood’s list. Ill. Sarreryvz. Pierella lamia, Sulz. 13. 5. 29. 2 6 = 197,198. Rio Tocantins, Carolina. ‘Boa Vista in Sylva densa” on 197, There are two Brazilian labels on 198: ‘Sylva densa” on one, “ 13, 5. 29 Boa Esper” on the other. Date as in Westwood’s list, where, however, only one specimen is mentioned. 198, a very poor specimen, was collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 361 found among duplicates and recognized by Burchell’s hand- writing on the label. The printed ‘ Burchell Collection ” label affixed to the specimens at Oxford was wanting. When the name is not referred to, it is to be understood that none is given in Westwood’s list. Pierella nereis, Drury. 14.1. 26. 9=199. Riode Janeiro. (As 29.) 14. 2.26. ? =200. Organ Mountains. Near R. Pacaqué. Dates as in Westwood’s list. Pierella astyoche, Erich. ieee 2o. 2 = 20). Paré. Date as in Westwood’s list. Prerella lena, Linn. Bz.+ 19. 5. 29. 9 = 202. Descent of Rio Tocantins. Rio Araguay. Date as in Westwood’s list. Prerella dracontis, Hiibn. me 28, 7-29: Y= 203... Para: 4.12.29. §=204. Parad, 8. Jose. Dates as in Westwood’s list. Anchiphlebia archea, Hiibn. 12. 3. 26. g¢ = 205. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Carioca Aqueduct.” Westwood’s list includes another specimen captured on 22. 3. 26 (Rio. “ Along the Aqueduct to the head of the 19\ Valley of Laranjeiros ”’). Euptychia ocirrhoe, Fabr. Bz. 190. I. 8.9. 25. ? = 206. Rio de Janeiro, “ Along the Aqueduct. Papilio.” 31. 12. 25. g= 207. Riode Janeiro. (As 166.) Bz.+ 7.3.26. ¢= 208. Riode Janeiro, “ At Catombf.’”’ 9, 3. 26. 2 ¢ = 209, 210, 2 = 211. Riode Janeiro. Bra- zilian date on 209. 10. 3.26. @=212. Rio de Janeiro. i2. 3.26. 9 = 21s. A “ Carioca Aque- duct.” 15. 3, 26. ¢ = 214. aS “ Catombi. In plantis.” 16. 3. 26. go = 215. ‘9 “In the upper part Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 24 362 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera of the Valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio Comprido and Matto Porcos.” 17. 3. 26. 2 ¢ = 216, 217. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct, and descending the high hill men- tioned (31. 1. 26) into the valley of Catombi. But they were mostly along the Aqueduct, and only a few on the hill.” Brazilian date on 217. 18. 3. 26. 9 =218. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Bz, 20. 3. 26. 9 = 219. Riode Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Bz. 21. 8. 26. 2 g 2 = 220, 221. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 22. 3.26. § = 222. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 1.4.26. ¢= 223. Riode Janeiro. (As 198.) 19. 5. 29. 2 b 9 = 224, 225. RK. Tocantins. (As 202.) 7.6.29. 9= 226. R. Tocantins. = Near Pard. “Star Anna.” 1.8.29. ¢= 227. Pard. 18.9. 29. g = 228. Paré, 8. José. “In umbrosis Silve.” 24.10.29: G=2290) 5 5 “Tn Sylva.” TO 129. Ss S00. Oh; + “Caminho de Cha- méute.” Bed. 1. 30, = eel. — Para. All the twenty-six specimens here recorded agree with Westwood’s list, but the latter also contains thirteen indi- viduals which cannot now be found. Of these, five were captured on dates unrepresented by existing specimens, viz. :— one taken 7. 11. 25 towards the end of the expedition into Minas Geraes, three taken at Rio on 138. 3. 26, 19. 3. 26, 3. 4. 26, and one taken at Goyaz (Caminho de Carreira) on 10. 4. 28 respectively. The remaining eight specimens are made up as follows:—One more individual captured on 7. 3. 26, one more (viz. No. 7056) on 17. 3. 26, two more on 9. 3. 26, one more on 16. 3. 26, one more on 18. 3. 26, two more on 20. 3. 26. Although unnamed in the list, specimen 227 bears a label with the name “ Huptychia octrrhoe” written by Westwood. Euptychia mollina, Hiibn. 1. 8. 29. 2 9 = 282, 233, Pardé. Brazilian date and_later copy on 233. 4,8. 29. 9 = 284, Pard. 5.8. 29. 9 = 285. oP) collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 363 $8. 8. 29. 9 = 236. Pard. Bz. 15. 11. 29. 2 9 = 237, 238. Pard. (As 280.) Westwood’s list agrees, except that it mentions three addi- tional individuals captured at Pard,—one on 4, 7. 29 and two on 4.12.29. The name given is Neonympha mollina. Euptychia herse, Cram. Bz.+ 23.7. 29. = 239. Pard. “ Between my house and the city.” Westw 00d’s list agrees. Kuptychia chloris, Cram. 31.5. 29. g = 240. R. Tocantins, near Pard. “ Baiiio; Pele. |.” Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia cosmophila, Hiibn. 20. 3. 26. = 241. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. This specimen was submitted to Dr. F. D. Godman, who confirmed the identification. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia cluena, Drury. 10. 3. 26. 2= 242, 243. Rio de Janeiro. 1055. II. 17. 3. 26. 2= 244, 245. Rio de Janeiro. (As 216, 217.) ‘‘ Both these caught in deep woods, as the preceding.” The latter refers to 851, and indicates cap- ture ‘in the forest down the hill.” 18. 3. 26. 2= 246, 247. Riode Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Brazilian date on 246. 20. 3. 26. 3= 248-250. Riode Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Brazilian date on 248. 3.4. 26. =251. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 245 is probably the only female. Westwood’s list agrees, except that the date 10. 2. 26 is substituted for 10. 3. 26. ‘This is almost certainly a mistake of the copyist. It may be mentioned, however, that on the former date Burchell was in the Organ Mountains. Euptychia myncea, Cram. 1D. & 29... 352. « Pars: 30, 11. 29, = 253, Pard, 8. José. 24% 364 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera Euptychia penelope, Fabr.,=clarissa, Cram. Bz. 1332.4 2. 3. 29. = 254. Porto Real [Nacional]. “ Papilio. In woody places among the bushes. This and its congeners fly in a very hovering zigzag manner low among the bushes and herbage.” Bz. 15. 3. 29. = 255. Porto Real [Nacional]. 7.6, 29..—= 256. RR. Tocantins. «(As 226.) 27. 7.29. =257. Pard. 15.11. 29. =258. Pard, 8S. José. (As 280.) It is probable that the individuals of myncea and penelope are considered together in Westwood’s list. The dates here recorded agree, except that 10. 8. 29 (252) is replaced by 10. 2. 29, probably a clerical error. The list furthermore includes individuals captured on 29. 12. 28 (Porto Real) and 18. 6. 29 (Para). Euptychia sp. 28. 5..28. 2. ¢='259 (Pl. VI: fig..8),260. .“Goyaz..'"" Bese near Cénta Gallo.” ‘In summitate montis.”” Burchiell’s label, written in England, is reproduced to the right of and below figure 8. These specimens were submitted to Dr. F. D. Godman, who is unable to name them. Mr. F, A. Heron considers that the markings best agree with H. s¢mzis (Butl.), but he points out that the eyes of the latter are hairy, while those of 259, 260 are naked. In the character of the distal end of the cell of the fore wing these specimens also best agree with similis and its allies. The marked development of the ocelli on both wings is peculiar, together with the extent to which they appear on the upper surface. The fore wing is especially remarkable in these respects. ‘The species is almost certainly new and both striking and distinct; but the specimens are unfortunately in such poor condition that it is impossible to make either of them types. As the locality and time of year are precise, it 1s to be hoped that some naturalist in Brazil will capture examples which may be described, and named after the great traveller and observer. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia electra, Butl. Bz. 1306.4 8. 2. 29. 2=261 (Pl. VI. fig. 9, showing underside), 262 (fig. 10). Porto Real [Nacional]. “ Bo- racaio.” “This genus is entirely sylvan, and delights to hover low among the herbage and thicker foliage. This was collcted by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 365 caught in the Carasco, or thicker campo-woods ; and another afterwards caught in the back yard.” The two labels atfixed to each specimen are reproduced on the Plate to the right side of the respective figures. The lower number, written less carefully and with thicker lines, is in each case an original Brazilian label. The upper number and date, written by Burchell after his return, are upon a separate piece of paper, although the overlapping upper edge of the older label is in each case invisible. Bz. 10. 2. 29. = 263. Porto Real [Nacional]. These three specimens were submitted to Dr. F. D. Godman, who writes (Feb. 27, 1904) :—“ Your specimens, which exactly resemble six I have from Chapada, have the four ocelli on the hind margin of the underside of the fore wings. strongly marked, whereas in Butler’s type [of electra], which is from Bahia, they are obsolete; but 1 have specimens showing all intermediate gradations from Brazil. These ocelli In the Satyridee generally vary much both in size and distinct- ness, and are not a very good character for distinguishing a species.” ‘Lhe ocelli mentioned by Dr. Godman are well seen in fig. 9 of the accompanying Plate VI. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia armilla, Butl. 8. 11. 28. 6= 264-269. Near Porto Real [Nacional]. “ Corrego Raiz.” Brazilian dates on 266, 268, and 269, Ho data. = 270, - These specimens were kindly named for us by Dr. F. D. Godman, F.R.S. Agrees with Westwood’s list, except that the latter includes a seventh individual captured 8. 11. 28, a second without data, and an individual captured 10. 2. 29 (Porto Real). Euptychia liturata, Butl. 26.9. 26. = 271. Santos. “Ina walk to the Chapel on Montserrat.” Bz. 30. 8. 28. = 272, Near Jaragua. “ Estiva.” 1250.+ 11. 9. 28. 2= 278, 274. Between Jaragua and Cavalcanti. “ Trabfras, R. Vendinha.” “ Papilio, Flying low among grass in woods or margin of woods, in considerable numbers. ‘They have the same habits aud hovering mode of flight as their congeners at the Cape of Good Hope.” Brazilian label and later copy on 274, 366 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera These specimens were also named for us by Dr. F. D. Godman. Westwood’s list probably agrees, except that an additional ndividual captured 11. 9. 28 is mentioned. Another indi- vidual, captured 26. 11. 26, is probably 297, accidentally associated with /¢turata instead of camerta. Euptychia acmenis, Hiibn. 10. 3. 26. 2= 275, 276. Riode Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 18. 3. 26. 2= 277, 278. Rio deJaneiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Brazilian date on 278. 21. 3. 26. =279. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 3.4.26. = 280. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia camerta, Cram. Bz. 350. If. 15. 10. 25. 2= 281, 282. Minas.Geraex “ At the Discoberto do Antonio Velho; P[apilio].” Bz. 470. I. 16. 10. 25. = 283. Minas Geraes. Discoberto. “ Papilio.” Bz. 829. I.+ 23.10. 25. = 284. Minas Geraes. Disco- berto. “ Pap[ito].” O74. IT: 25. 10.25.” 2 '= "285, “286. ". ~~ Minas “Geraes: “ Plapilio]. At Discoberto, near Jo&v Pedro’s house.” Brazilian label and later copy on 285. Bz. 1002. I.+ 27. 10. 25. = 287. Minas. Geraes. “At Sao Jofo de Nepomucena and on the road from Discc- berto. Papfilio}.” 28. 10. 25. 2= 288, 289. Minas Geraes. (As 72.) 4.11. 25. 3= 290-292. ss (As 19.) Bz.+ 6.11. 25. =298. Minas Geraes. ‘At Capitao Leite’s.”” Near Nepomucena. 9, 2.26. = 294. Organ Mountains. “By the River Pacaqué.” Bz. 17. 3.26. = 295. Rio de Janeiro. (As 216, 217.) Bz. 20. 3. 26. = 296. ai Along the Carioca Aqueduct. 26. 11. 26. = 297. Santos. (As 8.) 7. 3. 27. 3= 298-800. Near S. Paulo. “ Morumby. Walk to Porto.” “In Silva” on 299, ‘‘Sylva” and date on Brazilian label on 300. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 367 21.3. 27. =301. Near 8. Paulo. “On Road W. beyond Praca da Aleyria.” 8. 4. 27. =302. Near S. Paulo. ga, 21. — 30d. 10. 5. 27. 2= 304, 305. Near 8. Paulo. “ About the Tiete and near Sta. Anna.” 18. 6. 27. = 306, Near S. Paulo. 22. 3. 28. = 807. Near Goyaz. 1. 4. 28. = 308. 2 7 i, 4<28..— 309. ,, Bz. 30. 4. 23. =310. Near neues ee 12.6. 23. = 311. Bz. 1303. 1.+ 4.2.29. = 312. Porto Real [Nacional ]. “ Papilio. Caught in the back yard, and perhaps only a weather-worn variety.” 5. 2.29. = 318. Porto Real [Nacional]. Bz. 6. 3. 29. = 314, Porto Real [ Nacional]. ee, 9.3.29. = 315: ” ” fose.20. = 316. ” ” bz. + 1G oe 29. = =— og. ” ”? Bat+ . 4.29. = 318. 22. 4. = 319. Porto Real [N acional]. “« Various ” 3 pices Bz. 4 ce = 320. On R. Tocantins, R. Araguay. 20. = 301. R. Tocantins, N. of Itaboca. Near “ivall of Guariba. 26. 6. 29. 2= 322, 323. Paré. “Near my house (Pomba Roginha).” Brazilian date and later copy on 323, 6. 7.29. = 324. Parad. Piette 20. — 320. 5 mo. 9. 29. — 326. Pard, S. José. 17.10. 29. = 327. ott. 29. 2= 328, 329, Paré, South of 8. José. fo, tl, 29> = 300. Pard, 8, "José. “Caminho de Cha- monte.’ 8, 12. 29. ees Parad, S. José.“ Suburbane.” Westwood’s list agrees in a remarkable manner with this long series of specimens. He separated the individuals into four sets (unnamed), apparently influenced by the develop- ment of the eye-spots upon the underside. ‘I'he only differ- ence is the substitution in his list of 22. 4. 23 for 22. 4. 29, probably a mistake in copying, and the omission of 297. The latter was probably included with the individuals of liturata. 368 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera Euptychia quantius, Godt. 9.2.26. g = 332. Organ Mountains. “By the River Pacaqué.”’ This specimen has been submitted to Dr. F. D. Godman, who considers that the species is probably quantius. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptychia renata, Cram. 27. 8. 28. g = 333. Near Jaragua. Goiaveira. ‘“ All these Lepidoptera were canght at the ford of the rivulet at Goiaveira, at 5 P.M.” 26. 5. 29. ? = 334. OnR. Tocantins. (As 821.) “Silva.” Westwood’s list agrees, except that 26. 8. 29 is substituted for 26. 5. 29, probably a copyist’s error. Euptychia marmorata, Butl. Bz.+ 14. 2. 26. = 335. Organ Mountains. Near R. Pacaqué. 13. 4. 27. = 336. Near S. Paulo. Bz. 10. 5. 27. = 387. Near S. Paulo. “ About the Tiete and near Sta. Anna.” 14, 6. 27. = 338. Near 8. Paulo. Westwood’s list agrees. Euptyche libye. 31. 5. 29. =339. R. Tocantins. Baifio. “P.[m.].” 17.9. 29. = 840. Pard, 8S. José. 17. 11. 29. 2= 341, 342. Pard, S. José. i208. 00. = o40,- Pam, Westwood’s list agrees, except for an additional specimen captured 10. 8. 29 (Pard). Taygetis valentina, Cram., form euptychidia, Butl. 12. 5. 28. = 344. Goyaz. “Caught in the woodhouse.” » We owe this determination to the kindness of Mr. F. A. Heron. In Westwood’s list 15. 5. 28 is substituted for 12. 5. 28. The words “ Caught in the woodhouse”’ are present, proving that the discrepancy is merely a copyist’s error. Taygetis Andromeda, Cram. 9. 3. 26. = 845. Rio de Janeiro. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 369 Bz. 10. 3. 26. = 846. Rio de Janeiro. ‘Bz, 19.3. 26. = 347, Fe “In the Valley of Catombi.” Westwood’s list agrees. 346 was separated as another form, Taygetis virgila, Cram. Bz. 197. I. 8. 9. 25. = 348. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Aqueduct. “Papilio. Insylv4; in crepusculo volitans.”’ 10. 3. 26. =3849 (PI. VI. fig. 12; Burchell’s manuscript label is reproduced below the figure). Rio de Janeiro. ee. 1054. 11. 17.3. 26. = 350. Rio de Janeiro. (As 216, 217.) “ Both these Papiliones were caught in the forest down the hill.” The Brazilian number and later copy without date on 350. 1248.+ 7.9. 28. 2= 351, 352 (fig. 11; Burchell’s reference number and date are reproduced to the right of the figure). Between Jaragua and Cavalcanti; near Rio Maranhéio. Fe Guarda Mér. “ At twilight in deep shady wood, where we slept this night. Has a hovering motion and settles on the ground. P.M.’ Brazilian label and later copy on 351. Westwood’s list agrees. He separated out 351, 352, evi- dently on account of the character described below. The Burchell specimens from Rio Maranh&o (851 and 352) show a rufous border on hind wing altogether absent from the long series of this species in the Hope Collection. This character becomes common in Central America. Thus we read in the Rhopalocera of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’ (vol. i. p. 97) :—“ The rufous margin, however, is more com- monly seen in specimens from northern localities.” The occurrence of the character in a pronounced form in both speci- mens from a locality near the opposite end of the range of the species may therefore indicate a local change or replacement of form in seventy-five years. It is much to be hoped that a traveller who has the opportunity of retraversing this part of Burchell’s route may enable us to compare the two 1828 specimens with a good series from the same locality. The striking difterence as regards the hind marginal border of the hind wings between 851, 352, and the specimens from Rio (848-350) is well shown in figs. 11 and 12 on Plate V1. Taygetis echo, Cram. Bz. 16. 4. 28. = 358.. Goyaz. “ Morro de Canta Gallo.” “ In horto proprio.” 370 Miss Cora B. Sanders on the Rhopalocera Compared with Godman-Salvin Coll. (6 L. Amazons, 1 N. Brazil, 1 no locality.) The Burchell specimen has a broader brighter yellow band on fore wing Veo these, or six Hope Coll. specimens (not Brazilian). Westwood’s list agrees. Pedaliodes phanias, Hew. 9.2.26. 6 = 3854. Organ Mountains. “By the River Pacaqué.” Westwood’s list agrees. In addition to the individuals which Westwood’s list shows to be missing from certain of the above-mentioned species, three small categories separated out in the list have not been traced at all. They are as follows :— Hipparchia V. Two individuals—14. 6.27 and 1399. 24.7. 29. a XXVITI. One individual—27. 8. 28. Ae XXXV. Four individuals—778. 15. 7. 25, one without data, and the two following, which are certainly erroneous: 737, shown by the note- book to be a Cicada; 153, which is similarly found to be a Cassida. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. The Plate has been printed from a half-tone block prepared from a beautiful photograph of the actual specimens taken in the Oxford Univer- sity Museum by Mr, Alfred Robinson. All the figures are the natural SIZe. Fig. 1. Leucothyris phenomoe, Dbl. & Hew., n. subsp. Burchell, A repre- sentation of specimen 64, the type of the subspecies. The heavier black markings which are characteristic of Burchelli as compared with phenome are at once apparent when figs. 1 and 2 are con- trasted with 3 and 4. Burchell’s label, written in England, is reproduced to the right of the figure. Fig. 2. Another example of the form shown in fir. 1. A representation of 65. Burchell’s label, written in England, is reproduced to the right of the figure. Figs. 3 & 4. Two examples of Leucothyris phenomoe, Dbl. & Hew. Repre- sentations of specimens 6O and 61 respectively. Burchell’s labels, written in England, are reproduced to the right of the fizures to which they respectively refer. Fig. 5. Dircenna dero, Hiibn. A representation of specimen 74. The black markings are far less heavy than in figs.6and 7. On the collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. BY | other hand, it must be remembered that 74 isa male, while 68 and 72, the specimens represented in figs. 6 and 7, are females, 74 is also more worn than the other two, and this tends to diminish the depth of the black markings. But, making all allowances, 74 must always have been much less heavily marked than 68 and 72. Burchell's label, written in England, is reproduced to the right of the figure. Fig. 6. Dircenna dero, Hiibn., form rhoéo, Feld. A representation of specimen 68. H. W. Bates believed that this form is replaced by typical dero in 8.E. Brazil, and yet six out of Burchell’s eight specimens from this very locality are rhoéo. Burchell’s label, written in Brazil, is reproduced to the right of the figure. Fig. 7. Dircenna dero, Hiibn., form rhoéo, Feld. A representation of specimen 72, another heavily marked form, although the median nervures of the hind wing are much less suffused with black than in the specimen shown in fig. 6, which is peculiar in this respect among all Burchell’s captures. Burchell’s label, written in Ingland, is reproduced to the right of the figure. The figure appears to represent a butterfly with shorter broader wings than those of the originals of figs. 5 and 6. This is merely the effect of fore-shortening, the wings of the former having drooped after resetting. The obvious difference in the figures is a convincing demonstration of the false impression of form conveyed by the old British mode of setting with sloping wings. Fig. 8. Euptychia sp. A representation of specimen 259. Burchell’s label, written in England, is reproduced to the right of and below the figure. Fig. 9. Euptychia electra, Butl. A representation of the underside of specimen 261. The four small submarginal ocelli on the fore wing, which are so distinctly shown in the figure, are obsolete in the type of electra, from Bahia. Burchell’s two labels are reproduced to the right of and rather below the figure. The lower number, which is really on a separate label, was written in Brazil, the upper number and the date in England. Fig. 10, Euptychia electra, Butl. A representation of the upperside of Fig. 11. Fig. 12. specimen 262. Burchell’s two labels are reproduced to the right of the figure. They were written as described in fig. 9. Taygetis virgilia, Cram. A representation of specimen 352. The label, written by Burchell in England, is reproduced on the right side. he rufous hind marginal border of the hind wings is well indicated. This feature, which is characteristic of Central-American specimens, is here found in both of Burchell’s captures (7. 9. 28) trom the Maranhao River, to the N.E. of Goyaz. Taygetis virgilia, Cram. ys) Mmacsoneta Lee seen as 19-21 »» Mmetanoti, cum segm.med..., 18-19 op, RCM, AGS es meee cele i aioe 19-20 5) 5, AMMO. cheney ots cir aeleite 14-16 3 Pipe 0s ae se bench oy NON ach 17-19 Genus OxYARTES, Stal. Oxyartes lamellatus, sp. n. Male.—Rather slender, brown; head with six tubercles on the hinder edge; antennze pubescent, greenish brown, darker towards the ends of the joints, nearly as long as the body, and composed of about sixty joints, irregularly longer and shorter ; pronotum with two erect spines near together in front, and two longer ones (wider apart) behind the first lobe ; mesonotum smooth, inclining to greenish, with a pair of strong spines near together in front and five pairs behind (one pair on each side of the median line, one pair in front of these, sepa- rated by the median line, and one pair on each side before the base of the almost obsolete tegulz), there is also a lateral row of shorter spines, followed by a lower row of tubercles; meta- notum with two spines between the bases of the wings and three larger ones on the metapleura ; wings black, paler at the base and on the costa, narrowly oval, and extending as far as the middle of the median segment; meso- and meta- pectus studded with black tubercles, a distinct tubercle on the an the British Museum. 375 median line above towards the extremity of each abdominal segment. Legs pubescent, carinated ; femora with two or three small teeth on each side beneath before the extremity. Female.—Larger and stouter than the male and darker brown, but inclining to grey on the head, pronotum, antenne, and legs; antennze spotted with brown on most of the joints; head with four short and broad tubercles on the hinder edge, two central and two lateral ; mesonotum rugose, covered with tubercles and laterally with short spines, continued on the meso- and metapleura; mesonotum with two strong spines near the middle in front, the left-hand one with a smaller spine adjoining it; there are also two strong spines, wider apart, towards the hinder extremity, and at the hinder edge itself three or four close together on each side; metanotum and abdomen rugose and more or less granulated, two short spines on the latter between the wings, which are blackish and broader than in the male; abdomen with a short tooth near the extremity of each segment in the median line, and from the sixth segment to the extremity strongly carinated, the carina on the seventh segment rising into a large lamella for the greater part of the segment, preceded by a smaller one on the sixth. Hab. Tonkin (Than Moi), June and July (Fruhstorfer). Described from one male and two females, Allied to O. despectus, Westw., but larger, and with stronger and differently arranged spines. Dimensions. 3. Or, mm. mm. Pip COMPOUIBe ayo caceya tae dan 4s 84 102-125 PACAP! iets. Poe Weed ee « 8 7-9 PE MSPROOOUL, lod, [tastan sive deh wale 5 7-9 Pee AGRON OL ors) aersr ene by taets opel esi 19 20-29 » Mmetanoti, cum segm.med..... 11 15-15 Mme Sereily HICUS Sor qn ne as ages © 6 8-9 Pe De hil betet eis a: 2 ay Paar SEO 25 21-25 a a REEL as os isGteh: tls atalsiatals > 19 18-21 - sy los Mn eon as Bono Oe 3l 21-25 Men enact ordovnne van ono eG 8-9 Gaia ai rc ect evan tra.cdare sreceYare: vv a ere’s 2 4 3-4 Genus PromMAcuus, Stal. Promachus (?) letus, sp. n. Apora leta, Brunner, MS. Long. corp. 65-82 mm, Male.—Green ; rather slender, front and hind legs of 376 Notes on Phasmide in the British Museum. nearly equal length, the latter extending nearly to the extre- mity of the fifth segment of the abdomen; middle legs shorter than the others. Face varied with whitish, and base of the antenne shading from green into blue. Pronotum with a transverse sulcus just before the middle; mesonotum with four or five large asymmetrical black spines, thickened at the base, and with a row of concolorous denticulations on the sides, followed by a black spine before the base of the four hinder legs ; hind femora slightly denticulated beneath at the extremity; median segment about two fifths of the length of the metanotum, rounded in front; segments 2-6 of the abdomen with a small terminal tooth on the median line; all the segments of the abdomen longer than broad, except the tenth, which is carinated, but scarcely indented at the tip; operculum boat-shaped, scarcely longer than the ninth segment; cerci short, stout, slightly incurved. Female (long. corp. 110 mm.).—Bright green; rather stout, but tapering towards both the head and tail ; a brownish line running along the lateral borders of the thorax and abdomen; mesonotum with some small scattered black tubercles, or, rather, granules ; meso- and metapleure spinose on the dark lateral line already referred to; abdomen with some more or less complete double carinations on the median line of the hinder segment, and with a single slightly undu- Jating carina on each side; there is a small tubercle or spine at the end of the first seven segments, including the median segment ; on segments 2-7 stand two or three green tubercles above the lateral line; the tenth segment is twice suddenly contracted at the sides and terminates in an obtuse triangle above; the double median carina on the ninth coalesces into a single steep carina, which continues to the extremity of the tenth ; operculum pointed and channelled, extending beyond the tenth segment to more than twice the length of the latter. Hab. Tonkin (Matton Mountains, 2000-3000 metres), April and May (Fruhstorfer). The male of this species is closely allied to P. Wallacez, Westw., from Aru, the type of the genus, but is easily distin- guished by the spineless head and the black spines on the mesonotum. ‘I'he female, however, like that of the following species, wants the long, projecting, spear-like process above the operculum, so conspicuous in that of P. Wallace. The specimens were received under the MS. name of Apora leta, Brunn. The specific name I have of course retained, but the generic name is preoccupied in Polyzoa, and is therefore inadmissible, On the Genus Ortmannia, Rathd. att Promachus (?) bicolor, sp. n. Long. corp. 55-57 mm. Male.—Rufous ; the antenne, spines, a broad band down the middle of the body, bisected by the rufous carina, an interrupted lateral line, and the legs beyond the apical fourth of the femora black or blackish. Head with two pairs of spines near the back ; pronotum deeply sulcated before the middle, with a pair of long spines on the front lobe and small lateral ones at the front angles, and two pairs of spines (the first longest) on the second lobe. Mesonotum with five pairs of spines (the last pair approximating) on the central region, and a row of six spines on each side on the lateral black line ; metanotum, median segment, and several of the basal seg- ments of the abdomen with a pair of central spines, diminish- ing in size hindwards; there are also two strong lateral spines on the metanotum and two on the meso- and metapleure. Segments of the abdomen hardly twice as long as broad ; hind legs rather Jonger than the others, extending as far as the extremity of the seventh segment of the abdomen. Female (?).—Larger and stouter ; testaceous, mottled with blackish; the spines arranged nearly as in the male; legs shorter, stouter, and carinated ; hind femora extending rather beyond the fifth segment of the abdomen; abdomen with a sinuous carina on the sides of the segments, segment 10 tripartite at the extremity ; except the front lobe of the pro- notum, the whole median line of the thorax and abdomen is traversed by a very strong raised carina. Abdomen without terminal spine ; operculum not projecting beyond the last segment. Hab. Tonkin (Than Moi), June and July (Fruhstorfer). XLIII.—On the Genus Ortmannia, Rathb., and the Mutations of certain Atyids. By H. L. Bouvier*. Tue shrimps of the family Atyide belong exclusively to fresh water. Despite their adaptation to this special medium and the strange aspect of their most typical forms, they attach themselves by a series of genera to the most primi- tive of the marine shrimps. From Xiphocaris, of which the chele are normal and are furnished with exopodites on all the feet, one passes to Atyawphyra, in which the exopodites have disappeared on the three posterior pairs of feet, to Caridina, which have no expodites and whose anterior * Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ t. cxxxviii. p. 446. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 25 378 M.E. L. Bouvier on the Genus Ortmannia, Rathb., chele are alone modified, then to Ortmannia, M. Rathbun (Atyoida, Ortmann), in which the modifications take place in the chele of the first two pairs of feet, and at last one comes to the terminal forms of the family, the dtya, of which the very curious chelz are split right down to the base and in consequence are devoid of a palmar region. Further, in the genus Atya itself it is possible to establish a series of species which progressively depart from Ortmannia. By its small size and its rostrum, subtriangular and toothed below, A. serrata presents some resemblance to Ortmannia mexicana, Sauss. (O. potimirim, F. Miller), whilst A. gabonensis, Giebel, A, robusta, A. Milne-Edwards, and many other forms stand out at first sight by their very marked adaptive characters : large size, rostrum laterally serrated, feet of the third pair singularly strong and robust, &e. It appears that Ortmannia is separated from all species of Atya by two very constant characters: on the one hand, the form of the chele, which are normal, with a relatively short mobile digit and a well-differentiated palmar region; on the other, the development of the carpus, which is longer than wide, at least in the feet of the second pair. These two characters are of the first importance; they bring tcgether Ortmannia, Cartdina, and Atyephyra, whilst they separate them considerably from the Atye. In studying the Atyide in the collection of the Museum, a batch of shrimps, collected at Honolulu by M. Ballieu, particularly attracted my attention. These shrimps were Atyide of small size, all adult, and in other respects very much alike; but some presented all the characters of Atya bisulcata, Sp. Bate, whilst others belonged very clearly to the genus Ortmannia. In 1901, Miss Mary Rathbun made an analogous observa- tion on the Atyide collected on the Sandwich Islands by Mr. Henshaw; she grouped in the species of Sp. Bate all the examples with short carpi and chelz split down to the base; the others she regarded as types of a new Ortmannia, O. Henshawi. I found myself confronted by the same forms, but I was led to regard them quite differently from Miss Rathbun. Setting aside the generic characters affecting the carpi and chelze, these two forms resemble one another in all respects : same structure of rostrum, antennze, buccal appendages, same tegumentary ornaments, everywhere the most absolute identity—somewhat strange in species belonging to different generic types. More than this, the two forms have that similarity of appearance which characterizes all the repre- sentatives of a single species, and which, in the deter- and the Mutations of certain Atyids. 379° mination of species, is a more rapid and sometimes a surer guide than the examination of morphological characters. In my opinion, Ortmannia Henshawi is neither more nor less than a form of Atya bisulcata, a form which has the curious character of recalling the immediate ancestral form of Atya. We have not here to deal with an ordinary dimorphism, sexual, produced by season or locality: the specimens of M. Ballieu were collected in the month of May, 1877, in the vicinity of Honolulu, perhaps with one stroke of the net; in both forms there are the same variations of size and sex. Some females of Atya bisulcata are charged with ova, whilst the females of the Henshaw? variation have none; but in another consignment, also made by M. Ballieu, the females of this variation carry a remarkably large charge of ova. I should not perhaps have hazarded the foregoing con- clusion if the Museum material had not permitted me to extend it to other quarters of the globe. In 1890, M. Alluaud collected in a torrent on the Amber Mountain, in Madagascar, a small shrimp which presented all the characters of the genus Ortmannia, but differed from the modification Henshawi by specific characters; latterly the Museum has received from Sainte Marie, in Madagascar, a small batch of shrimps *, in which examples of Atya and Ortmannia absolutely resembling one another (setting aside generic characters) were mixed. ‘The specimens of the first form appeared to me to be classifiable as Atya serrata, Sp. Bate: those of the second resembled that from the Amber Mountain; they have all the specific characters of Atya serrata, and represent certainly, in my opinion, a modifi- cation of this species. This will be, if desired, the modification Alluaudi of A. serrata. A. serrata exists also in the island of Bourbon, where Maillard, about 1854, obtained three specimens, which are now in the Museum. The modification Alluaudi of this species was found, in 1893, by M. Alluaud in the ravines of the mountains of Salasie and Helbour. Another specimen was taken by M. Alluand, in 1890, in Mauritius ; the typical A. serrata has not yet been noted in this island, but one cannot doubt its existence there as well as in Réunion. ‘These modifications are of great interest, because they put in evidence one of the mechanisms by which new types are produced and definitely established through more primitive types which may persist or disappear. * These shrimps were captured in a little rivulet near Sainte Marie in October 1895, aud were presented to the Museum by M. Edouard Cheyreux. 25* 380 On the Genus Ortmannia, Rath. In face of these modifications, one cannot doubt but that the Atye are the direct descendants of Orimannia, and that, in the case of certain species, this derivation is not yet a definitely accomplished fact. It is naturally among the small forms, nearer than any others to the primitive Atyide, that this condition of unstable equilibrium is seen still to exist, in which the same creature may indifferently present the form of the past or of the future: Atya bisulcata and Atya serrata are still in this stage. In Ortmannia americana the primitive form alone exists; either it has persisted after having produced the Afya, or it isin a state of evolution towards the production of this kind, which is more probable. In Atya brevifrons, de Man, on the contrary, the primitive form seems to have disappeared, bequeathing a very marked stamp to its descendant, which is small like the Ortmannia and provided as it is with locomotor feet of small power. A. brevifrons is a common species in the islands of the Pacific ; it has never been noticed under the form Ortmannia, but it is possible that in some island it persists still in that state. It goes without saying that in the most typical Atye (A. robusta, A. scabra, &c.), which are greatly modified and of large size, one would not expect to find specimens having the Ortmannia form. Here, then, manifestly are mutations by atavism which show us how new types are formed and old types persist. Actually, Atya bisulcata and A. serrata are represented by individuals of two kinds—the one with chele split down to the base, the other with normal chele. If these species were social, the individuals of each type might be called upon to play a different rdle in the colony, and to a certainty the characters which distinguish them would go on exaggerating themselves in consequence. May we not explain in the same way the mysterious presence of polymorphic individuals in the societies of ants and termites? and the starting-point of the polymorphism of these forms, would it not be an atavic mutation similar to that of the Atye? l return to the domain of pure systematics. The genus Orimannia should persist, but it comprises up to the present time, it appears, only a single independent species—O. mezi- cana, of Tropical America. The modification Henshaw? of Atya bisulcata and the modification Alluaudi of Atya serrata are clearly Ortmannia; but they represent species in course of evolution, which, according to circumstances, may persist or disappear as Ortmannia; it is useful to look upon them no longer as independent species, but as the atavic form of the Se -— On a new Species of Acis. 381 species of Atya which issued from it. It is easy to verify upon the spot the exactness of the views expressed in this note. Those who do not accept them may always regard the two modi- fications described above as distinct species of Ortmannia *, XLIV.—WNotes on a new Species of Acis. By W. D. Henverson, M.A., B.Sc., Zoological Laboratory, the University, Aberdeen. Wuite working along with Prof. J. Arthur Thomson over a collection of Indian-Ocean Alcyonarians I recognized the new species here described. It was included in a collection made by Prof. W. A. Herdman in Ceylon. The colony is large and fan-shaped, rising to a height of 149 mm. and having a maximum width of 167 mm. From a conical base, which has a flat spreading margin and is attached to a mass of worm-tubes, the short main stem arises. At a distance of 14 mm. from its origin, where it has a diameter of 3°5 mm., it divides into two principal branches. The branching is for the most part confined to one plane, but several of the smaller branches and twigs arise at right angles to the principal plane of branching. The branching is very profuse and at several points shows anastomosis of the branches, but this is by nomeanscommon. ‘The branches are cylindrical, but there are traces of slight flattening in the plane of branching. ‘he twigs arise usually at right angles to the branches, and their tips as well as those of the branches are slightly clavate. The polyps are small and are scattered over the whole surface of the stem and branches. In no place can it be said that they are confined to three surfaces, nor can any attempt at lateral arrangement be seen. ‘Ihe verruce are very small and the polyps can be completely retracted within them. The edges of the verruce show a variable number of spines which project above the slightly conical operculum formed by the tentacular spicules when the polyps are withdrawn. The superficial coenenchyma of the stem and the branches presents a striking appearance, due to the arrangement of the large flat whitish spicules and to their being outlined against the darker ground-colour of the stem and branches, The spicules of the general ccenenchyma are flat and multi- tuberculate, varying very much in size and shape. ‘The * M. Ortmann regards Atya bisulcata, Spence Bate, as an Ortmannia (Atyoida), although the examples studied by the English author had the true Atyan chele ; I may add that M. Ortmann does not appear to have observed the curious variations of this species, 382 Mr. O, Thomas on a tubercles are low and rough and very numerous. Many of the Jarger spicules extend the whole distance between two adjacent polyps, and sometimes even exceed this length. They fall into three groups, fairly distinct in shape :—(qa) large modified fusiform spicules, which taper more or less towards the ends and measure from ‘9-3 mm. in length by *25—"45 mm. in breadth ; (2) squamous or scale-like spicules, often with slightly lobed margins, which measure from ‘8-1-1 mm. in length by ‘4-6 mm. in breadth; and (c) large modified squamous spicules, consisting of a flattened tuberculate basal portion and of a projecting part which forms the projecting spine of the verruce. They measure, in length by breadth in millimetres, as follows:—'7 x°5, °6 x°4, °5x°3. In the polyps there are slender spindle-shaped and club- shaped spicules. They are often slightly curved and either taper to both ends or are blunt and rounded at one end and pointed at the other. Many of these exhibit fairly prominent spines towards the thicker end. They vary considerably in size, being from ‘3-5 mm. in length and from *02—06 mm. in breadth. They are found chiefly in the tentacles, where they form an operculum to the retracted polyp; but an incom- plete and irregular crown or collar is formed by them at the base of the tentacles. : Tn colour the spicules vary from white to semitransparent, while the whole colony has a whitish-brown appearance. This species differs from Aczs pustulata in not having violet-coloured opercular spicules and in the branches not being compressed in the plane of branching. It also differs from Acis ortentalis in having the polyps on all sides of the stem and branches and in the branching not being confined to one plane. From the fact that it was collected in Ceylon waters I propose to name it Aczs indica, to mark it as distinct from Acts orientalis. Hab. Deep water off Galle, Ceylon. XLV.—A new Bat from the United States, representing the European Myotis (Leuconoe) Daubentoni. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS. THE subgenus Leuconoe* has not been hitherto recognized as occurring in North America, but Myotis yumanensis should probably be regarded as a member of the group, although not a strongly marked example of it. * Type, Myotis Daubentoni, the “ Wasser-Fledermaus.” new Bat from the United States. 383 Now, however, I am able to record that Leuconoe in its most typical form does occur in that continent; for Mr. J. ffolliott Darling, a naturalist already known to zoologists for his work in Mashonaland, has recently presented to the British Museum a bat, obtained in the Yellowstone Park, which is evidently closely allied to the typical species of the subgenus, J/. Daubentont. Thanks to the kindness and generosity of the authorities of the United States National Museum, [ have had for com- parison with Mr. Darling’s bat a complete series of North- American Myotis, as worked out in Mr. G. 8. Miller’s fine monograph of the group. None of the bats there described can be confused with it, nor have any species been described since. It may be called Myotis (Leuconoe) carissima, sp. n. Closely allied to the European M. Daubenton?, which it evidently represents in North America. - General characters and proportions as in Daubentont. Sides of muzzle heavily whiskered. ars narrow, of medium length ; laid forward in the spirit-specimen they just reach to the tip of the nostrils; their inner margin evenly convex below, slightly concave before the tip, which is narrowly rounded off; outer margin excavated above, slightly convex below; basal lobe well marked, rounded. Tragus rather short, with straight inner margin, narrowly rounded tip, sloping outer margin, and well-defined basal lobe. Feet very large, their length more than two thirds that of the tibia; claws medium. Wings attached to the side of the metatarsus. Calcars very long, more than double the length of the free portion of the uropatagium, their tips forming prominent lobules exactly as in Daubentont; no postcaleareal lobules. ‘l’ail scarcely projecting from membrane. Wings hairy for about half an inch on each side of the body, above and below; base of uropatagium thinly haired, its free edge quite without fringe, Toes with tufts of hair overhanging the claws. Colour above and below (in spirit) uniformly smoky blackish, the tips of the hairs indistinctly buffy or pale brown, Ears, wing-membranes, and feet also blackish. Anterior premolar about twice the size of the second, decidedly drawn inwards, but in older specimens it might take its place in the general line. Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— Forearm 88 mm. Head and body 45; tail 36; head 17; ear 13 x8; tragus 384 Mr. O. Thomas on Three new Bats. on inner edge 5:5; thumb 8; third finger, metacarpus 33, first phalanx 11°5, second phalanx 10°5, third phalanx 7:2; fifth finger, metacarpus 31, first phalanx 9, second phalanx 9; tibia 16; hind foot (c. u.) 11; calear 16; free border of uropatagium 6. Hab. Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone Park, N.W. Wyoming. Alt. 8000 feet. Type. Female (just adult), B.M. no. 4. 4. 25. 1. Col- lected September 1903; presented by J. ffolliott Darling, Esq. “ Caught flying about the Lake Hotel, although the weather was snowy.” This bat is very closely allied to M. Daubenton?, but has a more strongly whiskered muzzle, rather larger ears, a less projecting tail-tip, and appears to be darker in colour throughout. My own inclination would still, however, be to regard it as a subspecies of MW. Daubentont; but as I am not writing a general monograph of the group, it seems better in the case of a United States bat to conform to the ideas about nomen- clature prevalent in that country. From MM. yumanensis saturatus, Miller, apparently its nearest American ally, JZ. carissima is readily distinguishable by its much longer forearm and still larger feet. J. sub- ulatus, Say, of similar size, has conspicuously smaller feet and broader ears. The British Museum also contains another bat, from Lake Winnipeg, collected by Sir John Richardson, which appears to be referable to AZ. carissima, but is unfortunately in too bad a condition for certain determination. It was referred by Dobson to M. lucifugus, but is certainly not that species. Allowing for the great altitude of Lake Yellowstone, the occurrence of the same species at Lake Winnipeg, considerably further north, would be quite natural. In the Old World MZ. Daubentoni occurs in Scandinavia, and, as Dobson says, ‘‘ attains the most northerly range of all the species of the genus.” XLVI.—Three new Bats, African and Asiatic. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Hipposideros Commersoni and its subspecies. The bats currently referred to H. Commersoni fall into four groups, divisible by size, by the number of supplementary nose-leaves, and by colour. Mr. O. Thomas on Three new Bats. 385 The common mainland form is the largest, with a forearm measurement of 95 mm. and upwards, and with the lower tooth-row (front of canine to back of ms) about 15 mm. It has four well-developed supplementary leaflets, and often the rudiment of a fifth. In coloration it has the brown and white markings described by Peters well defined and distinct, except in such individuals as have the reddish suffusion so often found in members of this genus. Its synonymy appears to be as follows :— Hipposideros Commersoni gigas, Wagn. Rhinolophus gigas, Wagn. Syn. Phyliorhina vittata, Peters, and Phyllorhina Commersoni, var. marungensis, Noack. In Madagascar the typical //. Commersona, Geoff., is found : small (forearm about 80-90 mm.; lower tooth-row about 13) ; supplementary leaflets three, the rudiment of a fourth being occasionally present ; coloration dull greyish, with but little indication of the characteristic dark dorsal markings. In the island of San Thomé, on the opposite side of Africa, is found a somewhat similar form, H. Commersoni thomensis, Bocage, which agrees with true Commersoni in essential characters, but is even darker, and has a prominent whitish spot on each shoulder at the insertion of the antebrachial membrane. Finally, in British East Africa and Zanzibar there occurs a form agreeing with Commersoni and thomensis in size, but with the four leaflets of gigas and well-defined colour- markings. It may be briefly diagnosed as follows :— Hipposideros Commersont mostellum, subsp. n. Size small, as in Commersoni. Supplementary leaflets four, with rudiment of a fifth. General colour whitish, the brown Y-shaped marking of the back well defined ; under surface creamy whitish, a brown line across each shoulder separating off a white patch at the insertion of the ante- brachial membranes. Skull and teeth as in true Commersoni, the cheek-teeth conspicuously smaller than in gzgas. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Forearm 92 mm. Skull: length from cingulum of canine to back of occipital crest 32; basal length to cingulum of canine 26:5; zygo- matic breadth be: ‘mastoid breadth 15; upper cheek-teeth, front of p* to back ‘of m8" 4; front of lower canine to back of ms; 13. 386 Mr. O. Thomas on Three new Bats. Hab. (of type). Tana R., British East Africa. Other specimens from Zanzibar. Type. Male. B.M. no, 89. 3.8.3. Presented by H.C. V. Hunter, Esq. Ihinolophus Denti, sp. n. Allied to the European &. euryale, but smaller. Size very small, among the smallest species of the genus. Leading characters (in the order used in Dobson’s synopsis) : posterior upper premolar separated from the canine, though not very widely, the small anterior premolar in the tooth-row, towards its outer side; horizontal portion of the sella not widely expanded, though (allowing for shrinkage in the dried skin) it would appear to be more so than is usual in the allied species; upper margin of the posterior connecting process forming a marked projection, rounded terminally, rising considerably above the summit of the front of the sella ; sides of the vertical process of the sella parallel, summit broadly rounded off ; antitragal notch shallow. Horseshoe large, covering most of the muzzle, circular, its anterior edge sharply notched in the centre; lancet short, conical, its sides evenly convergent upwards, thickly covered with fine fur, similar in colour and quality to that of the head. Ears of medium size, their inner margin evenly convex, tip sharply pointed, upper half of outer margin slightly concave ; antitragal notch not deep and the lobe itself comparatively little convex. Hind limbs slender and delicate. Wings from the lower third of the tibiz. Interfemoral membrane finely fringed posteriorly. Fur close and fine, about 7 mm. long on the back. General colour above pale grey, the individual hairs dull whitish, with dark brown tips. Under surface nearly white. Membranes brown, the plagiopatagium and interfemoral inconspicuously edged with white. Skull with the nasal convexity more developed than in fi. euryale, less than is figured in Peters’s R. lobatus *. Palate ending opposite the posterior edge of the internal lobe of m?. Dimensions of the type (those in inverted commas taken by the collector in the flesh) :— Forearm 42 mm. ‘¢ Head and body 41”; “tail 21”; “ear 20”; nose-leaf (dry) 9°2x6°3; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 25°5. * Reise Mossamb., Saug. pl. xiii. fig. 17. Mr. O. Thomas on Three new Bats. 387 Skull: greatest length 17; basal length to front of canines 13:2; breadth of brain-case 7:6 ; palatal bridge 1:9; front of upper canine to back of m* 5°9; front of lower canine to back of mz 6°6. Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland. Alt. 1300 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 4. 4. 8. 2. Original number 7. Collected 24th January, 1904, by R. HE. Dent. Two specimens. “ Caught in a house.” This species, the smallest of South-African Rhinolophi, seems to represent f. euryale, but may be readily distin- guished from that, as from all others, by its proportions, its pale colour, the high attachment of its wing-membranes, and its unusually hairy lancet. Pipistrellus raptor, sp. n. A rather large species, with long head, proportionally short forearms and tibiz, and with a bone in the very large penis. Size rather large, form clumsy. Head long, half the length of the forearm, almost equally broad in front and behind. Muzzle swollen, smooth and rounded ; the nostrils small, their edges not projecting ; middle line above more deeply grooved between the glands. Lars rather small; base of inner edge with a very narrow hem ; inner margin straight, tip narrowly rounded off, outer margin evenly but slightly convex to the shallow emargination separating the low basal lobule. Tragus short, broad, broadest opposite the lower third of the inner edge, the latter straight or slightly concave, tip rounded, outer margin evenly convex, basal lobule distinct, triangular. Wings to the base of the toes. Hind limbs short, feet stout and heavy. Calcar reaching about halfway towards the tip of the tail, its end marked with a projecting lobule; post- calcareal lobe short, but very broad and distinct, supported by a well-marked supplementary cartilage. Trail rather short, of seven vertebree and a terminal rudiment, involved in the membrane practically to its tip. Penis enormous, as long as or longer than the tibia, the development being mainly in the lengthening of the glans (which is slender and contains a long os penis) and the prepuce; the latter is club- shaped, well-haired, grooved above terminally. Fur extending on to the wing-membranes for about one third of an inch on each side of the body and for a similar distance on the interfemoral ; below, a slightly wider area is hairy. Scattered hairs present on ears, the external basal lobe thickly hairy externally. 388 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on some General colour above dark bistre brown, the ends of the hairs prominently lighter, buffy brown. Below, similar but lighter. Hinder aspect of pubis buffy to base of hairs. Skull long and low, with a very deep nasal notch. ‘Teeth on the whole like those of P. ceylonicus (P. indicus, Dobs.). Inner incisors long, their secondary cusp well developed, postero-external ; outer incisors just equalling in length the secondary cusp on the inner ones and with an indistinct, low, postero-internal, basal cusp, and a posterior hollow for the tips of the lower canines, as in P. ceylonicus. Large pre- molar close to back of canine; the well-developed small pre- molar visible with difficulty from without. Lower incisors slender, scarcely overlapping. Lower canines with a broad cingulum, making its section circular. Anterior lower pre- molar three fourths the height of the second. Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :— Foream 87 mm. (range 36-39). Head and body 51; tail 36; head 18; ear 13°5; third finger 65; tibial2; hind foot (c.u.) 9; penis 15, its terminal portion (with the bone) 11. Skull: greatest length 14°5; upper length in middle line 12; basal length in middle line 10°9; zygomatic breadth 10°6; interorbital breadth 6°1 ; constriction 4; mastoid breadth 8°6 ; length of brain-case 5:7; front of canine to back of m* 6 ; front of lower canine to back of m, 6°1. Hab. Tonkin. Type. Adult male in British Museum. Collected by Mr. H. Fruhstorfer. Six specimens examined. This species may be readily distinguished from all its allies by the enormous size of the penis and the presence of a bone in that organ. From Dobson’s ‘ Vesperugo affinis,’ only known from a female, it may be separated by its shorter and fewer-jointed tail, stouter feet, shorter tibiz, and other characters. WP. brachypterus, 'Temm., of which I have not seen a specimen, has shorter outer incisors and the wing- membrane arises from the tarsus; described originally from an old male in spirit, no mention is made of the penis. XLVII.—WNotes and Descriptions of some new Species and Subspecies of Mustelide. By G. KE. H. Barrerr-HAmI.ron. In working through the Mustelide in the British Museum of Natural History | find several forms which seem to me to be worthy of recognition mainly because they are either distin- guishable as local races of well-known species, or, as in the new Species and Subspecies of Mustelide. 389 ease of the Greenland stoat, are sufficiently differentiated to claim a title to full specific rank. ef Firstly, as regards the pine-marten, I find ‘a tendency to deeper coloration and a brighter throat-patch in the southern representatives of the species. I propose for these the sub- specific name Mustela martes latinorum, and I take as type of the subspecies a male (no. 95. 4. 16. 1) from the Nurri Mountains, Sardinia, presented by Mr. K. N. Buxton. In this specimen the general colour is between “ seal- brown ” * or “ mummy-brown,” darkest on the tail, limbs, and, to a less degree, the central dorsal region. The yellowish-brown underfur, yellower than in British martens, frequently shows through the long outer hairs. The ears are edged and faced with dirty brownish-white hairs, The exten- sive throat-patch is rich “ orange-buff,’ deepest near its - centre. It reaches from the “ interramia”’ t, where it sends forward a small central projection, to slightly behind the region of attachment of the fore limbs, near which it is interrupted by one or two detached areas of the brown colour. Its edges are sinuous. No dimensions taken from the animal whilst in the flesh accompany the specimen; but it was evidently an adult male, having a hind foot and ear measuring 41 and 35 mm. respec- tively in the dried skin. The dimensions of the skull are :—Greatest length 90 mm. ; basal length 84; palatal length 43 ; zygomatic breadth 51. I have also examined examples of this form obtained by Messrs. Oldfield Thomas and R. I. Pocock in Majorca and Minorca. Amongst the polecats, I find in the south a tendency to assume yellow underfur and face-markings, while in Central Europe the face-markings are more extensive, and both they and the underfur are whiter. As type of the former subspecies, which may be known as Putorius putorius aureolus, I take no. 94. 3. 12. 1 (a female), killed at Ferrol, Spain, on the 23rd of June, 1893, and presented by Dr. V. L. Seoane. The colour, above and below, is deep seal-brown, especially dark upon the limbs and chest. The ears are edged with dirty yellowish white, and the cheeks, upper lip, interramia, and a band running up from the latter between the eye and * Names of colours in inverted commas are from Mr. R. Ridgway’s ‘Nomenclature of Colors,’ 1886. + Ladopt this term from a suggestion of Mr. Oldfield Thomas. 390 Mr. G. E. . Barrett-Hamilton on some ear on each side, but not extending to the crown of the head, are of the same colour. ‘The underfur is yellowish buff. The dimensions of the hind foot and ear, taken from the dried skin, are 61°5 and 19 mm. respectively. The dimensions of the skull are :—Greatest length 66 mm. ; basal length 60; palatal length 31; zygomatic breadth 44. The Central-European polecat, on the other hand, has a nearly white underfur, and the long outer hairs are nearly black.| The facial markings also are nearly white and the two bands between the eyes and ears are carried upwards until they meet and form a V-shaped mark, with the blunt point of the V lying on the forehead between the eyes pointing anteriorly. This subspecies may be known as P. putorius manium., I take as the type no. 2. 8. 4. 24 (a male), procured by Mr. Zollikofer at Teufin, Apfenzell, Switzerland. The dimensions are:—Head and body 408 mm.;_ tail (without end-hairs) 145; hind foot 62; ear 25. It seems probable that a paper by M. Drion, Jun.*, in which he distinguishes a yellow and a black race of polecat, both existing in Belgium, but with different habits, habitat, and character, was based upon the overlapping and inter- erading of these or other continental races. M. Drion states that in both of his races he found the male about one third larger and stouter than the female, and the young dark in colour and hardly assignable to either form. The large weasel named by Pallas Mustela sibirica, and which has a wide range in Siberia, seems to be divisible into a number of subspecies. In this animal there is probably a considerable difference between the summer and winter coats, the former being some shade of brown, the latter of yellow. I find two forms which cannot be identified with any previously published description of any known subspecies. These are :-— Putorius sibiricus noctis, subsp. n. Form as in P. sibiricus typicus. Coloration. Above near “ vandyke-brown,” shading grad- ually without line of demarcation into a tint between ‘ russet”’ and “ tawny olive” beneath; the taila shade lighter than the brown of the upper surface, but with the tip darker. Anterior ’ * Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Lett. Beaux-Arts Belg. sér, 3, t. xiv. pp. 865- 368 ; translated in ‘ Zoologist,’ 1895, pp. 866-369. oa new Species and Subspecies of Mustelidee. ° 391 half of interramia, edges of lower lips, angles of mouth, and a sprinkling of hairs about the nose white. Dimensions: from Jabel, ‘length 20 inches”; hind foot (measured in dried skin) without claws 54 mm.; tail (ditto) including end-hairs about 170; ear about 15. The skull is not perfect, but presents the following dimen- sions :—palatal length 25 mm. ; zygomatic breadth 31. The mesopterygoid fossa is attenuated anteriorly; the incisive foramina are ample and elongated. Type (an almost mature male), no. 99. 3. 1. 11, from San-yen-tze, China, 5th August, 1896; procured by Mr. F. W. Styan. Putorius sibiricus noctis is clearly separated by its dull coloration from all its allies of the Asiatic mainland. The type is evidently in summer coat. Putorius sibiricus miles, subsp. n. Form as in P. sibiricus typicus. Coloration. Above between “russet” and ‘cinnamon. | rufous,” shading into “orange-rufous” or “ ochraceous rufous” on the underside, and becoming darker on the upper surface of the head. Upper surfaces of the feet, interramia, upper lips, and a spot behind each nostril dirty white, shading into ochraceous tints on the throat. Dimensions from the dried skin:—Hind foot 45 mm. ; ear 15. There is no skull. Type. No. 74. 1. 16. 2, from Dauria, Eastern Siberia ; received from Professor Taczanowski. The bright underside of this weasel renders it distinguish- able at a glance from all other described forms. Turning to the true weasels, I may remark here that the subspecific name Putortus nivalis ttalicus proposed by me for the Italian weasel is preoccupied by Achille Costa’s name ‘ var. meridionalis” *, of which it must accordingly stand as a synonym. The type locality of P. nivalis meri- dionalis is ‘‘ in Italia meridionali continental.” Amongst the ermines or stoats I find the following forms. Firstly, a specimen from British North America does not agree with any description by American naturalists of the » * Ann. del Museo Zool. della R. Univ. di Napoli, anno 1865, p. 40 (dated 1869). 392 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on some various forms which inhabit that continent. It may be known as Putorius arcticus tmperit, subsp. n. Form as in P. ermineus or arcticus, but smaller and with the tail longer than that of the latter. Coloration of type specimen. Upperside (with exceptions to follow) golden brown (between “tawny olive,” “raw umber,” and “ mars brown”’), the crown of the head darker. Dorsal borders of ears, a tuft of hairs at their anterior angle on each side, upper lips, chin, interramia, and upper throat white. Underside (except as above) deep “ primrose-yellow,” including the inner and posterior surfaces of the fore legs, the whole of the fore feet, the distal half and inner side of the hind feet, and the under surface of the tail nearly to the dark pencil. Line of demarcation well defined and straight, the brown colour not encroaching on the underside. ‘Tail with conspicuous dark terminal pencil. The skud/ corresponds with Dr. Hart Merriam’s description of that of P. arcticus. Dimensions of the type (taken from the dried skin) :— Hind foot 88 mm.; ear 20; tail (including terminal hairs) 129; tail-pencil 71. The somewhat damaged skull has:—Zygomatic breadth 25 mm.; palatal length 17; length of upper molar series 11, of lower molar series 12. Type. No. 63. 10. 28. 1, from Fort Simpson, British Columbia; received from Mr. B. R. Ross. P. arcticus imperii appears to be a smaller race of P. arc- ticus, from which it differs also in the possession of white ear-borders and upper lips, a less deeply yellow underside, and a longer tail. Secondly, the specimens long since brought home by Mr. H.C. Hart from Greenland show that there are in that country two forms of stoat. Of these the first is a well- defined species, apparently not very clearly related to its allies either of the Old World or of the New. It may be known as Putorius audax, sp. n. General characters.— Size moderate ; tail short, with well- developed dark pencil ; colours of upperside not encroaching upon underside. Coloration. Above between “ wood-brown” and “ mars new Species and Subspecies of Mustelidee. 393 brown,” the line of demarcation straight and decided. Below white, tinged with yellow on the flanks, neck, and near the legs, the white colour including also the upper lips, fore and hind feet (but not conspicuously), the inner and anterior surfaces of the limbs, but not the under surface of the tail, which is barely lighter than the upper surface. ‘Tail with dark pencil commencing at about the middle point. Underfur of upper surface near white. The skull, as compared with that of American stoats, is characterized by its broad, somewhat massive, and depressed rostrum and moderately conspicuous postorbital processes, It is shorter and far less massive than that of P, ermineus; the posterior region has a peculiar rounded appearance when viewed from above, which is characteristic, but difficult to describe. The audital bulle are shortened as compared with those of P. ermineus. Dimensions of the type (taken from the dried skin) :— Hind foot (without claws) 40 mm.; tail (including terminal hairs) 196 ; tail-pencil 63. The somewhat damaged skull has a zygomatic breadth of about 25 mm. ; palatal length 18; length of upper molar series 10°50, of lower molar series 12. Type. No. 78. 6. 26.5; secured by Mr. H. C. Hart at Discovery Bay, North Greenland. A second skin was brought home by Mr. Hart from latitude 82° N., longitude 59° 20’ W., in Hall Land, in the very far north of Greenland. This specimen appears to me to be a form of P. arcticus, Merriam, and I accordingly propose for it the subspecific name Putorius arcticus polaris, subsp. n. Form and general characters as in P. arcticus, Merriam. Coloration. Above golden brown, the underfur near white ; upper lips, interramia, and upper throat white; re- mainder of underside deep “ primrose-yellow,” this colour running in a slightly lighter shade to the underside of the tail (except the terminal pencil) and the fore feet. Line of demarcation direct and as in P. audaz. There were no dimensions or skull with this specinen. In the dried skin the hind foot measures about 38 mm. and the tail (including terminal hairs) 105, with a pencil of 62. Type. No. 78. 6. 19. 113 locality as above. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 26 394 On some new Species and Subspecies of Mustelide. Lastly, I find that true P. ermineus of Scandinavia * may be distinguished from its southern representatives, such as those of Britain, by the fact that it has the underside of the tail (except the distal part occupied by the terminal pencil) of the same colour as the underside generally, whereas in British stoats the tail (except in cases of winter whitening) is unicoloured all round. A second, and, to my mind (since it is of deep physiological significance), far more important distinction is the absence of winter whitening in southern stoats. Southern examples may therefore be distinguished subspecifically under the name of Putorius ermineus stabilis, subsp. n., with no. 98. 5. 18. 2 (a female, dated the 18th of February, 1895), from Blandford, Dorset, presented by Mr. J. C. Mansel- Pleydell, as the type. I add a description of the British stoat, not taken from the type, but from a series :— Coloration. Entire upper surface of both sexes (except the end of the tail) in summer with the long outer hairs between “mummy brown” and “ mars brown,” the underfur lighter and near ‘isabella colour,” usually concealed, but in speci- mens in old faded cvat showing through the thin outer hairs. Under surface (except that of the tail) white, with a strong wash of yellow which about reaches “ primrose-yellow” in extreme, but by no means rare, cases at all seasons, the white colour extending to the upper lips and the inner surfaces of all four legs to the ankles and wrists, but not to the tail. Line of demarcation definite and decided, the brown colour not encroaching upon the underside. Tail with the hairs * The nomenclature of the northern stoats must be regarded as en- tirely provisional, Dr, Merriam clearly emphasizes the close relationship between his arcticus and true ermineus by the remark that the former, “though specifically distinct, is strictly the American representative of the Old-World ermnea” (‘ North-American Iauna,’ no. 11, p. 16, 1896). Remembering, then, what different conceptions are prevalent between naturalists of the Old and New World in regard to the uses of specific and subspecific names, that Baird’s Putorius Kunetdi (‘ Mammals of North America &c.,’ pp. 172-8, 1859) of Chakchi-Land and Bering’s Straits (Arikamtchitchi Island) is a small yet “ perfect miniature” of ermimeus, and that Dr. Allen cannot find any tangible characters whereby to separate stoats from North-eastern Siberia and Europe (Bull. Amer, Mus. N. Hist, vol. xix. art. iv. pp. 174-176, March 31, 1908), we may look forward to the strong possibility that both Kaneti and arcticus with all its subforms may eventually tind their true status as subspecies of ermenens. Bibliographical Notices. 395 beginning to lengthen and deepen in colour at a point about halfway from the extremity until they form a large black terminal tuft or pencil, having a variable length, but often reaching 100 mm. Feet often, but variably, white, either partially or wholly. In winter the white of the under surface may extend upwards, according to locality, until the animal becomes completely white or white washed with yellow, the black tuft of the tail alone retaining its dark colour. ‘The margins of the ears, being amongst the first to whiten, show this colour to a variable extent in many specimens otherwise apparently in full summer coat; for a similar reason the feet may be partially white at all seasons of the year. ‘The average dimensions (in millimetres) of a series are (approximately) :— Skin. Skull. tae aI ___—- or BS SS Head and Hind Greatest Basal Palatal Zygomatic body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. length. length. breadth. Males .. 269 1 48 22 51 47 30 22 Females. 244 90 42 Ae AG 42 25 19 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Mostly Mammals. By R. Lyppxxer. Pp. 383; 16 plates. London: Hutchinson & Co. 1908. To a very large number of readers the essays in this volume will be right heartily welcomed as old friends finally united under peculiarly happy circumstances. By a careful process of gleaning from the pages of ‘ Knowledge,’ ‘ Nature,’ ‘The Field,’ and ‘The Asian,’ Mr. Lydekker has produced a really delightful volume. Full of matter for thoughtful consideration, it will be cherished as guide, philosopher, and friend by those who live in the country, or are called away into wild places far from the haunts of men, where books are not, save those that are carried for their own intrinsic worth, Perhaps the most fascinating chapters in the volume are those referring to the coloration of animals. Save the chapter on cowrie-shells, mammals only are dealt with under this head, but, as many will know already, these chapters are strikingly original and suggestive. To the traveller the chapters on ‘“ Celebes: a Problem in Distri- bution ” and “ Deserts and their Inbabitants ” will serve as incen- tives to observation, no less than those on coloration; whilst the 396 Bibliographical Notices. stay-at-home naturalist will find equally helpful studies in the essays on domesticated animals. But these are by no means the only subjects treated of in this volume. Extinct animals, armour- clad whales, monkey finger-prints, frogs and toads, and scorpions are amongst the other subjects noticed, and all alike are of ex- treme interest. The book is well printed, tastefully got up, and well illustrated, there being no less than sixteen full-page plates, the most remark- able of which is a photograph showing giraffes in covert. The yolume would make a handsome gift-book,. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum. Volume IV. Catalogue of the Noctuids in the Collection of the British Museum. By Sir George F, Hameson, Bart. London: Printed by Order of the Trustees, 1903. 8vo. Pp. xx, 689. Plates lv.—-lxxvii. We congratulate Sir George Hampson and the authorities of the British Museum on the publication of the fourth volume of the great Catalogue of the Moths of the world, which has been appearing at intervals during the last six years. With Volume LV. the great family of Noctuzde is commenced, with one of the largest and most importaut of the subfamilies, the Agrotine, of which no less than 1126 species are described, by far the larger proportion of which have only been made known within the last few years. To the entomologists of the present day, the wonderful increase in our knowledge of insects and the large collections now in existence appear marvellous. So did Hewitson’s collection of Exotic Butter- flies to the older generation of naturalists who were his contem- poraries; but hundreds of the most beautiful butterflies in the world, which are now to be found in every first-rate collection, were either unique and unattainable, or undiscovered in his time, and he did not live to see them. Our knowledge of moths has also very largely increased, though it cannot be supposed to be so forward as in the case of butterflies, for three reasons firstly, because they are much more numerous; secondly, because many of them are less brightly coloured, and thus less attractive, and are therefore less assiduously collected; and, thirdly, because many are nocturnal insects and are therefore really more difficult to collect. But nothing is more likely to encourage and extend the knowledge of moths than comprehensive and well-illustrated works like Sir George Hampson’s. In addition to the coloured plates, there are 125 text illustrations, representing structural details. Many larve are described, those of North-American species by Dr. Harrison G. Dyar; but there are no illustrations of larvee, which the character of the book would perhaps hardly admit of. Very full tables of species are given under genera, or, in the case of the larger genera, under sections; and we are glad to notice that when a number of generic names are included under’ & more comprehensive one (as in the case of Huwoa, Hiibn., p. 153) Bibliographical Notices. 397 the types of the various names are indicated. This will be very useful for future reference. At the end of the volume we find a list of unrecognized species, some of which will probably be identified and referred to their proper position at some future time. The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. | Pub- lished under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp.—Rhynchotu. Vol. II. Part 1 (Heteroptera). By W. L. Distant. London, 1903. Pp xe 2425 fies. 167. As we are informed that the next part of this work, completing the second volume, will appear very shortly, we will defer our detailed notice until then, and confine ourselves for the present to recording the publication of the present instalment, which extends from Fam, 4. Lygzidx to the commencement of Fam. 12. Reduaviide. Memoirs of the Geological Survey.—Paleontologia Indica. Series 1X. The Jurassic Fauna of Cutch. Vol. I1I. Part 2. The Lamelli- branchiata. No. I. Genus Trigonia. By F. L. Kircary, M.A., Ph.D., Geol. Survey England. 122 pages, Fol. Plates I.-X. Calcutta, London, and Berlin, 1903. Tue T’rigonie of Cutch here figured and described have been selected from among the Lamellibranchs collected by Wynne, Tedden, Stoliczka, and Blanford, and entrusted to Dr. Kitchin, of London, for examination and description. The strata from which they came are known as the following groups :—I. The Oomia group, probably combining the Cretaceous, Neocomian, partly the Portlandian ; II. The Katrol, probably combining the Kimmeridgian and Ox- fordian, and constituting the Upper Jurassic of Cutch; III. The Charee, probably representing the Kelloway strata, Middle Jurassic of Cutch ; IV. The Patchum, probably representing the Bath Oolite group. ‘These are enumerated in the second edition of the ‘ Manual of the Geology of India,’ 1893, p. 217. The classification of the known fossil T'’rigonie into sections, groups, and genera is carefully considered and clearly explained. In some cases these serial divisions and subdivisions of recognized forms are separated from their several allies by gaps variable in extent and value, but evidently reducible by better knowledge of the types. The most reliable observers and authors concerned in this classification have been :—Agassiz, 1840; d’Orbigny, 1843 ; Pictet, 1866; Stoliczka, 1871 ; Lycett, 1872-1883 ; Bayle, 1878; Choffat, 1885; and Bigot, 1892. Their methods and results are succinctly stated at pages 7-9. The differences due to the progress of growth in individuals (as in growth-stages) are taken into consideration on the lines more or 398 Bibliographical Notices. less definitely indicated by Hyatt, 1888; Jackson, 1890; and by Buckman and Bather, 1895, for other kinds of Mollusca. A strict comparison of the species from Cutch with those at present known from other parts of the world is made throughout. The Distribution of the fossil Trigonie in Cutch is thus given at pages 12 and 120:— a. (i) Costote (Section). . Trigonia tumida, nov. . prora, n. . chariensis, n. . propinqua, n. . brevicostata, n. . distincta, n. acuta, n. dhosaénsis, n. nitida, n. sp- . tenuis, n. . parva, n. He ( Patchum Group. ... | Charee Group. Oomia Group. WH SOON MOBS — bo HEHREEERER —a— a (ii) Derivatives of Costate (Section). 13. Trigonia Smeei, J. de C. Sowerby. 14. T. crassa, n. 15. T. cardiniiformis, n. 16. T. trapeziformis, n. 17. T. retrorsa, n. b. Gibbose (Group). 18. Trigonia spinicostata, n. 5... Oomia Group. 1... Oomia Group. c. Group of Trigonia v-scripta (Group). 19. Trigonia dubia, n. 20. T. v-scripta, n. Y1. 'T. recurva, n. d. Undulate (Section). 22. Trigonia remota, n. Oomia Group. 1... Oomia Group, e, Scaphoidee (Section). (Sensu latiore.) 23. Trigonia kutchensis, n. 94, T. exortiva, n. 25. T. hispida, n. 26. T. jumarensis, n. 27. 'T’. gracilis, n. 5 Patchum Group. “| Charee Group. f. Pseudo-quadrate (Group). : ... Oomi : 28. Trigonia mamillata, n. 1 ee g. Scabre (Section). 29. Trigonia ventricosa, J’. Krauss, sp. 30. T. pulchra, n. I. Nos. 1, 2, 25, 26 occur in the Upper Patchum beds. II. Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 23, 24, 27 occur in the Charee group. III. None in the Katrol group. IV. Nos. 11, 12; 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,.23, 28, 29, 30 occur in the Oomia group. 2 ... Oomia Group. SS ,———-+eoowr SSS SS OF _ SCT oo Geological Society. 399° Of these thirty species only two were determined as occurring in Cutch previously, namely 7'rigonia Smeet and 7. ventricosa. The former has long been known as an Indian species, and the latter also in India as well as in the Uitenhage strata of South-east Africa, and lately it has been found in German Kast Africa. In the Appendix at page 121 Dr. Kitchin refers to the Mesozoic Mollusca collected during W. Bornhardt’s Journey in German East Africa (1895-97), and described by Dr. G. Miiller in 1900, who regards two of the species as Jurassic; but two of the others he considers to be of Lower Neocomian age, namely 7’. ventricosa, Krauss, and its associate 7’. Beyschleyi, Miller. 7. Kuchni, Miller, is said to be of Upper Neocomian age. It is evidently certain that there is a resemblance (Dr. Kitchin says) of the German East- African fossils to those of the Oomia group and those of Uitenhage, as far as the lamellibranchs bear evidence at present (pages 2, 115, 121, &e.). The numerous figures of Z'rigonie in the ten lithographic plates are excellently well drawn, of natural size, by Miss G. M. Wood- ward, of London. Circulars on Agricultural Economie Entomology. Issued by the Trustees, Indian Museum. We have received the following numbers of these useful publications, which are accompanied with good recognizable uncoloured illustra- tions, and are issued at the price of 3 or 4 annas per dozen, fur general circulation in India. No. 1. The Rice Sapper (Leptocorisa acuta). . The Bengal Rice Hispa (Hispa enescens). . The Sugar-cane Borer (Chilo simplex). . The Rhinoceros or Date-Palm Beetle (Oryctes rhinoceros), . The North-west or Migratory Locust (Aeridium pere- grinum). . The Cut-Worm (Agrotis ypsilon). Or oo bo [=>) PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. January 20th, 1904.—Sir Archibald Geikie, D.C.L., D.Se., Sec.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘On the Jaws of Ptychodus from the Chalk.’ By Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S , F.LS., F.G.S. Hitherto no traces of the cartilaginous jaws of this fish have been found in association with the dentition; but Mr. Henry Willett has 409 Geological Society. recently found a specimen of Ptychodus decurrens, in the zone of Holaster subglobosus of the Lower Chalk at Glynde (Sussex). Frag- mentary remains of both jaws are seen in the specimen, each bearing many of the characteristic teeth arranged in natural order. There are four series, and one small displaced tooth (probably belonging to the fifth series), on the left of the large median series in the lower jaw; while in the upper jaw the teeth are clearly arranged in six paired series. The specimen proves that the peculiarly effective disposition characteristic of the living Myliobatidz had not been assumed, but that Ptychodus more nearly resembled the Trygonide in its jaws. The probable explanation of the new discovery is, that in the Cretaceous Period, the great Rays of the ‘families’ Myliobatide and Trygonide had not become fully differentiated. Prof. Jekel has already arrived at a similar conclusion from general considerations, and has proposed to place all these fishes in one comprehensive family, termed Centrobatide. If this arrangement be adopted, Ptychodus represents a primitive sub-family, which still awaits definition from lack of complete specimens ; while the Trygonina, Myliobatine, and Ceratopterine are equivalent sub-families which survive at the present day. ‘April 13th, 1904.—J. E. Marr, Se.D., F.R.S., ' President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘The Discovery of Human Remains under the Stalagmite-Floor of Gough’s Cavern, near Cheddar, By Henry Nathaniel Davies, Heq., LeG: 8: Gough’s Cavern opens at the base of the cliffs on the south side of Cheddar Gorge. Various human and animal remains have been discovered at different times in the clearing-out of parts of the main cavern. ‘The principal deposits are a stalagmite-like travertine overlying cave-earth, and the latter at one place encloses a tabular limestone-block surrounded with flint-chips. During drainage- operations it was found necessary to excavate part of a fissure running northward out of the vestibule of the cavern, when a human skeleton was discovered, associated with flakes, scrapers, and borers of flint, embedded in cave-earth, which overlay a lower bed of stalag- mite and was overlain by a second bed 5 inches thick. The skeleton was nearer the top than the bottom of the deposit, and the remains excavated comprise the skull, the bones of an arm, a leg, and part of the pelvic girdle. The other bones were allowed to remain in situ, and may now be seen. ‘The position of the skeleton was that which would have been assumed by a drowned man. Interment is out of the question, because of the narrow and steep shape of the fissure, which was choked up with undisturbed debris and calcareous deposits. The stature of the man was 4 feet 5 inches ; Miscellaneous. 401 he was of muscular build, with prognathous jaws, a straight thigh, an extremely platyenemic tibia, and a thick dolichocephalic skull. The animal-remains found in the caye-earth of other parts of the Cavern, and held by the Author to be contemporaneous with that in the fissure, are those of mid- and late Pleistocene age ; and this evidence, together with that derived from the position of the skeleton, the shape of the cranium, and the form and workmanship of the flakes, points to a period towards the close of the Paleolithic or the opening of the Neolithic Age. MISCELLANEOUS. The Action of Human Serum on certain Pathogenic Trypanosomes ; Action of Arsenious Acid upon Trypanosoma gambiense. By A. Laveran. In previous notes (1st April, 1902, and 6th July, 1903) I have shown that human serum injected in sufficient doses into mice or rats affected with Nagana, Mal de Caderas, or Surra, caused the Trypanosomes to disappear, at least temporarily, from the greater circulation. A mouse weighing 20-25 grammes required 0°5 to 1 e.c. of human serum; a rat of 200 grm., 2-3 ¢.c. of serum or 0°20-0:30 grm. of dry serum in powder. The Trypanosomes disappear in 24 or 36 hours from the larger circulation, but reappear in general at the end of a few days. Sometimes their disappearance is definitive. The most frequently repeated injections of human serum do nothing more than prolong the life of the animals. In the month of November, 1903, Drs. Dutton and Todd sent me through Dr. Annett two rats, one infected with 7’rypanosoma gam- biense, the other with a Trypanosoma of horses from the Gambia. It appeared demonstrated that 7'r. gambiense, discovered by Forde and Dutton in Gambia, is identical with the 7rypanosoma described by Castellaini under the name of 7'r. ugandense, as the pathogenic agent in the disease called “sleeping sickness.” The study of this parasite is therefore, from the medical point of view, of great interest. One might think, @ priori, that Tr. gambiense, which is developed in the blood of man, as in that of many other mammals, would not be influenced by human serum, contrary to that which takes place in the case of the Trypanosomes of Nagana, Surra, and Caderas, diseases-against which man is naturally immune. This is precisely the result of my observations. Human serum injected in doses of 0:20-0:30 grm. of the powder, in the case of rats weighing 170 to 200 grm. infected with 7'r. gambiense, proved entirely inactive. At the beginning of the infection of rats with 7’r. gambiense, the Trypanosomes are very rare in the blood, and it happens that after Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 27 402 Miscellaneous. examinations giving positive results, subsequent examinations yield negative results; but at the end of a month or six weeks the Trypanosomes have established themselves in the blood, and their number is, in general, large enough to enable the action of medica- ments to be readily observed ; and this is the time to be chosen for experiments with drugs and serums. Fresh serum of guinea-pig, sheep, and horse proved without action upon 7’r. gambiense, like human serum; this was to be ex- pected, because the guinea-pig, sheep, and horse can alike be infected with 7'r. gambiense. P. Manson tried the treatment of a case of injection by Trypano- soma with injections of horse serum, but failed (Brit. Med. Journ. 30 May, 1903); the result might have been foreseen, the horse not being refractory to infection by 7’. gambiense (Dutton and Todd, Ist Rep. of the Trypanosomiasis Exped. to Senegambia, 1902, Liverpool, 1903, exper. 87, pl. x.). This Trypanosome develops unfortunately in the blood of most mammals. I ought, however, to say that the serum of a Cyno- cephalus, apparently naturally immune against Tr. gamhiense, showed itself as little active as the serum of animals having an admitted susceptibility to this Trypanosome. It will be well to experiment with the serum of animals with acquired immunity against Zr. gambiense and that of animals made hyper-immune, but the results of previous researches in this direction with other pathogenic Trypanosomes (Laveran and Mesnil, “‘ Recherches sur Je traitement et la prévention du Nagana,” Ann. de l’Instit. Pasteur, Nov. 1902), and of some trials of the curative power of serum of animals with acquired immunity against 7’r. gambiense itself, leave but small hope of a definitive result of such experiments. Human serum, inactive against 7'’r. gambiense, has, on the con- trary, an evident though feeble action on the 7’rypanosoma of horses in the Gambia. It is now demonstrated that this latter Trypano- some must be completely separated from Z'r. gambiense, from which it is distinguished by its morphological characters, as well as by its pathogenic action on animals; but at the outset of their researches Dutton and Todd have placed the question of the identity or non- identity of these parasites observed in the same region. Their different; reaction with human serum provides a fresh proof in support of their differentiation. Human serum injected in suffi- ciently large doses into mice and rats having a fair number of the Gambia horse Trypanosomes in their blood, generally causes these Trypanosomes to disappear in 86 or 48 hours; but the parasites do not fail to return. In the cases where the Trypanosomes are numerous, the injection of human serum can only have for result a diminution of their number. The activity of human serum is, in short, real but more feeble than in the case of Nagana, Surra, and Caderas. Arsenious acid is the only drug which has given any favourable results in the treatment of Surra and Nagana (op. cit., Ann. de Miscellaneous. 403 l'Inst. Pasteur, Nov. 1902); it was therefore of interest to experi- ment on its efficacy against 7’. gambiense. It results from experiments which I have made on rats that arsenious acid, given in sufficient doses, causes the Zr. gambiense to disappear from the greater circulation, at least in a temporary manner, and that it can hasten the cure of Trypanosomiasis in these animals. The efficacious dose is 0:1 mgr. of arsenious acid for every 20 grm. of animal, 7. ¢. 1 mgr. for a rat of 200 grm.; below this dose the results are nil or incomplete. (Note.—This is also the efficacious dose in Nagana, Surra, and Caderas. The solution employed for hypodermic injection has the following composition :—Arsenious acid 1 grm., carbonate of soda 1 grm., distilled water 500 grm.—Laveran and Mesnil, op. ct.) In human Trypanosomiasis arsenical compounds have been often tried and have yielded only a passing amelioration, but in general the doses prescribed have been too feeble. Judging by the results of experiments on animals, one may say that the method which consists in giving small daily doses of arsenious acid (the method most frequently adopted in the treatment of human Trypano- somiasis) is bad, and that it is preferable to administer large doses at longer intervals. Writers are all agreed that human Trypanosomiasis is always fatal as soon as the nervous symptoms declare themselves, but before the appearance of these symptoms there is a period, more or less long, during which the Trypanosomes, in small number in the blood, produce but few morbid troubles. In this first phase it is probable that the infection produced by Zr. gambiense is curable in the human subject as it is in many species of animals, and that arsenious acid may contribute to a cure. Good hygienic conditions and abundant food are also important factors in the treatment of Trypanosomiasis; in Africa the “ sleeping sickness ” rages with a peculiar intensity among the miserable Negro labourers, overworked and ill-fed. (Vote—Christy, Rep. of the Sleeping Sickness Comm., Nov. 1903: in Uganda the epidemic of Trypanosomiasis has been greatly aggravated by famine.) The same thing is observed among animals, those that have some defect or some cause of enfeeblement are more strongly infected than those which are in good condition and are supplied with abundant food.— Comptes Rendus, tome cxxxyiil. p. 450 (22 Feb., 1904). Relations between the Development of the Tracheal Apparatus and the Metamorphoses of Insects. By Jutes ANeLas. The phenomena of internal metamorphosis have in Insects a strict relation to the development of the respiratory apparatus. The metamorphoses properly so-called, characterized by the phe- nomena of histolysis followed by histogenesis, bear, moreover, even among the Holometabolids, only on the middle portion of the intestine, the muscles, and sometimes on the tracheal apparatus itself. In the Hymenoptera that I have studied (Wasps, Bees) these 404 Miscellaneous. phenomena always correspond with the centripetal tracheal growths. Shortly after the hatching of the larva a first growth of tracheal tubes makes its appearance towards the mid-intestine. At this moment, at the base of the epithelial cells of that organ, appear the elements of future substitution. A careful study of sections shows that the substitution-cells communicate with the ultimate and very delicate prolongations of the tracheal tubes. They may therefore be regarded as tracheal cells analogous to those seen along the course or at the extremities of the tracheal tubes. The elements of substitution are in a state of rest all through the life of the larva; but from the beginning of nymphosis a renewal of activity sets in: they proliferate actively, join one another and constitute the definite digestive epithelium, whilst the larval tissue enters into histolysis and is thrown off. A fresh tracheal growth appears at this moment; the calibre and arrange- ment of the respiratory apparatus are modified. At the same time fine tracheoles proceed in great number towards the peri-intestinal muscular layer and penetrate it; the same occurs in the other muscles of the thorax and abdomen. The terminal tracheal cells, or even the cells of the wall of the tracheal trunks, insinuate themselves into the sarcoplasm of the muscular fibres, there multiply actively and form long linear threads ; so that the larval fibre is cut up into little columns, broken up and profoundly altered in form. In the muscular histolysis, — whether partial or total, the tracheal cells play an important rdle by a mechanical process, and probably also chemical, but without the phenomena of phagocytosis. Many of the tracheal cells become free in the general cavity and then dis- appear on the spot; others furnish the tracheoles of the muscles of the imago, these latter turning out the corresponding larval elements (larval muscular fibres and nuclei). An American observer, Robert S. Breed *, has described analogous processes in the muscles of a Coleopter (Z’hymalus). One is inclined to ask with him if it would not be well, in considering the tracheal elements, thus far too much neglected, to again take up the study of the Diptera, in which it is classic to describe an intense phago- cytosis during the metamorphosis. In the Hymenoptera the metamorphosis which has just been sketched is completed by the histolysis and total disappearance (without phagocytosis) of the primitive Malpighian tubes and the salivary glands. In short, a burst of ectodermic activity realizes the completion of the following organs, momentarily retarded in the larva: teguments, appendages, esophagus, rectum (formation of fresh Malpighian tubes), nervous system, and sense-organs. The tracheal growth is itself a manifestation of this ectodemic activity. It is to be remarked that it corresponds with a period during which Bataillon has noted asphyxial respiratory troubles in Bombyx mori.—Comptes Rendus, tome exxxviil. p. 300 (1 Feb., 1904). * R.S. Breed, “The Changes which occur in the Muscles of a Beetle ”’ (Bull. Mus: Comp. Zool, Harvard Coll, vol. xl. no. 7, Oct. 1903). - THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 78. JUNE 1904. XLVUI.—On Mammals from Northern Angola collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. By OuprieLp THoMas. Durine 1903 the well-known collector Dr. W. J. Ansorge, to whom the British Museum is already indebted for series of specimens from British East Africa, Uganda, and Nigeria, made a collecting-trip to Northern Angola, and obtained about two hundred specimens belonging to forty-six species, and of these a complete set has been acquired for the Museum. The mammalogy of Angola has hitherto remained almost entirely in the hands of the Portuguese, as represented—most admirably—by Prof. Barboza du Bocage in Lisbon and by M. Anchieta and other collectors in the country under con- sideration. ‘Thanks to the enlightened generosity of Prof. Bocage many institutions, and notably the British Museum, had received specimens representing the species discovered in Angola by the Portuguese naturalists, and on these specimens such comments on the Angolan fauna as have been made by Gray, de Winton, myself, and others have been based. But these specimens, valuable as they have proved to be, have been all preserved in spirit, and the freshly made skins obtained by Dr. Ansorge are therefore of very great interest for comparison with similarly made specimens from other regions of Africa. Complete as have been Prof. Bocage’s researches on the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol, xiii. 28 406 Mr. O. Thomas on subject, the present collection contains a fair number of species not included in his lists, while, owing to my having been able to compare the remainder directly with typical specimens from other localities, I have found it necessary to describe several of those he mentions as local species or subspecies. Dr. Ansorge has therefore to be congratulated on the considerable number of new and interesting forms which his collection has enabled me to discriminate. 1. Miopithecus talapoin, Erxl. g. 200. Canhoca. 2. Rousettus collaris, Il. 3.40. Pungo Andongo. This specimen has a small third upper molar on each side. 3. Epomophorus pusillus, Peters. &. 195, 196. Canhoca. 4. Epomophorus sp. . 70. Pungo Andongo. . 143. Braganza. +0 Oy 5. Hpomophorus sp. . 69; 2. 68,124. Pungo Andongo. . 138. Braganza. +0 OY 6. Hipposideros caffer, Sund. 9.5. Ambaca. 7. EHipposideros Commersont gigas, Wagn. @. 201. Canhoca. A note on the subspecies of H. Commersoni has been recently published *. 8. Nycteris sp. 9. 58. Pungo Andongo. Closely similar, both in size and colour, to the type of N. ethiopica luteola, Thos., from British East Africa, but from the single skin I do not venture definitely to assign it to that form. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., May 1904, p. 384, Mammals from Northern Angola. 407 9. Pipistrellus nanus, Pet. 6. 71,72; 2. 73, 74, 84. Pungo Andongo. ¢- 139; ¢. 145. Braganza. 10. Myotis Bocaget, Peters. od. 140,148; 29. 146, 147. Braganza. These specimens, actual topotypes, are of a far brighter colour than those from the Cameroons, which, in the absence of Angolan examples, we had hitherto treated as the true Bocaget. The Cameroon form would appear to represent a special subspecies, as follows :-— Myotis Bocaget cupreolus, subsp. n. Essential characters as in true MZ. Bocaget, but the colour much darker, owing to only the terminal millimetre instead of 2-3 mm. of the dorsal hairs being reddish; the reddish is also of a more coppery tone. A blackish patch at the base of each humerus. Under surface dark smoky brown, the hairs being dark smoky with brownish tips; inguinal region not or scarcely lighter. In true Bocagez the under surface is pale buffy brown. Dimensions of the type :— Forearm 39 mm. = Head and body 60”; “tail 40”; “ear 15.” Skull: greatest length 15. flab. Efulen, Bulu Country, Cameroons. Type. Male. B.M. no. 3. 2.4.6. Collected 14th August, 1901, by Mr. G. L. Bates. 11. Miniopterus Schreiberst, Kuhl. ?. 202, 203. Golungo Alto. 12. Nyctinomus limbatus, Pet. 3. 215. Cunga. ? (in spirit). 2. Loanda. 13. TLaphozous mauritianus, Geoff. 2.1. Loanda. 14. Crocidura (Croc.) sp. 3. 20; ¢. 17. Pungo Andongo. ?. 156. Braganza. 28* 408 Mr. O. Thomas on 15. Viverra civetta, Schr. 204. Golungo Alto. 9. 124. Pungo Andongo. 16. Genetta sp. 9? (young). 180. Braganza. ? (young). 210. Golungo Alto. 17. Nandinia binotata, Gray. 205. Golungo Alto. 18. Herpestes galera, Urxl. 209. Golungo Alto. 19. Herpestes albicaudus loande, subsp. n. 9. 28. Pungo Andongo. “Caught by native hunting dogs.” “Native name mabeku.’— W. J. A. The animals usually referred to HZ. albicaudus, ranging from Senegal to Natal, are very uniform in colour, with the striking exception of the condition of the tail, which may be either black or white in the same locality. Broadly speaking, the forms from N.E. Africa and Arabia, representing leucurus, Hempr. & Hhr. (syn. albescens, Geotf., abu-wudan, Fitz.), are paler and more buffy, while those from West Africa, Kast Africa, and further south are more heavily blackened. The skulls show the foimer to be rather smaller than the latter. But in the dimensions and structure of the last lower molar there are such striking and yet locally constant differences that it is impossible to regard as identical all a, Last lower molar, left side, of Herpestes albicaudus leucurus. 6. Ditto of H. a. loande. the forms hitherto referred to the one species LH. albicaudus. Treating them for the present as subspecies, the animal I should call Hl. a. leucurus has the tooth small and narrow Mammals from Northern Angola. 409 (6x37 mm.), low (height of hinder side of main antero- internal cusp 3°2 mm.), and simple, the antero-internal cusp not or scarcely divided into its constituent paraconid and metaconid, the hinder rim of the talon little developed, and with but one low cusp on the centre of the talon (see fig. a). The opposite extreme to this is shown by my Hlerpestes grandis (tigured P. Z. S. 1889, pl. Ixii.), where the tooth is very large (8:1 X 4:7 mm.), high, and complicated, the ante- rior trefoil well developed, and the talon with a high posterior rim subdivided into cusps behind, and with two cusps on the talon, one on its outer edge and one in its centre. Tast-A frican specimens have the tooth large (7'4 x 45 mm.), but lower than in grandis, the paraconid and metaconid distinct, the rim of the talon well defined, but not divided into cusps posteriorly, and with one large cusp on the antero- external part of the talon. ‘T’his form I would propose to call H. a. ibeanus*. In specimens from Guinea, representing loempo, Temm., and perhaps the original Senegalese albicaudus, m, is of medium size (7 X4°2 mm.), low, with the metaconid distinct but lower than the paraconid, the median outer cusp high, nearly equal to the low protoconid, the posterior rim of the talon high and irregularly notched. Finally, in the North-Angolan form (/. a. loande, subsp. n.) the tooth is large (7°5X4°8 mm.), but its cusps and crenula- tions are remarkably low and indistinct, the paraconid practi- eally coalesced with the metaconid, the median outer cusp low and rounded, continuous with a low transverse crest running transversely across the tooth, posterior part of talon narrow, its rim formed of two low cusps (fig. 0). The skull of this mungoose is large, and all the teeth are heavy and well developed ; but in the single example there * Subsp.n. Colour intermediate between the pale North-eastern and darker Western forms, though nearest the latter, the general tone of the fur, apart from the dorsal black hairs, greyish isabella. Tail white in the type. SB timensions of an adult skull (not the type), collected by Dr. J. W. Gregory at Kibwezi, Kikuyu :— Basal length 100 mm. ; zygomatic breadth 51; front of canine to back of m? 42; breadth of palate outside m? 33, Dimensions of teeth in the type: greatest diameter of p* 10, m? 8:4, ps 79, m, 83, m, 7°4. Hab. East Africa. Type from Athi-ya-Maui, Mombasa—Uganda Railway. Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 99.10, 14.2. Presented by C. S. Betton, Esq. ' ; ; The object of selecting an immature specimen as the type is to have one with the diagnostic tooth unworn, 410 Mr. O. Thomas on is no trace on either side of the small anterior lower premolar, a peculiarity not occurring in any other specimen of the roup. 4 The general colour is dark grizzled grey, with black limbs and white tail. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 620 mm.; tail 506; hind foot 135; ear 47, Skull: nasals 26 (in middle line) x10; interorbital breadth 23; breadth of palate across outer corners of m1! 35°5; front of canine to back of m*41; greatest horizontal diameter of p* 10, m? 8°3, ps 82, my 89, mz 7°9. Hab. Pungo Andongo, 1200 m. Type. Subadult female. B.M. no. 4. 4.9.37. Original number 23. Collected 6th June, 1903. The above division into “subspecies” is, of course, only provisional, until such time as sufficient material is available for the true relations of the different forms to be made out. Probably the north-eastern type, paler in colour, rather smaller, and with very small m,, should in any case be looked upon as a distinct species. Whether it overlaps the larger and darker animal remains to be seen. 20. Pecilogale albinucha, Gray. 178. Marimba, Jinga Country. 3.179. Bange, Ngola, Jinga Country. 21. Sciurus Nordhofi, Du Chaillu. ¢. 199. Canhoea. 206. Golungo Alto. 22. Sciurus annulatus, Desm. g. 198. Canhocea. 23. Funisciurus congicus, Kuhl. ¢. 197. Canhoca. 24, Funisciurus congicus olivellus, subsp. n. 3. 214. Cunga. In his classical paper on the mammals of Angola, Prof. du Bocage stated that the squirrels he referred to Sccurus congicus, Kuhl, presented several different types of coloration, and I am inclined to think that these are so different as to deserve recognition by name. For the moment I shall treat them as subspecies of congicus, though I think it probable that when Mammals from Northern Angola. 411 more localized specimens are brought together some of their ranges will be found to overlap without intergradation taking place, in which case they will have to be considered as species. The three forms I recognize may be briefly indexed as follows :— Colour dark olivaceous, lateral lines blackish. Tail dull [LUCAS ET SLU AS ete lee Oe sa thes rd hee ge congicus. Colour light yellowish olivaceous, lateral lines scarcely darkened. ail-hairs ringed with black and yellowish. olivellus. Colowr dull fulvous, the white stripes very broad. Tail- hairs orange at.their bases ...6s.csece00seees Siete. | LADERUS. The Canhoca specimen of Dr. Ansorge agrees closely in its general dull tone and the blackness of the outer dark line with Kuhl’s type, still in the British Museum collection. ik: =. Depth of body 33 to 4 times in total leneth, eae of head 41 to 4} times. Snout rounded, as long as eye, which is 32 to 4 times in length of head; interorbital width 2} to 23 times in length of head; lips feebly developed, interrupted on the chin; barbels 2 on each side, anterior as long as eye or a little shorter, posterior 14 to 14 diameters of eye. Last simple ray of dorsal very strong bony, not serrated, as long as head. Ventrals below origin “of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 12 to twice as long as deep. 4 scales between lateral line and root of ventral. A series of 3 to 6 round blackish spots on each side, Total length 130 mm. Several specimens. Barbus macropristis. Dewy. A. WE Sy Vi lat 39. Tee Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total length. Snout rounded, 3} to 4 times in length of head ; diameter of eye 4 to 44 times in length of head, interorbital width 2? times; lips feebly developed; barbels 2 on each side, anterior } diameter of eye, posterior as long as eye. Last simple ray of dorsal very strong, bony, strongly serrated behind, nearly as long as or a little longer than head. Ven- trals entirely in advance of dorsal. Caudal peduncle twice as 450 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Three new Snakes. long as deep. 3 scales between lateral line and root of ventral. No markings. Total length 128 mm. Two specimens, Barbus Doggetti. DAU S.. As TLS. To. Mat.. 29. a ta, Depth of body equal to length of head, 32 times in total length. Snout rounded, 34 times in length of head ; diameter of eye 32 times in length of head, interorbital width 8 times ; lips feebly developed ; barbels 2 on each side, minute. Last simple ray of dorsal not ossified, as long as head. Ventrals below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. 2 scales between lateral line and root of ventral. No markings. Total length 96 millim. A single specimen. yr! 8h ° 2 o 35 These fishes were obtained by the late Mr. W.G. Doggett, and have been presented to the British Museum by Col. Delmé Radcliffe. LIIT.—Deseriptions of Three new Snakes. By G. A. BouLenGcer, F.R.S. Hydreethiops levis. Rostral broader than deep, just visible from above and in contact with the internasal, which is divided or semidivided along the middle line; frontal once and one third as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; loreal usually fused with the pra- frontal; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 1+2; nine upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye, sixth and seventh in contact with the parietal ; two pairs of chin- shields, the anterior in contact with four or five lower labials. Scales perfectly smooth, in 21 rows. Ventrals 154-163 ; anal divided; subcaudals 51-52. Yellowish or reddish brown above, with a series of large, dark olive-brown, black- edged spots, which may be confluent posteriorly into a zigzag band ; head uniform olive-brown above and on the sides ; Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Three new Snakes. 451 lower parts black, uniform or with a median series of small whitish spots on the anterior part of the body. Total length 570 mm. ; tail 110. Two specimens from Efulen, 8S. Cameroon; collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Atractus vertebralis. Snout rounded. Rostral small, broader than deep, just visible from above ; internasals very small ; priefrontals as Jong as broad; frontal as long as broad, as long as the pre- frontals, two thirds the length of the parietals; loreal twice and a half as long as deep; two postoculars ; temporals 1+ 2; seven or eight upper labials, third and fourth or fourth and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in contact with the single pair of chin-shields, which, are rather elongate, mode- rately broad, and separated from the symphysial. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 173; anal entire; subcaudals 21. Brown above, with small black spots and a black vertebral streak edged with yellowish ; upper surface of head blackish ; upper lip yellowish ; ventral shields yellow in the middle, black on the sides, one or two shields here and there entirely black and forming cross-bars on the belly. Total length 470 mm. ; tail 35. A single female specimen from Santo Domingo, Carabaya, Peruvian Andes, altitude 6000 feet; collected by Mr. G. Ockenden. A pistocalamus Pratti. Snout short, rounded. Rostral a little broader than deep, the portion visible from above measuring one third its distance from the frontal; internasals half the length of the preefrontals ; frontal slightly longer than broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals ; nostril between two nasals *, the posterior forming a suture with the single preocular, which is nearly twice as long as deep; a single postocular; temporals 1-++1; six upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; three lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields; posterior chin-shields smaller, separated by a large scale. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 190; anal divided; subcaudals 41, partly single, partly paired. Olive-brown above; an oblique yellowish streak on each side of the nape; upper lip * The discovery of this species necessitates an alteration in the generic diagnosis (Ann. Mus. Genova, 2, xviil. 1898, p. 705), as the first labial and the internasal do not border the nostril. 452 On new Species and Varieties of Cataulus. yellowish ; lower parts yellowish, with a median series of olive-brown spots which, after the anterior fourth of the body, become confluent into a band. Total length 355 mm.; tail 50. A single male specimen from Dinawa, Owen Stanley Range, Brit. New Guinea, altitude about 4000 feet; collected by Mr. A. E. Pratt. LIV.—Descriptions of some new Species and Varieties of Cataulus from the Collection of the late Hugh Nevill, Esq. By Hueu Futon. Cataulus rugosa, sp. n. Shell very narrowly umbilicate, subfusiform, moderately solid, colour light yellowish brown, nucleus smooth , sculptured below with somewhat nodulous oblique striz, which give a malleated appearance to the shell; whorls a moderately convex; basal carina moderately produced ; aperture circular, reddish brown within ; peristome yellowish, continuous ; basal canal semicircular, situate at centre of basal portion of the peristome. Maj. diam. 5; alt. 113 mm. Loe. Ceylon. This form is nearest to C. marginatus, but is much smaller, not so slender, and the suture is not margined. Cataulus Sykest, sp. n. Shell narrowly umbilicate, subfusiform, solid, uniform light yellowish to uniform reddish-brown colour, arcuately striated, the strie rather blunt and not very conspicuous; whorls neatly 7, slightly convex; basal carina prominent, with a conspicuous inner ridge ; aperture subcircular, reddish brown within ; peristome whitish, very much thickened but scarcely duplex, continuous ; aperture of basal canal subcircular, situate slightly to the left of the centre of base of peristome. Maj. diam. (yellow form) 63; alt. 145 mm. 5 (reddish-brown form) 63; ‘alt. 14 min. Loc. Ceylon. This form bears a general resemblance to C. duplicatus, Pi but is smaller, has less whor ls, and the suture of the earlier whorls is not margined as in that species. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal &c. 453 The penultimate whorl of duplicatus is wider in proportion to the last whorl than in Sykes? ; the latter is also distinguished by its prominent inner basal ridge at the umbilical area. Cataulus marginatus, Pf., var. crenulata, nov. Slightly broader than typical marginatus, less strongly malleated, and lacking the distinctly margined suture of that species; of a light reddish colour, and crenulated at and below the suture of the middle whorls, the antepenultimate showing it more distinctly. Maj. diam. 6; alt. 15 mm. Loe. Ceylon. Cataulus Nevill’, Sykes, var. flaveolabris, nov. Lighter-coloured and with a yellow peristome, the latter being more on a plane with the spire than in typical Vevilli, which is generally somewhat produced forward at the basal portion. Maj. diam. 11; alt. 25 mm. Loc. Ceylon. LV.—WNatural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander T, H. Heming, R.N.—Series III., No. 1. On Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. By Evear A. Surru, 1.8.0. [Continued from vol, iv. p. 251.] In these ‘ Annals’ for 1899, vol. iv. pp. 237-251, diagnoses were given of thirty-five new species from the collection about to be described. The publication of such lists as the following are of importance as regards our knowledge of both geographical and bathymetrical distribution. Many of the species were obtained at Stations 229, 232, and 233, the exact positions of which are as follows :— Station 229.— Lat. 9° 29’ 34” N., long. 75° 38’ E.: 360 fath.; green mud. Station 232.— Lat. 7° 17’ 30” N., long. 76° 54 E.: 430 fath.; grey mud. Station 233.— Lat. 13° 17’ 15” N., long. 93° 10° E.: 185 fath.; sand. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xiii. 3] ADA Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the The thirty-five species already referred to have been figured in the “Illustrations of the Zoology of the ‘ Investigator,’ ” Mollusea, pls. ix.-xii. (1901). The sixteen new species now described will be figured in a future part of the same work. Conus planiliratus, Sowerby. Conus planiliratus, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 159. Hab. Coromandel coast, 12 fath. Conus Sowerbit, Reeve. Conus sinensis (Sowerby ?), Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xv. fig. 77 a. Conus Sowerbit, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Suppl. Emend. p. 2. Hab. Off Coromandel coast, in 41 fath. Conus turriculatus, Sowerby. Conus turriculatus, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 160. Hab. Off Mangalore, Malabar coast, 26-30 fath. The largest specimen of this species in the Cuming Collec- tion, hitherto confused with C. Sowerdii, is 35 mm. in length. This is rather larger than the type, and, judging from the thinness of the lip, it is scarcely adult. Conus semisulcatus, Sowerby. Conus semisuleatus, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1870, p. 257, pl. xxii. fig. 18; Thes. Conch. vol. v. p. 253, pl. 508. fig. 666 (bad !). Hab. ? (Sowerby); off Vizagapatam coast, 20 fath. The type of this species in the collection of the British Museum is a young shell only 21 mm. in length. The more mature, possibly adult, examples from Vizagapatam, 33 mm. long, agree exactly with it in all other respects. The surface is clothed with a thin deciduous periostracum, which exhibits a few distant setose lines or ridges upon the body-whorl and is coarser and lamellated upon the spire, which has about five whorls succeeding the smooth glassy protoconch, finely coronated. ‘The sulci upon the anterior end of the shell are about eleven in number. Conus aculeiformis, Reeve. Conus aculerformis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. xliv. fig. 2406; Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. iii. pl. xvi. fig. 370. Hab. Philippine Islands (Reeve) ; Holothuria Bank, N.W. Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 455 Australia, 15-30 fath. (Brit. Mus.); off Vizagapatam, 25 fath., off Coromandel coast, 41 fath., off Mangalore, 26-30 fath. (‘ Investigator’). The series of specimens from the above localities shows that the species varies somewhat in the strength of the sculp- ture and the depth of the coloration. The upper whorls of the spire may or may not be coronated. In the type they are strongly nodose, whilst in the specimens from N.W. Australia the coronation is almost obsolete, and in the examples from the Indian localities it is entirely absent. The transverse ridges upon the body-whorl are coarser and most prominent in the typical form and comparatively flattened in the Australian specimens. There are also other minor differences in the various examples which it would be tedious to explain in words, although they are quite appa- rent and interesting on comparison. Conus Sieboldii, Reeve. Conus Sieboldit, Conch. Icon., Suppl. pl. i. fig. 269; Sowerby, Thes. Con. vol. iii. pl. ecii. fig. 8369; Weinkauff, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 285, pl. xlix. fig. 6. Hab. Japan (Reeve, Lischke, &c.); Stations 229 and 232, off Malabar, in 360 fath., and off Travancore coast, in 430 fath. (‘ Investigator ’). Only one of the five specimens examined shows any traces of the scattered brownish blotches which are characteristic of this species. This absence of colour is not remarkable, as these examples were from deep water, probably much deeper than that whence any of the previously recorded specimens were obtained. It will be remembered that the occurrence of Ranella (Biplex) perca, a well-known Japanese form, has already been recorded from deep water off Colombo*, and also the Japanese Xenophora pallidula from 188 fath. off the Andaman Islands+. It is therefore interesting to find another form hitherto supposed to be exclusively Japanese occurring in the Bay of Bengal. The apex of the spire in these specimens, which were dredged alive, is eroded, so that the slight ‘ coronation” of the whorls is destroyed. This would probably be the case in all specimens obtained at this particular station. * Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Tist. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 6. + Sowerby, Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. i. p. 38. rg 456 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the Pleurotoma vagata, Smith. Pleurotoma vagata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xvi. p. 3, pl. 1. fig. 3. Hab. Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath.; also Station 229, off the Travancore coast, in 360 fath. The specimens from the first locality agree in every respect with the unique type from 200-350 fath. off Trincomalee. The infrasutural keel is generally somewhat reddish, and the central carina is spotted with the same colour between the tubercles, which in some specimens become obsolete upon the body-whorl. The concavity of the upper part of the whorls becomes more obvious as the shell increases, so that it forms a deep channel upon the body-whorl in some speci- mens. In the shells from off the Travancore coast the keel at the suture is much more feeble than in the typical form. Pleurotoma congener, Smith. Pleurotoma congener, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p- 160, pl. iii. figs. 4, 5. Hab. Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath.; also Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath. The specimens obtained off the Travancore coast are longer and narrower than the typical form, with a narrower tuberculated band round the middle of the whorls. Five out of the eight specimens examined, all dead and more or less broken, have the peculiar swelling on the upper part of the columella which was mentioned as occurring in some examples obtained off Colombo. The measurements of the largest specimen are :— Length 62 mm., diam. 20; aperture 20 long, 8 wide. Pleurotoma optata, Smith. Pleurotoma optata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 288 ; Ilust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs. 1, la. Hab. Station 232, off South India, 430 fath.; and Station 229, off Travancore in 360 fath. Pleurotoma fusca, Hombron & Jacquinot, var. Pleurotoma fusca, H. & J., Voy. Pole Sud, p. 111, pl. xxv. figs. 19, 20, Hab. Station 240, off Andaman Islands, 194 fath. Two specimens, paler than the type, almost white, with a slightly shorter anterior canal. Pl. gemmata, Hinds, may be the same as this species, but the spire seems to be more Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 457 slender. Pl. amabilis, Weinkauff, is very closely allied, if not identical. Hinds’s locality, “ California,’ may yet be confirmed. Pleurotoma jubata, Hinds. Pleurotoma jubata, Hinds, Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 52. Hab. Off Mangalore, Malabar coast, 26-30 fath. One specimen, like the type, but with the beaded keel scarcely at all beaded. Pleurotoma acutigemmata, var. minor. Plenrotoma acutigemmata, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol, xix. p. 489. Hab. Off south coast of Ceylon, 34 fath. A single specimen, only 13 mm. in length, like the type in form and colour, but with the gemmate keel almost smooth. Pleurotoma unedo, Valenciennes. Pleurotoma unedo, Valenciennes, Kiener, Coq. Viv. p. 19, pl. xiv. fig. 1 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 12. Hab. Eight miles south of Puri, 13 fath. Pleurotoma (Surcula) tornata (Dillwyn). Surcula tornata, Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vi. p. 237, pl. v. fig. 62. Hab. Same as preceding species. Pleurotoma (Surcula) symbiotes, Wood-Mason & Alcock. Pleurotoma (Surcula) symbiotes, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 161, pl. iii. figs. 7, 8. Hab. Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath. These specimens do not differ from the type, which was obtained in 1043 fath. off Southern India. Being in fresh condition they are coated all over with the very thin peri- ostracum mentioned in the description. Pleurotoma (Surcula) Thurstoni, Smith. Pleurotoma (Surcula) Thurstoni, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1896, vol. xviii. p. 369, Hab. Off Trincomalee, in 200-350 fath.; and Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath. One specimen from the latter locality is larger than the type, being 55 mm, in length and 16 in width, 458 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the Pleurotoma (Surcula) breviplicata, Smith. Pleurotoma (Surcula) breviplicata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 238; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs. 3, 3 a. Hab. Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath. Pleurotoma (Surcula) eurina, Smith. Pleurotoma (Surcula) eurina, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1899, vol. iv. p. 239; Ilust. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs. 4, 4 a. Hab. Station 232, off South India, in 430 fath. Pleurotoma (Surcula) precipua, Smith. Pleurotoma (Surcula) precipua, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 239; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs. 5, 5 a. Hab. Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath. Pleurotoma (Surcula) arcana, Smith. Pleurotoma (Surcula) arcana, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iv. p. 239; Illust. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ pl. ix. figs, 6, 6 a. Hab. Station 233, off Andaman Islands, in 185 fath.; and Station 229, off Travancore coast, in 360 fath. Pleurotoma (Surcula) Margarite, sp. nu. Testa fusiformis, turrita, albida, epidermide tenuissima lutescente induta; spira elongata, acuminata ; anfractus 12, in medio angu- lati, nodose oblique plicati (plicis inferne attenuatis), supra con- eavi, infra subconvexi, undique spiraliter tenuiter et confertim striati lineisque incrementi flexuosis tenuibus sculpti, ultimus infra angulum convexus, antice breviter rostratus; apertura elongata, piriformis; labrum tenue, valde arcuatim prominens, superne late et profunde sinuatum ; columella in medio recti- uscula, antice obliqua. Longit. 60 mm., diam. 20; apertura cum canali 27 longa, 8 lata. Hab. Off Andaman Islands, 405 fath. In the body-whorl there is a slight convexity or rounded ridge just below the suture and above the excavation, below which occur the oblique nodose plications which gradually diminish in strength as the aperture is approached. Pleurotoma (Bathytoma) atractoides, Watson. Pleurotoma (Genota) atractotdes, Watson, Gasteropoda ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition, p. 301, pl. xx. fig. 8 a—c. Bathytoma atractotdes, Harris, Cat. Austral. Ter. Moll. parti. p. 49. Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 459 Hab. Philippine Islands, 375 fath. (‘Challenger’) ; Stations off Andaman Islands, 185-405 fath. (‘ Investigator’) ; in 188 fath. (Sowerby, P. Malac. Soe. i. p. 38). The specimens from the Andaman Islands are perhaps a trifle shorter im proportion to their width than the type and have the transverse lire upon the body-whorl more distinctly granose. A single oblique fold, not noticed by Watson, is present upon the middle of the columella. This is only visible when the outer lip is broken away. lay pt. Primary tentacles. tm. Muscles of teenioles. st. Secondary _,, g. Gonads. em, Circular muscle. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol. XUI. Pl. VI. Alfred Robinson, photo, André & Sleigh, Limited. All the figures ave the natural size. Butterflies Captured in Brazil, By W. J. BURCHELL (1825—29), with the corresponding manuscript labels. ‘Sidyi) Snunnamsa = eee 7 ia Vol. 13. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 73. ee THE ANNALS t MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ZOOLOGY, au a GEOLOGY. No, LXXIII, JAN. 1904. - « ete fa ee Pee ee ae a a apa a a a a ee ee CONDUCTED BY Poe ron | ALBERT C, L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., PHD. 0 RS.,° WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS./F. 5S, PR Ne AND ws ANS Ta | WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., oe yee 4 “ ” ~ oF, a) aA ee BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH SQ 899) iy MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ® —}) WITH FIVE PLATES. Illustrative of Mr. H. M. Bernard’s Paper on the Prototheca of the Ma } raria, Mr. G. A. Boulenger’s on a new Genus of Frogs, Prof. E. B. Poulton’s on the Collections of William John Burchell, Mr. R. I. Pocock’s on a new Stridu- lating-organ in Scorpions, and Mr. FE. S. Russell’s on Depastrum cyathiforme. LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. | | Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Id. ; Bailliére, Paris: | Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin, L THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Seeretary of State for India in Couneit. Edited by W. T. Bianrorp, Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous illustrations. MAMMALIA. Price £1. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.RB.S. FISHES.—2 Vols. Priee £1 each. By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D. BIRDS.—Vol. I., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. Ra By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. VOLS. ITT. and IV., 15s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S, REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. By Siz G. F. HAMPSON, Barr. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price £1. ‘With 4 coloured plates. Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1. i With 1 coloured plate. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z.8. ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. By R. I. POCOCK. RHYN CHOTA. —Vol. I.: Price £1. Vol. | pt. 1.: Price 10s. By W. L. DISTANT. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Medium 8yo. THE | FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E., M.A., M.A.I,, LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c. VORMBRLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. EE _—RANUNCULACE to RUTACER. Price 8s. Part IL. SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSZ (Papilionacez). Price 9s. Part 11L.—CHSALPINEE to RUBIACEH. Price 10s. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State = Psa Be THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN - PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE i ! JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. © : A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. : | MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following Prices se : The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826, A few imperfect :! copies only on hand—price on application. c The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. _— Price £2 4s. f, The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. 3 £6, ig The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 19. LD Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. _ THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. “a “ = Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following ) prices:— | Ts 4 -* The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10. Be. The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ht eu eis i Vhe Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1807. Nae £12, The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. * he ihe the Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. ste £12, Mi ond Meiyanre. Ried Taan Manrt Blast. Stroat CONTENTS OF NUMBER 73.—Seventh Series. P I. The Prototheca of the Madreporaria, with Special Reference to the Genera Calostylis, Linds., and Moseleya, Quelch. By Hunry M. Bernazp, M.A. Cantab., F.LS. (Plate 1.) ......--- ee eee ee eee II. Some Parasitic Bees. By T. D. A. CockeRELL ............ III. Description of a new Genus of Frogs of the Family Dysco- phide, and List of the Genera and Speeies of that Family. By G. A. Bourencer, F.R.S., (Plate IL)... ee eee eee ee eee woke IY. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— I. Introduction. By Epwarp B. Potton, D. BSe., M.A., F.RB.S., er A Plate Me ne cia Toledo okh Iatnaceoistirda ob vel tare tales II. On a new Stridulating-organ in Scorpions discovered by W. J. Burchell in Brazil in 1828. By RI. Pocock, F.ZS. (Eine AES Bs yn UGA Cee DA as Ae 2 V. Notes on Depastrum cyathiforme, Gosse. ° «By E. 8. RussErz. (Plate: Vi): wise wise. RIN Rites vienna une hve Sere eh EN tee lite arenes VI. On a new Genus of Spiders from Bounty Island, with Remarks on a Species from New Zealand. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.8..... VII. On new Forms of Anomalurus and Sciurus from Tropical Africa, By Harorp ScHWANN ....--..--+0-+e oe pee SAIN VIII. On new Species of Lycanide from Sierra Leone. By D.Caror. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs in the British Museum (Natural History). Vol. III. By Eveune W. Oatus and Capt. Savite G. Rew eeeernereer eee eee eet he eee e neater eeseeeeeete Yhe Geological Structure of Monzoni and Fassa. By Marie M. OaiLvise Gorpon, D.Se., Ph.D. MISCELLANEOUS. A Correction to “‘ Notes on some Meduse from Japan.” By R. Kirxpatrick, F.Z.8. ...... ae ora abe ama nas Rs yng Gimme mE Baa ei "8 42 45 62 { 65 76 *,* Jt is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francia, Printing Office, ’ Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. SEVENTH SERIES. THE ANNALS | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, y| - ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ano GEOLOGY. No. LXXIV, FEB. 1904. : CONDUCTED BY \ Negara ie ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu:D.,-F-R. WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. yy” P es WY 4 i, BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH | MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘* MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” . LONDON: _ TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. . Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin, THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Branrorp, Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations. MAMMALIA. Price £1. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D. BIRDS.—Vol. IL., £1: Vol. IL, 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S. VOLS. ITI. and IV,, 15s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S, REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Bart. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees. Price £1. With 4 coloured plates. Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1. With 1 coloured plate. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS. ~ ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. By R. I. POCOCK. RHYNCHOTA.—Vol. I.: Price £1. Vol. IL, pt. 1: Price 10s. By W. L. DISTANT. Tavior and Francts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Medium Svo. THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. By THEODORE COOKE, C.L.E., M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &¢. FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. Part —_RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEH. Price 8s. Part Il.—_SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSZ (Papilionacez). Price 9s. Part II1—CHSALPINEZ to RUBIACEA. Price 10s. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. e London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Monthly. 2s. 6d. e Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d. e Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s, lfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. ronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. litchison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net. Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. I. 15s. jaird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. ‘Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s. Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines, 1s. Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s. Sooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part IT. 9s. Part Til. 10s. i Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 1és. _ Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s. Javis’s Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. enning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s. enning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. ouse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. nglish Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d. xamination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. _ Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds. ' Fauna of British India. Edited by W. T. Branrorp, F.R.S, : Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. IL., IIL, and IV. 15s. each.—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s. Vol. I.: ANrs anp Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.—Arachnida. 10s.— - -Rhynchota. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. Il., pt. 1. 10s. Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8 vols. 20s. net. _Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d. -Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s, 6d. _Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. ' Bopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 6vo. Cloth. 16s. Ditto. Dlustrated Introduction to. s8vo. Cloth. 4s. - Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IT. 12s. ' Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. . 10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Sraxs, ls. Y ‘Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 2nd ed. 3s. 6d. Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. _ Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d, _ London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. net. - M‘ntosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. _ Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. ' Physical Abstracts. Vols. 1lto3. 17s. 6d. each. _ Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. 1. Part I. 4s., / ~~ Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s. - Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s. - Royal College of Surgeons : Calendar. ls, net. : f Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate % Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net. Ul iM mS Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net. Ke. Dermatological Collection. srd ed. 4s. net. ; Physiologica] Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s. net each. : Appendices 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each. Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental q Surgery. 6d. - Sharp's Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. ‘Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1 to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s, Library Catalogue, 3 Vols, 7s. 6d. - Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Ud. Wrheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lds. —_ cant } a. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 74.—Seventh Series. IX. Notes on Mantide in the Collection of the British Museum — (Natural History), South Kensington, with Descriptions of new Species. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.ES......... Past i heey X. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— ATI. Rhipidocérides et Malacodermes recueillis par W. J. Burchell dans ses yoyages en Afrique australe (1810-1815) et au Brésil (1825-1830) ; avec la description de quatre espéces nouvelles. Par J. Bourgeois eeseeeere ss ee eto wet wee iveve XI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XX. By W. L. Distayr ee ee ee mee wae XII. A Contribution to the Characteristic of Geis of the Gintis Rugosa. By Prof. N. Yaxoviurr ra eT et oC ye Pe A ee Sate Pe Dd a hue Cc ay XIII, On the Distribution of Marine Animals. By Prof. M‘Iyrosu, 2 ©6©M.D., LL.D., F.RS., &c. Sp. ® he \ee) 6% ep 704d 0116, 06's Be 0 fea feel C10 pielisiv. #0) 8 6 leTe XIV. Descriptions of new Frogs and Snakes from Yunnan. By G. A. Bovrencer, F.R.S. wife, 6ebe cfs oss, eee ee 0. © albve (tiie \e\s Of ses 0» 4s) ers XY. On some Fishes from the Lakes of the Cameroon Mountain. By Dr. Exwar Lonnpere, C.M.Z.8. &e. 2... ee ee fire Moa seen Ne XVI. Descriptions of new Species of Lycenide from Borneo and New Guinea. By Hamriron H. Drvcw, F.Z.8., FES. 1.2.2... ' XVII. Two new Mammals from South America. By OxprieLp THoMAS b.¢6 ©0010, 10 6/9) 6.10.0! pe. .0, © a Bip 10, © 6, 618 6.6 VOLO, ews, 9. 6heryele ¢ o.ele) ip 0). o le XVIII. On the’ Classification of the Crustacea Malacostraca. By WD, Cama, DRG Hoan, sae wee he miele e soy har ite ke BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom.—The Cretaceous Rocks of Britain. Vol. II. The Lower and Middle Chalk of England. By A. J. Joxzs-Brownz, B.A.,F.G.S. With Contributions by Witi1am Hin, F.G.S.........0. 0.2 c eee ee A Treatise on Zoology. Edited by E. Ray Lanxusrer, M.A., LLD., E.RS., &c.—Part I. Introduction and Protozoa eevee eevr eter *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, | _ post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, — Red'Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. SEVENTH SERIES. No. 75, THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. No. LXXV. MAR, 1904. XS 7 Sass Qa RES Seee CONDUCTED BY “WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S,, AND : WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. Rati BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,” | | | | LONDON: 4 TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. _ Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Oo., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris: _ Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin. | ' BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN. SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. ZOOLOGY. Aves. Vol. 1. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxv., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.—lx., Temporary Title- page.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-432, pls. lxi—Ixxvii.) . Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.IIl. By F.O,Pickarp Campriner. (Pp. 1- 496, pls. i—xlvii.) Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-56, pls. i—yv.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsrLapHip@ &c.). By D. Suarp, A. MatrueEws, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-688, pls. i.—xix.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyNcHopHoraA). By D. SHarp. (Pp. 1- 168, pls. i-iv.) Seieebtean: Vol. IV. part 4 (RuyNcHOPHORA, continued). By G. C. CuamPion. (Pp. 1-836, pls. i.—xvii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RuyNcHoPHORA, continued). By D. SHARP and W. f. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vii.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fow er. (Pp. 1-76, pls. i.—vill.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowrer. (Pp. 1-316, 1s. i:—xxi.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. CockEReE xt, Pp. 1-33.) ieueopeena : Ephemeride. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) Neuroptera: Odonata. By P. P. Catverr. (Pp. 17-144, pls. ii—v.) Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morsz. (Pp. 1-72, pl. i.) The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. ] SUBJECTS COMPLETED. ARCH AOLOGY. By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. I. pp. viii & 69, pls. exix. Vol. IL. pp. iv & 47, pls. xeviil. Vol. III. pp. iv & 50, pls. xxxii. Vol. IV. pp. iv & 38, pis. xcili.) , By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. xii & 160.) BOTANY. Complete in Five Vols. Vols. I-IV. (Text), V. (Plates). London: Published for the Editor by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W. Second edition, Vols. 1. & II. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net, each. -CATALOGUE OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C. AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. “ MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Sbomplete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following a ices : Prange ‘The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few imperfect copies only on hand—prices on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. ‘sess The. Fourth Series, i in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 99 £205 TAYLOR and FRANcts, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. HE AN NALS AND MAGAZINE a OF | NATURAL HISTORY, i a INCLUDING 2 : ) ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. _ The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10, ) The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. £10: " The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. ge £195 _ Lhe Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. ge ee i ‘The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. se wiley - Tayor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 75.—Seventh Series. Pi ye.© D. Gas .\ a tain of the Suborders and Families of Teleostean Fishes. hi G. A. Bovrenger, FB. ot teense en Elete ateut XX. On a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. John Graham at q Yunnan Fu. By C. Tare Ruean, B.A. .-.. 2... > HOA Per Sac? 190 XXI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XXI. By W. L. Duet ee ae XXII. New Bats from British East Africa collected by Mrs. Hinde, and from the Cameroons by Mr. G. L. Bates. By Oxprieup Wants. 206° XXL Descriptions of new Species of iA ulente and Parasitic Hymenoptera from Northern India, By P. Cameron ....... (aeitoe ‘211 XXIV. Preliminary Note on certain Points in the Anatomy of Eryx and other Boide, partly indicative of their Basal Position — among the Ophidia. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A,, F.R.S....... i . Ooe é XXY. Description of a new Genus of Spatangoids, By F. Jerrany Bart Mia. oats ar AS aves ip orennavo ns Netauatote ecu aon XXVI. Description of a new Barbus from Cameroon. . By, @. A, BovuLEncue, PAWS MAS ee Celts oe eke ae Peo an itl XXVII. Notes on the Structure of the Teeth of some Poimohanun a Snakes found in Travancore. By R. SHuncara Narayana Pittay.. 238 #,* Itis requested that all Communications for this’ Work may be addressed, post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and sr ves ehiagblicesk Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 4 SEVENTH SERIES. No. 76, eee SE ee ALD at Ne, NO I ~¥ THE ANNALS | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. No, LXXVI, APR. 1904. by 4 CONDUCTED BY i i ALBERT C)L. G. GUNTHER, M Ay M.D., Pa.D., FAS., Bi WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, E.R.S., FE; By 8., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. a BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘* MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” fA O wo tg ‘A WITH ONE PLATE. {7 aniltign | Illustrative of Miss Cora B. Sanders’s Paper on Lepidoptera RRhopilogers collected by W. J. Burchell in Hai a BM al a ty LONDON: ee a TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris: lf ’ Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Beriin. Be Royal &vo, with Plan and Illustrations, price 5s. net. ROMAN HAYLING: A CONTRIBUTION TO THE HISTORY OF ROMAN BRITAIN. By TALFOURD ELY, D.Lit., M.A., F.S.A., Fellow of University College, London. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Royal 4to, with two-page facsimile Plate, price 2s. 6d. net. EXAMINATION OF AN Old Manuscript Preserved in the Library of the Duke of Northumberland at Alnwick, and sometimes called Che Morthumberiand Manuscript. By T. Le MARCHANT DOUSE, B.A. TayzLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Medium 8vo. THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. By THEODORE COOKE, C.L.E., M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &c. FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. Part L—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACER. Price 8s. Part IL.—SIMARUBACEZ to LEGUMINOSZ (Papilionacez). Price 9s. Part 111—_CHSALPINEZE to RUBIACEZE. Price 10s. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. )) KS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. hly. 2s. 6d Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d. servatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s, elfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. onautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s. chison’s Catalogue of Plants of the Punjab and Sindh. 10s. net. iderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 80s., Vol. IL. 15s ‘a’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d. le’s Manual for Thermometer. ls, sley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s. immo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. §s. oke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Part I. 8s., Part II. 9 Baas ts S . S . vs, , om Part IIT 10s. inningham’s Binary Canon, 15s. ubeny on Volcanos. 21s. Wis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s. mning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s, mning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. se’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. lish Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 33s. 6d. Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and Surgeons. 6d. tto for Diploma in Public Health. 64d. aday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis. una of British India. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S.: Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s. - Vols. IL., III., and IV. 15s. each—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.— Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp - Brus. 20s. Vol. I1.: Ants anp Cuckoo-Wasps, 20s.— Arachnida. 10s,— ~Rhynchota. Vol.I. 20s. Vol. IL, pt.1. 10s. ological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net. isher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d, aisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. aisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each. Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8yvo. Cloth. 16s, ' Ditto. Mlustrated Introduction to. 8yo. Oloth. 4s, ule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s. Ivin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea. - 10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s, Srars, ls. Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 2nded. 38s. 6d. ehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d. wis’s Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s, 6d. London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. net. ‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s. illips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s. Sical Abstracts. Vols. 1to 3. 17s. 6d. each. ysical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s., Part II. 7s. 6d., Part [11. 6s. ade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s. yal College of Surgeons : alendar. ls, net. Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net. atalogue of Teratological Series. 4s. net. - Dermatological Collection. Srded. 4s. net. Physiological Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s. net each. Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each. _ Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental Surgery. 6d, arp’s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d. aylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s. . Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts | ) 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. Gd. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Ud. tstone’s Scientific Papers. lds. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 76.—Seventh Series. XXVIII. Descriptions of some new Species of Lepidoptera ee rocera from Tropical South America. By Hersurt Druce, F.LS. &e. XXIX. New Forms of Saimiri, Saccopteryx, Balantiopteryx, and Thrichomys from the Neotropical Region. By Otprreip Tuomas XXX. Descriptions of new or little-known Fishes from Mexico and British Honduras.. By C. Tare Reedy, BA... 22. ewe 255° XXXI. Descriptions of Holocentrum osculum, Poey, and of a new ; Fish of the Genus Centropomus. By C. Tarm Ruean, B.A. ......-. it XXXII. Descriptions of Two new Genera of Frogs of the Family Ranide from Cameroon. By G. A. Bovreneur, F.R.S. .......... 261. XXXIII. Rhynchotal Notes.—XXII. By W. L. Distanz...... 263 XXXIV. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Chetodon from ; the New Hebrides. By ©. Tare Ruaan, B.A. ws... eee eee 276 | XXXYV. On some new Species of Hymenoptera from Northern Thies By Pe ACA OW eS ko ara ara he ieee oi a gh Sop cay 277 | XXXVI, An undescribed Genus of Coreide from Borneo, By } WV As IA CEH Ui vers set Cal cade and as tla ReA ON RRat Eel aha wre 303 XXXVITI. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— ‘ IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Burchell 5 in Brazil, 1825-1830. By Cora B. Sanpmrs, of ne Margaret Hall) Oxford. (Plate Vii) oc oo. ere ca ones . 305 XXXVIII. Note on an undescribed Weasel from the Atlas Mountains, and on the Occurrence of a Weasel in the Azores. By | G. EAs BARRR er aMInTON os Ue Se Ze cae acter one alone O20 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL N OTICE. Report on the Sea Fisheries and Fishing Industries of the Thames Estuary. Prepared by Dr. James Munim .................. 325 — PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. al Geological Society ........... Se ne a ene Unaans ay . 326-328 : i" nN *,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed ; post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ; : , \ Vol. 13. SEVENTH SERIES. e——— : = ; | | 3 THE ANNALS Be . INCLUDING at ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ‘ann GEOLOGY. | Bee | * i | | | | | | | | ay Bei E Hi 2 | No, LXXVII. . MAY 1904. | | . it Pas vt if ik a i { CONDUCTED BY } ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S., | WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., eT} | hee ter" Pati } AND Ps ans e | - WILLIAM FRANCIS, FdG.Sav! *" AB B/S, | | . BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH \ } H | AIRESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘*MAGAZINE OF MATURAL nistory/} ! : WITH ONE PLATE. ae hah me Hes Illustrative of Mr. C. T, Regan’s Paper on the Phylogeny of the if Teleostomi. ~ ‘ } a LONDON: | | TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Hee ol Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld, ; Builliére, Paris: | i Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Beriin. . Aa io ees ee | MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. Edited by W. T. Buanrorp. Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous illustrations, MAMMALIA. Price £1. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. FISHES.—2 Vols. Price £1 each. By FRANCIS DAY, C.1L.E., LL.D. BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IL, 15s. By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8. VOLS. IIT. and IV. Price 15s. each. By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S. REPTILIA and BATRACHIA. Price £1. ; By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete. Price £1 each. By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Baz. HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees, Price £1. With 4 coloured plates. Vol. II. Ants and Cuckoo-Wasps. Price £1. With 1 coloured plate. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.Z:8. ARACHNIDA. Price 10s. By R. I. POCOCK. RHYNCHOTA.—Vols. I. and II. Price £1 each. By W. L. DISTANT. TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. Medium 8vyo. THE FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY. Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E., M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &C. FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. Part I—RANUNCULACEE to RUTACEZ. Price 8s. Part IlL—SIMARUBACEE to LEGUMINOS (Papilionacex). Price 9s, Part 1I1—_CHSALPINEZE to RUBIACEH. Price 10s, Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.